Atlas Copco Catalogue 2005-2006

Industrial Power Tools
CONTENTS
PNEUMATIC ASSEMBLY TOOLS 7
Selection guide – pneumatic assembly tools .....................8 Angle nutrunners .............................................................. 39
Tool key ............................................................................10 Straight nutrunners ........................................................... 53
Impact wrenches ..............................................................12 Pistol grip nutrunners ....................................................... 58
Hydraulic impulse nutrunners – ErgoPulse ......................18 Torque transducers and cables ........................................ 65
Pneumatic screwdrivers ...................................................26 RE-Controller.................................................................... 66
Pneumatic nutrunners ......................................................37
ELECTRIC ASSEMBLY TOOLS AND SYSTEMS 67
Selection guide – electric assembly tools.........................68 Electric nutrunners Tensor ST ..........................................95
Electric screwdrivers ........................................................72 Tensor DS / DL controller .................................................98
Industrial battery nutrunners/screwdrivers .......................76 Power Focus ....................................................................99
Electric nutrunners Tensor DL ..........................................81 Multiples by Express ETX / QMX ................................... 113
Electric nutrunners Tensor DS ..........................................82 Bits and power sockets ..................................................125
Electric nutrunners Tensor S ............................................88 Torque arm .....................................................................134
QUALITY ASSURANCE IN TIGHTENING 139
ACTA 3000, ToolsTalk ACTA...........................................140 Transducers SRTT and MRTT ........................................142
Transducers IRTT and QRTT .........................................141 Torque testers .................................................................144
GRINDERS 145
Selection guide ............................................................... 146 Angle grinders ................................................................166
Grinding at the right speed .............................................148 Angle sanders ................................................................168
Safety first ......................................................................149 Orbital and random orbital sanders ................................170
Electric grinder – Brazor .................................................150 Dust extraction ...............................................................172
Turbo grinders and sanders ...........................................152 Routers ...........................................................................175
Die grinders ....................................................................156 Nibbler ............................................................................175
Straight grinders .............................................................158 Circular cutters ...............................................................176
Vertical grinders..............................................................162
PERCUSSIVE TOOLS 177
Rules for safer operation ................................................ 178 Riveting systems ............................................................ 185
Chipping hammers – vibration-damped and silenced ..... 179 Riveting hammers – vibration-damped........................... 186
Chipping hammers ......................................................... 180 Bucking bars – vibration-damped ................................... 188
Scaler – vibration-controlled ........................................... 181 Riveting hammers – conventional type .......................... 190
Scalers ........................................................................... 182 Chisels............................................................................ 191
Needle scaler ................................................................. 183 Rammers ........................................................................ 194
Rust and weld scalers .................................................... 184
DRILLS 195
Selection guide ............................................................... 196 Angle drills ...................................................................... 202
Pistol grip drills ............................................................... 197 Tappers........................................................................... 206
Micro stop drills .............................................................. 198 Screw-feed drills ............................................................. 208
Straight drills................................................................... 199
AUTOMATIC DRILLING AND TAPPING UNITS 209
Automatic drilling and tapping units................................ 210 Dimension sketches ....................................................... 214
AIR LINE ACCESSORIES 217
Installation guide ............................................................ 218 Blow protector ................................................................ 245
Guidelines on improving safety ...................................... 220 Hoses ............................................................................. 246
Ball valves ...................................................................... 221 Spiral hoses.................................................................... 249
Air preparation units ....................................................... 222 Balancers ....................................................................... 251
Direct lubrication units .................................................... 229 Hose reels ...................................................................... 253
Quick couplings .............................................................. 231 Blow guns ....................................................................... 255
Claw couplings ............................................................... 242 Installation proposals...................................................... 256
Fittings ............................................................................ 243 Test equipment ............................................................... 264
AIR MOTORS 265
Vane air motors .............................................................. 266 LZL vane air motors ....................................................... 267
LZB vane air motors ....................................................... 267 Air motor support ............................................................ 268
HOISTS AND TROLLEYS 269
Air hoists......................................................................... 270 Trolleys ........................................................................... 271
DECLARATION OF NOISE AND VIBRATION EMISSION 273
Tensor eletric tools are a key to error The Brazor establishes a new standard in Reduce your lead times with the new
proofing and productivity. industrial electric grinding. Multiples by Express concept.
Easy to do
business with
Our global organization is dedicated to serving you,
wherever you are. By combining a strong local
presence with the latest information technology,
we have simplified all aspects of interfacing
with a tool supplier. In other words, it is easy
to do business with us.
Customer centers Wherever you are After your purchase

We know the importance of being Atlas Copco power tools and assem- Atlas Copco ServAid streamlines
close to our customers. For this bly systems are available through your tools maintenance. ServAid is
reason we have fully equipped Cus- our own sales companies in some a CD-ROM containing an illustrated
tomer centers in many parts of the 50 countries and a network of inde- spare parts list. With ServAid in your
world. Here, in addition to our com- pendent distributors in an additional computer you have comprehensive
plete range of products and services, 90 countries. parts data at your fingertips.
we offer global project management
for multinational customers. Making your tool selection Talk to your local distributor
On our website www.atlascopco. Using our e-solution, AC Connect,
Application centers com/tools you will find tool selection your distributor can give you a light-
Advances in tightening technology de- guides that help you choose precisely ning fast response to your inquiries,
mand the highest level of engineering the correct tool for your application. and the best possible service.
expertise. Using Atlas Copco core Also available is a range of drawings,
components, specialized Application from simple dimension sketches to 3D
centers around the globe configure CAD drawings.
Atlas Copco assembly systems as
complete assembly stations for the
automotive industry.
2
Rapid deliveries. All orders received before Order-driven production. Our plant in Truly innovative. Atlas Copco launches more
4 pm are dispatched the same day from our Sweden is one of the most efficient of new products each year than any other tool
central warehouse in Belgium. its kind. A dedicated workforce keeps supplier.
throughput times short.
With 3,000 models to choose from,

we have the right tool for every job
Atlas Copco has exactly the right power
tool for your job. Make your choice from
nearly 3,000 air powered, electrical and
battery driven tools, assembly systems,
and a wide range of accessories.
Innovation through
interaction
Atlas Copco launches more new All products are accompanied by
products each year than any other instructions in 12 languages. Video
tool supplier. We start by asking what training films and pocket guides are
you, our customers, want. We then also available in all major languages.
combine your needs with our own
innovative thinking and technical Ergonomics boost
expertise. The result? Advanced tools productivity
offering levels of performance, reli- How productive are your operators?
ability and safety you never thought Change to light, powerful, ergonomi-
possible. cally designed tools from Atlas Copco reduce physical strain on the opera-
and you´ll notice an increase in indi- tor. Noise and vibration are minimized.
Quality that speaks for itself vidual productivity. Read more in our book, "Power Tool
Pick up one of our tools. The quality Ergonomics".
speaks for itself. Before dispatch from Less physical strain
our modern factory in Sweden, each Atlas Copco has a long tradition of er- Lubrication-free
tool is subjected to rigorous quality gonomic tool design. Handle designs Many Atlas Copco tools are lubrication-
control. The latest equipment is used that optimize the transfer of high feed free, thus eliminating oil mist from the
to check power, speed, accuracy and forces from the hand-arm system work area.
air consumption. direct to the workpiece substantially 3
Atlas Copco’s complete service programs Atlas Copco offers a complete range of Our aim is to provide service that will keep
are tailored to your needs. calibration services in compliance with your tools at highest performance and
industry standards. minimized breakdowns.
Atlas Copco Service Products

Continuous monitoring and maintenance is one of the
most cost-efficient ways to optimise your production.
Scheduled service intervals eliminate the risk of
unwelcome surprises – and enhance availability as
well ensures your production quality.
Choose from our service programs, tailored to
your specific requirements.
ToolScanTM
er
tifi
ed Serv
ic er
dS
tifie ervic
er
dS
tifie ervic An inspection program
where an experienced Atlas Copco Capability
e
Certifié • C
Certifié • C
e
e
Certifié � C
•Z
•Z
Zertifzierrt
ertifzierr
ertifzierr
service engineer checks your tools on- The tool or spindle is measured in
ice
ice
ice
site using sophisticated test equip- compliance with ISO 5393 (both on
Se
t
rv Se Se
rvic
e � Se rvice • Serv rvice • Serv
ment. A report of the condition for each soft and hard joints) to determine tool
tool is prepared with ToolScanTM. capability (Cm and Cmk).
Verification
Gold Service Calibration Service
To verify tool performance, delivered
A full coverage service program, On the assembly line, you need to be
torque and its scatter, for a specific
tailor-made for the majority of Atlas certain about the performance of
joint/application. All measurements
Copco tools and equipment. The your power tools. The tools have to
conducted on the actual joint (Cp and
program is geared to the specific be calibrated at regular intervals.
Cpk).
demands placed on the equipment in This service keeps your transducer-
production. Gold Service plans for a ized tools and torque measurement Accredited calibration
three year period, and covers all equipment calibrated, for optimum Calibration equipment must be
maintenance and repair. performance. Atlas Copco offers a calibrated too. This demands greater
complete range of calibration serv- precision than for normal calibration.
Silver Service The quality of the calibration result is
ices for all your tools and equipment.
A preventive maintenance program assured by ISO 17025 accredited
Most Atlas Copco Service Centers
built on our standard service kits, calibration labs. Atlas Copco has
are today ISO 9000 certified.
modules and standard repair time. today a calibration lab accredited by
Valid for a fixed period, that can be Calibration
DKD (Deutsche Kalibrierdienst) for
prolonged. Additional service prod- Calibration of transducerized tools
torque transducer calibration.
ucts are available within this program. and electronics against traceably
calibrated references in compliance For more information, please contact your
with industry standards. local Atlas Copco representative
Bronze Service
A fixed-price program ensuring Atlas Copco calibration service
faster turn-arounds and cutting Product Calibration Capability Verification Accredited calibration
Air assembly tools X X
administration costs at every level.
Tensor S X X X
The tools are repaired and tested Tensor DS X X
according to Atlas Copco specifica- QMX/QMR X X X
tions. Combining this program with Power Focus/Focus X
ACTA 3000 X
our service box concept would cut
IRTT X X
your cost for administration and MRTT X X
handling even further. SRTT X X
4
Before dispatch each Atlas Copco tool is We are conducting intensive research into Atlas Copco takes great care in all actions
subjected to rigorous quality control. further reducing noise levels and improving to be environment friendly.
vibration-damping technique.
Quality, every step of the way

Atlas Copco has an overall quality target: To attain maximum quality
at all stages – from initial development to spare part deliveries.
Proof of company excellence

The ISO 9001 Certificate confirms • The machine must be accompa- we also state the sound power level
that Atlas Copco Tools product nied by a declaration of conformity. which is 13 dB(A) higher than the
company conforms to the Qual- • The design project must be thor- sound pressure level. The standard
ity Standard ISO 9001. Our quality oughly documented. describes how to calculate this figure.
policy is: • The sign affixed to the machine Vibration is measured using the
must contain the following basic test code ISO 8662 for pneumatic
• To fulfill customers’ expectations. information: tools and EN 50144 for electric tools.
• To deliver problem-free products at – Name and address of manufac- The vibration value stated consists of
the right time. turer. a measured value and a tolerance.
• To continuously improve our prod- – Product designation and techni- The tolerance varies from machine to
ucts and services. cal data, defined in the relevant machine and is given in the instruc-
• To have motivated personnel with standard. tions.
clearly defined goals. – The CE marking. If the registered value is less than
– Country and year of manufac- 2.5 m/s2, we normally just state less
In effect it means you know what ture.
you´re getting. Carefully specified than 2.5 m/s2, because values less
manufacturing processes guarantee • The machine must be accompa- than 2.5 m/s2 indicate minimal risk
nied by Operator´s Instructions from vibration.
that every product leaving our factory warning of possible hazards when
meets exactly the same standards of the machine is in use. Environment
quality and performance.
The instructions must also include As a part of Atlas Copco´s environ-
EC declaration of conformity a declaration of noise and vibration mental policy, Atlas Copco Tools and
From January 1, 1995, all machines based on tests performed according Assembly Systems product company
produced by Atlas Copco conform to test codes such as EN standards has received the ISO 14001 certifi-
with EC Machine Directive 98/37/EC or other recognized standards. The cation. We continuously work with
which focuses on safety. instructions must be written in all improvements such as:
Each Atlas Copco tool bears the EC languages. • Energy efficiency in our production
CE marking and is accompanied by as well as in our products.
How we measure noise
detailed operator´s instructions and a
When measuring noise, Atlas Copco
• Supplier evaluation from an envi-
declaration of conformity. ronmental perspective.
uses the standard ISO 15744. To
Our obligations the measured level, 3 dB(A) can
• Reduction of hazardous substanc-
es both in our production and in our
• The manufacturer must ensure be added to incorporate variations products.
that the machine is designed in in production and method. The
conformance with the standards figure given in this catalogue is the
• Information to our customers in the
environmental area.
laid down for the machine type in measured sound pressure level. If the
question. measured value exceeds 85 dB(A),
• Environmental awareness training
of all employees.
5
Take control of the fastening process
The later an assembly defect is identified, the more it costs to
correct. And the end result could be even higher costs as well
as the time-consuming problem of recalls. This has made error
proofing a critical factor in relation to all complex joint fastening.
Atlas Copco has defined five tight- Step 4. To assure that safety
ening process control steps towards critical joints are tightened
zero fault fastening. The five steps properly
assist you in deciding how far you This is the level required for safety Step 1
need to go in process control and critical joints. All tightening data is
what safety requirements you have documented and can be retrieved for
to meet. error analyses. Documented tighten-
ing data for safety critical fasteners
Step 1. To assure a correct are essential in order to avoid or limit
tightening torque recalls and warranty claims.
The first step to zero fault production
is obtained by using an assembly tool Step 5. To assure zero fault
that delivers a precise and pre-de- production
termined torque. However, only the Having reached step four in the
tightening torque is controlled at this advance to zero fault production
first step, operators and work pieces still leaves room for mistakes. With Step 2
are not yet involved in the monitoring step five two further elements are
process. introduced for fault-free production.
One element is the intoduction of
Step 2. To assure that all part identification, the other is reject
screws are tightened management. With step five the tool
One of the most common causes of controllers are not only net-worked
a faulty assembly is the fact that the – they are also connected to the
operator simply forgets to tighten a factory network. Information about the
screw or makes a re-hit on an already components is sent over the factory
tightened screw. The remedy against network. By identifying the com-
this possible error is to use an RE- ponents that are to be assembled,
controller. It monitors the tightening Step 3
relevant information is transferred to
cycle and identifies a proper shut-off the tool controller via the network.
of a tool. This safeguards both that the correct
Step 3. To assure that the component is being assembled and
joint is correct that corresponding tightening param-
With step 1 and 2 the tool and the eters are chosen.
operator have been taken into con-
sideration. However, the joint itself
can also be a cause of the incorrect
tightening. There can be several
reasons for this. Missing parts like Step 4
seals or washers will change the
characteristics of the joint. Damaged
threads or debris in the joint also
leads to an improperly tightened joint.
Read more in the
The way to detect these types of
guide “Error proofed
faulty joints is to monitor the tighten- production – five steps
ing angle during the tightening proc- to achieve zero fault
ess. Operator guidance and feedback fastening”.
is provided by signal lights on the tool
and by using socket selectors etc.
Step 5
6
Pneumatic
assembly
tools
Get it together fast!

With ergonomically designed screwdrivers, Selection guide – impact wrenches ................12
pulse tools, nutrunners and impact wrenches Impact wrenches ............................................13
from Atlas Copco. Correct grip diameters reduce Hydraulic impulse nutrunners – ErgoPulse ....18
reaction forces, vibration and noise levels. High Selection guide – ErgoPulse ....................20, 23
power-to-weight ratios ensure maximum opera- Pneumatic screwdrivers .................................26
tor comfort. Selection guide – pneumatic screwdrivers .....27
Pneumatic nutrunners ....................................37
Contents Page Angle nutrunners ............................................39
Selection guide – assembly tools .....................8 Straight nutrunners .........................................53
Basic tightening technique ...............................9 Pistol grip nutrunners .....................................58
Tool key ..........................................................10 RE-Controller ..................................................66
PNEUMATIC ASSEMBLY TOOLS
Selection guide
Recommended torque M2.5 M10 M14 M24 M36
bolt grade 8.8
M1.6 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M8 M12 M16 M20 M30 M42 Page
0.1 0.5 1 5 10 50 100 500 1000 5000

IMPACT
13
WRENCHES
Non shut-off 7 LMS 5000
Shut-off 22 LTS 650 15
PULSE TOOLS 4 ErgoPulse 450 18
SCREWDRIVERS
2 LUD 18 35
Direct drive
Slip clutch 1 TWIST/LUF 17 34
Shut-off control 0.1 LUM 12 28
BATTERY TOOLS
Shut-off control, 1 ETB 10 78
pistol grip
Shut-off control, 2 BTV 28 78

angle
Pulse tools 5 EPA 13 78
NUTRUNNERS
Angle head type 0.5 LTV 575 39
59
Pistol grip type 6 LMP 4100
Straight type
5 LTD 1500 54
Recommended
torque bolt grade 8.8 Nm 0.17 0.35 0.7 1.2 2.9 5.7 9.8 24 47 81 128 385 1310 3640
197 665 2280
IMPACT WRENCHES (LMS, LTS) Shut-off control (LUM, ETB)

Impact wrenches are suitable for general assembly and repair Best practice in most cases, especially for machine screws
jobs when a powerful and lightweight tool is required. They are and screws in plastic. Very high accuracy and lowest bit con-
the best tools for loosening joints. sumption.
Atlas Copco LMS and LTS reversible impact wrenches can Slip clutch (TWIST/ LUF)
handle tough tightening and loosening jobs quickly, with min- Best for sheet metal screws, wood screws or self-tapping screws.
imum operator fatigue. The LMS non shut-off range is designed
for all-purpose tightening with high availability. To cut tighten- Direct drive (LUD/LUF HRD)
ing times, independent of operator influence, the LTS models The low cost alternative for wood and self-drilling screws.
should be used.
NUTRUNNERS
IMPULSE TOOLS (ErgoPulse) Angle type (LTV)
Suitable both for general assembly and serial production. Suitable for high volume serial production.
They have the same advantages as impact wrenches with Extremely good accuracy, small angle head, suitable for use
higher accuracy. In addition you will have a tool with good er- where space is limited. Low sound and vibration levels.
gonomics which means lower sound levels and less vibrations. Pistol grip type (LMP, LTP)
Pulse tools also have a longer service life. An outstanding tool for fast and extremely accurate assembly.
SCREWDRIVERS A low weight alternative with extremely high torque capacity and
low sound level.
The biggest range on the market when it comes to extremely
accurate screwdrivers with ergonomic design. All models are
lubrication-free.
For all kinds of jobs involving smaller screw sizes, up to M6.
8
Selection guide
TORQUE RECOMMENDATIONS SCREWS
The torque is important to ensure the required clamping force. Recommended max tightening torque (Nm) for untreated
These tables show the recommended torque for the most com- oil-smeared screws (friction coefficient = 0.125).
mon types of screws and bolts. Metric coarse thread. The torque corresponds to approximately
62% of tensile stress.
M-THREADED SCREWS/BOLTS
Tightening torque Nm, according to ISO 898/1
Bolt grade Bolt grade
Thread 3.6 4.6 4.8 5.8 8.8 10.9 12.9 Thread 4.6 4.8 5.8 8.8 10.9 12.9
M1.6 0.05 0.065 0.086 0.11 0.17 0.24 0.29 M14 48 58 80 128 181 217
M2 0.10 0.13 0.17 0.22 0.35 0.49 0.58 M16 74 88 123 197 277 333
M2.2 0.13 0.17 0.23 0.29 0.46 0.64 0.77 M18 103 121 172 275 386 463
M2.5 0.20 0.26 0.35 0.44 0.70 0.98 1.20 M20 144 170 240 385 541 649
M3 0.35 0.46 0.61 0.77 1.20 1.70 2.10 M22 194 230 324 518 728 874
M3.5 0.55 0.73 0.97 1.20 1.90 2.70 3.30 M24 249 295 416 665 935 1120
M4 0.81 1.10 1.40 1.80 2.90 4.00 4.90 M27 360 435 600 961 1350 1620
M5 0.60 2.20 2.95 3.60 5.70 8.10 9.70 M30 492 590 819 1310 1840 2210
M6 2.80 3.70 4.90 6.10 9.80 14.0 17.0 M36 855 1030 1420 2280 3210 3850
M8 8.90 10.50 15.0 24.0 33.0 40.0 M42 1360 2270 3640 5110 6140
M10 17.0 21.0 29.0 47.0 65.0 79.0 M45 1690 2820 4510 6340 7610
M12 30.0 36.0 51.0 81.0 114.0 136.0 M48 2040 3400 5450 7660 9190
Basic tightening technique

The material
The material is decisive for the choice of which type of screw By measuring the torque from a series of tightening operations
and fastening tools you should choose. The most common ma- on the same joint, a measure is obtained of how accurately the
terials are steel, aluminium, plastic, wood and various types of tool can repeat a tightening. This is known as the scatter of the
construction material. Different mate- tool.
Clamping rials withstand different clamping For more information about test procedure, see ISO 5393.
force
forces. The clamping force is the
10% force that holds the joint together Torque MEAN SHIFT
Mean shift
and assures its function. Clamp-
40% 50% ing force is attained in prac-
Friction loss Friction loss
tice by transmitting a specific
in thread under head torque. Out of the total torque Expected
torque
applied in tightening, roughly level
10% is consumed for clamping Hard joint
force, while the remaining 90% is 30˚
used in overcoming the friction.
Soft joint
The friction 720˚
To assure the best possible results you should endeavour to
achieve uniform quality and friction in the joint. This means that
you must consider the dimensions of predrilled and punched
holes, threads, washers etc. If there is too much variation in the Angle
dimensions, and thus in the friction, this could be very costly.
The scatter is small for a high quality tool, and wide for a
The screw/bolt low quality tool
In most constructions the screw is the weakest link in the joint. If
Number of Number of
anything happens, it is usually cheaper to replace screws. There tightenings tightenings
are exceptions, however, such as when materials like sheet met-
al and plastic are involved, when the screw is the strongest link. High quality tool
Replacement of parts with defective threads can be expensive.
For such applications, it is therefore very important to work with
a tool that has an accurate clutch.
Low quality tool
Hard and soft joints
A joint is usually classified as either hard or soft. A hard joint is
tightened to full torque through a tightening angle of roughly 30o
after the screw has reached snug level. In a soft joint, the screw Applied torque (Nm) Applied torque (Nm)
sometimes has to be tightened more than two complete turns
before the full torque is achieved. The same tools often give
GENERAL
different torque values on hard and soft joints respectively. This
Performance figures for all pneumatic assembly tools are
difference in torque values is generally known as “mean shift”.
at a working pressure of 6.3 bar.
For more information please contact Atlas Copco.
9
Tool key
The designator/ordering number of Atlas Copco assembly tools is a combination of letters and numbers indicating
various properties and characteristics of the tool concerned.
Below is a guide showing the general significance of each group of letters/numbers and specific guides to the
individual tool types.
Handle/grip design
Tool type
Reversible or non reversible
LTP 51 H R 001 25
Tool, motor or clutch size Speed Square drive size
Hydraulic impulse nutrunners
Pulse tool Tool size Max torque HR = Pistol grip, reversible

SR = Straight, reversible
HRF = Pistol grip, reversible, air-on-top
HRX = Pistol grip, reversible, forward handle
EP 8 PTS 55 HR 10 RE Signal port
C = Single bladed pulse unit Square drive size

X = Double bladed pulse unit 10 = 3/8"
XS = Double or triple bladed pulse unit, 13 = 1/2"
extra strong 20 = 3/4"
PT = Piston rollers, shut-off 42 = 1/4" female hex, quick change chuck
PTS = Piston rollers, shut-off, extra strong 43 = 7/16" female hex, quick change chuck
PTX = Piston rollers, shut-off, strong and
light
Screwdrivers
P = Push start
RE = Reporting signal
HRF = 3-way air inlet with balanced grip
Torque control Special rpm models
HRX = Balanced pistol grip 42 = 1/4" female hex, quick change
LUM = Shut-off clutch
HR = Pistol grip chuck
TWIST = Slip clutch
PR = Straight tool with push start I0 = 3/8" female hex
LUD = Direct drive
SR = Straight tool with lever start 6 = 1/4" male hex
LTV = Shut-off angle tool
R = Reversible angle tool Q = 1/4" quick change chuck
LUM 22 HRX 6 -P
Tool size Torque (Nm)
12 – LUM, TWIST, LUD
22 – LUM, TWIST, LUD
009 – LTV
10
Tool key
Impact wrenches
For heavy duty use
LMS = Non shut-off
LTS = Shut-off
LMS 06 HR 10 HD
Tool size Square drive size
6 = 1/4"
10 = 3/8"
13 = 1/2"
HR = Pistol grip, reversible 20 = 3/4"
SR = Straight, reversible 25 = 1"
GIR = Rear grip, inside trigger 38 = 1 1/2"
GOR = Rear grip, outside trigger 42 = 1/4" female hex, quick change chuck
GR = Rear grip 43 = 7/16" female hex, quick change chuck
Nutrunners
L = Pneumatic Motor size R, SR = Reversible

N, S = Non reversible
HR = Reversible (pistol grip)
T = Shut-off Generation
B,M = Stall H = Non reversible (pistol grip)
L T V 2 8 X R 29 10 Options
V= Right angle X = High speed Speed RE = Signal port
option 001 = 100 rpm FS = Flush socket
D= In-line
002 = 200 rpm HAD =Hold-and-drive
P= Pistol grip etc.
C= Crowfoot TS = Built-in transducer/signal
or lights etc.
O= Tube nut
R= Ratchet Torque AS = Angle encoder/signal lights
10 = 10 Nm
K= Worm-drive
15 = 15 Nm
etc.
Square drive size

6 = 1/4"
8 = 5/8"
10 = 3/8"
12, 13 = 1/2"
19, 20 = 3/4"
25 = 1"
38 = 1 1/2"
42 = 1/4" female hex
Q = 1/4" quick chuck
11
IMPACT WRENCHES
Selection guide
Atlas Copco´s powerful, high-speed im-
pact wrenches are designed to cut pro-
duction times by providing fast run-down
and quick tightening.
Impact wrenches build up torque in
joints through a series of rotary impacts.
The torque obtained depends on:
● Air pressure.
● Tightening time on the actual joint.
These factors should be considered when
choosing an impact wrench.
As a general rule, if a wrench impacts
longer than 5 seconds on a fastener, a
larger wrench should be used or a shorter
life will result.
This guide will assist you in recom-
mending an impact wrench for a specific
application.
M6 M8 M10 M12 M14 M16 M18 M20 M22 M24 M27 M30 M36 M42 M45 M48
Nm 9.8 24 47 81 128 197 275 385 518 665 961 1310 2280 3640 4510 5450
LMS LMS06 LMS17 LMS17 LMS27 LMS37 LMS37 LMS47 LMS57 LMS57 LMS61 LMS61 LMS64 LMS86 LMS86 LMS86 LMS86
LMS06 LMS17 LMS27 LMS37 LMS37 LMS47 LMS57 LMS57 LMS57 LMS64 LMS64 LMS64 LMS86
8.8
LTS LTS17 LTS17 LTS27 LTS27 LTS37 LTS57 LTS57 LTS57

LTS17 LTS17 LTS37 LTS37 LTS37 LTS57 LTS57
M6 M8 M10 M12 M14 M16 M18 M20 M22 M24 M27 M30 M36 M42 M45
Nm 14 33 65 114 181 277 386 541 728 935 1350 1840 3210 5110 6340
LMS LMS06 LMS17 LMS27 LMS27 LMS37 LMS37 LMS47 LMS57 LMS61 LMS61 LMS64 LMS86 LMS86 LMS86 LMS86
LMS17 LMS17 LMS27 LMS37 LMS47 LMS47 LMS57 LMS61 LMS64 LMS64 LMS86
10.9
LTS LTS17 LTS17 LTS27 LTS37 LTS57 LTS57 LTS57

LTS17 LTS27 LTS37 LTS37 LTS57 LTS57
M6 M8 M10 M12 M14 M16 M18 M20 M22 M24 M27 M30 M36 M42
Nm 17 40 79 136 217 333 463 649 874 1120 1620 2210 3850 6140
LMS LMS06 LMS17 LMS27 LMS27 LMS37 LMS47 LMS57 LMS61 LMS61 LMS64 LMS86 LMS86 LMS86 LMS86
LMS17 LMS17 LMS27 LMS37 LMS47 LMS57 LMS61 LMS64 LMS64 LMS86
12.9
LTS LTS17 LTS17 LTS27 LTS37 LTS57 LTS57

LTS17 LTS27 LTS37 LTS37 LTS57 LTS57
■ = HEAVY DUTY The torque figures are normal tightening torque for untreated oil-smeared and rust-protected bolts and nuts in
the most common strength grades. The torque figures correspond to approximately 63% of tensile stress.
■ = EXTRA HEAVY DUTY
12
IMPACT WRENCHES
Non shut-off type – Reversible
LMS06 – LMS37
Atlas Copco series of impact wrenches
are designed for the toughest conditions. LMS37
They are built to provide the ultimate in
dependability and a long, trouble-free
service life. There is nothing that match-
es the Atlas Copco impact wrench when
LMS06 SR
it comes to flexibility, capacity-to-weight
ratio and simplicity in use and mainte-
nance.
● Fast tightening and disassembly.
● Wide torque range (7-480 Nm).
● Low weight. LMS27
● Negligible reaction force.
● Soft-start throttle.
● LMS06 – LMS27 are lubrication-free.
LMS06 HR
LMS Operating Range
Nm
6 bar
5 bar
4 bar
s
min 1s max 5s
The tightening time should not exceed
5 seconds, to avoid excess wear of the
tool.
Dis-
Air con- Recom- tance
Bolt Square Recommended Length sumption mended centre
capa- drive torque range Max. Free Weight excl under load hose to
city size torque Impacts speed anvil size side
Model mm in Nm ft lb Nm per min r/min kg lb mm l/s cfm mm mm Ordering No.
LMS06 SR10 6-8 3/8 7- 30 5- 22 55 2100 12500 0.9 2.0 182 4 8 6.3 20 8434 1060 12
LMS06 HR10 6-8 3/8 7- 30 5- 22 55 2100 13500 0.9 2.0 184 4 8 6.3 20 8434 1060 04*
LMS06 HR10-HD 6-8 3/8 7- 30 5- 22 55 2100 10000 0.9 2.0 184 4 8 6.3 20 8434 1060 08
LMS06 HR42 6-8 1/4a 7- 30 5- 22 55 2100 13500 0.9 2.0 184 4 8 6.3 20 8434 1060 20
LMS06 HR42-HD 6-8 1/4a 7- 30 5- 22 55 2100 10000 0.9 2.0 184 4 8 6.3 20 8434 1060 16
LMS17 HR10 10 3/8 10- 70 7- 52 110 1260 10000 1.7 3.8 141 10 21 10.0 24 8434 1170 60
LMS17 HR13 10 1/2 10- 70 7- 52 110 1260 10000 1.7 3.8 141 10 21 10.0 24 8434 1170 29
LMS27 HR13 12 1/2 30-180 22-133 220 1200 8700 2.1 4.6 142 10 21 10.0 29 8434 1270 02*
LMS27 HR43 12 7/16a 30-180 22-133 220 1200 8700 2.1 4.6 142 10 21 10.0 29 8434 1270 77
LMS37 HR13 14-16 1/2 40-340 30-251 480 1200 7800 2.7 6.0 165 13 27 10.0 33 8434 1360 41*
LMS37 HR16 14-16 5/8 40-340 30-251 480 1200 7800 2.7 6.0 165 13 27 10.0 33 8434 1370 01
a
Female hex. quick change chuck. * Basic tools of the range, cover most needs.
Air inlet thread inch: LMS06 = 1/4", LMS17, LMS27 and LMS37 = 3/8".
HD = Suitable for soft joints.
ACCESSORIES INCLUDED OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES SELECTED SERVICE KITS

Silenced air exhaust through handle Page 16-17 Page 17
Hose fitting
13
IMPACT WRENCHES
Non shut-off type – Reversible
LMS47 – LMS86
These tools provide enormous power, yet LMS64 HR
you are in full control, and there is virtu-
ally no reaction force during tightening.
The torque is applied to the joint, not your
wrist. All Atlas Copco impact wrenches
have a wide torque range, so each tool LMS86 GIR
can be adjusted to handle many applica-
tions.
● Fast tightening and disassembly. LMS61 HR
● Wide torque range (70-10 000 Nm).
● Low weight.
LMS57 HR
● Negligible reaction force.
● Soft-start throttle.
LMS47 HR
LMS64 GR
Dis-
Bolt Square Recommended Length sumption mended centre
capa- drive torque range Max. Free Weight excl under load hose to
city size torque Impacts speed anvil size side
Model mm in Nm ft lb Nm per min r/min kg lb mm l/s cfm mm mm Ordering No.
LMS47 HR20 16-19 3/4 70- 460 52- 339 550 900 4800 3.5 7.7 170 14 30 12.5 37 8434 1470 42
LMS57 HR20 18-20 3/4 100- 500 74- 369 900 960 4500 4.3 9.5 189 16 34 12.5 38 8434 1570 09*
LMS57 HR25 18-22 1 100- 650 74- 479 900 960 4500 4.3 9.5 189 16 34 12.5 38 8434 1570 41
LMS61 HR20 20-24 3/4 300-1300 220- 960 1800 900 4000 5.1 11.2 212 12 25 12.5 44 8434 1611 00
LMS61 HR25 20-24 1 300-1300 220- 960 1800 900 4000 5.1 11.2 212 12 25 12.5 44 8434 1610 00
LMS61 HRS4 20-24 1 1/4b 300-1300 220- 960 1800 900 4000 5.1 11.2 212 12 25 12.5 44 8434 1612 00
LMS64 HR25 24-32 1 400-1400 295-1030 2300 600 3100 9.0 20.0 195 21 44 12.5 57 8434 1640 03
LMS64 GR25 24-32 1 400-1400 295-1030 2300 600 3100 9.0 20.0 280 21 44 12.5 57 8434 1641 02*
LMS64 S GR25 24-32 1 400-1500 295-1100 2300 620 3380 9.0 20.0 280 35 73 12.5 57 8434 1641 06
LMS64 GRS5 24-32 1 5/8a 400-1400 295-1030 2300 600 3100 9.0 20.0 280 21 44 12.5 57 8434 1641 44
LMS64 S GRS5 24-32 1 5/8a 400-1500 295-1100 2300 620 3380 9.0 20.0 280 35 73 12.5 57 8434 1641 08
LMS86 GOR38/B 32-45 1 1/2 1000-5000 737-3688 10000 450 3720 16.4 36.0 376 29 61 16.0 63 8434 1860 12
LMS86 GIR38/B 32-45 1 1/2 1000-5000 737-3688 10000 450 3720 16.4 36.0 376 29 61 16.0 63 8434 1860 20*
LMS86 GORS5/B 32-45 1 5/8a 1000-5000 737-3688 10000 450 3720 16.4 36.0 376 29 61 16.0 63 8434 1860 18
LMS86 GIRS5/B 32-45 1 5/8a 1000-5000 737-3688 10000 450 3720 16.4 36.0 376 29 61 16.0 63 8434 1860 26
a
Spline drive No. 5. * Basic tools of the range, cover most needs.
b
Spline drive No. 4.
GOR = Outside trigger
GR/GIR = Inside trigger
Air inlet thread inch: LMS47, LMS57 and LMS61 = 3/8", LMS64 and LMS86 = 1/2".

Silenced air exhaust through handle Page 16-17 Page 17
(LMS47/57/61)
Hose fitting
14
IMPACT WRENCHES
Shut-off type – Torsion bar principle
LTS17 – LTS27
Equipped with automatic shut-off, the LTS LTS27 HR43
models provide a perfect result, every
time. This means proper tightening with
less risk for over-tightening due to oper-
ator influence, improving joint quality as
well as operator confidence.
● Automatic shut-off shortens tightening
LTS17 HR13
time.
● Consistent torque accuracy.
● No over-torquing.
● Low weight.
● Adjustable torque settings (22-165 Nm).
LTS17 and LTS27 are lubrication-free.

The purpose of the torsion bar principle
is to increase the bounce angle of the im-
pact mechanism. The tool shuts off once it
has reached the pre-set bounce angle.
LTS Adjustment Range

Nm
max 5s
+
–
min 1s
3.0 6.3
bar
The tightening time should not exceed

5 seconds, to avoid excess wear of the tool.
Air con- Recom- Dis

Bolt Square Recommended Length sumption Air mended tance
capa- drive torque range Free Weight excl under load inlet hose centre
city size Impacts speed anvil thread size to side
Model mm in Nm ft lb per min r/min kg lb mm l/s cfm in mm mm Ordering No.
LTS17 HR10 8-10 3/8 22b- 45 16- 33 960 10000 2.0 4.4 214 6 13 3/8 8 24 8434 1172 19
LTS17 HR13 8-10 1/2 34b- 66 25- 49 1100 10000 2.0 4.4 214 6 13 3/8 8 24 8434 1172 01*
LTS27 HR13-1 10-12 1/2 50b-110 37- 82 960 9300 2.6 5.7 226 6 13 3/8 10 29 8434 1272 00
LTS27 HR13-2 12-14 1/2 70b-140 52-104 1100 9300 2.6 5.7 226 8 17 3/8 10 29 8434 1272 18
LTS27 HR43 10-14 7/16a 40b-165 29-123 1200 11500 2.5 5.5 164 8 17 3/8 10 29 8434 1272 59*
a
Female hex. quick change chuck – 1/2" square drive on torsion bar.
b
Min torque at 3 bar air pressure and min setting of torque control mechanism.
ACCESSORIES INCLUDED
* Basic tools of the range, cover most needs. Silenced air exhaust through handle
Hose fitting
Torsion bar No. 06 LTS27 HR43
Adjusting key LTS17 and LTS27
LTS17, -27 HR13 (10) built-in
LTS17 and -27 torsion bar – LTS27 HR43 torsion bar
bounce angle shut-off Female hexagon quick-change chuck for The anvil of the impact mechanism is
separate torsion bars with 1/2" square extended with a built-in torsion bar to
Nm drive. The design is specially suitable for
200
Max torque (+) increase accuracy and reduce vibration
the tightening of different bolt sizes at the level. These types are designed for fre-
same work place. quent tightening of the same bolt size.
150 Torque
Torsion bar No. Nm Ordering No. Colour of bar
02 60 4250 1230 82 orange

Valid at 6 bar air pressure
100
03 75 4250 1230 83 yellow
Min torque (–) 04 90 4250 1230 84 green
50 05 100 4250 1230 85 blue
06 115 4250 1230 86 red (standard)
07 125 4250 1230 87 orange
0 08 140 4250 1230 88 yellow
02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 09 150 4250 1230 89 green
Bar No. 10 165 4250 1230 90 blue
15
IMPACT WRENCHES
Shut-off type – Added bounce energy principle
LTS37 – LTS57
LTS shut-off tools automatically shut off
when the preset torque is reached, elim-
inating the need for guesswork. Place
the tool on the joint to be fastened and
press the trigger. The tool will automati-
cally shut-off at a predetermined torque
level, which provides for an operator inde-
pendent tightening. LTS57
● Automatic shut-off shortens tightening
time.
● Consistent torque accuracy. LTS37
● No over-torquing.
● Low weight.
● Adjustable torque settings (80-650 Nm).
The purpose of the added bounce energy
principle is that the energy content of each
impact is added to the next and following
impact until the preset level is reached
and the tool shuts off.
Dis-
Bolt Square Recommended Length sumption Air mended centre
capa- drive torque range Free Weight excl under load inlet hose to
city size Impacts speed anvil thread size side
Model mm in Nm ft lb per min r/min kg lb mm l/s cfm in mm mm Ordering No.
LTS37 HR13 12-14 1/2 80a-340 59-250 1140 8800 3.7 8.1 200 10 21 3/8 10 33 8434 1372 41*
LTS37 HR16 12-16 5/8 120a-340 88-250 1140 8800 3.7 8.1 220 10 21 3/8 10 33 8434 1372 09
LTS57 HR20 18-20 3/4 200a-500 147-369 960 4600 5.3 12.0 225 13 27 3/8 10 38 8434 1571 08
LTS57 HR25 18-22 1 200a-650 147-479 960 4600 5.3 12.0 225 13 27 3/8 10 38 8434 1571 40*
a
Min torque at 4 bar air pressure and min setting of torque control mechanism. * Basic tools of the range, cover most needs.
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
Extended anvils Quick change chuck Socket holders
Dimensions Dimensions Drive

Drive Exten- Drive Exten- size Length
size sion size sion Model in mm Ordering No.
Model in mm Ordering No. Model in mm Ordering No.
Tool holder with square drive, for 7/16"
Extended square drive anvil for Anvil with female hexagon quick quick change chuck, for
LMS17 1/2 75 4250 1147 80ab change chuck for LMS17,-27 3/8 75 4023 1210 03
LMS27 1/2 75 4250 1085 80ab LMS06 1/4 – 4250 1513 80 1/2 75 4023 1211 03
LMS27 1/2 150 4250 1086 80ab LMS17 7/16 – 4250 1154 80
LMS37/LTS37 1/2 75 4250 1031 80ab LMS27 7/16 – 4250 1088 80
LMS37/LTS37 1/2 150 4250 1032 80ab LMS37 7/16 – 4250 1050 80c
LMS37/LTS37 5/8 75 4250 1034 80ab
LMS37/LTS37 5/8 150 4250 1035 80ab Ordering No.
LMS47/LTS47 3/4 75 4250 1208 00
LMS47/LTS47 3/4 150 4250 1209 00
a
Retainer pin – locking type 4250 0851 00
LMS57/LTS57 3/4 75 4250 1109 00 b
Retainer pin –
LMS57/LTS57 3/4 150 4250 1110 00 quick change type 4250 1190 00
LMS57/LTS57 3/4 200 4250 1111 00 c
NOTE: To be used together with reversing valve
LMS57/LTS57 1 75 4250 1113 00 4250 1345 95 (marked “1”) only.
LMS57/LTS57 1 150 4250 1114 00
LMS64 1 80 4250 0774 00
LMS64 1 160 4250 0775 00
Spline type anvil for SELECTED SERVICE KITS
LMS64 1 5/8-14 – 4250 0967 80 Page 17
Heavy duty anvil (thru hole) for
LMS37/LTS37 1/2 80 4250 1041 01
16
IMPACT WRENCHES
Accessories
Suspension yokes
Ordering No.
Model Horizontal Vertical Swivelling
LMS06 HR – – 4210 0243 00

LMS17 – – 4250 1365 00
LMS27 4250 0872 00 4250 1159 00 –
LMS37 4250 0872 00 4250 1058 00 –
LMS47 4250 0872 00 4250 1327 00 –
LMS57 4250 0872 00 4250 1160 00 –
LMS61 4250 0872 00 4250 1620 90 –
LMS64 4250 0677 80 – –
LMS86 0371 1102 00 – –
LTS17 – – 4250 1365 00
LTS27 4250 0872 00 – 4250 1365 00
LTS37 4250 0872 00 – 4250 1253 00
LTS57 4250 0872 00 – 4250 2229 00
Protective covers Power regulators Exhaust kit
3m
Model Ordering No. Model Ordering No. Model Ordering No.
LMS17 4250 1503 00 Power regulator valve for Piped-away exhaust kit for
LMS27 4250 1273 00 LMS17/LTS17 4250 1091 90 LMS06 HR 4210 2052 00
LMS37 4250 1213 00 LMS27/LTS27 4250 1091 91
LMS47 4250 1338 00 LMS17, -27, -37, -47, -57, 4250 1366 90
LMS37/LTS37 4250 1091 92 LTS17, -27, -37, -57
LMS57 4250 1282 00 LMS47 4250 1091 93
LMS61 4250 2464 00 LMS57/LTS57 4250 1091 94
LMS64 4250 0828 00 LTS17 4250 1091 87
LTS17 4250 1410 00 LTS27 4250 1091 86
LTS27 HR13 4250 1411 00 LTS37 4250 1091 85
LTS27 HR43 4250 1340 00 LTS57 4250 1091 88
LTS37 4250 1337 00
LTS57 4250 1339 00
SELECTED SERVICE KITS

Model Service kit
The spare parts included in the
service kits cover a normal over- LMS06 4081 0008 90
haul of your tool. Always have LMS06 SR 4081 0168 90
them available for a fast and LMS17/LTS17 4081 0204 90
LMS27/LTS27 4081 0205 90
economical repair.
LMS37/LTS37 4081 0206 90
Main parts included: LMS47 4081 0207 90
● Vane kit ● Motor bearings
LMS57/LTS57 4081 0208 90
LMS61 4081 0257 90
● Gaskets ● O-rings LMS64 4081 0015 90
● Circlips ● Pins etc.
LMS86 4081 0016 90
17
HYDRAULIC IMPULSE NUTRUNNERS
ErgoPulse
The successful combination of high
productivity and a good working en-
vironment
● Productivity – Very high speed means
short cycle times for hard to semi-soft
joints. EP7/8PT/PTS HR
● Accuracy – High torque independent
of joint stiffness gives high joint quality.
EP7PTX HR
● Reliability – Long service life with sim-
ple maintenance requirements.
● Ergonomics:
– Virtually no reaction forces.
– Low noise and vibration levels. EP18PTS HR
– Low weight. EP7XS HR
– Lubrication-free.
EP10XS HR
EP7/8PTS HRF
EP6XS SR
The successful combination of high productivity

and a good working environment
The ErgoPulse principle A complete range

1 The heart of a pulse tool The ErgoPulse range covers torque from
2 is the hydraulic pulse unit, 2-450 Nm which means that you can
positioned between the tighten screws from M4 to M20.
air motor and the outgoing ErgoPulse tools are available in both
shaft. Since the pulses are very short, shut-off and non shut-off versions. The
there is almost no reaction force in the shut-off pulse tools – PT, PTS and PTX
handle, only the much lower motor torque types – will shut-off the air supply as soon
is transferred to the operator’s hand. The as the pre-set torque has been reached.
pulse unit increases the torque gener- With a shut-off tool the operator influence
ated by the motor 50-100 times! is minimized. The result is increased ac-
As there is no metal-to-metal impact in curacy and faster tightening. The non
a pulse tool, pulse tools provide a softer, shut-off tools – C and XS types – pro-
1 Air motor more controlled pulse with considerably duce pulses until the operator releases
less vibrations and noise than an impact the trigger. They are preferred in appli-
2 Pulse unit wrench. Together with good balance cations where it is an advantage for the
and low weight the result is a tool that operator to be able to control the process
is extremely comfortable to operate. The by shutting off the tool manually.
reliability and accuracy of the ErgoPulse Atlas Copco pulse tools are available
tools make them ideal for continuous in straight and pistol grip versions.
heavy production.
18
ErgoPulse – Shut-off type
PT/PTS/PTX torque sensing shut-off

system – an active part of the tight-
ening process
The ErgoPulse PT, PTS and PTX nut-
runners incorporate a shut-off system
based on retardation instead of timers
or bypass valves. Torque is “sensed” by
means of a rotatable inertial mass act-
ing against an adjustable spring. When
the force of the mass is sufficient to
overcome the preset force in the spring,
a lock pin releases a disc valve to shut
off the air supply. The result is a highly
accurate and easily adjustable shut-off
system.
A pulse mechanism with pistons for

minimum weight and long service life
The ErgoPulse PT/PTS/PTX pulse unit
features a more efficient transfer of the
impulse energy. The design is based on
cam-guided pistons and rollers and the
pulse cylinder is oil-filled. The moving
parts are thus completely immersed in
oil, which ensures a long service life.
The unique piston principle makes the
PT/PTS/PTX tools extremely light.
Twin chamber motor

The ErgoPulse PT, PTS and PTX nutrun-
ners have a twin chamber vane motor.
It is designed for giving high torque at
low speed, which gives the best char-
acteristics for fast, reliable and accurate
tightening.
TRIM valve for enhanced performance PT, PTS and PTX pulse unit and Twin piston mechanism Twin chamber motor
on hard joints and at low torque levels shut-off system
The PT, PTS and PTX tools incorporate
a patented adjustable valve at the air
outlet. This feature enhances the tool’s
performance on hard joints and at low
torque levels.
The PTS/PTX-RE tools are reporting
as standard. This means that they sup-
ply an air signal that can be connected
to a RE-Controller to count the number
of tightenings and to detect premature
shut-off and rehits. Recommended operating area
Max recommended tightening time for a Max.
AUTOTRIM valve, the optimal solution pulse tool is 3 seconds. Longer time indi- setting Max. free
for mixed hard and soft joints cates that the joint is too soft for the tool speed
The PTS/PTX-AT tools are equipped with used. If so, it is recommended to choose
an automatic two-stage Trim valve. The a bigger size of tool or another type of
tool runs down the screw with reduced nutrunner. Reduced
free speed
free speed. After 1-2 pulses it shifts auto- Minimum recommended number of Min. by Trim valve
matically to full power thus enabling both pulses per tightening is 5. Fewer pulses setting
hard and soft joints to be tightened with will result in increased scatter. By reduc- Soft joint
Hard joint
excellent result without any adjustments. ing the free speed with the TRIM valve Tightening angle ≈ 300 Tightening angle ≈ 3000
The PTS/PTX-AT tools can also be (PT/PTS/PTX) there will be more pulses
used for reporting applications. per tightening and improved accuracy.
19
Bolt capacity M5 – M20
● Safer joints and fewer after-checks.
EP7 PTX HR
● Fast and accurate tightening.
● Minimum operator fatigue.
● Independence of operator influence.
EP18PTS HR
EP7/8PTS HRF
1
2
EP4/5/6PTX HR
EP7/8PT/PTS HR
EP4/5/6PTX SR
4
ErgoPulse PTS/PTX
1 Twin chamber air motor.
The PTS/PTX-RE tools are reporting as enabling both hard and soft joints to be
standard. You connect an air signal hose tightened with excellent result. Old PTS-
2 Pulse unit with cam-guided pistons to the Trim valve. With the air signal hose RE tools can be retrofitted with AutoTrim
and rollers. connected to a monitoring instrument valves by replacing the existing Trim
you can count the number of approved valve, see page 21. The PTS/PTX-AT
3 Patented shut-off system with inertia tightenings and detect premature shut- tools are reporting as standard.
body.
off, rehits and other irregularities.
4 Silencer with TRIM or AUTOTRIM ErgoPulse PTS-HRF
valve. ErgoPulse PTS/PTX AutoTrim The Air on Top versions give you full flex-
The PTS/PTX AutoTrim tools are ibility, either you use the air inlet on top
equipped with an automatic two-stage to avoid the disturbing hose hook or you
Trim valve. The tool runs down the screw use the conventional air inlet at the bot-
with reduced free speed. After 1-2 pulses tom of the handle. The Air on Top is ideal
it shifts automatically to full power thus for work stations.
SELECTION GUIDE
The ErgoPulse PT, PTS and PTX tools can be adjusted within a wide torque range by simply setting the spring force that counteracts the
inertia body. Torque should preferably be checked with a hand torque wrench. Electronic monitoring with an in-line transducer is possible but
should be verified with a manual hand torque wrench to avoid measuring errors due to the extremely short pulse sequence.
Torque
Nm Straight Pistol grip models 450
models
M20
Screw
size 250
M16 8.8 150
M14 120 125 225
125
80 90
M12
70 70 85
70
55 55 62
M10 45 40
32 35 50 50
31 40
M8 25
19 19 22 30 30* 32
15 14 15
22*
9 11 18* 22*
M6 13* 13* 16
10*
9* 9*
8* 8*
M5 6* 6*
4*
3/4" square
3/8" square drive 3/8" square drive 1/2" square drive drive
5PT/ 6PT/ 7PT/ 8PT/ 4PTX 5PTS 5PTX 7PT 7PTS 7PTX 8PTX 9PTX 11PTX 12PTS 18PTS
PTX PTX PTX PTX 5PT 6PT 6PTS 6PTX 8PT 8PTS 10PT 10PTS 12PT 14PTS
* For tools with quick change chuck, see technical data.
20
ErgoPulse PTX
The new ErgoPulse PTX series is in-
tended for applications where weight is EP9PTX HR
critical. The PTX tools are based on the
well-proven technology from ErgoPulse
PTS. They are available in both Trim and
AutoTrim versions. AutoTrim is recommen-
ded for applications where same tool is
used both for hard and soft joints.
EP5/6PTX HR EP7PTX HR
EP4/5/6PTX SR-AT
Dis- Air con- Recom-

Square Recommended Free tance sumption mended Air
Bolt drive torque rangea speed Weight centre under load hose inlet Sound
size size approx. Length to side size thread level
Model mm in Nm ft lb r/min kg lb mm mm l/s cfm mm in dB(A) Ordering No.
Trim Straight models
EP4PTX9 SR42 M5 1/4b 4- 9 3- 7 3400d 0.9 2.0 207 21 4 13 8 1/4 74 8431 0376 00
EP4PTX9 SR10 M5 3/8 4- 9 3- 7 3400d 0.9 2.0 207 21 4 13 8 1/4 74 8431 0376 04
EP5PTX14 SR42 M6 1/4b 7- 14 5 - 10 5300d 0.9 2.0 207 21 7 15 8 1/4 74 8431 0376 10
EP5PTX15 SR10 M6 3/8 9- 15 7 - 11 5300d 0.9 2.0 207 21 7 15 8 1/4 74 8431 0376 14
EP6PTX18 SR42 M6 1/4b 9- 18 7 - 13 6800d 0.9 2.0 207 21 7 15 8 1/4 74 8431 0376 20
EP6PTX19 SR10 M6 3/8 10 - 19 7 - 14 6800d 0.9 2.0 207 21 7 15 8 1/4 74 8431 0376 24
EP7PTX28 SR42 M6-M8 1/4b 17 - 28 13 - 21 4300d 1.2 2.5 235 25 8 17 10 1/4 78 8431 0376 30
EP7PTX31 SR10 M6-M8 3/8 18 - 31 13 - 23 4300d 1.2 2.5 235 25 8 17 10 1/4 78 8431 0376 34
EP8PTX38 SR42 M8 1/4b 22 - 38 16 - 28 5500d 1.2 2.5 235 25 9 19 10 1/4 78 8431 0376 44
EP8PTX45 SR10 M8 3/8 24 - 45 18 - 33 5500d 1.2 2.5 235 25 9 19 10 1/4 78 8431 0376 40
Trim-RE Pistol grip (RE-signal)
EP4PTX9 HR42-RE M5 1/4b 4- 9 3- 7 3400d 0.9 1.9 164 22 4 13 8 1/4 74 8431 0375 50
EP4PTX9 HR10-RE M5 3/8 4- 9 3- 7 3400d 0.9 1.9 164 22 4 13 8 1/4 74 8431 0375 54
EP5PTX17 HR42-RE M6 1/4b 7 - 17 5 - 13 7000d 0.9 1.9 164 22 7 15 8 1/4 74 8431 0375 00
EP5PTX19 HR10-RE M6 3/8 8 - 19 6 - 14 7000d 0.9 1.9 164 22 7 15 8 1/4 74 8431 0375 04
EP6PTX28 HR42-RE M6-M8 1/4b 15 - 28 11 - 21 8500d 0.9 1.9 164 22 7 15 8 1/4 74 8431 0375 10
EP6PTX32 HR10-RE M6-M8 3/8 16 - 32 12 - 23 8500d 0.9 1.9 164 22 7 15 8 1/4 74 8431 0375 20
EP7PTX55 HR10-RE M8-M10 3/8 30 - 55 22 - 40 7200d 1.2 2.5 176 25 9 19 10 1/4 77 8431 0375 30
EP8PTX70 HR10-RE M10 3/8 40 - 70 29 - 51 6900d 1.2 2.5 176 25 9 19 10 1/4 77 8431 0375 60
EP9PTX80 HR13-RE M10 1/2 50 - 80 37 - 59 5200d 1.5 3.3 188 29 11 23 10 1/4 83 8431 0375 40
EP11PTX120 HR13-RE M12 1/2 70 - 120 51 - 88 5100d 1.7 3.8 196 29 12 25 10 1/4 83 8431 0376 50
AutoTrim Straight models (RE-signal)
EP4PTX9 SR42-AT M5 1/4b 4- 9 3- 7 3300c 0.9 2.0 267 21 4 13 8 1/4 74 8431 0376 02
EP4PTX9 SR10-AT M5 3/8 4- 9 3- 7 3300c 0.9 2.0 267 21 4 13 8 1/4 74 8431 0376 06
EP5PTX14 SR42-AT M6 1/4b 7- 14 5 - 10 4800c 0.9 2.0 267 21 7 15 8 1/4 74 8431 0376 12
EP5PTX15 SR10-AT M6 3/8 9- 15 7 - 11 4800c 0.9 2.0 267 21 7 15 8 1/4 74 8431 0376 16
EP6PTX18 SR42-AT M6 1/4b 9- 18 7 - 13 6700c 0.9 2.0 267 21 7 15 8 1/4 74 8431 0376 22
EP6PTX19 SR10-AT M6 3/8 10 - 19 7 - 14 6700c 0.9 2.0 267 21 7 15 8 1/4 74 8431 0376 26
EP7PTX28 SR42-AT M6-M8 1/4b 17 - 28 13 - 21 4300c 1.2 2.5 295 25 7 15 10 1/4 78 8431 0376 32
EP7PTX31 SR10-AT M6-M8 3/8 18 - 31 13 - 23 4300c 1.2 2.5 295 25 7 15 10 1/4 78 8431 0376 36
EP8PTX38 SR42-AT M8 1/4b 22 - 38 16 - 28 5900c 1.2 2.5 295 25 9 19 10 1/4 78 8431 0376 46
EP8PTX45 SR10-AT M8 3/8 24 - 45 18 - 33 5900c 1.2 2.5 295 25 9 19 10 1/4 78 8431 0376 42
AutoTrim Pistol grip (RE-signal)
EP4PTX9 HR42-AT M5 1/4b 4- 9 3- 7 3300c 0.9 2.0 164 22 4 13 8 1/4 74 8431 0375 52
EP4PTX9 HR10-AT M5 3/8 4- 9 3- 7 3300c 0.9 2.0 164 22 4 13 8 1/4 74 8431 0375 56
EP5PTX17 HR42-AT M6 1/4b 7 - 17 5 - 13 5400c 0.9 2.0 164 22 7 15 8 1/4 74 8431 0375 02
EP5PTX19 HR10-AT M6 3/8 8 - 19 6 - 14 5400c 0.9 2.0 164 22 7 15 8 1/4 74 8431 0375 06
EP6PTX28 HR42-AT M6-M8 1/4b 15 - 28 11 - 21 8500c 0.9 2.0 164 22 7 15 8 1/4 74 8431 0375 12
EP6PTX32 HR10-AT M6-M8 3/8 16 - 32 12 - 23 8500c 0.9 2.0 164 22 7 15 8 1/4 74 8431 0375 22
EP7PTX55 HR10-AT M8-M10 3/8 30 - 55 22 - 40 6900c 1.2 2.5 176 25 9 19 10 1/4 77 8431 0375 32
EP8PTX70 HR10-AT M10 3/8 40 - 70 29 - 51 6900c 1.2 2.5 176 25 9 19 10 1/4 77 8431 0375 62
EP9PTX80 HR13-AT M10 1/2 50 - 80 37 - 59 5100c 1.5 3.4 188 29 11 23 10 1/4 83 8431 0375 42
EP11PTX120 HR13-AT M12 1/2 70 - 120 51 - 88 5100c 1.7 3.8 196 29 12 25 10 1/4 83 8431 0376 52
a
To be used as a guide only, final torque depends on
type of joint, accessories used and air pressure.
b
Female hexagon drive. Quick change chuck.
c
In full speed mode.
d
With TRIM valve fully open.
21
PT/PTS models
Square Recommended Free tance sumption mended Air
Bolt drive torque rangea speed Weight centre under load hose inlet Sound
size size approx. Length to side size thread level
Pistol grip models. ErgoPulse 5-12PT
EP5PT HR42 M6 1/4b 5 - 10 4- 7 5500c 0.95 2.1 205 21 6 13 8 1/4 74 8431 0368 05
EP5PT HR10 M6 3/8 6 - 11 4- 8 5500c 0.95 2.1 200 21 6 13 8 1/4 74 8431 0368 04
EP6PT HR42 M6 1/4b 8 - 14 6- 10 6000c 1.0 2.2 205 21 6 13 8 1/4 74 8431 0368 23
EP6PT HR10 M6 3/8 9 - 15 7- 11 6000c 1.0 2.2 200 21 6 13 8 1/4 74 8431 0368 16
EP7PT HR42 M8 1/4b 12 - 23 9- 17 4500c 1.3 2.9 175 26 7 15 8 1/4 77 8431 0368 36
EP7PT HR10 M8 3/8 13 - 25 10 - 18 4500c 1.3 2.9 177 26 7 15 8 1/4 77 8431 0368 30
EP8PT HR42 M8 1/4b 20 - 35 15 - 26 6000c 1.4 3.0 175 26 8 17 8 1/4 77 8431 0367 94
EP8PT HR10 M8 3/8 22 - 40 16 - 29 6000c 1.4 3.0 177 26 8 17 8 1/4 77 8431 0367 85
EP10PT HR13 M10 1/2 32 - 70 24 - 51 4000c 1.8 4.0 192 29 10 21 10 1/4 81 8431 0367 66
EP12PT HR13 M12 1/2 62 - 125 46 - 92 3500c 2.4 5.3 201 34 12 25 10 1/4 81 8431 0368 40
TRIM-RE
Pistol grip models. ErgoPulse 5-6PTSd
EP5PTS12 HR42-RE M5-M6 1/4b 6 - 12 4- 9 5400c 1.0 2.2 196 21 6.5 14 8 1/4 74 8431 0374 05
EP5PTS14 HR10-RE M5-M6 3/8 8- 14 6 - 10 5400c 1.0 2.2 191 21 6.5 14 8 1/4 74 8431 0374 00
EP6PTS20 HR42-RE M6 1/4b 8 - 20 6 - 15 7300c 1.0 2.2 196 21 7 15 8 1/4 74 8431 0374 15
EP6PTS22 HR10-RE M6 3/8 10 - 22 7 - 16 7300c 1.0 2.2 191 21 7 15 8 1/4 74 8431 0374 20
Pistol grip models. Balanced grip. ErgoPulse 7-18PTSd
EP7PTS30 HR42-RE M8 1/4b 16 - 31 12 - 23 5700c 1.4 3.0 175 26 8 17 10 1/4 77 8431 0374 35
EP7PTS35 HR10-RE M8 3/8 18 - 35 13 - 26 5700c 1.4 3.0 176 26 8 17 10 1/4 77 8431 0374 40
EP8PTS40 HR42-RE M8 1/4b 22 - 40 16 - 29 7300c 1.4 3.0 175 26 9 19 10 1/4 77 8431 0374 55
EP8PTS55 HR10-RE M8-M10 3/8 30 - 55 22 - 40 7300c 1.4 3.0 176 26 9 19 10 1/4 77 8431 0374 60
EP10PTS90 HR13-RE M10-M12 1/2 50 - 90 37 - 66 5200c 1.8 4.0 193 29 11 23 10 1/4 83 8431 0374 80
EP12PTS150 HR13-RE M12-M14 1/2 85 - 150 63 - 110 4200c 2.5 5.5 201 34 13 27 13 3/8 83 8431 0374 90
EP14PTS250 HR20-RE M12-M16 3/4 125 - 250 92 - 185 4000c 3.3 7.2 216 37 20 42 13 3/8 82 8431 0374 95
EP18PTS450 HR20-RE M16-M20 3/4 225 - 450 166 - 332 3000c 4.3 9.5 202 42 22 46 13 3/8 85 8431 0374 98
Pistol grip. Air on top models. ErgoPulse 7-10PTS
EP7PTS35 HRF10-RE M8 3/8 18 - 35 13 - 26 5700c 1.4 3.0 176 31 8 17 10 1/4 77 8431 0374 41
EP8PTS55 HRF10-RE M8-M10 3/8 30 - 55 22 - 40 7300c 1.4 3.0 176 31 9 19 10 1/4 77 8431 0374 61
EP10PTS90 HRF13-RE M10-M12 1/2 50 - 90 37 - 66 5200c 1.8 4.0 193 34 11 23 10 1/4 81 8431 0374 81
AUTOTRIM
Pistol grip models. ErgoPulse 6PTS
EP6PTS20 HR42-AT M6 1/4b 8 - 20 6 - 15 6300e 1.0 2.2 196 21 7 15 8 1/4 74 8431 0374 16
EP6PTS22 HR10-AT M6 3/8 10 - 22 7 - 16 6300e 1.0 2.2 191 21 7 15 8 1/4 74 8431 0374 21
Pistol grip models. Balanced grip. ErgoPulse 7-18PTSd
EP7PTS30 HR42-AT M8 1/4b 16 - 31 12 - 23 5400e 1.4 3.0 175 26 8 17 10 1/4 77 8431 0374 37
EP7PTS35 HR10-AT M8 3/8 18 - 35 13 - 26 5400e 1.4 3.0 176 26 8 17 10 1/4 77 8431 0374 42
EP8PTS40 HR42-AT M8 1/4b 22 - 40 16 - 29 6900e 1.4 3.0 175 26 9 19 10 1/4 77 8431 0374 57
EP8PTS55 HR10-AT M8-10 3/8 30 - 55 22 - 40 6900e 1.4 3.0 176 26 9 19 10 1/4 77 8431 0374 62
EP10PTS90 HR13-AT M10-12 1/2 50 - 90 37 - 66 4900e 1.8 4.0 193 29 11 23 10 1/4 83 8431 0374 82
EP12PTS150 HR13-AT M12-14 1/2 85 - 150 63 - 110 4100e 2.5 5.5 201 34 13 27 13 3/8 83 8431 0374 92
EP14PTS250 HR20-AT M12-16 3/4 125 - 250 92 - 185 3900e 3.3 7.2 216 37 20 42 13 3/8 82 8431 0374 97
EP18PTS450 HR20-AT M16-20 3/4 225 - 450 166 - 332 2900e 4.3 9.5 202 42 22 46 13 3/8 85 8431 0374 99
Pistol grip. Air on top models. ErgoPulse 7-10PTS
EP7PTS35 HRF10-AT M8 3/8 18 - 35 13 - 26 5400e 1.4 3.0 176 31 8 17 10 1/4 77 8431 0374 43
EP8PTS55 HRF10-AT M8-10 3/8 30 - 55 22 - 40 6900e 1.4 3.0 176 31 9 19 10 1/4 77 8431 0374 63
EP10PTS90 HRF13-AT M10-12 1/2 50 - 90 37 - 66 4900e 1.8 4.0 193 34 11 23 10 1/4 81 8431 0374 83
a
To be used as a guide only, final torque depends on
type of joint, accessories used and air pressure.
b
c
With TRIM valve fully open.
d
Approximate maximum torque included in designation.
e
In full speed mode.
AUTOTRIM valves for ErgoPulse PTS/PTX-RE

Model Ordering No.
EP5/6PTS/PTX 4250 1878 90
EP7/8PTS/PTX 4250 1878 91
EP10PTS/9PTX/11PTX 4250 1878 92
EP12PTS 4250 1878 93
EP14PTS 4250 1878 94
EP18PTS 4250 1878 95
22
ErgoPulse – Non shut-off type
● Fast and accurate tightening.
● Low weight and small dimensions.
EP16XS HR
EP10XS HR
Conventional
Torque impact tool
The extremely wide

adjustable range
of a pulse tool EP7XS HR
EP10C HR
0.2–1sec Time
Twin chamber motor

The ErgoPulse XS nutrunners have a EP6XS SR
twin chamber vane motor. It is designed EP6C HRF
for giving high torque at low speed, which
provides the best characteristics for fast,
reliable and accurate tightening.
Pulse mechanisms with one, two or

three blades Torque is adjusted by regulating an arti-
The ErgoPulse non shut-off tools are ficial leak in the hydraulic circuit, which
equipped with pulse units with one (C- gives possibilities for most accurate ad- Single-bladed
tools), two (XS up to size 8) or three justment of the tightening torque of the pulse unit
blades (XS from size 10). The double tool.
and triple blade pulse units use the Atlas
Copco patented cam-guided design to ErgoPulse 6PS
push out the blades, giving a very high This model is excellent for tightening self- Twin-bladed
reliability. These pulse units have a high tapping screws and when fast, powerful pulse unit
power-to-weight ratio, making the tools reversing is needed. Torque is adjusted
Camshaft
very powerful for their size. by regulating the air pressure. guiding the
blades
SELECTION GUIDE Twin-bladed
pulse unit
The size of tool is determined on the basis of torque and/or bolt dimension. Torque should
preferably be checked with a hand torque wrench. Electronic monitoring with an in-line trans-
ducer is possible but should be verified with a manual hand torque wrench to avoid measuring
errors due to the extremely short pulse sequence.
Torque
Nm
Straight models Pistol grip models
Screw size
1/4" quick 1/4" quick 3/4" square

change 3/8" square drive change 3/8" square drive 1/2" square drive drive
chuck chuck
* For tools with quick change chuck, see technical data.

23
ErgoPulse – Non shut-off type

Square Recommended tance sumption mended Air
Bolt drive torque rangea Free Weight centre under load hose inlet Sound
size size speed Length to side size thread levelb
Air on top models

EP5C HRF42 M5 1/4c 5- 9 4- 7 4800 1.1 2.4 201 25 6 13 8 1/4 70 8431 0260 23
EP6C HRF42 M6 1/4c 9 - 16 7 - 12 4800 1.2 2.6 226 25 6 13 8 1/4 70 8431 0260 30
EP8X HRF42 M8 1/4c 18 - 30 13 - 22 9000 1.2 2.6 184 25 6 13 8 1/4 70 8431 0360 97
EP8X HRF10 M8 3/8 20 - 35 15 - 26 9000 1.2 2.6 184 25 6 13 8 1/4 77 8431 0360 89
Straight models
EP4C SR42 M4 1/4c 2- 4 1- 3 8200 0.8 1.8 255 19 2.5 5 6 1/4 70 8431 0350 02
EP5C SR42 M5 1/4c 4- 8 3- 6 10500 0.9 2.0 238 20 5 10 8 1/4 75 8431 0261 14
EP6C SR42 M6 1/4c 8- 13 6- 9 10500 1.0 2.2 263 20 5 10 8 1/4 75 8431 0261 22
EP6XS SR42 M6 1/4c 9- 19 6- 14 8000 0.7 1.5 219 22 8 17 8 1/4 75 8431 0372 27
EP6XS SR10 M6 3/8 10 - 20 7- 15 8000 0.7 1.5 221 22 8 17 8 1/4 75 8431 0372 25
EP7XS SR42 M8 1/4c 17 - 28 13 - 21 10000 0.7 1.5 219 22 8 17 8 1/4 75 8431 0372 15
EP7XS SR10 M8 3/8 20 - 31 15 - 23 10000 0.7 1.5 221 22 8 17 8 1/4 75 8431 0372 05
EP8XS SR42 M8 1/4c 22 - 40 16 - 29 8000 0.9 2.0 242 24 9 19 8 1/4 78 8431 0369 30
EP8XS SR10 M8-M10 3/8 30 - 52 22 - 38 8000 0.9 2.0 244 24 9 19 8 1/4 78 8431 0369 20
Pistol grip models

EP5C HR42 M5 1/4c 5- 9 4- 7 4800 1.0 2.2 225 22 6 13 8 1/4 70 8431 0260 15
EP5XS HR42 M5-M6 1/4c 5- 12 4- 9 8500 0.8 1.8 165 21 9 19 8 1/4 75 8431 0372 30
EP5CS HR42 M5-M6 1/4c 8- 16 6- 12 4800 1.0 2.2 225 22 6 13 8 1/4 70 8431 0260 17
EP6C HR42 M6 1/4c 9- 16 7- 12 4800 1.1 2.4 250 22 6 13 8 1/4 70 8431 0262 13
EP6XS HR42 M6 1/4c 9- 19 6- 14 8000 0.8 1.8 150 22 8 17 8 1/4 75 8431 0372 23
EP6XS HR10 M6 3/8 10 - 20 7- 15 8000 0.8 1.8 152 22 8 17 8 1/4 75 8431 0372 20
EP6PS HR42 M8 1/4c d
- 28 d
- 21 8000 0.8 1.8 148 21 9 19 10 1/4 74 8431 0368 22
EP6PS HR10 M8 3/8 d
- 30 d
- 22 8000 0.8 1.8 150 21 9 19 10 1/4 74 8431 0368 21
EP7XS HR42 M8 1/4c 17 - 28 13 - 21 9000 0.8 1.8 150 22 8 17 8 1/4 75 8431 0372 10
EP7XS HR10 M8 3/8 20 - 31 15 - 23 9000 0.8 1.8 152 22 8 17 8 1/4 75 8431 0372 00
EP8XS HRX42 M8 1/4c 22 - 40 16 - 29 7000 1.0 2.0 172 23 9 19 10 1/4 80 8431 0369 16
EP8XS HRX10 M8-M10 3/8 30 - 52 22 - 38 7000 1.0 2.0 174 23 9 19 10 1/4 80 8431 0369 09
EP10C HR13 M10 1/2 42 - 70 31 - 52 7500 2.0 4.4 163 27 7 15 8 1/4 79 8431 0365 01
EP10XS HR13 M10 1/2 50 - 70 37 - 52 6000 1.3 2.9 168 26 11 23 10 1/4 78 8431 0369 40
EP12XS HR13 M12 1/2 65 - 110 48 - 81 4500 1.6 3.5 178 29 12 25 10 1/4 79 8431 0371 00
EP14XS HR13 M14 1/2 110 - 160 81 - 118 3500 2.4 5.3 188 34 14 30 13 3/8 79 8431 0371 50
EP16XS HR20 M16 3/4 160 - 240 118 - 177 2800 3.3 7.3 205 37 15 32 13 3/8 81 8431 0371 55
EP20XS HR20 M20 3/4 300 - 400 221 - 295 3700 5.1 11.2 240 43 16 34 13 3/8 80 8431 0371 60
a
To be used as a guide only, final torque depends on type of joint, accessories used and air pressure.
b
When exhaust hose is used.
c
d
Torque is adjusted by regulating the air pressure.
SELECTED SERVICE KITS O-ring kit O-ring kit

The spare parts included in Model pulse unit Service kit Model pulse unit Service kit
the service kits cover a nor- EP7PTX HR 4250 2058 90 4081 0122 90
EP5C/6C SR 4081 0110 90
mal overhaul of your tool. Al- EP10C HR 4081 0115 90 EP8PTX HR 4250 2267 91 4081 0279 90
ways have them available for EP5XS 4210 2532 93 4081 0264 90 EP9PTX HR 4250 2058 90 4081 0122 90
a fast and economical repair. EP6/7XS HR 4250 2084 90 4081 0188 90 EP11PTX HR 4250 2267 95 4081 0310 90
Main parts included: EP6/7XS SR 4250 2084 90 4081 0189 90 EP5/6PT HR 4250 2058 90 4081 0122 90
EP6PS HR 4250 2058 91 4081 0274 90 EP5/6PT SR 4250 2058 90 4081 0123 90
● Vane kit ● O-rings EP8XS HR 4250 2085 90 4081 0119 90 EP7/8PT HR 4250 2059 90 4081 0120 90
● Motor bearings ● Circlips EP8XS SR 4250 2085 90 4081 0190 90 EP7/8PT SR 4250 2059 90 4081 0198 90
EP10XS HR 4250 2086 90 4081 0191 90 EP10PT HR 4250 2060 90 4081 0124 90
● Gaskets ● Pins etc.
EP12XS HR 4250 2087 90 4081 0192 90 EP12PT HR 4250 2061 90 4081 0125 90
EP14XS HR 4250 2170 90 4081 0200 90 EP5/6PTS HR 4250 2058 90 4081 0122 90
EP16XS HR 4250 2281 90 4081 0223 90 EP7/8PTS HR 4250 2267 91 4081 0225 90
EP20XS HR 4250 2281 91 4081 0245 90 EP10PTS HR 4250 2267 90 4081 0222 90
EP4PTX HR 4250 2058 90 4081 0122 90 EP12PTS HR 4250 2267 92 4081 0226 90
EP5/6PTX HR 4250 2058 90 4081 0122 90 EP14PTS HR 4250 2267 93 4081 0242 90
EP18PTS HR 4250 2267 94 4081 0256 90
Oil filling kit (150 ml oil, syringe) 4081 0121 90

For complete information, see spare parts list.
24
ErgoPulse – Accessories
Extensions GUIDED SOCKETS AND EXTENSIONS
Specially designed for ErgoPulse nutrunners, Atlas
Diameter Copco guided sockets and extensions provide deep en-
Square of outgoing
gagement over the anvil bringing tool and attachment
Available for drive spindle Length
ErgoPulse models in mm mm Marking Ordering No.
together as ”one unit”. They give quality, ergonomic and
cost saving benefits.
6-8XS and 3/8 13 100 EP10-13-100 4023 3600 00
5-8PT/PTS/PTX 3/8 13 150 EP10-13-150 4023 3601 00
3/8 13 200 EP10-13-200 4023 3611 00
3/8 13 250 EP10-13-250 4023 3612 00
3/8 13 300 EP10-13-300 4023 3613 00
10C and 1/2 16 100 EP13-16-100 4023 3602 00
10-12XS 1/2 16 150 EP13-16-150 4023 3603 00
1/2 16 200 EP13-16-200 4023 3604 00
1/2 16 250 EP13-16-250 4023 3614 00
1/2 16 300 EP13-16-300 4023 3615 00
● Improved torque transfer.
14XS, 9-11PTX and 1/2 18 100 EP13-18-100 4023 3605 00
10-12PT/PTS 1/2 18 150 EP13-18-150 4023 3606 00 ● Improved accuracy.
1/2 18 200 EP13-18-200 4023 3607 00 ● Reduced vibration and noise levels.
1/2 18 250 EP13-18-250 4023 3616 00
1/2 18 300 EP13-18-300 4023 3617 00 ● Reduced operator fatigue.
16XS/20XS and 3/4 25 100 EP20-25-100 4023 3608 00 ● Extends tool and attachment life.
14PTS/18PTS 3/4 25 150 EP20-25-150 4023 3609 00
3/4 25 200 EP20-25-200 4023 3610 00
3/4 25 250 EP20-25-250 4023 3618 00
3/4 25 300 EP20-25-300 4023 3619 00
Sockets
Width Diameter
Square across of outgoing
Available for drive flats spindle
ErgoPulse models in mm/in mm Marking Ordering No.
Metric sockets
6-8XS and 3/8 10 13 EP10-13 4026 4210 00
5-8PT/PTS/PTX 3/8 13 13 EP13-13 4026 4213 00
3/8 16 13 EP16-13 4026 4216 00
3/8 17 13 EP17-13 4026 4217 00
3/8 18 13 EP18-13 4026 4218 00
14XS, 9-11PTX and 1/2 13 18 EP13-18 4026 4313 00
10-12PT/PTS 1/2 16 18 EP16-18 4026 4316 00
1/2 17 18 EP17-18 4026 4317 00
1/2 18 18 EP18-18 4026 4318 00
1/2 24 18 EP24-18 4026 4324 00
16XS/20XS and 3/4 18 25 EP18-25 4026 4418 00
14PTS/18PTS 3/4 24 25 EP24-25 4026 4424 00 OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
3/4 30 25 EP30-25 4026 4430 00
UNC/UNF-sockets
6-8XS and 3/8 7/16 13 EP7/16-13 4026 4211 00
5-8PT/PTS/PTX 3/8 1/2 13 EP1/2-13 4026 4212 00
3/8 9/16 13 EP9/16-13 4026 4214 00
3/8 3/4 13 EP3/4-13 4026 4219 00
14XS, 9-11PTX and 1/2 1/2 18 EP1/2-18 4026 4312 00
10-12PT/PTS 1/2 9/16 18 EP9/16-18 4026 4314 00
Protective Support
1/2 3/4 18 EP3/4-18 4026 4319 00
Pistol grip models cover handle
1/2 15/16 18 EP15/16-18 4026 4323 00
EP6/7XS HR 4250 2089 00
16XS/20XS and 3/4 3/4 25 EP3/4-25 4026 4419 00 EP8XS HRX 4250 1895 00
14PTS/18PTS 3/4 15/16 25 EP15/16-25 4026 4423 00 EP10XS HR 4250 1784 00
3/4 11/8 25 EP11/8-25 4026 4429 00 EP12XS HR 4250 2459 00
EP14XS HR 4250 2160 00
EP16XS HR 4250 2282 00 4250 2396 91
Quick change chuck for power tools EP20XS HR 4250 2288 00 Included
EP4/5/6 PTX HR 4250 2465 00
Diameter EP7/8PTX HR 4250 2466 00
Square Female of outgoing EP9PTX HR 4250 2467 00
Available for drive hex spindle EP5/6PT/PTS HR 4250 2393 00
ErgoPulse models in in mm Marking Ordering No. EP7/8PT/PTS HR 4250 1784 00
EP10PT/PTS HR 4250 1743 00
6-8XS and 3/8 1/4 13 EP3/8-1/4-13 4026 4501 00 EP12PT/PTS HR 4250 1858 00
5-8PT/PTS/PTX 3/8 7/16 13 EP3/8-7/16-13 4026 4502 00 EP14PTS HR 4250 2228 00 4250 2396 91
EP18PTS HR 4250 2319 00 4250 2396 90
10/14XS, 9-11PTX 1/2 7/16 18 EP1/2-7/16-18 4026 4503 00
and 10-12PT/PTS For complete information, see spare parts list.
25
SCREWDRIVERS
Ergonomic tools improve productivity
All Atlas Copco screwdrivers are de-
signed with ergonomics in mind. Our
philosophy is simple: each job shall be
performed with a minimum of effort and
a minimum amount of strain on the op-
erator. By reducing the physical load and
noise level, the operator will be less tired
and this improves productivity.
The main benefits are:
● High torque accuracy.
● Lower sound level reduces fatigue.
● Optimum grip and fast clutch give
minimum reaction force.

● Ergonomic handle shape reduces
operator strain.
Lubrication-free
Atlas Copco screwdrivers are lubrica-
tion-free which offers following benefits:
● Pollution-free exhaust air contributes
to better working environment.

● No oil contamination on critical com-
ponents.
● No air line lubrication saves installa-
tion costs and reduces air line inspec-

tion and maintenance.
A complete range
Our pneumatic screwdrivers are named
LUM, TWIST, LUF and LUD for pistol
and straight models and LTV and TWIST
VR for angle models. The battery screw-
drivers ETB and BTV are also presented
here for easy reference.
LUM and LTV models have a fast and
accurate shut-off clutch for smooth per-
formance and high quality tightening.
They are the ideal tools for joints with
high torque accuracy demands.
TWIST/LUF HR screwdrivers have
a slip clutch, implying a pulsating force Multiple air inlets and air on top ESD – Electrostatic discharge
when the torque level is reached. These The HRF tool models is an excellent ex- All straight screwdrivers and LTV009
tools are suitable for soft joints or when ample of how Atlas Copco puts ergonom- angle models are ESD approved. 12 and
the torque level may temporarily rise dur- ics and the operator`s environment in fo- 22 pistol models can be made ESD ap-
ing the homing phase, for instance when cus in order to reduce operator strain. proved with an optional pistol grip han-
using sheet metal screws, wood screws HRF – Means that the air supply is done dle. Make sure to use a conductive air
or self-tapping screws. from the top of the tool (25 HRF) or that hose in the installation.
LUD/LUF HRD are direct drive screw- the tool has multiple air inlets (12 HRF) Reporting, RE-versions with air signals
drivers that stall when final torque is out of which from the top is one available LUM screwdrivers are also available in
reached. The torque level is adjusted by option. These pistol grip configurations RE-versions for process control. The
regulating the air pressure. LUD and LUF optimize operator comfort and productiv- RE-tools supply an air signal that can
HRD are mainly used for self drilling and ity in applications where the air supply is be connected to a controller to count
wood screws. best done from above the assembly line, the number of tightenings and to detect
ELIZA is the family name of our low-volt- or when space requirements in the ap- premature shut-off and rehits. One signal
age electric screwdrivers. These are avai- plication requires a different air supply port in the back of the tool ensures maxi-
lable in four basic models covering needs configuration. mum durability and ergonomics.
for joints in the range from 0.03 to 3.5 Nm.
ETB/BTV battery screwdrivers com-
bine the accurate and operator friendly
performance of our famous mechanical
shut-off clutch design and the most ad-
vanced battery tool technique. They of-
fer air hose and cable free operation with
industrial precision and service life. The
For electric and battery screwdrivers,
range includes pistol grip models and
see page 71-79.
angle head screwdrivers.
26
SCREWDRIVERS
Selection guide
SCREW TYPE SCREWDRIVER

Machine screw 4.8 Ø Screw size M1.6 M2 M2.5 M3 M3.5 M4 M5 M6
Property class 4.8 Torque Nm/in lb 0.09/0.8 0.2/1.8 0.4/3.5 0.6/5.3 1.0/8.8 1.4/12.4 2.9/25.7 4.9/43.4
normal for cross Recommended tool ETB
recessed and BTP
slotted screws ELIZA
LUM10
LUM12
LUM21
LUM22
LTV009
LTV18
ERGOPULSE
Machine screw 8.8 Ø Screw size M1.6 M2 M2.5 M3 M3.5 M4 M4.5 M5 M6
Property class 8.8 normal for hexagon, Torque Nm/in lb 0.2/1.8 0.4/3.5 0.7/6.2 1.2/10.6 1.9/16.8 2.9/25.7 4.3/38.1 5.7/50.4 9.8/86.7
Allen head and Torx ®. Locking nut with Recommended tool ETB
plastic insert, increase BTP
torque 10%, ELIZA
mechanical-lock
LUM10
nut, increase
torque 20% LUM12
LUM21
LUM22
LTV009
LTV18
ERGOPULSE
Thread rolling screw-M Ø Screw size M2 M3 M4 M5 M6
Property class between Torque Nm/in lb 0.5/4.4 1.4/12.4 3.2/28.3 6.5/57.5 11.0/97.3
8.8 and 10.9 due to Recommended tool ETB
case hardening. BTP
Taptite® and ELIZA
Swageform are
LUM10
examples
LUM12
LUM21
LUM22
LTV009
LTV18
Thread forming screw-ST Ø Screw size ST2.2 ST2.9 ST3.5 ST4.2 ST4.8 ST5.5 ST6.3
Torque Nm/in lb 0.3/2.7 1.0/8.8 1.8/15.9 2.9/25.7 4.2/37.2 6.7/59.3 9.1/80.5
Recommended tool LUM SM
LUF10
TWIST12/22
LUF34
ERGOPULSE
Ø Screw size ST2.2 ST2.9 ST3.5 ST4.2 ST4.8 ST5.5 ST6.3
Thread forming screw-ST
for plastic Torque Nm/in lb 0.3/2.7 1.0/8.8 1.8/15.9 2.9/25.7 4.2/37.2 6.7/59.3 9.1/80.5
Recommended tool ELIZA
LUM SM
LUM10
LUM12
LUM21
LUM22
LTV009
LTV18
Self drilling screw-ST Ø Screw size ST2.2 ST2.9 ST3.5 ST4.2 ST4.8 ST5.5 ST6.3
Torque Nm/in lb 0.3/2.7 1.0/8.8 1.8/15.9 2.9/25.7 4.2/37.2 6.7/59.3 9.1/80.5
Recommended tool TWIST12
LUD
TWIST12
LUF34
Wood screw Torque Nm/in lb 1.5/13.3 3/26.5 5/44.2 7.5/66.4 12/106.2
Recommended tool LUD12/22
TWIST12/22
LUF34
Shut-off clutch ErgoPulse Slip clutch Direct drive With optional coupling-ring. Ordering No. 4210 2316 01
With optional spring. 4210 1831 00
27
SCREWDRIVERS
Air shut-off control – Pistol grip models
Screw size M2.2 – M6
Torque range 0.4 – 12.5 Nm
Shut of tools are the best choice for ma-
chine screws, thread rolling screws and
LUM12 HRX
threads forming screws for plastic.
● More reliable joints – The LUM shut-off
mechanism means accurate tighten-

ing, time after time, independent of LUM25 HRF
variations in joint stiffness.
● Low reaction force – Rapid clutch LUM12 HRF
with air shut-off reduces the reaction
force on the wrist.
● Low sound levels – The housing with
patented silencer gives a low sound
level.
● All models designed for maximum
operator comfort – The HR can be
used with high grip when feed force is LUM22 HRX
needed or with low grip for minimal re-
action force. HRX models are perfectly
balanced for standard pistol grip appli-
cations. LUM22 HR
● Lubrication-free. Oil free exhaust.
Easy installation.
● HRF – Means that the air supply is ● RE-reporting – LUM pistol tools are torque. LUM SM runs the screw down at
done from the top of the tool (LUM25 available in RE-reporting version for maximum torque with the clutch deacti-
HRF) or that the tool has multiple air process controll, either as a separate vated. Towards the end of the tightening
inlets (LUM12 HRF) out of which from tool model or as a regular tool in com- the shut-off clutch is automatically acti-
the top is one available option. These bination with an RE-kit. vated. The clutch then releases at the
pistol grip configurations optimize op- desired torque. The front nose is modi-
LUM SM – for sheet metal screws
erator comfort and productivity in ap- fied to fit different applications and screw
plications where the air supply is best When tightening screws in sheet metal types.
done from above the assembly line, or you might need a high torque to produce
when space requirements in the ap- the threads in the metal and low final
plication requires a different air supply
configuration.
● The new LUM12 and 22 series both
feature compact design, low weight
combined with power and speed com-
parable to larger sized tools. High ac-
curacy and torque repetability com-
bined with durability are always core
features for Atlas Copco´s pneumatic Clutch deactivated Clutch activated Clutch release/shut-off
screwdrivers.
Torque range Air consumption Air Distance
Soft joint Free at free speed Sound Weight inlet centre
speed level Length thread to side
Model Nm in lb r/min l/s cfm dB(A) kg lb mm in mm Ordering No.
Pistol grip models with trigger start
LUM22 HR3 0.6 - 3 5.3 - 26.5 2200 7.5 16 73 0.85 1.9 186 1/4 18 8431 0269 00
LUM22 HR3-RE 0.6 - 3 5.3 - 26.5 2200 7.5 16 73 0.85 1.9 186 1/4 18 8431 0278 63
LUM22 HR4 0.6 - 4 5.3 - 35.4 1650 7.5 16 73 0.85 1.9 186 1/4 18 8431 0269 02*
LUM22 HR4-RE 0.6 - 4 5.3 - 35.4 1650 7.5 16 73 0.85 1.9 186 1/4 18 8431 0278 65
LUM22 HR6 1.5 - 6.5 13.3 - 57.5 1150 7.5 16 73 0.85 1.9 186 1/4 18 8431 0269 01
LUM22 HR6-RE 1.5 - 6.5 13.3 - 57.5 1150 7.5 16 73 0.85 1.9 186 1/4 18 8431 0278 64*
LUM22 HR10 3.5 - 10 31 - 88.5 750 7.5 16 74 1 2.2 218 1/4 18 8431 0269 03
LUM22 HR10-RE 3.5 - 10 31 - 88.5 750 7.5 16 74 1 2.2 218 1/4 18 8431 0278 66
LUM22 HR12 3.5 - 12.5 31 - 110.6 500 7.5 16 73 1 2.2 210 1/4 18 8431 0269 04*
LUM22 HR12-370 3.5 - 12.5 31 - 110.6 370 7.5 16 73 1 2.2 210 1/4 18 8431 0269 05
LUM22 HR12-RE 3.5 - 12.5 31 - 110.6 500 7.5 16 73 1 2.2 210 1/4 18 8431 0278 67
Pistol grip models with trigger and push start

LUM22 HR3-P 0.6 - 3 5.3 - 26.5 2200 7.5 16 74 0.85 1.9 186 1/4 21 8431 0269 06
LUM22 HR4-P 0.6 - 4 5.3 - 35.4 1650 7.5 16 74 0.85 1.9 186 1/4 21 8431 0269 08*
LUM22 HR6-P 1.5 - 6.5 13.3 - 57.5 1150 7.5 16 74 0.85 1.9 186 1/4 21 8431 0269 07*
LUM22 HR10-P 3.5 - 10 31 - 88.5 750 7.5 16 74 1 2.2 218 1/4 21 8431 0269 09
LUM22 HR12-P 3.5 - 12.5 31 - 110.6 500 7.5 16 74 1 2.2 210 1/4 21 8431 0269 10*
LUM22 HR12-370-P 3.5 - 12.5 31 - 110.6 370 7.5 16 74 1 2.2 210 1/4 21 8431 0269 11
28
SCREWDRIVERS
Air shut-off control – Pistol grip models
Air Dis-
Torque range consumption at Air tance
Soft joint Free free speed Sound Weight inlet centre
Balanced grip models with trigger start
LUM12 HRX1 0.6 - 1.8 5.3 - 15.9 2300 6 13 73 0.65 1.4 176 1/8 15 8431 0278 58
LUM12 HRX1-RE 0.6 - 1.8 5.3 - 15.9 2300 6 13 73 0.65 1.4 176 1/8 16 8431 0278 59
LUM12 HRX2 0.6 - 2.5 5.3 - 22.1 1650 6 13 73 0.65 1.4 176 1/8 16 8431 0278 56
LUM12 HRX2-RE 0.6 - 2.5 5.3 - 22.1 1650 6 13 73 0.65 1.4 176 1/8 16 8431 0278 57
LUM12 HRX3 0.4 - 3.5 5.3 - 31.9 1150 6 13 73 0.7 1.5 186 1/8 16 8431 0278 54*
LUM12 HRX3-RE 0.4 - 3.5 3.5 - 31.9 1150 6 13 73 0.7 1.5 186 1/8 16 8431 0278 55
LUM12 HRX5 0.4 - 5 3.5 - 44.2 850 6 13 73 0.7 1.5 186 1/8 16 8431 0278 51*
LUM12 HRX5-RE 0.4 - 5 3.5 - 44.2 850 6 13 73 0.7 1.5 186 1/8 16 8431 0278 53
LUM12 HRX5-170 0.4 - 5 3.5 - 44.2 170 6 13 73 0.7 1.5 196 1/8 16 8431 0278 47
LUM12 HRX5-350 0.4 - 5 3.5 - 44.2 350 6 13 73 0.7 1.5 186 1/8 16 8431 0278 48
LUM12 HRX5-350-RE 0.4 - 5 3.5 - 44.2 350 6 13 73 0.7 1.5 186 1/8 16 8431 0278 49
LUM12 HRX8 1.5 - 8 13.3 - 70.8 500 6 13 73 0.7 1.5 186 1/8 16 8431 0278 60*
LUM12 HRX8-RE 1.5 - 8 13.3 - 70.8 500 6 13 73 0.7 1.5 186 1/8 16 8431 0278 61
LUM12 HRX8-50 1.5 - 8 13.3 - 70.8 50 6 13 73 0.7 1.5 196 1/8 16 8431 0280 25
LUM12 HRX8-110 1.5 - 8 13.3 - 70.8 110 6 13 73 0.7 1.5 196 1/8 16 8431 0280 27
LUM22 HRX2 1.2 - 2a 10.6 - 17.7 4500 9 19 74 0.9 2 187 1/4 18 8431 0269 29
LUM22 HRX2-3200 1.1 - 2.6a 9.7 - 23 3200 9 19 74 0.9 2 187 1/4 18 8431 0278 85
LUM22 HRX3 0.6 - 3a 5.3 - 26.5 2250 9 19 74 0.9 2 187 1/4 18 8431 0269 22
LUM22 HRX3-RE 0.6 - 3a 5.3 - 26.5 2250 9 19 74 0.9 2 187 1/4 18 8431 0278 70
LUM22 HRX4 0.6 - 4a 5.3 - 35.4 1650 9 19 74 0.9 2 187 1/4 18 8431 0269 20*
LUM22 HRX6 1.5 - 6.5a 13.3 - 57.5 1100 9 19 74 0.95 2.1 197 1/4 18 8431 0269 21*
LUM22 HRX6-RE 1.5 - 6.5a 13.3 - 57.5 1100 9 19 74 0.95 2.1 197 1/4 18 8431 0278 71
LUM22 HRX10 3.5 - 10a 31 - 88.5 800 9 19 74 1.1 2.4 219 1/4 18 8431 0269 23*
LUM22 HRX10-RE 3.5 - 10a 31 - 88.5 800 9 19 74 1.1 2.4 219 1/4 18 8431 0278 73
LUM22 HRX11-220 3.5 -12.5a 31 - 110.6 220 9 19 74 1.15 2.5 229 1/4 18 8431 0282 20
LUM22 HRX12 3.5 -12.5a 31 -110.6 500 9 19 74 1.1 2.4 211 1/4 18 8431 0269 24*
LUM22 HRX12-RE 3.5 -12.5a 31 -110.6 500 9 19 74 1.1 2.4 211 1/4 18 8431 0278 74
LUM22 HRX12-50 3.5 -12.5a 31 - 110.6 50 9 19 74 1.15 2.5 229 1/4 18 8431 0280 26
LUM22 HRX12-120 3.5 -12.5a 31 - 110.6 120 9 19 74 1.15 2.5 229 1/4 18 8431 0280 28
LUM22 HRX12-370 3.5 -12.5a 31 -110.6 370 9 19 74 1.1 2.4 211 1/4 18 8431 0269 25
LUM22 HRX12-370-RE 3.5 -12.5a 31 -110.6 370 9 19 74 1.1 2.4 211 1/4 18 8431 0278 75
Multiple air inlet models and air on-top models with trigger start
LUM12 HRF1 0.6 - 1.8 5.3 - 15.9 2300 6 13 73 0.65 1.4 190 1/8 16 8431 0269 30
LUM12 HRF2 0.6 - 2.5 5.3 - 22.1 1650 6 13 73 0.65 1.4 190 1/8 16 8431 0269 31
LUM12 HRF3 0.4 - 3.6 3.5 - 31.9 1150 6 13 73 0.7 1.5 200 1/8 16 8431 0269 32*
LUM12 HRF5 0.4 - 5 3.5 - 44.2 850 6 13 73 0.7 1.5 200 1/8 16 8431 0269 33*
LUM12 HRF8 1.5 - 8 13.3 - 70.8 500 6 13 73 0.7 1.5 200 1/8 16 8431 0269 34*
LUM25 HRF11-U 3.5 - 5.5a 31 - 49 1100 6 13 73 1.2 2.6 226 1/4 26 8431 0249 09
LUM25 HRF08-U-RE 3.5 - 7.5a 31 - 66 800 6 13 73 1.2 2.6 226 1/4 26 8431 0264 98
LUM25 HRF08-U 3.5 - 7.5a 31 - 66 800 6 13 73 1.2 2.6 226 1/4 26 8431 0249 07*
LUM25 HRF05-U-RE 3.5 -12.0a 31 - 110 500 6 13 73 1.2 2.6 226 1/4 26 8431 0264 96
LUM25 HRF05-U 3.5 -12.0a 31 - 110 500 6 13 73 1.2 2.6 226 1/4 26 8431 0249 05*
Sheet metal screwdrivers with trigger start

LUM22 HR4-SM 0.5 - 4.5 4.4 - 40 800 7.5 16 73 0.85 1.9 186 1/4 18 8431 0267 52*
LUM22 HR12-SM 3.5 - 12.5 31 - 110.6 500 7.5 16 73 1.0 2.2 210 1/4 18 8431 0249 52*
a
1.4-4 Nm with spring, Ordering No. 4210 1831 00. * Basic tools of the range, cover most needs.
Recommended hose size mm: LUM10/12/21 = 6, LUM22/25 = 8, LUM22 HR/HRX10 = 10
ESD approved: LUM12/LUM22.
All models: Are reversible and have quick change chuck.
All data at an air pressure of 6.3 bar.
For operator comfort support handle is recommended for high torque, see Optional Accessories.

Page 36 Page 36 Page 36
29
SCREWDRIVERS
Air shut-off control – Straight models
● More reliable joints – The LUM shut-off
mechanism means accurate tighten- LUM22 PR
ing, time after time, independent of
variations in joint stiffness.
● Low reaction force – Rapid clutch
with air shut-off reduces the reaction LUM12 PR
force on the wrist.
● Low sound levels – Thanks to non
resonating plastics and soft grips, pat-
ented silencer and exhaust hose.
● Operator comfort – Correct grip dia- LUM21 SR
meter and a comfortable grip surface
are key elements to a truly ergonomic
design that will reduce reaction forces
on the operator, reduce fatigue and
LUM10 PR
eliminate cold hands.
● The LUM12 and LUM22 both offer
very high power and speed for their
size combined with the most ergonom-
ic design in the market with the new
soft grip handle and the ergo-push col-
lar to facilitate the push motion.
● RE-reporting – All LUM straight screw-
drivers with lever start can be supplied
in reporting, -RE, versions or can be
converted locally. (See page 36 for
conversion kits).
START OPTIONS
Push start Reverse options Lever start

Common for straight tools on Straight screwdrivers with lever Recommended when a proper engage-
assembly lines. The tool starts throttle have a ring for reverse ment between bit and screw head and/or
when you push the bit towards operation. All push start models screw and workpiece is essential before
the screw. Minimizes tightening are equipped with push button starting the operation.
time. Pistol grip tools with push- for frequent and fast reversing.
start have the combined func-
tion push and trigger start.
Clutch housing metal for LUM21 SR/PR for
fixtured applications.
Ordering No. 4210 2933 82

30
SCREWDRIVERS
Air shut-off control – Straight models
Air con- Distance

Torque range sumption Air centre
Soft joint Free at free speed Sound Weight inlet to
speed level Length thread side
Straight models with push start and button reverse
LUM10 PR03 0.1 - 1.5 0.8 - 13 300 3 6 66 0.4 0.9 206 1/8 15 8431 0146 05*
LUM10 PR05 0.1 - 1.5 0.8 - 13 460 3 6 66 0.4 0.9 206 1/8 15 8431 0146 09*
LUM10 PR12 0.1 - 1.1 0.8 - 10 1200 3 6 66 0.4 0.9 196 1/8 15 8431 0146 17*
LUM10 PR21 0.1 - 0.7 0.8 - 6 2000 3 6 67 0.4 0.9 196 1/8 15 8431 0146 25
LUM12 PR1 0.6 - 1.6 5.3 - 14.2 1900 4.5 10 76 0.55 1.2 195 1/8 15 8431 0278 29
LUM12 PR2 0.4 - 2.3 3.5 - 20.4 1450 4.5 10 76 0.55 1.2 195 1/8 15 8431 0278 27*
LUM12 PR3 0.4 - 3.2 3.5 - 28.3 1000 4.5 10 76 0.55 1.2 195 1/8 15 8431 0278 26*
LUM12 PR4 0.4 - 4.2 3.5 - 37.2 750 4.5 10 76 0.55 1.2 195 1/8 15 8431 0278 25
LUM12 PR5 0.4 - 5 3.5 - 44.2 450 4.5 10 76 0.55 1.2 195 1/8 15 8431 0278 30
LUM21 PR04-P 0.5 - 4.5 4.4 - 40 320 4 8 70 0.7 1.5 239 1/8 18 8431 0277 02
LUM21 PR07-P 0.5 - 4.5 4.4 - 40 700 4 8 70 0.7 1.5 239 1/8 18 8431 0277 00*
LUM21 PR10-P 0.5 - 3.2 4.4 - 30 1000 4 8 71 0.7 1.5 239 1/8 18 8431 0277 08*
LUM21 PR14-P 0.5 - 2.4 4.4 - 21 1400 4 8 71 0.7 1.5 239 1/8 18 8431 0277 14*
LUM21 PR23-P 0.5 - 1.5 4.4 - 13 2200 4 8 69 0.7 1.5 239 1/8 18 8431 0277 20
LUM22 PR2-3500 1.1 2.5 9.7 - 22.1 3500 7 15 73 0.75 1.7 211 1/4 15 8431 0278 89
LUM22 PR3 0.6 - 3.2 5.3 - 28.3 2100 7 15 73 0.75 1.7 211 1/4 15 8431 0269 61
LUM22 PR4 0.5 - 4.0 4.4 - 35.4 1600 7 15 73 0.75 1.7 211 1/4 15 8431 0269 55
LUM22 PR4-2300 0.7 - 4.5 5.9 - 38.2 2300 7 15 73 0.75 1.7 211 1/4 15 8431 0278 81
LUM22 PR5-350 0.4 - 5.0 3.5 - 44.2 350 7 15 73 0.75 1.7 211 1/4 15 8431 0269 60
LUM22 PR6 1.5 - 6.0 13.3 - 53.1 1000 7 15 73 0.75 1.7 211 1/4 15 8431 0269 56*
LUM22 PR8-1100 1.5 - 8.0 13.3 - 70.8 1100 7 15 73 0.9 2.0 224 1/4 15 8431 0278 88
LUM22 PR10 3.5 - 10.0 31 - 88.5 700 7 15 76 0.95 2.1 232 1/4 15 8431 0269 58
LUM22 PR12 3.5 - 12.5 31 - 110.6 450 7 15 73 0.9 2.0 224 1/4 15 8431 0269 57*
LUM22 PR12-350 3.5 - 12.5 31 - 110.6 350 7 15 73 0.95 2.1 224 1/4 15 8431 0269 59
LUM22 PR12-850 3.5 - 12.0 31 - 106.2 850 8.5 15 73 1 2.2 246 1/4 15 8431 0278 80
Straight models with lever start and without push start

LUM12 SR1 0.6 - 1.8 5.3 - 15.9 2200 6 13 76 0.6 1.3 217 1/8 15 8431 0278 35
LUM12 SR2 0.5 - 2.5 4.4 - 22.1 1700 6 13 76 0.6 1.3 217 1/8 15 8431 0278 34*
LUM12 SR3 0.4 - 3.5 3.5 - 31 1200 6 13 76 0.6 1.3 217 1/8 15 8431 0278 33*
LUM12 SR4 0.4 - 4.5 3.5 - 39.8 850 6 13 76 0.6 1.3 217 1/8 15 8431 0278 32
LUM21 SR04-U 0.5 - 4.5 4.4 - 40 320 4 8 70 0.7 1.5 240 1/8 18 8431 0277 22
LUM21 SR07-U 0.5 - 4.5 4.4 - 40 700 4 8 70 0.7 1.5 240 1/8 18 8431 0277 24*
LUM21 SR07-U-RE 0.5 - 4.5 4.4 - 40 700 4 8 70 0.7 1.5 240 1/8 18 8431 0264 70
LUM21 SR10-U 0.5 - 3.2 4.4 - 30 1000 4 8 71 0.7 1.5 240 1/8 18 8431 0277 28*
LUM21 SR10-U-RE 0.5 - 3.2 4.4 - 30 1000 4 8 71 0.7 1.5 240 1/8 18 8431 0264 72
LUM21 SR14-U 0.5 - 2.4 4.4 - 21 1400 4 8 71 0.7 1.5 240 1/8 18 8431 0277 30
LUM21 SR23-U 0.5 - 1.5 4.4 - 13 2200 4 8 71 0.7 1.5 240 1/8 18 8431 0277 34
LUM22 SR3 0.6 - 3.2 5.3 - 28.3 1950 7 15 72 0.8 1.8 239 1/4 16 8431 0269 44
LUM22 SR4 0.6 - 4 5.3 - 35.4 1500 7 15 72 0.8 1.8 239 1/4 16 8431 0269 46
LUM22 SR5-300 0.4 - 5 3.5 - 44.2 300 7 15 72 0.8 1.8 239 1/4 16 8431 0269 51
LUM22 SR6 1.5 - 6 13.3 - 53.1 1000 7 15 72 0.85 1.9 239 1/4 16 8431 0269 47*
LUM22 SR10 3.5 - 10 31 - 88.5 700 7 15 74 1 2.2 260 1/4 16 8431 0269 49
LUM22 SR12 3.5 - 12.5 31 - 110.6 430 7 15 72 0.95 2.1 252 1/4 16 8431 0269 48*
LUM22 SR12-300 3.5 - 12.5 31 - 110.6 300 7 15 72 1 2.2 252 1/4 16 8431 0269 50
LUM37 SR36-U 1.5 - 4.5 13.3 - 40 3500 16 34 80 1.5 3.3 317 1/4 20 8431 0266 20
LUM37 SR25-U 5.0 - 7.5 44.2 - 66 2500 16 34 80 1.6 3.5 338 1/4 20 8431 0266 15
Straight models for sheet metal applications

LUM21 SR07-U-SMabc 0.5 - 4.5 4.4 - 40 700 6 13 71 1.1 2.4 229 1/4 19 8431 0264 56
a
Front end 12.5 mm (4210 3918 01) included. Recommended hose size mm: LUM10/12/21 = 6, * Basic tools of the range, cover most needs.
b
Optional front end 21 mm (4210 3918 02). LUM22 = 8, LUM37 = 10
c
See page 28 for more information about SM models. ESD approved: LUM10/12/21/22 SR/PR
All models: Are reversible and have quick change
chuck.
SR-models have ring reverse control.
PR-models have push button reverse.

31
SCREWDRIVERS
Angle head models
Torque range 0.4 – 15 Nm
● Good accessibility – The small size,
slim design angle head provides for

excellent access in limited spaces and
awkward positions.
● Shut off tools are the best choice for LTV009
machine screws, thread rolling screws
and threads forming screws for plastic.
● Safer joints – The rapid mechanism in
shut-off models means accurate tight-
ening, time after time, independent of
variations in joint stiffness. LTV08 R05-Q
● High capacity – Despite the small size,
the angle screwdrivers have a high ca-
pacity and wearing properties to match
the highest demands in industrial line
production.
● Less operator fatigue – The balance LTV18 R07-6
and the slim design contribute to the
ergonomic design and make the tools
convenient to work with for maximum
operator performance.
● Lubrication-free. Oil free exhaust.
Easy installation.
● The new LTV009 angle head screw-
drivers, designed with focus on ac-
cessibility, ergonomics, ease of hand-
ling and highest productivity without
sacrificing accuracy in tightening. The
result is a series of screwdrivers with
unmatched performance for its size.
● RE-reporting – Connection ports for
reporting signal, -RE, are easily ar-
ranged on the angle screwdrivers with
a conversion kit available as optional
equipment (see page 36).
32
SCREWDRIVERS
Angle head models
Air Angle
consump- head
Torque range tion at Air centre Angle
Soft joint Free free speed Sound Weight inlet to head
speed level Length thread side height
Model Nm in lb r/min l/s cfm dB(A) kg lb mm in mm mm Ordering No.
Air shut-off control models
LTV009 R025-Q 0.6 - 2.5 5.3 - 22.1 1650 6 13 76 0.7 1.5 266 1/8 9 25 8431 0278 00
LTV009 R025-42 0.6 - 2.5 5.3 - 22.1 1650 6 13 76 0.7 1.5 266 1/8 9 25 8431 0278 01
LTV009 R025-6 0.6 - 2.5 5.3 - 22.1 1650 6 13 76 0.7 1.5 266 1/8 9 25 8431 0278 02
LTV009 R03-10 0.7 - 3 6.2 - 26.5 1400 6 13 76 0.7 1.5 266 1/8 9 25 8431 0278 23
LTV009 R035-Q 0.4 - 3.5 3.5 - 31 1100 6 13 76 0.7 1.5 266 1/8 9 25 8431 0278 03
LTV009 R035-42 0.4 - 3.5 3.5 - 31 1100 6 13 76 0.7 1.5 266 1/8 9 25 8431 0278 04
LTV009 R035-6 0.4 - 3.5 3.5 - 31 1100 6 13 76 0.7 1.5 266 1/8 9 25 8431 0278 05
LTV009 R05-Q 0.4 - 5 3.5 - 44.2 850 6 13 76 0.7 1.5 266 1/8 9 25 8431 0278 06
LTV009 R05-42 0.4 - 5 3.5 - 44.2 850 6 13 76 0.7 1.5 266 1/8 9 25 8431 0278 07
LTV009 R05-6 0.4 - 5 3.5 - 44.2 850 6 13 76 0.7 1.5 266 1/8 9 25 8431 0278 08
LTV009 R07-Q 1.1 - 7 9.7 - 61.9 500 6 13 76 0.7 1.5 266 1/8 9 25 8431 0278 09*
LTV009 R07-42 1.1 - 7 9.7 - 61.9 500 6 13 76 0.7 1.5 266 1/8 9 25 8431 0278 10*
LTV009 R07-6 1.1 - 7 9.7 - 61.9 500 6 13 76 0.7 1.5 266 1/8 11 28.5 8431 0278 11*
LTV009 R08-6-200 1.3 - 9 11.5 - 79.6 200 6 13 76 0.7 1.5 266 1/8 11 28.5 8431 0278 24*
LTV009 R09-Q 1.3 - 9 11.5 - 79.6 430 6 13 76 0.7 1.5 266 1/8 11 28.5 8431 0278 12
LTV009 R09-10 1.3 - 9 11.5 - 79.6 430 6 13 76 0.7 1.5 266 1/8 11 28.5 8431 0278 13
LTV009 R09-42 1.3 - 9 11.5 - 79.6 430 6 13 76 0.7 1.5 266 1/8 11 28.5 8431 0278 15
LTV009 R09-42M 1.3 - 9 11.5 - 79.6 430 6 13 76 0.7 1.5 266 1/8 11 28.5 8431 0278 16
LTV009 R09-6 1.3 - 9 11.5 - 79.6 430 6 13 76 0.7 1.5 266 1/8 11 28.5 8431 0278 17
LTV009 R11-Q 1.3 - 11 11.5 - 97.3 320 6 13 76 0.8 1.8 266 1/8 11 28.5 8431 0278 19*
LTV009 R11-10 1.3 - 11 11.5 - 97.3 320 6 13 76 0.8 1.8 266 1/8 11 28.5 8431 0278 20*
LTV009 R11-42 1.3 - 11 11.5 - 97.3 320 6 13 76 0.8 1.8 266 1/8 11 28.5 8431 0278 21*
LTV009 R11-6 1.3 - 11 11.5 - 97.3 320 6 13 76 0.8 1.8 266 1/8 11 28.5 8431 0278 22*
LTV008 R09-10-220 1.3 - 9 11.5 - 79.6 220 6 13 76 0.8 1.8 285 1/8 11 28.5 8431 0281 39
LTV008 R09-6-70 1.3 - 9 11.5 - 79.6 70 6 13 76 0.8 1.8 285 1/8 11 28.5 8431 0281 46
LTV008 R11-6-100 1.3 - 11 11.5 - 97.3 100 6 13 76 0.8 1.8 285 1/8 11 28.5 8431 0280 29
LTV008 R11-6-50 1.3 - 11 11.5 - 97.3 50 6 13 76 0.8 1.8 285 1/8 11 28.5 8431 0280 30
LTV08 R03-6 0.5 - 3.2 4.4 - 26 1000 4 8 69 0.8 1.7 275 1/8 10 28.5 8431 0325 88
LTV08 R03-42 0.5 - 3.2 4.4 - 26 1000 4 8 69 0.8 1.7 275 1/8 10 28.5 8431 0325 84
LTV08 R03-Q 0.5 - 3.2 4.4 - 26 1000 4 8 69 0.8 1.7 275 1/8 10 28.5 8431 0325 92
LTV08 R05-6 0.5 - 4.5 4.4 - 39 700 4 8 69 0.8 1.7 275 1/8 10 28.5 8431 0325 78
LTV08 R05-42 0.5 - 4.5 4.4 - 39 700 4 8 69 0.8 1.7 275 1/8 10 28.5 8431 0325 74
LTV08 R05-Q 0.5 - 4.5 4.4 - 39 700 4 8 69 0.8 1.7 275 1/8 10 28.5 8431 0325 81
LTV18 R07-6 3.5 - 7 31 - 61 700 6 13 71 1.2 2.6 290 1/4 10 28.5 8431 0326 72*
LTV18 R07-42 3.5 - 7 31 - 61 700 6 13 71 1.2 2.6 290 1/4 10 28.5 8431 0326 61
LTV18 R07-Q 3.5 - 7 31 - 61 700 6 13 71 1.2 2.6 290 1/4 10 28.5 8431 0326 76
LTV18 R15-6 6.0 - 15 53 - 132 360 7 15 71 1.2 2.6 308 1/4 11 28 8431 0326 55
LTV18 R15-10 6.0 - 15 53 - 132 360 7 15 71 1.2 2.6 308 1/4 11 28 8431 0326 56*
LTV18 R15-42 6.0 - 15 53 - 132 360 7 15 71 1.2 2.6 308 1/4 11 28 8431 0326 54
LTV18 R15-Q 6.0 - 15 53 - 132 360 7 15 71 1.2 2.6 308 1/4 11 28 8431 0326 58
Slip clutch models with 1/4" square drive

TWIST VR07-6 1.3 - 7.0 12 - 62 700 4 8 72 1.0 2.2 280 1/4 10 29 8431 0256 11*
TWIST VR13-6 2.0 - 6.0 18 - 53 1300 4 8 72 1.0 2.2 280 1/4 10 29 8431 0256 37
Slip clutch models with 1/4" female hexagon drive

TWIST VR07-I6 1.3 - 7.0 12 - 62 700 4 8 72 1.0 2.2 280 1/4 10 29 8431 0256 03*
TWIST VR13-I6 2.0 - 6.0 18 - 53 1300 4 8 72 1.0 2.2 280 1/4 10 29 8431 0256 29
ESD approved: LTV008/009. All models: Are reversible. * Basic tools of the range, cover most needs.
Recommended hose size mm: LTV009 = 6, -42 = 1/4" female hexagon drive for bits.
LTV18/TWIST VR = 8
-10 = 3/8" square drive.
-6 = 1/4" square drive for sockets.
-Q = 1/4" quick change chuck.

33
SCREWDRIVERS
Slip-clutch
The slip clutch tool is an excellent gen-
eral purpose tool. It is a good choice for
many wood or self-tapping applications LUF34 HR
where torque requirements are not con-
sistent. TWIST12 HRF
● Flexible – All models are reversible
and designed for both left and right

hand operations. TWIST22 HRX
● Fast tightening – Fast rundown and
tightening by the high speed/high
torque combination.
operator comfort – The HR can be TWIST22 HR
used with high grip when feed force
is needed or with low grip for minimal
reaction force. HRX models are per-
fectly balanced for standard pistol grip TWIST12 HRX
applications.
● Lubrication-free – Oil free exhaust. TWIST12 SR
● Easy installation.
Air Distance
Torque range consumption at Air centre
Soft joint Free free speed Sound Weight inlet to
speed level Length thread side
Straight models with lever start
TWIST12 SR3 0.7 - 3.3 6.2 - 29.2 1650 6 13 76 0.65 1.4 225 1/8 15 8431 0278 44
TWIST12 SR4 0.5 - 4.2 4.4 - 37.2 1100 6 13 76 0.65 1.4 225 1/8 15 8431 0278 43*
TWIST22 SR6 1.5 - 6.0 13.3 - 53.1 1500 7 15 72 0.85 1.9 239 1/8 15 8431 0269 52
TWIST22 SR10 1.5 - 10.0 13.3 - 88.5 700 7 15 74 0.9 2.0 246 1/8 15 8431 0269 53*
Straight models with push start

TWIST22 PR2 1.1 - 2.6 9.7 - 23 3200 7 15 73 0.75 1.7 242 1/4 15 8431 0278 93
TWIST22 PR7 1.5 - 7.5 13.3 - 66.4 1100 7 15 73 0.75 1.7 211 1/4 15 8431 0278 90
TWIST22 PR6 2.2 - 6.5 19.5 - 57.5 1600 7 15 73 0.75 1.7 211 1/4 15 8431 0278 91
TWIST22 PR4-2300 1.0 - 4.0 8.9 - 35.4 2300 7 15 73 0.75 1.7 242 1/4 15 8431 0278 92
Pistol grip models with trigger and push start

TWIST12 HRX2 0.6 - 2.4 5.3 - 21.2 1650 6.5 14 73 0.65 1.4 176 1/8 15 8431 0278 40
TWIST12 HRX3 0.6 - 3.5 5.3 - 31.0 1150 6.5 14 73 0.65 1.4 186 1/8 15 8431 0278 39
TWIST12 HRX4 0.5 - 4.4 4.4 - 38.9 800 6.5 14 73 0.65 1.4 186 1/8 15 8431 0278 38*
TWIST22 HRX2-3200 1.1 - 2.6 9.7 - 23 3200 9 19 74 1.05 2.3 205 1/4 15 8431 0278 87
TWIST22 HRX7 1.5 - 7.5 13.3 - 66.4 1100 9 19 74 1.05 2.3 205 1/4 15 8431 0269 26
TWIST22 HRX10 1.5 - 10 13.3 - 88.5 750 9 19 74 1.1 2.4 205 1/4 15 8431 0269 27
TWIST22 HRX12 5 - 12 44.2 -106.2 500 9 19 74 1.05 2.3 205 1/4 15 8431 0269 28
TWIST22 HR3 1.0 - 3.5 8.9 - 31 2100 8 17 73 0.95 2.1 195 1/4 15 8431 0278 86
TWIST22 HR6 2.2 - 6.5 19.5 - 57.5 1600 8 17 73 0.95 2.1 195 1/4 15 8431 0269 70
TWIST22 HR7 1.5 - 7.5 13.3 - 66.4 1150 8 17 73 0.95 2.1 195 1/4 15 8431 0269 14
TWIST22 HR10 1.5 - 10.0 13.3 - 88.5 750 8 17 74 1 2.2 205 1/4 15 8431 0269 15
TWIST22 HR12 5.0 - 12.0 44.2 -106.2 500 8 17 73 1 2.2 195 1/4 15 8431 0269 16*
LUF34 HR04 3.0 - 17.0 27.0 -150.0 440 9.5 19 79 1.4 3.1 265 1/4 21 8431 0311 05
LUF34 HR08 2.0 - 15.0 18.0 -133.0 750 9.5 19 79 1.4 3.1 265 1/4 21 8431 0311 09*
LUF34 HR16 3.0 - 12.0 27.0 -107.0 1600 9.5 19 79 1.4 3.1 265 1/4 21 8431 0311 17
Multiple air inlet models (12) and air-on-top models with trigger start and push start
TWIST12 HRF3 0.6 - 3.5 5.3 - 31 1150 6 2.8 73 0.7 1.5 200 1/8 15 8431 0269 41
TWIST12 HRF4 0.5 - 4.4 4.4 - 38.9 850 6 2.8 73 0.7 1.5 200 1/8 15 8431 0269 40
TWIST HRF08a 1.5 - 7.5 13.0 - 66.0 800 7 15 74 1.2 2.6 212 1/4 25 8431 0252 42
TWIST HRF16a 2.2 - 6.5 20.0 - 58.0 1600 7 15 74 1.2 2.6 212 1/4 25 8431 0252 44*
Recommended hose size mm: TWIST12 = 6, LUF34 = 10, TWIST22 = 8 * Basic tools of the range, cover most needs.
All models: Are reversible.
Female hexagon drive for bits: 1/4".
Have quick change chuck.

34
SCREWDRIVERS
Direct drive
Screw size M3 – M8
● Direct drive tools are well suited for
self-tapping and self-drilling applica-
tions where torque requirements are LUF34 HRD
not consistent.
● Flexible – All models are reversible
and designed for both left and right
hand operations.
● Combination tools – COMBI models LUD12 HRX
including drill chuck, can be used for
screwdriving, drilling and tapping.
● Good accessibility – The short length
of the pistol grip models allow very
good accessibility in limited spaces.
LUD22 HR
● Lubrication-free – Oil free exhaust.
Easy installation.
operator comfort – The HR can be
used with high grip when feed force is
needed or with low grip for minimal re-
action force. HRX models are perfectly
balanced for standard pistol grip appli-
cations.
Air con-
Torque range sumption at Air Distance
Soft joint Free free speed Sound Weight inlet centre
Pistol grip models with trigger start. Direct drive
LUD12 HRX2 1 - 2.5 8.8 - 22.1 1600 6.5 3.1 73 0.5 1.1 115 1/8 16 8431 0278 77
LUD12 HRX5 2- 5 17.7 - 44.2 850 6.5 3.1 73 0.5 1.1 125 1/8 16 8431 0278 78
LUD12 HRX8 3.5 - 8 31.0 - 70.8 500 6.5 3.1 73 0.5 1.1 125 1/8 16 8431 0278 79*
LUD22 HR3 1.5 - 5 13.3 - 24.8 3600 8 3.8 73 0.65 1.4 125 1/4 18 8431 0269 17
LUD22 HR5 2.8 - 5.5 24.8 - 48.7 1650 8 3.8 73 0.65 1.4 125 1/4 18 8431 0269 18
LUD22 HR12 5 - 12 44.2 -106.2 750 8 3.8 74 0.75 1.7 143 1/4 18 8431 0269 19*
LUF34 HRD04 8.0 -18.0 71 - 160 440 9 19 79 1.2 2.6 212 1/4 20 8431 0311 22*
LUF34 HRD08 8.0 -11.0 71 - 97 750 9 19 79 1.2 2.6 212 1/4 20 8431 0311 24
LUF34 HRD16 4.0 - 8.0 35 - 71 1600 9 19 79 0.9 2.0 179 1/4 20 8431 0311 26
LUF34 HRD21 2.2 - 4.5 20 - 40 2000 9 19 79 0.9 2.0 179 1/4 20 8431 0311 28
Reversible drill, tapper and screwdriver

COMBI24 HR08 5.0 -10.0 44 - 89 800 7 15 75 1.1 2.4 240 1/4 20 8431 0255 61
COMBI24 HR16 2.7 - 5.7 24 - 50 1600 7 15 75 0.9 2.0 205 1/4 20 8431 0255 79
COMBI24 HR36 2.0 - 2.7 18 - 24 3600 7 15 75 0.9 2.0 205 1/4 20 8431 0255 88
COMBI34 HR04 8.0 -18.0 71 - 160 400 9 19 79 1.5 3.3 228 1/4 20 8431 0311 32
COMBI34 HR08 8.0 -11.0 71 - 97 750 9 19 79 1.3 2.9 218 1/4 20 8431 0311 34
COMBI34 HR16 4.0 - 8.0 35 - 71 1600 9 19 79 1.0 2.2 179 1/4 20 8431 0311 36
Recommended hose size mm: TWIST/LUD12/COMBI24 = 8, LUF34/COMBI34 = 10 * Basic tools of the range, cover most needs.
All models: Are reversible.
Female hexagon drive for bits: 1/4" on pistol grip models.
Combi-tools are delivered with drill chuck and 1/4" female hex drive for bits.
Torque at min 3 bar and max 6 bar.

35
SCREWDRIVERS
Accessories
Torque arms Installation ESD approved

Designation Exhaust hose Support handle ESD hose adapters proposal pistol handle
LUM12 HRX/HRF 4210 2052 00 4110 1355 92 8202 0501 06 – 8202 1180 67 4210 3616 04
LUM22 HR 3,4,6 4210 2052 00 4110 1355 92 8202 0501 10 – 8202 1180 77 4210 4337 04
LUM22 HR 10,12 4210 2052 00 4110 1355 93 8202 0501 10 – 8202 1180 77 4210 4337 04
LUM22 HRX 3,4,6 4210 2052 00 4110 1355 92 8202 0501 10 – 8202 1180 77 4210 3616 04
LUM22 HRX 10,12 4210 2052 00 4110 1355 93 8202 0501 10 – 8202 1180 77 4210 3616 04
LUM12 SR 4210 2052 00 – 8202 0501 06 4390 1735 52 8202 1180 67 –
LUM12 PR 4210 2052 00 – 8202 0501 06 4390 1735 53 8202 1180 67 –
LUM22 SR 4210 2053 00 – 8202 0501 10 4390 1735 51 8202 1180 77 –
LUM22 PR 4210 2053 00 – 8202 0501 10 4390 1735 54 8202 1180 77 –
LTV009 4210 2052 00 – 8202 0501 06 – 8202 1180 67 –
LUF34 4210 2053 00 4110 1355 82 8202 0501 10 – 8202 1180 77 –
ACCESSORIES INCLUDED OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES for LUM25 HRF models

Ordering No.
Clutch adjustment key
Included with all shut-off and slip clutch tools Swivel, hose dia 8 mm 4210 3134 80
Handle small size 4210 3139 00
Hose reel balancer, HRIL 4 8202 0600 29
Quick change chuck
Included with all straight and pistol grip
tools except LUF14
Model Ordering No.
Suspension yoke Threaded clutch houses

Included with all straight and pistol grip tools LUM12 PR/SR 1, 2, 3, 4 4210 4386 04
LUM12 HRX/HRF 1, 3, 5, 8 4210 4386 04
LUM22 HRX/HR 2, 3, 4, 6 4210 4386 04
Exhaust hose LUM22 HRX/HR 10, 12 4210 4392 03
Included with straight and LUM22 SR/PR 3, 4, 5, 6 4210 4383 04
air-on-top models LUM22 SR/PR 10, 12 4210 4383 03
Hose nipple Angle head covers

LTV009 R025-R07 4210 4115 00
Included with all tools
LTV009 R08-R11 4210 4116 00
Kits for screwdrivers
Quick change chuck kit
Extra wide diameter for easy Model Ordering No.
handling
LUM12 HRX, HRF 4081 0247 90
Ordering No. 4210 2326 91 LUM22 HR/HRX 3, 4, 6, 12 4081 0281 90
LUM22 HR/HRX 10 4081 0282 90
LUM12 SR 4081 0254 90
Angle-head for LTV009 LUM12 PR 4081 0250 90
90o hex drive magnetic bitholder, substitute LUM22 PR/SR 3, 4, 6, 12 4081 0284 90
for 4210 3857 XX angle heads LUM22 PR/SR 10 4081 0285 90
Ordering No. 4210 3857 91 LUM10 PR 4081 0070 90
LUM21 PR 4081 0071 90
Extended lever for LTV18 LUM21 SR-U 4081 0072 90
Ordering No. 4210 2306 02 LUM25 HRF 4080 0075 90
TWIST HRF 4080 0079 90
LUF34 HR 4080 0086 90
TWIST VR 4080 0078 90
LTV08 4080 0084 90
LTV009 4081 0248 90
SELECTED SERVICE KITS LTV18 4080 0085 90
The spare parts included in the service RE-Conversion kits for LUM/LTV models
kits cover a normal overhaul of your
tool. Always have them available for Model Ordering No.
a fast and economical repair. LUM12 HRF 4210 3624 99
LUM12 SR 4210 4137 90
Main parts included: LUM22 SR 4210 2057 80
● Vane kit ● O-rings LUM21 SR 4210 2912 92
LTV08 4210 4022 90
● Motor bearings ● Circlips LTV009 4210 4137 90
● Gaskets ● Pins etc. LTV18 4210 4023 90
36
NUTRUNNERS
Power, speed, accuracy and complete easy handleness
An unbeatable combination of power,

speed and accuracy are the main crite-
rias for Atlas Copco´s range of nutrun-
ners.
Those criterias make the Atlas Copco
nutrunners a unique choice:
● Power – A high power output in rela-
tion to weight and dimension is deci-
sive for productivity, i.e. the combined
performance of operator and tool.
● Speed – Atlas Copco nutrunners have
speed optimised for every torque ca-
pacity rating.
● Accuracy – The constantly high ac-
curacy, a matter of balance between
speed and clutch response, decides
torque repeatability independently of
joint characteristics.
● Ergonomics – The low weight, thermally
insulated grip and low noise and vibra-
tion levels are all factors that help to
reduce operator fatigue. This raises
individual performance and contributes
to higher overall productivity in your
plant.
● Complete easy handleness – Simpli-
city in selection and installation allows
you to set the torque once and that is
the torque you will get, joint after joint,
without complicated analyses.
It is easy to choose the right tool – no

joint is too complicated for a nutrunner.
To set the torque – just adjust it to the
required level, regardless of joint condi- ● Angle nutrunners These versions are also available in op-
tions. ● Straight nutrunners tional models such as torque monitored,
Our wide range of nutrunners consists crowfoot, Hold and Drive, Flush socket
● Pistol grip nutrunners etc.
of the three main categories:
37
ANGLE AND STRAIGHT NUTRUNNERS
Shut-off type torque control
Productivity and accuracy
Bolt capacity M2.5 – M22
Speed and accuracy – two key perfor-
mance factors successfully combined LTV29
in the LTV 8 and LTV 9 angle nutrunner LTV39
range from Atlas Copco. Consistently ac-
curate, high-speed tightening is comple-
mented by advanced ergonomic design,
ensuring a level of unmatched productiv-
ity. All this together in a tool that is very
easy to handle.
Easy to choose, easy to set, easy to run. LTD28
Nutrunners from Atlas Copco will help LTV48
you solve your tightening problems.
● Accurate every time – the clutch shuts
off at the same torque, tightening after

tightening.
LTV38FS
● Hard or soft joint – do not bother, the
tool gives the torque you adjust it for, LTV28
independent of joint variations.
● Air pressure fluctuations – The torque
accuracy is unaffected by variations in
air pressure and lubrications.
Highest productivity – Instant disen- LTO28
●
LTC38
gagement of the clutch keeps torque
over-shoot to a minimum even on the
fastest tools. New models developed
to meet the most extreme require-
ments on operational speeds.
● Less operator fatigue – Well balanced,
slim and comfortable handle combined LTV38HAD
with extremely low reaction forces. LTD51
● Reliability – Certified for accuracy and
durability by major car manufacturers.
● Job verification – For remote indica-
tion of clutch release function the tools
can be equipped with air signal outlet –
RE. Often used for counting the num-
ber of fasteners in a tightening cycle.
● Electronic monitoring – Most tools in
the range can be equipped with inte-
grated electronics for monitoring appli-
cations.
38
ANGLE NUTRUNNERS
Shut-off type torque control
The LTV series
Bolt capacity M2.5 – M22
● Accurate – The consistent clutch dis-
engagement is your guarantee for a
minimum of torque scatter.
LTV28
● Low mean shift – The adjustable
mechanism in the shut-off clutch is not
affected by variations in joint rate or air
pressure.
● Extremely fast – The unique clutch
design allows you to select high speed
LTV18
models without compromising accu-
racy.
● Ergonomic and safe – Most of the re-
action is taken up by the inertia of the
tool thanks to the rapid clutch shut-off.
LTV08
● Serviceability – The tools are built to
last but are at the same time designed
for easy, effective service and mainte- ● ISO 5393 tested – Many models certi-
nance.
fied by major car manufacturers.
● Accessible and convenient – Qua- ● Cycle complete signal – All tools are
lities offered by the lean and smooth
prepared for report function -RE.
exterior in combination with small size
angle head and perfect balance. New See 66 for further information.
small size angle head up to 15 Nm.
Distance Recom- Air
centre men- consump-
Suitable Square Torque range to side Angle ded tion at
for bolt drive Soft joint Free Weight angle head hose free speed Sound
size size speed Length head height size level
Model mm in Nm ft lb r/min kg lb mm mm mm mm l/s cfm dB(A) Ordering No.
Torque control LTV. Reversible models
LTV08 R03-6 M2.5-M4 1/4 0.5 - 3 0.4 - 2.2 1000 0.8 1.7 275 10 28.5 6.3 4 8 69 8431 0325 88
LTV08 R03-42 M2.5-M4 1/4a 0.5 - 3 0.4 - 2.2 1000 0.8 1.7 275 10 28.5 6.3 4 8 69 8431 0325 84
LTV08 R03-Q M2.5-M5 1/4b 0.5 - 3 0.4 - 2.2 1000 0.8 1.7 275 10 28.5 6.3 4 8 69 8431 0325 92
LTV08 R05-6 M2.5-M4 1/4 0.5 - 4.5 0.4 - 3.3 700 0.8 1.7 275 10 28.5 6.3 4 8 69 8431 0325 78
LTV08 R05-42 M2.5-M4 1/4a 0.5 - 4.5 0.4 - 3.3 700 0.8 1.7 275 10 28.5 6.3 4 8 69 8431 0325 74
LTV08 R05-Q M2.5-M5 1/4b 0.5 - 4.5 0.4 - 3.3 700 0.8 1.7 275 10 28.5 6.3 4 8 69 8431 0325 81
LTV18 R07-6 M4-M5 1/4 3.5 - 7 2.6 - 5 700 1.2 2.6 290 10 28.5 8 6 13 71 8431 0326 72
LTV18 R07-42 M4-M5 1/4a 3.5 - 7 2.6 - 5 700 1.2 2.6 290 10 28.5 8 6 13 71 8431 0326 61
LTV18 R07-Q M4-M5 1/4b 3.5 - 7 2.6 - 5 700 1.2 2.6 290 10 28.5 8 6 13 71 8431 0326 76
LTV18 R15-6 M6 1/4 6- 15 4- 11 360 1.2 2.6 308 11 28 8 6 13 71 8431 0326 55
LTV18 R15-10 M6 3/8 6- 15 4- 11 360 1.2 2.6 308 11 28 8 6 13 71 8431 0326 56
LTV18 R15-42 M6 1/4a 6- 15 4- 11 360 1.2 2.6 308 11 28 8 6 13 71 8431 0326 54
LTV18 R15-Q M6 1/4b 6- 15 4- 11 360 1.2 2.6 308 11 28 8 6 13 71 8431 0326 58
LTV28 R07-6 M5 1/4 2.5 - 7 1.8 - 5 1100 1.3 2.9 334 10 28.5 8 8 17 76 8431 0601 65
LTV28 R07-42 M5 1/4a 2.5 - 7 1.8 - 5 1100 1.3 2.9 334 10 28.5 8 8 17 76 8431 0601 73
LTV28 R07-Q M6 1/4b 2.5 - 7 1.8 - 5 1100 1.3 2.9 334 10 28.5 8 8 17 76 8431 0601 68
LTV28 R15-6 M6 1/4 7- 15 5- 11 560 1.4 3.1 349 11 28 10 10 21 76 8431 0601 52
LTV28 R15-42 M6 1/4a 7- 15 5- 11 560 1.4 3.1 349 11 28 10 10 21 76 8431 0601 58
LTV28 R15-Q M6 1/4b 7- 15 5- 11 560 1.4 3.1 349 11 28 10 10 21 76 8431 0601 53
LTV28 R15-10 M6 3/8 7- 15 5- 11 560 1.4 3.1 349 11 28 10 10 21 76 8431 0601 55
LTV28 R20-10 M6 3/8 10 - 19 7- 15 530 1.4 3.1 355 13.5 34.5 10 10 21 76 8431 0601 50
LTV28 R20-42 M6 1/4a 10 - 20 7- 15 420 1.4 3.1 350 13.5 34 10 10 21 76 8431 0601 48
LTV28 R28-10 M8 3/8 14 - 28 10 - 21 340 1.4 3.1 350 13.5 29.5 10 10 21 76 8431 0601 40
LTV28 RL28-10 M8 3/8 14 - 28 10 - 21 80 1.4 3.1 350 13.5 29.5 10 10 21 76 8431 0601 33
Non-reversible models
LTV28 N11-6 M5-M6 1/4 5- 11 4- 8 1250 1.2 2.6 305 11 28 10 11 23 76 8431 0600 06
LTV28 N11-42 M5-M6 1/4a 5- 11 4- 8 1250 1.2 2.6 305 11 28 10 11 23 76 8431 0600 17
LTV28 N11-Q M5-M6 1/4b 5- 11 4- 8 1250 1.2 2.6 305 11 28 10 11 23 76 8431 0600 13
LTV28 N11-10 M5-M6 3/8 5- 11 4- 8 1250 1.2 2.6 305 11 28 10 11 23 76 8431 0600 10
LTV28 N15-10 M6 3/8 7- 15 5- 11 950 1.2 2.6 305 13.5 29.5 10 11 23 76 8431 0600 99
LTV28 N22-10 M6 3/8 11 - 22 8- 16 620 1.3 2.9 330 13.5 34.5 10 11 23 76 8431 0600 87
LTV28 N28-10 M8 3/8 14 - 28 10 - 21 500 1.3 2.9 325 13.5 29.5 10 11 23 76 8431 0600 84
LTV28 N30-10 M8 3/8 15 - 30 11 - 22 400 1.3 2.9 325 13.5 29.5 10 11 23 76 8431 0600 81
Air inlet thread in: LTV08 = 1/8, LTV18/28 = 1/4.
a
Female hex drive.
b
Quick change chuck.

Hose fitting Page 44 Page 44
39
ANGLE NUTRUNNERS
Torque control
LTV28XX series – for maximum pro-

ductivity
Atlas Copco LTV28XX angle nutrunners
are the perfect choice for high speed and
good accuracy. These tools are designed
for M6 and M8 screws and offer outstan-
ding performance in lean production. The
well proven motor provides high speed LTV28XX
for maximum productivity. The mechani-
cal clutch is unique of its kind, giving the
accuracy you need.
Distance Air
centre Recom- consump-
Suitable Square Torque range to side Angle mended tion at
Reversible models
LTV28XX R15-6 M6 1/4 8- 15 6- 11 1000 1.5 3.3 378 11 28 10 16 34 80 8431 0531 76
LTV28XX R15-42 M6 1/4a 8- 15 6- 11 1000 1.5 3.3 378 11 28 10 16 34 80 8431 0531 77
LTV28XX R15-Q M6 1/4b 8- 15 6- 11 1000 1.5 3.3 378 11 28 10 16 34 80 8431 0531 74
LTV28XX R15-10 M6 3/8 8- 15 6- 11 1000 1.5 3.3 378 11 28 10 16 34 80 8431 0531 78
LTV28XX R25-10 M8 3/8 12 - 25 9- 18 660 1.6 3.5 385 13.5 34.5 10 16 34 80 8431 0531 79
LTV28XX R29-10 M8 3/8 15 - 29 11 - 21 550 1.6 3.5 385 13.5 34.5 10 16 34 80 8431 0531 81
LTV28XX R32-10 M8 3/8 18 - 32 13 - 24 520 1.6 3.5 385 13.5 34.5 10 16 34 80 8431 0531 84
LTV28XX R40-10 M8 3/8 20 - 40 15 - 29 420 1.8 4.0 400 18 34.5 10 16 34 80 8431 0531 87
LTV28XX R44-10 M8 3/8 25 - 44 18 - 32 350 1.8 4.0 400 18 34.5 10 16 34 80 8431 0531 90
LTV28XX N29-10 M8 3/8 18 - 29 13 - 21 875 1.5 3.3 353 13.5 34.5 10 20 42 80 8431 0600 29
LTV28XX N44-10 M10 3/8 22 - 44 16 - 33 560 1.6 3.5 353 13.5 34.5 10 20 42 80 8431 0600 44
a
Female hex drive. Air inlet thread in: LTV28 = 1/4.
b
Quick change chuck.
LTV29 series
The new LTV29 is specially designed
for high speed and small dimensions in
combination with outstanding ergonom-
ics. The slim lightweight design, the soft
comfortable grip, easy reverse and low
reaction force makes this tool type ex-
ceptionally easy to use. LTV29
Distance Air
LTV29 R16-Q M6 1/4a 9- 16 7- 12 850 1.3 2.9 351 11 44 10 10 21 76 8431 0621 24
LTV29 R16-42 M6 1/4b 9- 16 7- 12 850 1.3 2.9 351 11 34 10 10 21 76 8431 0621 23
LTV29 R16-6 M6 1/4 9- 16 7- 12 850 1.3 2.9 351 11 27 10 10 21 76 8431 0621 22
LTV29 R16-10 M6 3/8 9- 16 7- 12 850 1.3 2.9 351 11 27 10 10 21 77 8431 0621 21
LTV29 R24-10 M6 3/8 12 - 24 9- 18 640 1.4 3.1 374 14 30 10 10 21 77 8431 0621 29
LTV29 R30-10 M8 3/8 15 - 30 11 - 22 500 1.3 3.1 374 14 30 10 10 21 77 8431 0621 37
a
Quick change chuck.
b
Female hex drive.

40
ANGLE NUTRUNNERS
Torque control
LTV38 series – the clear M10 choice
The LTV38 series offers the highest relia-
bility when tightening M10 screws. Small,
durable gears in combination with a pre-
cise clutch and reliable motor put this
tool at the top master of its class.
LTV38
Distance Air
Reversible models
LTV38 R42-10 M8 3/8 20 - 42 15 - 31 400 2.0 4.4 436 18 34.5 10 16 34 80 8431 0603 55
LTV38 R42-13 M8 1/2 20 - 42 15 - 31 400 2.2 4.8 453 20 41 10 16 34 80 8431 0603 69
LTV38 R50-10 M10 3/8 25 - 50 18 - 36 330 2.0 4.4 436 18 34.5 10 16 34 80 8431 0603 63
LTV38 R50-13 M10 1/2 25 - 50 18 - 36 330 2.2 4.8 453 20 41 10 16 34 80 8431 0603 71
LTV38 R57-13 M10 1/2 30 - 57 22 - 41 280 2.2 4.8 453 20 41 10 16 34 80 8431 0603 51
LTV38 R70-13 M10 1/2 34 - 70 24 - 50 225 2.4 5.3 487 20 41 10 16 34 80 8431 0603 46
LTV38 R85-13 M10-M12 1/2 40 - 85 29 - 61 190 2.8 6.1 530 25 52 10 16 34 80 8431 0603 38
LTV38 N31-10 M8 3/8 18 - 31 13 - 23 800 1.7 3.7 400 13.5 34.5 10 20 42 80 8431 0602 04
LTV38 N45-10 M8 3/8 22 - 45 16 - 33 520 1.8 4.0 410 18 34.5 10 20 42 80 8431 0602 06
LTV38 N55-10 M10 3/8 30 - 55 22 - 40 440 1.8 4.0 410 18 34.5 10 20 42 80 8431 0602 14
LTV38 N55-13 M10 1/2 30 - 55 22 - 40 440 2.0 4.4 427 20 41 10 20 42 80 8431 0602 22
LTV38 N68-13 M10 1/2 30 - 68 22 - 40 370 2.0 4.4 427 20 41 10 20 42 80 8431 0602 48
LTV38 N85-13 M10 1/2 40 - 85 29 - 63 300 2.2 4.8 460 20 41 10 20 42 80 8431 0602 52
LTV38 N100-13 M12 1/2 50 - 100 37 - 74 250 2.6 5.7 503 25 52 10 20 42 80 8431 0602 59
Air inlet thread in: LTV38 = 1/4.
LTV39 series
The new LTV39 series has the fastest
nutrunners of their type. The powerful
motor, consistently high accuracy and
many operator-friendly features give
these tools the capability to boost your
productivity to higher levels than ever.
LTV39
Distance Air
LTV39 R30-10 M8 3/8 15 - 30 11 - 22 870 1.6 3.5 385 14 35 10 16 34 78 8431 0623 19
LTV39 R48-10 M8 3/8 24 - 48 18 - 35 560 1.7 3.7 405 18 35 10 16 34 78 8431 0623 27
LTV39 R48-13 M8 1/2 24 - 48 18 - 35 560 2.0 4.4 425 20 41 10 16 34 78 8431 0623 43
LTV39 R56-10 M10 3/8 28 - 56 21 - 41 460 1.7 3.7 405 18 35 10 16 34 78 8431 0623 35
LTV39 R56-13 M10 1/2 28 - 56 21 - 41 460 2.0 4.4 425 20 41 10 16 34 78 8431 0623 51
LTV39 R70-13 M10 1/2 35 - 70 26 - 51 350 2.1 4.6 425 20 41 10 16 34 78 8431 0623 59
LTV39 R85-13 M10-12 1/2 43 - 85 32 - 63 305 2.5 5.5 500 25 52 10 16 34 78 8431 0623 67

41
ANGLE NUTRUNNERS
Torque control
LTV46 and 48 series – the flexible

choice for higher torques
The LTV46 and 48 series are robust and
reliable tools – and they are reversible
for torques up to 200 Nm. Low weight LTV46
and smooth handles makes them pleas-
ant to use. Suitable reaction bars and
other accessories are available.
LTV48
Distance Recom- Air

centre men- consump-
Suitable Square a
Torque range to side Angle ded tion at
Reversible models
LTV48 R65-13 M10 1/2 40 - 65 29 - 47 380 3.1 6.7 550 20 45 12.5 28 59 82 8431 0534 82
LTV48 R120-L13 M12 1/2 70 - 120 51 - 88 215 3.5 7.6 590 25 52 12.5 28 59 82 8431 0534 88
LTV48 R150-L13 M12 1/2 70 - 150 51 - 111 170 3.5 7.6 590 25 52 12.5 28 59 82 8431 0534 93
LTV48 R200-L13 M14 1/2 115 - 200 85 - 148 100 3.8 8.3 610 25 52 12.5 28 59 82 8431 0534 98
LTV46 N55-13 M10 1/2 20 - 57 15 - 40 500 2.9 6.3 495 20 45 12.5 27 57 81 8431 0460 70
LTV46 N70-13 M10-M12 1/2 25 - 73 18 - 51 400 2.9 6.3 495 20 45 12.5 27 57 81 8431 0460 05
LTV46 N90-L13 M12 1/2 35 - 90 26 - 66 280 3.3 7.2 515 25 52 12.5 27 57 81 8431 0460 47
LTV46 N115-L13 M12-M14 1/2 50 - 116 37 - 84 220 3.3 7.2 515 25 52 12.5 27 57 81 8431 0460 13
LTV46 N150-L13 M14 1/2 60 - 150 44 - 111 180 3.3 7.2 515 25 52 12.5 27 57 81 8431 0460 62
a
Double square drive is available as optional for LTV46.
Air inlet thread in: LTV46 and LTV48 = 1/2.
Torque range is achieved at min 5 bar on LTV46.
LTV58 series
LTV58 incorporates a twin motor for high
rundown speed and accurate tightening.
These tools are intended for the high-
est torques as well as cramped spaces.
Screw sizes from M16 up to M22.
LTV58
Distance Air
Reversible models
LTV58 R180-13 M16 1/2 85 - 180 63 - 133 540 4.4 9.7 595 25 55 10 19 40 79 8431 0529 04
LTV58 R200-13 M16 1/2 130 - 200 111 - 148 320 4.4 9.7 595 25 55 10 19 40 79 8431 0529 09
LTV58 R350-19 M18 3/4 160 - 350 148 - 259 240 6.4 14.1 604 34 72 10 19 40 79 8431 0529 15
LTV58 R575-25 M22 1 280 - 575 196 - 426 180 10.4 22.9 686 54 81 10 19 40 79 8431 0529 21
LTV58 N180-13 M16 1/2 85 - 180 63 133 540 4.4 9.7 595 25 55 10 19 40 79 8431 0529 18
LTV58 N200-13 M16 1/2 130 - 200 111 - 148 320 4.4 9.7 595 25 55 10 19 40 79 8431 0529 24
LTV58 N350-19 M18 3/4 160 - 350 148 - 259 240 6.4 14.1 604 34 72 10 19 40 79 8431 0529 29
LTV58 N575-25 M22 1 280 - 575 196 - 426 180 10.4 22.9 686 54 81 10 19 40 79 8431 0529 34
Air inlet thread in: LTV58 = 1/2.
Signal connection kit

Page 44

Reaction bar/bracket
42
ANGLE NUTRUNNERS
Angle, stall type – Ratchet wrenches – Worm drive
Angle nutrunners
Bolt capacity M6
● Independent of joint variation – Low
inertia design gives accurate torque
independent of joint stiffness, in other
words low mean shift. LBR
● Easy torque setting – by adjusting
the inlet air pressure.
● Reliable – well-proven design.
● Good accessibility – due to small di-
mensioned angle head.
LMV
Ratchet wrenches
● Unique accessibility – The ratchet
wrench is a superior tool for limited
space applications.
● To loosen – turn the tool upside down.
LMK
Worm-drive nutrunners
● Teasing throttle characteristics – Give
you a significantly reduced free speed. ● Nutrunning ● Light reaming They can also be used for incorporation in
The worm-drive nutrunners are suit- ● Tapping ● Tube-rolling rigs as air motors for intermittent opera-
able for: tion.
Distance
centre Air con- Recom-
Suitable Square Torque to side Angle sumption at mended Air
for bolt drive at 6 bar Free Weight angle head free speed hose inlet Sound
size size speed Length head height size thread level
Model mm in Nm ft lb r/min kg lb mm mm mm l/s cfm mm in dB(A) Ordering No.
Angle nutrunners stall type, reversible model
LMV28 R11-10 M6 3/8 11 8 1200 1.1 2.4 264 11 28 10 21 10 1/4 76 8431 0591 07
LMV28 R14-10 M6 3/8 14 10 1000 1.1 2.4 264 13.5 29.5 10 21 10 1/4 76 8431 0591 09
Angle nutrunners stall type, non reversible model
LMV28 N16-10 M6 3/8 16 12 1000 1.0 2.2 239 13.5 29.5 11 23 10 1/4 76 8431 0590 17
Ratchet wrenches
LBR33 S26/114-13 M8 13a 22 16 185 1.4 3.1 290 13 15 9.5 20 10 1/4 90 8431 0345 71
LBR33 S26/118-16 M8-M10 16a 30 22 135 1.4 3.1 300 18 15 9.5 20 10 1/4 91 8431 0346 70
LBR33 S26/118-17 M8-M10 17a 30 22 135 1.4 3.1 300 18 15 9.5 20 10 1/4 91 8431 0346 62
Worm drive nutrunners
LMK22 S004 M8 7/16a 19 14 450 1.0 2.2 240 31 30 6 13 6 1/4 90 8431 0242 26
LMK22 S002 M10 7/16a 23 17 200 1.0 2.2 240 31 30 6 13 6 1/4 90 8431 0242 18
LMK33 S005 M10 7/16a 29 21 480 1.7 3.7 263 41 39 9.5 20 10 1/4 90 8431 0343 24
LMK33 S002 M10-M12 7/16a 32 24 235 1.9 4.2 291 41 39 9.5 20 10 1/4 90 8431 0343 16
LMK33 S001 M10-M12 7/16a 55 41 130 2.2 4.9 385 41 39 9.5 20 10 1/4 90 8431 0343 08
a
Female hex drive.
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES. Socket adapters for LBR
Ordering No. Ordering No.
Dimensions LBR33 S26/114 LBR33 S26/118
1/2" hex 3/8" square drive 4090 0163 00 4090 0163 00

1/2" hex 1/2" square drive 4090 0164 00 4090 0164 00
ACCESSORIES INCLUDED Female hex sockets for LBR

Hose fitting Dimensions Ordering No. Ordering No. Dimensions Ordering No. Ordering No.
Socket adaptor 3/8" square drive, in LBR33 S26/114 LBR33 S26/118 mm LBR33 S26/114 LBR33 S26/118
LMK22 1/2" square drive, LMK33 1/4 4210 0360 05 – 10 4210 0414 10 –
5/16 4210 0360 02 – 12 4210 0414 12 4210 0418 12
3/8 4210 0360 03 4210 0389 02 13 4210 0414 13 4210 0418 13
7/16 4210 0360 04 4210 0389 03 14 4210 0414 14 4210 0418 14
1/2 4210 0360 01 4210 0389 04 15 4210 0414 15 4210 0418 15
9/16 – 4210 0389 06 16 – 4210 0418 16
5/8 – 4210 0389 01 17 – 4210 0418 17
SELECTED SERVICE KITS 3/4 – 4210 0389 05 18 – 4210 0418 18
19 – 4210 0389 05
Page 44
NOTE: That 1/2" female hex sockets must be used together with socket adapters.
43
ANGLE NUTRUNNERS
Accessories
Suspension yoke
Protective Reaction Signal connection
Model Exhaust hose Fixed Swivelling cover bar kit kit (-RE)
LTV08 4210 4015 00 4210 4022 90

LTV18 R07 4210 1631 81 4210 4014 00 4210 4023 90
LTV18 R15 4210 1631 81 4210 4013 00 4210 4023 90
LTV28 R07 4210 2053 00 4210 1631 82 4210 3931 80 4210 3990 00 4210 4019 90
LTV28, all models except R07 4210 2053 00 4210 1631 82 4210 3931 80 4210 3990 00 4210 4018 90
LTV28XX R15/R25/R29/R32 4210 2053 00 4210 1631 82 4210 3931 80 4210 3990 00 4210 4017 90
LTV28XX R40/44 4210 2053 00 4210 1631 82 4210 3931 80 4210 3991 00 4210 4017 90
LTV29/39 4210 2053 00 4210 1631 82 4210 4408 80
LTV38 R42/R50/R57/N31/N45/N55/N68, 4210 2053 00 4210 1631 82 4210 3931 81 4210 3992 90 (not LTC) 4210 4017 90
LTC38, LTV38 FS
LTV38 R70/N85 4210 2053 00 4210 1631 82 4210 3931 81 4210 4003 90 4210 4017 90
LTV38 R85/N100, LTV38 HAD 4210 2053 00 4210 1631 82 4210 3931 81 4210 4004 90 4210 4020 80 4210 4017 90
LTV48 R65 4210 4011 00 4210 4061 80 4210 4021 80 4210 4058 90 4210 4020 80 4210 4057 90
LTV48 R120/R150/R200, LTC48, 4210 4011 00 4210 4061 80 4210 4021 80 4210 4059 90 4210 4020 80 4210 4057 90
LTV48 FS, LTV48 HAD
LTV58 N/R 180/200 4210 4011 00 4210 3088 80 4210 4059 90 4220 1128 80
LTV58 R350 4210 4011 00 4210 3088 80 4220 1201 80
LTV46, LTC46, LTV46 FS, LTV46 HAD 4210 4011 00 4220 0312 90
LTV58 R575 4210 4011 00 4210 3088 80 4220 1746 80
Extensions for LTV DIMENSIONS

Length of
extension –"L"
Suitable
for tool mm in Ordering No. L
LTV28 75 3 4210 3491 93

LTV28 150 6 4210 3491 95
LTV38 (not R70/R85) 75 3 4210 4301 80
LTV38 (not R70/R85) 150 6 4210 4302 80
LTV38R70/R85/LTV48 75 3 4210 4303 80
LTV38R70/R85/LTV48 150 6 4210 4304 80
LTV39R48/56/70-13 75 3 4210 4301 80
LTV39R48/56/70-13 150 6 4210 4302 80
LTV39R85 75 3 4210 4303 80
LTV39R85 150 6 4210 4304 80
SELECTED SERVICE KITS

Model Service kit
The spare parts included in
the service kits cover a normal LTV46 R/LTC46 4081 0104 90
overhaul of your tool. Always LTV08 R 4081 0084 90
have them available for a fast LTV18 R 4081 0085 90
and economical repair. LTV28 R 4081 0102 90
LTV28 XX 4081 0209 90
Main parts included:
LTV28 N 4081 0107 90
● Vane kit ● O-rings LTV29 4081 0299 90
● Motor bearings ● Circlips LTV38 N 4081 0108 90
LTV38 R 4081 0103 90
● Gaskets ● Pins etc. LTV39 4081 0298 90
Including the most common wear parts. For complete
information, see spare parts list.
44
ANGLE NUTRUNNERS
Flush socket type
LTV FS Flush Socket tools
A good solution for access problems
where minimum angle head size and
high torque accuracy is required. The
flush socket tools have integrated sock-
ets to achieve a reduced angle head
height.
The LTV FS nutrunners are based on
the LTV range of angle nutrunners and LTV38 FS
offer the same tightening characteristics.
They have the same motor, clutch and
gear parts as the LTV range.
Angle Distance Re- Air

head centre com- consump-
Suitable Torque range height to side mended tion at Air
for bolt Socket Soft joint Free Weight incl angle hose free speed inlet Sound
size size speed Length socket head size thread level
Model mm mm Nm ft lb r/min kg lb mm mm mm mm l/s cfm in dB(A) Ordering No.
Flush socket angle nutrunners LTV FS. Reversible models

LTV28 R20 FS M6 13 8- 20 6- 15 500 1.4 3.1 352 34 13.5 10 10 21 1/4 76 8431 0608 02
LTV28 R28 FS M8 13 14- 28 10- 21 340 1.4 3.1 350 34 – 10 10 21 1/4 76 8431 0608 00
LTV28XX R28 FS M8 13 14- 28 10- 21 620 1.4 3.1 387 34 13.5 10 10 21 1/4 80 8431 0608 04
LTV29 R30-FS M8 13 15- 30 11- 22 500 1.3 3.1 374 34 14 10 10 21 1/4 77 8431 0622 38
LTV38 R50 FS M10 15 25- 50 18- 37 360 2.2 4.8 454 53 20 10 18 38 1/4 80 8431 0609 85
LTV38 R65 FS M12 16 34- 65 25- 48 280 2.6 5.7 515 53 20 10 18 38 1/4 80 8431 0609 87
LTV39 R48 FS M8 16 24- 48 18- 35 560 2.0 4.4 425 53 20 10 16 34 1/4 78 8431 0622 42
LTV39 R56 FS M10 16 28- 56 21- 41 460 2.0 4.4 425 53 20 10 16 34 1/4 78 8431 0622 46
LTV39 R70 FS M10 16 35- 70 26- 51 350 2.1 4.6 425 53 20 10 16 34 1/4 78 8431 0622 51
LTV39 R85-FS M10-M12 19 43- 85 32- 63 305 2.5 5.5 500 70 25 10 16 34 1/4 78 8431 0622 58
LTV48 R65 FS M10 16 30- 65 22- 48 400 3.1 6.7 550 53 20 12.5 28 59 3/8 82 8431 0610 08
LTV48 R120 FS M12 19 70-120 37- 88 220 3.5 7.6 590 70 25 12.6 28 59 3/8 82 8431 0610 12
LTV48 R150 FS M12 19 70-150 44-111 180 3.5 7.6 590 70 25 12.7 28 59 3/8 82 8431 0610 17
LTV48 R200 FS M14 19 115-200 85-148 100 3.8 8.3 610 70 25 12.8 28 59 3/8 82 8431 0610 21
LTV38 N55 FS M10 15 30- 55 22- 40 440 2.0 4.4 441 53 20 10 20 42 1/4 80 8431 0609 89
LTV38 N85 FS M10 15 40- 85 29- 63 300 2.2 4.8 460 53 20 10 20 42 1/4 80 8431 0609 93
Torque range is achieved at min 5 bar on LTV46/48.
NOTE: Socket mounted according to table above, other sizes available according to page 46.
Hose fitting
45
ANGLE NUTRUNNERS
Accessories – For flush socket tools
Integrated sockets – LTV28 R20 FS/R28 FS/XX R28 FS and LTV29 R30 FS
Width across flats Socket extension Socket diameter Socket type Bit lock 13.5
mm/in mm mm principle Ordering No.
10 0 17.9 HEX 4220 1589 10
10 15 17.9 HEX 4220 1589 20
13 0 17.9 HEX 4220 1589 13
13 2 17.9 HEX 4220 1589 33
34
13 5 17.9 HEX 4220 1589 23
13 15 17.9 HEX 4220 1589 34
6.35=1/4" 0 17.9 HEX, bit holder magnet 4220 1589 14
8=5/16" 0 17.9 HEX, bit holder magnet 4220 1589 08 Socket
extension
Socket diameter
Integrated sockets – LTV38 R50 FS/N55 FS, LTV39 R48 FS and LTV39 R56 FS
Width across flats Socket extension Socket diameter Socket type Bit lock
mm/in mm mm principle Ordering No. 18
12.7=1/2" 0.1 20.9 HEX 4220 1676 33
13 0.1 20.9 HEX 4220 1676 01
13 10.1 20.9 HEX 4220 1676 13
13 21.1 20.9 HEX 4220 1676 23
14 0.1 20.9 HEX 4220 1676 14
40
15 0.1 20.9 HEX 4220 1676 15
7.95=5/16" 0.1 20.9 HEX special 4220 1676 04
8=5/16" 12.1 20.9 HEX special 4220 1676 06
Socket
extension
Socket diameter
Integrated sockets – LTV38 R65/N85 FS, LTV39 R70 FS, LTV46 N55 FS/N70 FS
and LTV48 R65 FS
Width across flats Socket extension Socket diameter Socket type Bit lock
mm/in mm mm principle Ordering No.
20
10 3.3 27.5 HEX 4220 1621 04
11 2.8 27.5 HEX Side hole 4220 0815 01
12 3.3 27.5 HEX 4210 2749 03
13 3.3 27.5 HEX 4210 2749 01
14 3.3 27.5 HEX 4210 2749 04
50
15 1.3 27.5 HEX 4220 1621 01

15 3.3 27.5 HEX 4210 2749 02
15 8.3 27.5 HEX Special 4210 2749 10
15 16.3 27.5 HEX 4220 1621 00 Socket
16 0.5 27.5 HEX 4220 1251 00 extension
16 4.3 27.5 HEX 4210 2882 01 Socket diameter
17 4.3 27.5 HEX 4210 2882 02
18 4.3 27.5 HEX 4210 2882 03
7/16" 3.3 27.5 HEX 4210 2749 06
9/16" 3.3 27.5 HEX 4210 2749 05
Other dimensions on request.
Integrated sockets – LTV46 N90 FS/N115 FS/N150 FS and LTV48 R120 FS/R150 FS/
R200 FS
Width across flats Socket extension Socket diameter Bit lock
mm mm mm principle Ordering No. 26
Hex
15 6.5 37.5 SF 4210 3534 15
17 8.5 37.5 SF 4210 3534 17
18 2 37.5 SF 4210 3534 68
57.5
18 5.5 41.5 SF 4210 1595 02

18 8.5 37.5 SF 4210 3534 18
19 9.5 37.5 SF 4210 3534 19
21 10.5 37.5 SF 4210 3534 21 Socket
22 10.5 37.5 SF 4210 3534 22 exten-
sion Socket diameter
24 10.5 37.5 SF 4210 3534 24
24 13.5 41.5 SF 4210 1595 01
27 13.8 40.5 SF 4210 3534 27
Female Torx
E-10 5.5 37.5 Female TX 4210 3534 30
E-12 5.5 37.5 Female TX 4210 3534 32
E-14 5.5 37.5 Female TX 4210 3534 34
E-16 5.5 37.5 Female TX 4210 3534 36
E-18 5.5 37.5 Female TX 4210 3534 38
E-20 5.5 37.5 Female TX 4210 3534 40
E-20 8.5 40.5 Female TX 4220 2044 01
Other dimensions on request.
46
ANGLE NUTRUNNERS
Crowfoot type
LTC Crowfoot tools
A good solution in many cases of inac-
cessibility is the crowfoot, which has the
smallest height and side to centre dimen-
sions.
The LTC range of nutrunners is based
on the LTV range of angle nutrunners
and offers the same tightening charac- LTC38
ter is tics. They have the same motor,
clutch and gear parts as the LTV range.
The crowfoot is attached to a standard
angle nutrunner LTV and can easily be
adjusted ± 90o of centre line.
Air
CrowfootRecom- consump-
Suitable Torque range dimensions
mended tion at
for bolt Socket Soft joint Free Weight hose free speed Sound
size size speed Length H B C size level
Model mm mm Nm ft lb r/min kg lb mm mm mm mm mm l/s cfm dB(A) Ordering No.
Reversible
LTC38 R33-13-A-O-3 M8 13 16- 33 12-24 430 2.6 5.7 508 19 32 16 10 18 38 80 8431 0611 01
LTC38 R40-17-A-O-3 M10 13 23- 40 17-29 360 3.0 6.6 540 19 39 20 10 18 38 80 8431 0611 08
LTC48 R56-17-A-O-3 M10-M12 17 24- 56 18-41 400 3.9 8.6 600 19 39 20 12.5 28 59 82 8431 0611 06
LTC48 R96-19-A-O-3 M12 19 40- 96 30-71 220 4.3 9.5 640 25 39 20 12.5 28 59 82 8431 0611 11
LTC48 R120-19-A-O-3 M12-M14 19 48-120 36-89 180 4.3 9.5 640 25 39 20 12.5 28 59 82 8431 0611 15
Non-reversible
LTC38 N41-13-A-O-3 M8 13 18- 41 13-30 520 2.4 5.3 479 19 32 16 10 20 42 80 8431 0611 10
LTC46 N46-17-A-O-3 M10 17 16- 46 12-34 500 3.5 7.7 561 19 39 20 12.5 27 57 81 8431 0468 07
LTC46 N55-17-A-O-3 M10 17 20- 55 15-40 400 3.5 7.7 561 19 39 20 12.5 27 57 81 8431 0469 06
LTC46 N78-19-A-O-3 M12 19 28- 78 21-57 280 4.1 9.0 577 25 39 20 12.5 27 57 81 8431 0470 03
LTC46 N93-19-A-O-3 M12 19 40- 93 29-69 220 4.1 9.0 577 25 39 20 12.5 27 57 81 8431 0471 02
LTC46 N120-19-A-O-3 M12 19 48-120 35-88 180 4.1 9.0 577 25 39 20 12.5 27 57 81 8431 0472 01
Air inlet thread inch: LTC38 = 1/4", LTC46/LTC48 = 1/2".
NOTE: Sockets mounted according to table above, optional sizes see page 48.
DIMENSIONS
Extensive range of crowfoot and open

end tools, see special leaflet,
"Atlas Copco tool attachments"
CD "Ordering information"
Ordering No. 9833 1381 01.
47
ANGLE NUTRUNNERS
Accessories – For crowfoot tools
OPTIONAL HEX SOCKETS FOR LTC CROWFOOT NUTRUNNERS
Sockets – LTC38 R33/N41-13-A-O-3a

Width across flats
mm in Ordering No.
7/16 4210 2625 03

12 4210 2625 04
1/2 4210 2625 01
13 4210 2625 00
14 4210 2625 02
15 4210 2625 06
a
13 mm socket mounted on tool.
Sockets – LTC38 R40/N48-17-A-O-3b, LTC48 R56-17-A-O-3b,

LTC46 N46/N55-17-A-O-3b
Width across flats
mm in Ordering No.
13 4210 2626 06
14 4210 2626 04
15 4210 2626 03
1/2 4210 2626 05
5/8 4210 2626 02
16 4210 2626 00
17 4210 2626 01
18 4210 2626 10
19 4210 2626 08
b
Sockets – LTC48 R96/R120-19-A-O-3c, LTC46 N78/N93/N120-19-A-O-3c

Width across flats
mm in Ordering No.
13 4210 2624 06
14 4210 2624 05
15 4210 2624 04
16 4210 2624 03
17 4210 2624 02
18 4210 2624 01
19 3/4 4210 2624 00
c
48
ANGLE NUTRUNNERS
Open end type – Torque control
10-23 mm hexagon nut capacity
Based on the well-known LTV 8 series of
angle nutrunners the LTO torque control
open end nutrunners offer tightening of
tube nuts in high-pace line production.
Applications are mainly in the assem-
bly of hydraulic and pneumatic brake
pipes and other hose and cable con-
nections in the automotive and aircraft LTO28 R
industries.
The power from the air motor is trans-
ferred to the nut through a gear drive
mechanism without impacting or ratch-
eting.
The one-hand operated two step me-
chanism simplifies the socket release
back to open position.
Tool dimensions
Torque range Max Tube nut head
Soft joint Socket socket Free Weight Total
size size speed length width height
Model Nm ft lb mm mm r/min kg lb mm mm mm Ordering No.
LTO28 R12-10-K-I-3 8-12 7- 9 10 14 380 1.9 4.2 400 40 14/39 8431 0536 17
LTO28 R17-13-K-I-3 12-17 4-12 13 23 285 2.1 4.6 410 52 14.4/39 8431 0536 11
LTO28 R24-10-K-I-3 15-24 6-18 10 14 160 1.9 4.2 420 40 14/39 8431 0536 12
LTO28 R31-17-K-I-3 18-31 7-23 17 23 140 2.1 4.6 430 52 14.4/39 8431 0536 14
Recomended hose size 10 mm.

Air inlet thread: 1/4 in.
NOTE: The tools are supplied with a socket gear
according to table above.
Sockets – LTO28 R12-10-K-I-3/R24-10-K-I-3a

Socket size Open end
A B Ordering No. B
10 mm 9 4210 3998 00
11 mm 9 4210 3998 01
12 mm 9 4210 3998 02
13 mm 9 4210 3998 03
14 mm 9 4210 3998 04
3/8" 7 4210 3998 05
7/16" 7 4210 3998 06
A
1/2" 7 4210 3998 07
9/16" 9 4210 3998 08
a
These models comes with a 10 mm socket gear mounted.
Sockets – LTO28 R17-13-K-I-3b/R31-17-K-I-3c

Socket size Open end
A B Ordering No.
13 mm 9 4210 3999 00
14 mm 11 4210 3999 01
15 mm 11 4210 3999 02
16 mm 11 4210 3999 03
17 mm 11 4210 3999 04
18 mm 11 4210 3999 05
19 mm 11 4210 3999 06
20 mm 11 4210 3999 07
21 mm 11 4210 3999 08 Extensive range of crowfoot and open
22 mm 11 4210 3999 09 end tools, see special leaflet,
23 mm 11 4210 3999 10
"Atlas Copco tool attachments"
9/16" 9 4210 3999 11
5/8" 11 4210 3999 12 Ordering No. 9833 1361 01
3/4" 11 4210 3999 13 CD "Ordering information"
7/8" 11 4210 3999 14 Ordering No. 9833 1381 01.
b
This model comes with a 13 mm socket gear mounted.
c
This model comes with a 17 mm socket gear mounted.
49
ANGLE NUTRUNNERS
Hold and drive type
Tools for hold and drive bolts
What used to be a two-man operation
has now become a one-man task. No
reaction arms.
The distinguishing feature of a hold
and drive bolt is that one part is held
and the other is tightened from the same
side.
Hold and drive bolts are being used LTV38 HAD
increasingly by, for example, truck man-
ufacturers on the frame assembly line.
The LTV HAD is especially suitable for
shock absorber assembly.
Atlas Copco has developed special
tools for use on hold and drive bolts
based on the standard LTV series. The
reaction torque is absorbed while the
bolt is gripped during assembly.
The HAD sockets are available in
three different lengths, special sockets
are available upon request.
Also suitable for break away bolts, Hi
Lok/Hi Shear.
NOTE: The screw must be strong enough to carry the

final torque.
Torque rangea Weight Free

Bolt speed
Model size Nm ft lb kg lb r/min Ordering No.
LTV38 R40 LT HAD b

M8-10 15- 40 11- 30 3.0 6.5 210 8431 0609 52
LTV38 R42 HAD M8 20- 42 15- 31 2.2 4.8 430 8431 0603 75
LTV38 R50 HAD M10 25- 50 18- 36 2.2 4.8 360 8431 0603 82
LTV38 R85 HAD M10-12 40- 85 30- 67 3.0 6.5 210 8431 0609 58
LTV46 N90 HAD M10-12 35- 90 26- 52 3.3 7.3 280 8431 0463 28
LTV46 N115 HAD M12-14 50- 115 37- 85 3.3 7.3 220 8431 0463 10
LTV46 N150 HAD M14 60- 150 44- 111 3.3 7.3 180 8431 0463 02
LTV48 R120 HAD M12-14 70- 120 52- 89 3.3 7.3 220 8431 0610 26
LTV48 R150 HAD M14 70- 150 52- 111 3.3 7.3 180 8431 0610 30
LTV48 R200 HAD M14 115- 200 85- 150 3.3 7.3 100 8431 0610 32
LTV58 R350 HAD M18 160- 350 150- 260 6.4 14.1 240 8431 0529 65
a
At min 5 bar.
b
For low torque applications.
NOTE: Sockets and holders have to be ordered separately see page 51.
Other types of Hold and Drive equipped tools are available on special request.

50
ANGLE NUTRUNNERS
Accessories – For hold and drive tools
Nut socket – LTV38 R42-HAD/LTV38 R50-HAD (Fig. 1) Measurements in mm
Width across Ordering No. Figure 1 18.5
flats Socket
W mm Ø D mm A B C
10 22 4220 1769 16 4220 1769 31 4220 1769 51

11 22 4220 1769 15 4220 1769 32 4220 1769 52
12 22 4220 1769 13 4220 1769 33 4220 1769 53 61
13 22 4220 1769 09 4220 1769 12 4220 1769 54
14 22 4220 1769 05 4220 1769 35 4220 1769 08
15 22 4220 1769 14 4220 1769 36 4220 1769 56
16 25 4220 1888 71 4220 1888 81 4220 1888 91
17 25 4220 1888 72 4220 1888 82 4220 1888 92 A = 34
18 26 4220 1888 73 4220 1888 83 4220 1888 93 B = 54

19 27 4220 1888 74 4220 1888 84 4220 1888 94 C = 74 30 travel
20 31 4220 1888 75 4220 1888 85 4220 1888 95
21 31 4220 1888 76 4220 1888 86 4220 1888 96
1.5 ØD
Nut socket – LTV38 R40 LT/R 85 HAD, LTV48 HAD and LTV46 HAD (Fig. 2)
Width across Ordering No. Figure 2
flats Socket 26
W mm Ø D mm A B C
13 30 4210 3513 13 4210 3513 33 4210 3513 53

14 30 4210 3513 14 4210 3513 34 4210 3513 54
15 30 4210 3513 15 4210 3513 35 4210 3513 55
16 30 4210 3513 16 4210 3513 36 4210 3513 56
17 30 4210 3513 17 4210 3513 37 4210 3513 57 76
18 31 4210 3513 18 4210 3513 38 4210 3513 58
19 32 4210 3513 19 4210 3513 39 4210 3513 59
21 35 4210 3513 21 4210 3513 41 4210 3513 61
22 35 4210 3513 22 4210 3513 42 4210 3513 62
24 35 4210 3513 24 4210 3513 44 4210 3513 64
A = 33
B = 53
30 travel
C = 73
5 ØD
Nut socket – LTV58 R350-HAD (Fig. 3)

Figure 3
Width across Ordering No.
34.5
flats Socket
W mm Ø D mm A B C
18 41 4220 1778 04 4220 1778 14 4220 1778 24

19 41 4220 1778 05 4220 1778 15 4220 1778 25
20 41 4220 1778 06 4220 1778 16 4220 1778 26
21 41 4220 1778 07 4220 1778 17 4220 1778 27
102.5
22 41 4220 1778 08 4220 1778 18 4220 1778 28

23 41 4220 1778 09 4220 1778 19 4220 1778 29
24 41 4220 1778 01 4220 1778 11 4220 1778 21
25 41 4220 1778 02 4220 1778 12 4220 1778 22
25.4=1" 41 4220 1778 10 4220 1778 20 4220 1778 30 A = 33
26 41 4220 1778 03 4220 1778 13 4220 1778 23 B = 53
40 travel
27 46 – 4220 2139 84 4220 2139 94 C = 73
28 46 – 4220 2139 83 4220 2139 93
29 46 – 4220 2139 82 4220 2139 92 ØD
30 46 – 4220 2139 81 4220 2139 91
31 54 – 4220 2297 81 4220 2297 91
32 54 – 4220 2297 82 4220 2297 92
33 54 – 4220 2297 83 4220 2297 93
34 54 – 4220 2297 84 4220 2297 94
35 54 – 4220 2297 85 4220 2297 95
36 54 – 4220 2297 86 4220 2297 96
51
ANGLE NUTRUNNERS
Accessories – For hold and drive tools
Screw holder – Two flats for LTV38 R42-HAD/LTV38 R50-HAD

Dimension Suitable Ordering No.
XxY socket size
mm mm A B C
6.6 x 5 10-21 4220 1770 19 – –

7x5 10-21 – 4220 1770 17 –
5.1 x 8.2 10-21 4220 1770 01 – 4220 1770 16 Two flats
8x6 10-21 4220 1770 02 – –
Y
Screw holder – Two flats for LTV38 R40 LT/R85 HAD, LTV48 HAD and LTV46 HAD X
Dimension Suitable Ordering No.

XxY socket size W
mm mm
A B C
8 x 6.3 15-24 4210 2694 17 4210 2694 18 4210 2694 19

8x6 15-24 4210 2694 05 4210 2694 10 4210 2694 15
9.55 x 7.6 18-24 4210 2694 01 4210 2694 06 4210 2694 11
11.20 x 8.9 19-24 4210 2694 02 4210 2694 07 4210 2694 12
13 x 9.8 19-24 4210 2694 03 4210 2694 08 4210 2694 13
13.20 x 10.5 19-24 4210 2694 04 4210 2694 09 4210 2694 14
Screw holder – Male hexagon for LTV38 R40 LT/R85 HAD, LTV48 HAD and LTV46 HAD Male hexagon
Suitable Ordering No.
Dimension socket size N
N mm mm A B C
7 14-24 4210 2825 41 4210 2825 42 4210 2825 43
8 14-24 4210 2825 01 4210 2825 05 4210 2825 09
9 15-24 4210 2825 02 4210 2825 06 4210 2825 10
10 18-24 4210 2825 03 4210 2825 07 4210 2825 11 W
11 19-24 4210 2825 04 4210 2825 08 4210 2825 12
12 19-24 4210 2825 13 4210 2825 14 4210 2825 15
Screw holder – Female hexagon for LTV38 R42-HAD/LTV38 R50-HAD

Bit holder 1/4"
A B C Width N, mm Bits
Female hexagon
4220 1959 01 4220 1959 04 4220 1959 03 10-21 1/4"
N
Screw holder – Female hexagon for LTV38 R40 LT/R85 HAD, LTV48 HAD and LTV46 HAD
Bit holder 5/16" 5/16" Bits
W
A B C Width N, mm Ordering No.
4210 2991 91 4210 2991 92 4210 2991 93 5 4023 1215 00

6 4023 1216 00
7 4023 1219 00
8 4023 1217 00
10 4023 1218 00
Bit holder
Screw holder – Female hexagon for LTV58 R350-HAD

Bit
Ordering No. 13
Socket size
Bit holder mm A B C
7 14-24 4210 2825 41 4210 2825 42 4210 2825 43

5/16" 18-20 4220 1777 88 4220 1777 89 4220 1777 90
5/16" 21-36 4220 1777 82 4220 1777 85 4220 1777 87
NOTE: 8 mm bit is included in the bit holders.
52
STRAIGHT NUTRUNNERS
Hand-held and fixture mounted
The Atlas Copco LTD straight nutrunners
are used in hand-held applications and
as components in systems for assembly
stations, e.g. for:
● Articulating arms – Where a fixed
support on the work piece for a reac-

tion bar is not available a telescopic or
articulated arm mounted LTD nutrun-
ner might be the ideal solution.
● Second fastener – By combining two
LTD straight nutrunners in a twin spin-

dle unit the screws can be tightened
simultaneously.
● Sequence tightening – The LTD sys-
tem offers a flexible, low-cost solution

to many advanced tightening require-
ments.
● Automatic systems – The LTD straight
nutrunner is the ideal basic tightening

unit in automatic and remotely control- LTD
led assembly systems.
● Torque accuracy – With fixtured tools
the operator influence is minimized.
The LTD system
Mounts Spindles Nutrunner motors Remote control

Non reversible
Reaction bar (3-port valve)
Fixed square drive

Manual or remote control
Mounting plate
Reversible
Fixture punch Manual control
Floating square drive Reversible

(5-port valve)
Kits
Remote control
● Reaction bar blanks – For single ● Fixture punches – For mounting of the ● Electronic control – Integrated torque
spindle hand-held applications. nutrunner to locally made base plates and angle transducers and electronic
● Mounting plates – The LTD/LMD a punch for the splines connection is instruments offer a wide selection of
straight nutrunners have a splined re- available as optional equipment. options for advanced tightening moni-
action bar connection which can also ● TwinSpin Kit – A kit for building your toring and control. Tools with angle
be used for fixed assembly of the nu- own twin spindle assembly unit is avail- encoders and torque transducers on
trunner. A number of standard mount- able as extra equipment. request.
ing plates are available to order. ● Remote control – Remote control
● Floating square drive – For two or valves are available as optional equip-
more spindles the units must usually ment.
have floating spindles to compensate ● Air signal outlets – All LTD models
for run-down variations. Models with are equipped with air signal outlets for
floating square drive or telescopic front completed operation.
parts are available.
53
STRAIGHT NUTRUNNERS
Shut-off type
The LTD28, 38 and 48 straight nutrunners
are based on the power package and
clutch from the LTV angle nutrunners.
The LTD/LMD51 nutrunners are based
on the unique LTP/LMP51range of twin
motor pistol grip nutrunners with fast run-
down and automatic torque-up at low
speed, offering high productivity and un-
LTD28
matched torque accuracy as well as joint
independence.
● Remote control back head – A remote
valve is connected to the back head of

the LTD –RR tools allowing a better
multiple.
● Accessibility – Slim design allows the
building of smooth, simple multiples or LTD51

pare splndle designs. The lack of the
clutch makes these tools shorter.
● Flexibility – The range of LTD tools
provides you with the options for your

requirements.
● Reversibility – Reversible LTD tools
are available.
Weight Distance Air

without centre Recom- consump-
Suitable Square Torque range reaction to side mended Air tion at
for bolt drive Soft joint Free bar/bracket max hose inlet Sound free speed
size size speed Length width size thread level
Model mm in Nm ft lb r/min kg lb mm mm mm in dB(A) l/s cfm Ordering No.
Models with fixed square drive

Non reversible, lever start
LTD28 N9-RE M5-M6 3/8 5- 9 4 - 6 1400 1.1 2.4 339 20 10 1/4 76 9 19 8431 0534 05
LTD28 N18-RE M6 3/8 8- 18 6 - 13 780 1.2 2.6 358 20 10 1/4 76 9 19 8431 0534 08
LTD28 N21-RE M6 3/8 10 - 21 7 - 15 570 1.2 2.6 358 20 10 1/4 76 9 19 8431 0534 13
LTD28 N22-RE M6 3/8 10 - 22 7 - 16 140 1.2 2.6 358 20 10 1/4 76 9 19 8431 0534 18
Reversible, lever start
LTD28 R8-RE M5-M6 3/8 3- 8 2 - 6 1100 1.2 2.6 363 20 10 1/4 76 8 17 8431 0534 61
LTD28 R16-RE M6 3/8 7- 16 6 - 12 610 1.3 2.9 383 20 10 1/4 76 8 17 8431 0534 65
LTD28 R20-RE M6-M8 3/8 10 - 20 7 - 15 520 1.3 2.9 383 20 10 1/4 76 8 17 8431 0534 51
LTD28 R22-RE M6-M8 3/8 10 - 22 7 - 16 125 1.3 2.9 383 20 10 1/4 76 8 17 8431 0534 54
Reversible, remote control back head
LTD13 R05-RR M3-M5 1/4c 1.5 - 5 1.1 -3.7 850 0.7 1.6 197 16 8 1/8 76 7 15 8431 0533 05
LTD13 R08-RR M3-M5 1/4c 1.5 - 8 1.1 - 6 500 0.8 1.7 197 16 8 1/8 76 7 15 8431 0533 08
LTD25 R13-RR M2.5-M6 1/4c 8 - 13 6 10 300 1.1 2.4 224 19 10 1/4 76 7 15 8431 0533 11
LTD28 R8-RR M5-M6 3/8 3- 8 2 - 6 1100 1.2 2.6 294 20 10/13 a
76b 8 17 8431 0703 80
LTD28 R16-RR M6 3/8 7 - 16 6 - 12 610 1.3 2.9 313 20 10/13 a
76b 8 17 8431 0703 82
LTD28 R20-RR M6-M8 3/8 10 - 20 7 - 15 520 1.3 2.9 313 20 10/13 a
76b 8 17 8431 0703 83
Models with telescopic front part, travel 25 mm
Non reversible, lever start
LTD28 N9F-RE M5-M6 3/8 5- 9 4 - 6 1400 1.5 3.3 447 20 10 1/4 76 9 19 8431 0534 21
LTD28 N18F-RE M6 3/8 8- 18 6 - 13 780 1.6 3.5 466 20 10 1/4 76 9 19 8431 0534 27
LTD28 N21F-RE M6 3/8 10 - 21 7 - 15 570 1.6 3.5 466 20 10 1/4 76 9 19 8431 0534 39
LTD28 N22F-RE M6 3/8 10 - 22 7 - 16 140 1.6 3.5 466 20 10 1/4 76 9 19 8431 0534 43
LTD28 R8F-RE M5-M6 3/8 3- 8 2 - 6 1100 1.6 3.5 471 20 10 1/4 76 8 17 8431 0534 78
LTD28 R16F-RE M6 3/8 7- 16 6 - 12 620 1.7 3.7 491 20 10 1/4 76 8 17 8431 0534 85
LTD28 R20F-RE M6-M8 3/8 10 - 20 7 - 15 570 1.7 3.7 491 20 10 1/4 76 8 17 8431 0534 37
LTD28 R22F-RE M6-M8 3/8 10 - 22 7 - 16 125 1.7 3.7 491 20 10 1/4 76 8 17 8431 0534 89
LTD28 R8F-RR M5-M6 3/8 3- 8 2- 6 1100 1.6 3.5 401 20 10/13 a
76b 8 17 8431 0703 84
LTD28 R16F-RR M6 3/8 7 - 16 6 - 12 620 1.7 3.7 421 20 10/13 a
76b 8 17 8431 0703 86
LTD28 R20F-RR M6-M8 3/8 10 - 20 7 - 15 570 1.7 3.7 421 20 10/13 a
76b 8 17 8431 0703 88
a
Air inlet thread = 2 x 1/4" + 1 x 3/8".
b
With exhaust manifold.
c
1/4" quick change chuck.
Hose fitting
54
STRAIGHT NUTRUNNERS
Non shut-off and shut-off types
Weight Distance Air

without centre Recom- consump-
Suitable Square Torque range reaction to side mended Air tion at
for bolt drive Soft joint Free bar/bracket max hose inlet Sound free speed
size size speed Length width size thread level
Model mm in Nm ft lb r/min kg lb mm mm mm in dB(A) l/s cfm Ordering No.
Models with fixed square drive
Non-reversible, lever start
LTD38 N30-RE M8 1/2 14 - 30 10 - 21 820 2.2 4.8 414 20 10 1/4 80 16 34 8431 0535 04
LTD38 N38-RE M8 1/2 20 - 38 15 - 27 680 2.2 4.8 414 20 10 1/4 80 16 34 8431 0535 12
LTD38 N44-RE M8-M10 1/2 18 - 44 13 - 32 580 2.2 4.8 414 20 10 1/4 80 20 42 8431 0535 17
LTD38 N55-RE M10 1/2 27 - 55 20 - 40 470 2.2 4.8 487 20 10 1/4 80 20 42 8431 0535 20
LTD38 R27-RE M8 1/2 13 - 27 10 - 20 670 2.1 4.6 441 20 10 1/4 80 16 34 8431 0534 53
LTD38 R32-RE M8 1/2 18 - 32 13 - 24 560 2.1 4.6 441 20 10 1/4 80 16 34 8431 0534 52
LTD38 R38-RE M8-M10 1/2 19 - 38 14 - 28 480 2.1 4.6 441 20 10 1/4 80 16 34 8431 0535 78
LTD38 R47-RE M8-M10 1/2 22 - 47 16 - 35 380 2.3 5.1 513 20 10 1/4 80 20 42 8431 0535 83
LTD38 R27-RR M8 1/2 13 - 27 10 - 20 670 2.1 4.6 377 21 10/16 a
80b 16 34 8431 0704 22
LTD38 R32-RR M8 1/2 18 - 32 13 - 24 560 2.1 4.6 377 21 10/16 a
80b 16 34 8431 0704 24
LTD38 R38-RR M8-M10 1/2 19 - 38 14 - 28 480 2.1 4.6 377 21 10/16 a
80b 16 34 8431 0704 26
LTD38 R47-RR M8-M10 1/2 22 - 47 16 - 35 380 2.3 5.1 448 21 10/16 a
80b 16 34 8431 0704 28
Non-reversible, lever start
LTD38 N30F-RE M8 1/2 14 - 30 10 - 21 820 2.3 5.0 521 20 10 1/4 80 20 42 8431 0535 38
LTD38 N38F-RE M8 1/2 20 - 38 15 - 27 680 2.3 5.0 521 20 10 1/4 80 20 42 8431 0535 46
LTD38 N44F-RE M8-M10 1/2 18 - 44 13 - 32 580 2.3 5.0 521 20 10 1/4 80 20 42 8431 0535 31
LTD38 N55F-RE M10 1/2 27 - 55 20 - 40 470 2.5 5.5 599 23 10 1/4 80 20 42 8431 0535 53
LTD38 R27F-RE M8 1/2 13 - 27 10 - 20 670 2.5 5.5 546 20 10 1/4 80 16 34 8431 0535 65
LTD38 R32F-RE M8 1/2 18 - 32 13 - 24 560 2.5 5.5 546 20 10 1/4 80 16 34 8431 0535 91
LTD38 R38F-RE M8-M10 1/2 19 - 38 14 - 28 480 2.5 5.5 546 20 10 1/4 80 16 34 8431 0535 95
LTD38 R47F-RE M8-M10 1/2 22 - 47 16 - 35 380 2.7 5.9 625 23 10 1/4 80 16 34 8431 0535 99
LTD38 R27F-RR M8 1/2 13 - 27 10 - 20 670 2.5 5.5 482 21 10/16 a
80b 16 34 8431 0704 30
LTD38 R32F-RR M8 1/2 18 - 32 13 - 24 560 2.5 5.5 482 21 10/16 a
80b 16 34 8431 0704 32
LTD38 R38F-RR M8-M10 1/2 19 - 38 14 - 28 480 2.5 5.5 482 21 10/16 a
80b 16 34 8431 0704 34
LTD38 R47F-RR M8-M10 1/2 22 - 47 16 - 35 380 2.7 5.9 566 23 10/16 a
80b 16 34 8431 0704 36
LTD48 R65-REd M10 1/2 27 - 65 20 - 48 400 3.1 6.8 582 30 12.5 1/2 82 28 59 8431 0637 07
LTD48 R81-REd M12 1/2 32 - 81 24 - 60 320 3.1 6.8 582 30 12.5 1/2 82 28 59 8431 0637 12
LTD48 R65-RR M10 1/2 27 - 65 20 - 48 400 3.5 7.7 410 28 12.5/16 c
- 30 63 8431 0704 46
LTD48 R81-RR M12 1/2 32 - 81 24 - 60 330 3.5 7.7 410 28 12.5/16 c
- 30 63 8431 0704 48
LTD48 R65F-REd M10 1/2 27 - 65 20 - 48 400 3.5 7.7 700 30 12.5 1/2 82 28 59 8431 0637 17
LTD48 R81F-REd M12 1/2 32 - 81 24 - 60 320 3.5 7.7 700 30 12.5 1/2 82 28 59 8431 0637 23
LTD48 R65F-RR M10 1/2 27 - 65 20 - 48 400 3.7 8.2 522 28 12.5/16 c
- 30 63 8431 0704 50
LTD48 R81F-RR M12 1/2 32 - 81 24 - 60 330 3.7 8.2 522 28 12.5/16 c
- 30 63 8431 0704 52
Torque control models with fixed square drive
LTD51 012-13-RE M12 1/2 45 - 100 35 - 75 1000 2.6 5.7 223 29 10 3/8 79b 19 40 8431 0525 07
LTD51 008-13-RE M14 1/2 70 - 175 50 - 130 600 2.6 5.7 223 29 10 3/8 79b 19 40 8431 0525 15
LTD51 006-19-RE M16 3/4 85 - 225 60 - 165 450 2.6 5.7 223 29 10 3/8 79b 19 40 8431 0525 23
LTD51 006-16-RE M16 5/8 85 - 225 60 - 165 450 2.6 5.7 223 29 10 3/8 79b 19 40 8431 0525 22
LTD51 004-20-RE M18 3/4 145 - 320 105 - 235 300 3.3 7.3 260 31 10 3/8 79b 19 40 8431 0525 31
LTD51 002-20-RE M20 3/4 220 - 460 165 - 335 200 3.3 7.3 260 31 10 3/8 79b 19 40 8431 0525 49
LTD51 001-25-RE M24 1 800 - 900 220 - 660 52 3.6 7.9 282 32 10 3/8 79b 19 40 8431 0525 21
Stall type models with fixed square drive
LMD51 012-13-RE M12 1/2 60 - 110 45 - 80 1100 2.6 5.7 223 29 10 3/8 79b 19 40 8431 0526 05
LMD51 008-13-RE M14 1/2 95 - 190 70 - 140 680 2.6 5.7 223 29 10 3/8 79b 19 40 8431 0526 13
LMD51 006-19-RE M16 3/4 182 - 250 95 - 185 520 2.6 5.7 223 29 10 3/8 79b 19 40 8431 0526 69
LMD51 006-16-RE M16 5/8 182 - 250 95 - 185 520 2.6 5.7 223 29 10 3/8 79b 19 40 8431 0526 22
LMD51 004-20-RE M18 3/4 195 - 380 140 - 275 305 3.3 7.3 260 31 10 3/8 79b 19 40 8431 0526 39
LMD51 002-20-RE M20 3/4 260 - 550 190 - 400 210 3.3 7.3 260 31 10 3/8 79b 19 40 8431 0526 47
LMD51 001-25-RE M24 1 470 - 950 345 - 695 125 3.7 8.2 282 32 10 3/8 79b 19 40 8431 0526 37
a
Air inlet thread = 2 x 1/4" + 1 x 3/8". c
Air inlet thread = 2 x 1/2" + 1 x 3/4". LTD51/LMD51: Change over torque is around 7% of
b
With exhaust manifold. d
Optional RE kit LTD48 RE Ord. No. 4210 4057 90. maximum torque on a given air pressure.
TELESCOPIC FRONT PART LMD/LTD51

Dimensions M
N D F L M t
in mm mm mm mm mm Ordering No.
Ø D
Ø N
LMD/LTD51 008/012 1/2 34 25 101 127 12 4210 3864 80

LMD/LTD51 006-16-RE 3/4 41 25 117 148 12 4210 3789 80
LMD/LTD51 002/004 3/4 50 40 160 201 15 4210 3781 81
F L t
LMD/LTD51 001 1 67 50 226 278 15 4210 3788 80
55
STRAIGHT AND SPECIAL NUTRUNNERS
Twin spindle fixtures

Atlas Copco offers three sizes of twin
spindle multiples, intended for 28, 38
and 48/51 sizes. The CC-distance in the
TwinSpin is changeable and the largest
size has a maximum CC-distance of 364
mm. The smallest size has a minimum
CC-distance of 53 mm. The complete set
has two throttle handles, one for forward
and one for reverse, (if the system is non
reversible there is only one throttle han-
dle).
The following kits are available;

● TwinSpin air LTD28
● TwinSpin air LTD38

LTD
● TwinSpin air LTD48/51
The TwinSpin kit includes;

● 2 x support handle
● 2 x mounting plate,
(with corresponding splines)

● 2 x handle attachment
● 1 x suspension wire
● 1 x reaction arm TwinSpin kit Max CC-distancea Min CC-distancea Ordering No.
● 2 x beam
LTD28 RE/RR 383 53 4210 4159 80
LTD38 N30/N38/N44/R27/R32/R38-RE/RR 376 60 4210 4160 80
● 1 x assembly tool
LTD38 N55/R47-RE/RR 364 72 4210 4161 80
● 1 x mounting plate for reaction bar LTD48 RE/RR 364 72 4210 4161 80
● 2 x post LMD/LTD51 006, 008, 012 364 72 4210 4161 82
LMD/LTD51 002/004 362 87 4210 4161 81
● 2 x bracket
a
CC-distance = distance between center of spindles.
Valves kits
Valves have to be ordered separately.
3-gate valves are available for non re-
versible applications and 5-gate valves
for reversible. Mounting brackets for the
valve kits have to be ordered separately.
For stated noise levels on RR-versions,
exhaust manifolds have to be used. Ex-
haust manifolds have to be ordered sep-
arately.
Valve kits include

Intended for tool type Valve type Ordering No.
● Main valve
● Throttle handle valve/valves LTD28/38 RE 3-gate for non reversible 4210 4162 80
● Bracket
LTD28 RR 5-gate for reversible 4210 4163 80
LTD48 RE 3-gate for non reversible 4210 4166 80
● Hose nipples and hose clamps LTD38/48 RR 5-gate for reversible 4210 4167 80
LMD/LTD51 006, 008, 012 3-gate for non reversible 4210 4166 80
Exhaust manifolds include

Intended for tool type Ordering No.
● Block
● Silencer with gasket

LTD28 RR 4210 4168 80
LTD38 RR 4210 4168 81
● Nipples LTD48 RR 4210 4168 81
56
STRAIGHT NUTRUNNERS
Accessories
Reaction bar
LTD38 N55/R47 LMD/LTD51 LMD/LTD51
Dimensions LTD46/48 3/4" 1"
L mm LTD28 LTD38 LMD/LTD51 square models square models
L
Bar blank (steel) 250 4210 1798 00 4210 2134 00
200 4210 2219 02
500 4210 2726 80 4210 2183 80
Bar blank (aluminium) 400 4210 2219 01
Mounting plate
LTD38 N55/R47
LTD46/48
Dimensions LMD/LTD51 LMD/LTD51 LMD/LTD51
mm LTD28 LTD38 006/008/012 002/004 001
Side mount LxW

W
L
90 x 40 4210 1798 01 4210 2134 01
120 x 70 4210 2809 80 4210 2808 80
Centre mount LxW
W
70 x 40 4210 1798 02 4210 2134 02

L 100 x 50 4210 2219 03
125 x 65 4210 2183 01 4210 2726 01
Flange mount D D 55 4210 2219 10
57
PISTOL GRIP NUTRUNNERS
The pistol grip nutrunners from Atlas

Copco are a unique combination of
torque, speed and weight.
With the Atlas Copco LMP/LTP51
range you get the highest possible rate
of torque and speed in relation to the
weight of the tool.
● Extremely fast – Due to the twin mo-
tor concept of LTP/LMP51.

● Good torque accuracy – Even on soft
joints. LTP51 HR001

● No reaction forces due to the reaction
bar.
● Low sound level – Exhaust through
handle.
● Single handed operation – The low
weight and the perfectly balanced pis-

tol grip design make the single hand LMP51 H001
operated LMP24 and -51 and LTP51
nutrunners safer and more comfortable
to use.
● Reversible for maximum flexibility
LMP24 HR003
– Being able to loosen fasteners with-
out changing tools improves productiv-
ity and is a major operator benefit in
terms of time and effort.
Electronic monitoring and control ● Torque transducer and angle encoder
In order to obtain the highest possible – The LMP/LTP51 series can be used
production quality all tools can be equip- with the accurate and easy-to-use PRT
ped for electronic monitoring of torque. add on transducers.
● Torque transducer – The LMP24 can
be used together with the accurate and

easy-to-use PRT add on transducers,
for torque monitoring.
58
Stall type – Non reversible
LMP24. Bolt capacity M6 – M10
● High torque accuracy, regardless of
joint stiffness.
● Swivelling function as option.
● High torque capacity, in relation to
weight.
● Low vibration level.
LMP51 H. Bolt capacity M12 – M42

Patented standard twin motors give fast-
er production and an increased accuracy
with a minimum of air consumption.
● Very high torque accuracy.
● The swivelling function facilitates tool
positioning.
● Fast rundown motor for time saving. LMP51 H001
● Extremely good weight to torque out-
put ratio compared to single motor pis-
tol grip nutrunners.
● Special model for fast tightening of
prevailing applications, LMP51 PH.
Torque range Recom-

Soft joint Distance Air mended
a
Suitable Square Free Weight centre inlet hose
for bolt drive at 6.3 bar at 3 bar speed Length to side thread size Spline
Model size size Nm ft lb Nm ft lb r/min kg lb mm mm in mm type Ordering No.
Pistol grip nutrunners
LMP24 H011-10 M6 3/8 13 10 6 4 1550 1.0 2.2 210 18 1/4 10 1 8431 0245 56
LMP24 H005-10 M8 3/8 30 22 14 10 500 1.0 2.2 210 18 1/4 10 1 8431 0245 49*
LMP24 H003-13 M8 1/2 40 30 14 10 330 1.2 2.6 210 18 1/4 10 1 8431 0245 64
LMP24 H002-13 M10 1/2 58 43 27 20 240 1.3 2.9 230 21 1/4 10 2 8431 0245 31*
LMP51 H012-13 M12 1/2 110 80 60 45 1100 2.6 5.7 223 29 3/8 10 3 8431 0510 05
LMP51 H008-13 M14 1/2 190 140 95 70 680 2.6 5.7 223 29 3/8 10 3 8431 0510 13*
LMP51 H006-19 M16 3/4 250 185 130 96 520 2.6 5.7 223 29 3/8 10 3 8431 0513 69
LMP51 H004-20 M18 3/4 380 275 195 140 305 3.3 7.3 260 31 3/8 10 4 8431 0510 39*
LMP51 H002-20 M20 3/4 550 400 260 190 210 3.3 7.3 260 31 3/8 10 4 8431 0510 47*
LMP51 H001-25 M24 1 950 695 470 345 125 3.7 8.2 282 32 3/8 10 5 8431 0512 37*
LMP51 H0007-25 M30 1 1500 1105 750 550 75 6.5 14.3 323 42 3/8 10 9 8431 0510 57
LMP51 H0005-38 M30 1 1/2 2100 1512 1100 792 52 13.8 30.4 380 68 3/8 10 8 8431 0510 59
LMP51 H0004-38 M36 1 1/2 3000 2160 1600 1152 36 13.8 30.4 380 68 3/8 10 8 8431 0510 64
LMP51 H0003-38 M42 1 1/2 4100 2952 2100 1512 26 13.8 30.4 380 68 3/8 10 8 8431 0510 68
a
Without reaction bar. Air consumption at free speed: LMP24, 11 l/s (23 cfm) * Basic tools of the range, cover most needs.
LMP51 H: Change over torque is around 7% of LMP51, 19 l/s (40 cfm)
maximum torque on a given air pressure. Sound level: LMP24, 78 dB(A)
LMP51, 79 dB(A)
LMP51 PH. Bolt capacity M12 – M27
For prevailing applications
The LMP51 PH and LTP51 PH are specially designed to handle prevailing applications, such as locking nuts. A special gear gives
a higher change over torque. This allows the fast rundown motor to handle most of the rundown before the slower but stronger
tightening motor is used.
Torque range Recom-
Soft joint Distance mended
Suitable Square Free Weighta centre hose
for bolt drive at 6.3 bar at 3 bar speed Length to side size Spline
Model size size Nm ft lb Nm ft lb r/min kg lb mm mm mm type Ordering No.
LMP51 PH005-13 M12 1/2 125 90 65 45 470 2.6 5.7 223 29 10 3 8431 0510 96
LMP51 PH004-13 M12 1/2 200 145 105 75 300 2.6 5.7 223 29 10 3 8431 0510 88
LMP51 PH003-19 M16 3/4 280 205 140 100 220 2.6 5.7 223 29 10 3 8431 0513 85
LMP51 PH002-20 M18 3/4 420 305 210 155 135 3.3 7.3 260 31 10 4 8431 0510 62
LMP51 PH001-20 M20 3/4 590 430 290 215 90 3.3 7.3 260 31 10 4 8431 0510 54
LMP51 PH0005-25 M27 1 950 695 470 345 55 3.7 8.2 282 32 10 5 8431 0512 45
a
Without reaction bar. Air consumption at free speed: 19 l/s (40 cfm)
LMP51 PH: Change over torque is around 15% of Sound level: 79 dB(A)
maximum torque on a given air pressure.

LMP24: Suspension yoke, reaction bar Page 64 Page 64
LMP51: Swivel type reaction bar
59
Torque control type – Non reversible
LTP51 H. Bolt capacity M12 – M42
Torque control type
● The LTP51 has all the features of the
LMP51 plus an easy to use shut-off

valve.
● Automatic shut-off at preset level.
● Gives fast and reliable tightening.
positioning.
● Fast rundown motor for time saving.
● Extremely good weight to torque out-
put ratio compared to single motor pis- LTP51 H001
● Special model for fast tightening of
prevailing applications, LTP51 PH.
● Multi Torque device available making it
posssible to use the same tool at four
different settings.
Torque range Min torque Max torque Distance

Suitable Square at 5 bar at 3 bar at 6.3 bar Free Weighta centre
for bolt drive speed Length to side Spline
Model size size Nm ft lb Nm ft lb Nm ft lb r/min kg lb mm mm type Ordering No.
Pistol grip nutrunners – Torque control type
LTP51 H012-13 M12 1/2 60 - 85 45 - 65 45 35 100 75 900 2.6 5.7 223 29 3 8431 0500 07*
LTP51 H008-13 M14 1/2 85 - 150 60 - 110 70 50 175 130 550 2.6 5.7 223 29 3 8431 0500 15*
LTP51 H006-19 M16 3/4 120 - 185 85 - 135 85 60 225 165 400 2.6 5.7 223 29 3 8431 0513 77*
LTP51 H004-20 M18 3/4 200 - 270 145 - 200 145 105 320 235 255 3.3 7.3 260 31 4 8431 0500 31*
LTP51 H002-20 M20 3/4 265 - 380 195 - 280 220 160 460 335 175 3.3 7.3 260 31 4 8431 0500 49*
LTP51 H001-25 M24 1 450 - 700 330 - 510 300 220 900 660 100 3.6 7.9 282 32 5 8431 0502 21*
LTP51 H0007-25 M30 1 740 -1100 545 - 810 700 516 1500 1106 55 6.5 14.3 323 42 9 8431 0500 53
LTP51 H0005-38 M30 1 1/2 1000 -1700 720 -1512 800 576 2100 1440 52 13.8 30 380 68 8 8431 0500 58
LTP51 H0004-38 M36 1 1/2 1500 -3000 1080 -2160 1200 864 3000 2160 36 13.8 30 380 68 8 8431 0500 60
LTP51 H0003-38 M42 1 1/2 2000 -3300 1440 -2952 1600 1152 4100 2880 26 13.8 30 380 68 8 8431 0500 63
a
Without reaction bar. * Basic tools of the range, cover most needs.
LTP51 H: Change over torque is around 7% of maximum torque on a given air pressure.
Air consumption at free speed: 19 l/s (40 cfm)
Sound level: 79 dB(A))
LTP51 PH
For prevailing applications
The LMP51 PH and LTP51 PH are specially designed to handle prevailing applications, such as locking nuts. A special gear gives
a higher change over torque. This allows the fast rundown motor to handle most of the rundown before the slower but stronger
tightening motor is used.

LTP51 PH005-13 M12 1/2 65 - 90 45 - 65 50 35 110 80 425 2.6 5.7 223 29 3 8431 0500 98
LTP51 PH004-13 M14 1/2 100 - 155 75 - 115 80 60 190 140 255 2.6 5.7 223 29 3 8431 0500 80
LTP51 PH003-19 M16 3/4 150 - 205 110 - 150 95 70 260 190 190 2.6 5.7 223 29 3 8431 0513 93
LTP51 PH002-20 M18 3/4 220 - 300 160 - 220 160 115 380 280 130 3.3 7.3 260 31 4 8431 0500 64
LTP51 PH001-20 M20 3/4 305 - 415 220 - 305 220 160 520 380 85 3.3 7.3 260 31 4 8431 0500 56
LTP51 PH0005-25 M27 1 595 - 805 435 - 590 450 330 950 695 50 3.7 8.2 282 32 5 8431 0502 39
a
Without reaction bar. Air inlet thread inch: 3/8"
LTP51 H: Change over torque is around 15% of Recommended hose size: 10 mm
maximum torque on a given air pressure.
Sound level: 79 dB(A)

LTP51: Swivel type reaction bar Page 64 Page 64
60
Stall type and torque control type – Reversible
LMP24 HR, LMP/LTP51 HR, PHR
LMP51 HR
● Patented standard twin motors give
faster production and an increased
accuracy with a minimum of air con-
sumption.
● Very high torque accuracy. LTP51 HR001
● Extremely good weight to torque out-put
compared to single motor pistol grip
nutrunners.
positioning.
● Reversible for maximum flexibility LMP24 H005
– Being able to loosen fasteners with-
out changing tools improves produc-
tivity and is a major operator benefit in
terms of time and effort.
Torque range Recom-

Soft joint Distance Air mended
Suitable Square Free Weighta centre inlet hose
for bolt drive at 6.3 bar at 3 bar speed Length to side thread size Spline
Model size size Nm ft lb Nm ft lb r/min kg lb mm mm in mm type Ordering No.
Pistol grip nutrunners – Stall type
LMP24 HR011-10 M6 3/8 10 7 5 4 860 1.0 2.2 210 18 1/4 10 1 8431 0245 85
LMP24 HR005-10 M8 3/8 22 16 10 7 380 1.0 2.2 210 18 1/4 10 1 8431 0245 77
LMP24 HR003-13 M8 1/2 30 22 14 10 250 1.2 2.6 210 18 1/4 10 1 8431 0245 91
LMP24 HR002-13 M10 1/2 40 33 20 15 180 1.3 2.9 230 21 1/4 10 2 8431 0245 70
LMP51 HR008-13 M14 1/2 190 140 95 70 680 2.6 6.6 238 30 3/8 10 3 8431 0528 13
LMP51 HR004-20 M18 3/4 380 275 195 140 305 3.9 8.6 275 34 3/8 10 4 8431 0528 39
LMP51 HR002-20 M20 3/4 550 400 260 190 210 3.9 8.6 275 34 3/8 10 4 8431 0528 47
LMP51 HR001-25 M24 1 950 695 470 345 125 4.3 9.5 305 34 3/8 10 5 8431 0528 37
LMP51 PHR0005-25 M27 1 950 695 470 345 55 4.3 9.5 305 34 3/8 10 5 8431 0528 45
LMP51 HR0007-25 M30 1 1500 1105 750 550 75 6.6 14.6 345 42 3/8 10 9 8431 0528 57
LMP51 HR0005-38 M30 1 1/2 2100 1512 1100 792 52 13.8 30.0 380 68 3/8 10 8 8431 0528 62
LMP51 HR0004-38 M36 1 1/2 3000 2160 1600 1152 36 13.8 30.0 380 68 3/8 10 8 8431 0528 65
LMP51 HR0003-38 M42 1 1/2 4100 2952 2100 1512 26 13.8 30.0 380 68 3/8 10 8 8431 0528 72
a
Without reaction bar. Air consumption at free speed: LMP24, 7 l/s (15 cfm)
Sound level: LMP24/51, 79 dB(A) LMP51, 19 l/s (40 cfm)

Pistol grip nutrunners – Torque control type
LTP51 HR012-13 M12 1/2 60 - 85 45 - 65 45 35 100 75 900 2.6 5.7 235 30 3 8431 0527 07
LTP51 HR008-13 M14 1/2 85 - 150 60 - 110 70 50 175 130 550 3.0 6.6 238 30 3 8431 0527 15
LTP51 HR004-20 M18 3/4 200 - 270 145 - 200 145 105 320 235 255 3.9 8.6 275 34 4 8431 0527 31
LTP51 HR002-20 M20 3/4 265 - 380 195 - 280 220 160 460 235 175 3.9 8.6 275 34 4 8431 0527 49
LTP51 HR001-25 M24 1 450 - 700 330 - 510 300 220 900 660 100 4.3 9.5 305 34 5 8431 0527 21
LTP51 PHR0005-25 M27 1 595 - 805 435 - 590 450 330 950 695 50 4.3 9.5 305 34 5 8431 0527 39
LTP51 HR0007-25 M30 1 740 - 1100 545 - 810 700 516 1500 1106 55 6.6 14.6 345 42 9 8431 0527 53
LTP51 HR0005-38 M30 1 1/2 1000 - 1500 720 - 1080 800 576 2000 1440 52 13.8 30.0 380 68 8 8431 0527 55
LTP51 HR0004-38 M36 1 1/2 1500 - 2200 1080 - 1584 1200 864 3000 2160 36 13.8 30.0 380 68 8 8431 0527 58
LTP51 HR0003-38 M42 1 1/2 2000 - 3000 1440 - 2160 1600 1152 4000 2880 26 13.8 30.0 380 68 8 8431 0527 60
a
Without reaction bar. Air consumption at free speed: LTP51, 19 l/s (40 cfm)
Air inlet thread inch: LMP24 = 1/4", LMP/LTP51 = 3/8" LMP51/LTP51 H/HR: Change over torque is around 7% of maximum torque on a given air pressure.
Recommended hose size: 10 mm
Sound level: 79 dB(A)

LMP24: Suspension yoke, reaction bar Page 64 Page 64
LMP51/LTP51: Swivel type reaction bar
61
Angle head versions
LTV51, LMV51, LTPV51 and LMPV51
positioning.
● Extremely good weight to torque out- LMPV51
put ratio compared to single motor pis-
● Remote control – The LTV51/LMV51
straight nutrunners are designed for op-
eration with a separate throttle valve.
● The Multi Torque Selector makes it pos-
sible to preset up to four different shut
off levels for one and the same tool.

Suitable Square at 5 bar at 3 bar at 6.3 bar Free Weight centre
for bolt drive speed Length to side
Model size size Nm ft lb Nm ft lb Nm ft lb r/min kg lb mm mm Ordering No.
Straight tools with angle head – Shut-off type

LTV51 006-L13 M14 1/2 110 - 150 85 -115 85 65 180 135 540 4.4 9.7 405 25 8431 0527 61
LTV51 004-L13 M16 1/2 170 - 200 130 -150 130 100 200 150 320 4.4 9.7 405 25 8431 0527 62
LTV51 003-L19 M18 3/4 210 - 350 160 -265 160 120 350 265 240 6.8 15.0 445 34 8431 0527 63
Stall type
LMV51 006-L13 M16 1/2 – – 110 85 200 150 590 4.4 9.7 405 25 8431 0527 81
LMV51 004-L13 M16 1/2 – – 175 135 200 150 360 4.4 9.7 405 25 8431 0527 82
LMV51 003-L19 M16 3/4 – – 245 185 350 265 280 6.8 15.0 445 34 8431 0527 83
Pistol grip tools with angle head – Shut-off type
LTPV51 S006-L13 M14 1/2 110 - 150 85 -115 85 65 180 135 540 4.4 9.7 405 25 8431 0527 71
LTPV51 S004-L13 M16 1/2 170 - 200 130 -150 130 100 200 150 320 4.4 9.7 405 25 8431 0527 72
LTPV51 S003-L19 M18 3/4 210 - 350 160 -265 160 120 350 265 240 6.8 15.0 445 34 8431 0527 73
Stall type
LMPV51 S006-L13 M16 1/2 – – 110 85 200 150 590 4.4 9.7 405 25 8431 0527 91
LMPV51 S004-L13 M16 1/2 – – 175 135 200 150 360 4.4 9.7 405 25 8431 0527 92
LMPV51 S003-L19 M16 3/4 – – 245 185 350 265 280 6.8 15.0 445 34 8431 0527 93
62
With integrated Multi Torque Selector
LTP51 Multi Torque
● The Multi Torque Selector makes it
possible to preset up to four different
shut off levels.
● The Rotary dial mounted on the tool
allows the operator to select different
torque levels without changing the
tool.
● Ideal for situations where:
– Several different assembly opera-

tions take place.
– Multi-stage tightening operations are
required.
– Several different torque settings are
LTP51 HR001-25-MT
needed.
The Multi Torque is available as a com-
plete unit, factory fitted to an LTP nutrun-
ner, or as an accessory which can be re-
tro-fitted to any LTP51 nutrunner.

Suitable Square at 5 bar at 3 bar at 6.3 bar Free Weight centre
LTP51 HR008-13-MT M14 1/2 85 - 150 60 - 110 70 50 175 130 550 3.0 6.6 238 30 3 8431 0518 15
LTP51 HR004-20-MT M18 3/4 200 - 270 145 - 200 145 105 320 235 255 3.9 8.6 275 34 4 8431 0518 31
LTP51 HR002-20-MT M20 3/4 265 - 380 195 - 280 220 160 460 235 175 3.9 8.6 275 34 4 8431 0518 49
LTP51 HR001-25-MT M24 1 450 - 700 330 - 510 300 220 900 660 100 4.3 9.5 305 34 5 8431 0518 21
LTP51 PHR0005-25-MT M27 1 595 - 805 435 - 590 450 330 950 695 50 4.3 9.5 305 34 5 8431 0518 39
LTP51 HR0007-25-MT M30 1 740 - 1100 545 - 810 700 516 1500 1106 55 6.6 14.6 345 42 9 8431 0518 53
LTP51 HR0005-38-MT M30 1 1/2 1000 -1500 720 - 1080 800 576 2000 1440 52 13.8 30 380 68 8 8431 0518 55
LTP51 HR0004-38-MT M36 1 1/2 1500 -2200 1080 - 1584 1200 864 3000 2160 36 13.8 30 380 68 8 8431 0518 58
LTP51 HR0003-38-MT M42 1 1/2 2000 -3000 1440 - 2160 1600 1152 4000 2880 26 13.8 30 380 68 8 8431 0518 60
63
Accessories
For LMP24/51 and LTP51 Ordering No.

Hose nipple
LMP24 9000 0247 00
LMP/LTP51 9000 0242 00
Support handle Spindle extension
For LMP24 Ordering No.
Swivel attachment 4210 2249 80

Exhaust hose 4210 2053 00
Support handle 4110 1355 82
(for H/HR002 only)
Spindle extension 4210 2154 80
115 mm x 1/2" Bit holder Suspension yoke
(for H/HR002 only)
50 mm x 3/8" 4210 2158 80

(for H/HR0011/005 only)
1/4" hex bit holder 4021 0443 00
1/2" square adapter 4210 2157 80
Exhaust hose for LMP/LTP51 Protective cover
For LMP/LTP51 Ordering No.
Suspension yoke
– horizontal/vertical 4250 1365 00
– swivelling 4210 3088 80
Exhaust hose 4210 2201 00
Aluminium reaction bar Reaction bar blanks
Protective cover 4210 3044 00
Aluminium reaction bar 4210 2219 01
(only for
LMP/LTP51 H012/H008)
Reaction bar blanks
– 1/2" square models 4210 2219 03
– 3/4" square models 4210 2183 01
– 1" square models 4210 2726 01
(0005-25)
– 1" square models 4210 3899 00
(0007-25) Reaction bar, Sliding Drive type Reaction bar, S type
Reaction bars S type

Spline type 3 4210 4480 03
Spline type 4 4210 4480 04
Spline type 5 4210 4480 05
Spline type 6 4210 4480 06
Reaction bars Sliding Drive type
Spline type 5 4210 4481 05
Multi torque selector 4210 2269 95
Prevailing modification kit
– for H/HR008 4210 2592 80
– except H/HR008 4210 2593 80
Quick change retainer Multi torque selector
– 1/2" square models 4250 1190 00
– 3/4" square models 4210 3476 80 SELECTED SERVICE KITS
– 1" square models 4210 3524 80
Shut-off override for LTP51 4210 3545 80
Trigger Valve General
Model kit kit service kit
LMP24 4210 1934 90 4110 1338 90 4081 0105 90

LMP51/LTP51 4210 2356 90 4081 0106 90
LMD51/LTD51 4081 0106 90
64
TORQUE TRANSDUCERS AND CABLES
Electronic accessories
PRT torque transducers

The PRT torque transducers are in-
tended for the reaction bar supported PRT500C
pistol and straight nutrunners type LMP,
LTP and LTD. Two models are available;
The PRT -A model with a connector
fixed to the transducer housing and the
PRT -C model with a 1.5 m pigtail con-
nector cable.
The -A model is suitable for the LTD
straight nutrunners and for spot check-
ing of the LMP/LTP pistol grip versions.
For continuous monitoring the -C model
is recommended due to the ability to
stand rough treatment. PRT torque transducers
Calibration torque
Solenoid valves 0.59 mV/V 0.8 mV/V
The solenoid valves for tools air supply Model Tool Nm ft lb Ordering No.
are primarily intended for general re-
mote control of the straight nutrunners PRT50A LMP24 (except LMP24 H002-13), LTD28 50 37 8092 1110 15
LMD51 and LTD51 and for electronic PRT60A LMP24 H002-13, LTD38 60 44 8092 1110 23
PRT200A LMD/LTD51-13, -19, LTD38 S003, LTD46 200 148 8092 1110 64
tightening control of the small pistol nut- PRT500A LMD/LTD51-20 500 369 8092 1110 72
runners LMP24. They can also be used PRT1000A LMD/LTD51-25 1000 738 8092 1110 80
for upgrading of existing nutrunners with PRT200C LMP/LTP51-13, -19, LTD38 S003, LTD46 200 148 8092 1121 00
mechanical torque control only. For best PRT500C LMP/LTP51-20, LTD46 500 369 8092 1122 00
torque accuracy the valve should be in- PRT1000C LMP/LTP51-25 1000 738 8092 1123 00
stalled close to the tool. PRT1500C LMP/LTP51H/HR0007-25 1500 1106 8092 1124 00
Solenoid valves
Description Dimension For Ordering No.
Solenoid valve 1/4" LMP24 8092 1110 07

3/8" LMD/LMP51 8092 1111 06
Cables
For Length Number of pins
Atlas Copco has developed a special Signal cable type Instrument m Tool – Instrument Ordering No.
Kevlar reinforced cable to meet the de-
mands for flexibility and wearing prop- Tool cables for continuous monitoring/control
erties in portable tool applications. This Torque only FOCUS 2000 5 6-19 4145 0953 05
cable design is standard in all factory 10 6-19 4145 0953 10
15 6-19 4145 0953 15
mounted pigtail signal cables for torque,
angle, lights and the built-in solenoid Torque/Angle/Signal light/ FOCUS 2000 5 19-19 4145 0952 05
Solenoid combinations 10 19-19 4145 0952 10
valve as well as in all the connection 15 19-19 4145 0952 15
cables for the FOCUS 2000 instrument.
All 19 pin tool cables – extension FOCUS 2000/ 10 19-19 4145 0951 10
The cables intended for continuous or ACTA 3000
semi-continuous monitoring of torque IRTT/ MRTT transducer cables
with the ACTA 3000 instrument are of FOCUS 2000/ 3 19-19 4145 0949 03
conventional heavy-duty design, where- ACTA 3000 10 19-19 4145 0949 10
as the cable for spot checking with the Curled cable ACTA 3000 3 19-19 4145 0971 03
ACTA 3000, the IRTT in-line torque
transducer cables and control cable for Solenoid valve cable
Control cable FOCUS 2000 10 4 4210 3083 80
the solenoid valve are standard labo-
NOTE: Check number of connector pins on both instrument end and tool end to make sure the correct cable
is ordered.
65
RE-CONTROLLER
RE-Controller – the easy and cost

effective way to ensure quality
The RE-Controller helps the operator to
control the assembly process when us-
ing a pneumatic assembly tool of RE-
type (reporting). It counts all correct tight-
enings in a batch and detects premature
shut-off, re-hits, stripped threads, wrong
screw length and pressure fluctuations.
On an assembly line it is also possible to
use it as a process line control unit which
ensure that no errors will pass on to the
next station.
The RE-Controller has a robust design,
and is easy to handle. The flexibility and
durability of the equipment makes it suit-
able to use in an industrial environment.
For further information see separate leaf-
let 9833 1358 01.
RE-Controller
Typical signal from a pneumatic
assembly tool of RE-type
Pressure
at tool
Trigger
released
Trigger Free speed Tightening Shut-off Time

pushed
Basic kit
Model Ordering No.
RE-Controller 8092 1126 21
Pressure transducer 4250 2401 00
(1-10 bar)
Electric signal cable to the 4250 2404 00
pressure transducer (2 couplings) (5 m)
Proximity sensora 4250 2461 00
Data entry unit including cable 4250 2408 00
(only one is needed to
program several controllers)
RE-signal tube soft 120 mm 4250 1854 00
Coupling M5 thread 0583 8100 60
a
The proximity sensor is used to sense the moving
workpiece in order to automatically activate the
RE-Controller when the workpiece is in place and to
reset the RE-Controller when tightening sequence
is finished and the workpiece is removed. If you do
not need this function, order instead the relay "K50"
Ordering No. 4250 2403 00 (to be mounted inside
the controller).
Optional
Model Ordering No. RE-controller can be used with the following tool types
Cover b
4250 2433 80 Model
EP5-18PTS HR-RE
b
Make sure that the pressure transducer is protected.
If not protected, there is a risk that the transducer will LTP- RE
be damaged. The covering kit is especially suitable LTD28 / 38 / 48 / 51
for pistol grip EP5-12 PT/PTS tools. LTV008 / 08 / 18 / 28 / 28XX / 38 / 48 / 58
LUM12 / 13 / 21 / 25 / 27 - RE
66
Electric
assembly tools
and systems
Right the first time...

Electric screwdrivers.......................................72
The Atlas Copco range of electric and battery Industrial battery nutrunners/screwdrivers .....76
assembly tools, control systems and associated
Electric screwdriver Tensor DL .......................81
software packages define the global benchmark
Electric nutrunners Tensor DS ........................82
in smart, cost-efficient and error-proof assembly
management. Electric nutrunners Tensor S ..........................88
Browse the following pages and discover Electric nutrunners Tensor ST ........................95
how our built-in error proofing functions can Tensor DS/DL controller .................................98
protect you from costly operator errors: no more Power Focus ..................................................99
forgotten, loose or over tightened screws. Now
Power Focus / ETX ......................................114
you can really know it’s right – first time!
PowerMACS / QMX .....................................117
Contents Page Bits and power sockets ...............................125
Tool key ..........................................................68 Torque arms ................................................134
ELECTRIC ASSEMBLY TOOLS
Tool key
The designator/ordering numbers of Atlas Copco assembly tools is a combination of letters and numbers
indicating various properties and characteristics of the tool concerned.
Below is a guide showing the general significance of each group of letters/numbers and specific guides to the
individual tool types.
Power Focus
PF = Power Focus
C = Compact
Version G = Graph HW = Hardware
PF 3 00 7 C DN HW
Generation DN = DeviceNet
PB = Profi bus
IB = Interbus
Size MB = Modbus plus
7 = Motor size 3-7 EIP = Ethernet IP
9 = Motor size 8-9 Modbus TCP
Tensor DS
V = Right angle
Square drive size
D = In-line
06 = 1/4", 10 = 3/8"
P = Pistol
13 = 1/2", 20 = 3/4"
F = Fixture
25 = 1", 38 = 1 1/2"
O = Open End
Electric C = Crowfoot
S = Signal light
Shut-off Torque (Nm) (Always included)
E T D DS 7 1 30 B 10 S T
1 = Generation Option
E =Extended spindle
F =Fan
7 = Motor size T =Telescopic
FS = Flush socket
HAD = Hold and Drive
Technology B = Ball retainer TM = Torque multiplier
DS = Digitork I = Female hex SH = Small head
Non-transducer E = Extension be- M =Mounting exten-
tween gear train sion for fixtures
& front part between gear train
& front part
LO3 = Off-set with 3 gear
wheels
LI3 = In-line with 3 gear
wheels
SSW = Swivelling front part
68
Tool key
Tensor S
CTADS
V = Right angle C = Controlled torque
Electric D = In-line T = Transducer
P = Pistol Square drive size A = Angle encoder
F = Fixture 06 = 1/4", 10 = 3/8" D = Direct drive
O = Open End 13 = 1/2", 20 = 3/4" S = Signal light
Shut-off C = Crowfoot Torque (Nm) 25 = 1", 38 = 1 1/2" (Always included)
E T D S 7 1 30 B 10 T
E =Extended spindle
F =Fan
7 = Motor size T =Telescopic
FS = Flush socket
S = Syncronized I = Female hex SH = Small head
motor E = Extension be- M =Mounting exten-
Transducer tween gear train sion for fixtures
& front part between gear train
& front part
wheels
wheels
Tensor ST
V = Right angle
Electric
D = In-line
P = Pistol Square drive size
F = Fixture 06 = 1/4", 10 = 3/8"
O = Open End 13 = 1/2", 20 = 3/4"
Shut-off C = Crowfoot Torque (Nm) 25 = 1", 38 = 1 1/2"
E T D ST 6 1 30 B 10 T
E = Extended spindle
F = Fan
6 = Motor size T = Telescopic
FS = Flush socket
ST = Syncronized motor I = Female hex SH = Small head
Digital communication L = Extension between
Transducer gear train & front part
M = Mounting exten-
sion for fixtures
between gear train
& front part
wheels
wheels
69
Tool key
Screwdrivers
Tensor DL
Electric shut-off Technology

ETD = In line D = DigiTork control
ETV = Right angle L = Low voltage 1 = Generation Square drive size
06 = 1/4"
10 = 3/8"
ETD DL 2 1 07 I 06 QC
Torque (Nm) Option
QC = Quick change chuck
PS = Push-to-startT
Motor size I = Female hex
BTV 06 = 1/4", square drive

10 = 3/8", square drive
B10 = 3/8", sq. drive, ball retainer
42 = 1/4", hex. bit drive
Q = 1/4", hex. quick chuck
B = Battery FS10 = flush socket hex. 10 mm A/F
powered FS13 = flush socket hex. 13 mm A/F
FS5/16 = flush socket hex 5/16" hex
T = Shut-off HAD = Hold-and-drive
V = Right angle
Torque (Nm)
D = In-line
B T V 28 10
ETB
Torque (Nm)
Battery screwdriver, i = torch lights
pistol grip L = low speed
ETB 6i
70
BATTERY AND ELECTRIC SCREWDRIVERS
Low voltage electric screwdrivers

and nutrunners
Atlas Copco offers a complete range of age cords have led to a boost in demand system is also a matter of maintaining
electric powered assembly tools inclu- for battery tools from craftsmen and late- highest level of safety against electric
ding battery screwdrivers and nutrunners, ly also from the production industry. Atlas shock in operation and maintenance.
small transformer powered screwdrivers Copco has put the industrial touch to the The Eliza screwdrivers cover the capac-
and advanced current controlled screw- battery assembly tools and is today the ity range from 0.03 to 3.4 Nm
drivers, nutrunners and assembly systems. leading supplier of industrial battery tools torque.
Low voltage electric motors have their to the motor vehicle industry and other
obvious place as power source for battery assembly line works. The range includes
screwdrivers and nutrunners. Low volt- ETB pistol screwdrivers up to 10 Nm and
age electric screwdrivers – powered from BTV angle screwdrivers and nutrunners
the mains via a transformer and recti- up to 28 Nm.
fier – are many times also preferred for
small screws tightening in industrial ap- Eliza shut-off electric screwdrivers
plications where a clean and low-noise The Eliza range of low voltage screw-
environment is a primary demand. Atlas drivers is recognised for reliability in op-
Copco’s wide experience in design of eration. The basic design has remained
industrial assembly tools, from the high the same for many years but upgrades
performance air screwdrivers and nut- have been made on premium values
runners with mechanical shut-off clutch such as ESD certification as standard,
to the sophisticated current controlled new soft stop models and soft touch grip
electric assembly tools, also forms a – features that improve product quality
natural platform for the development of and increase operator com-
industrial battery tools and low voltage fort. The selection of a
screwdrivers. low-voltage
Battery screwdrivers and nutrunners

Freedom to move without being ham-
pered by an air hose or a electric cable
and the safety risk of jammed high volt-
71
ELECTRIC SCREWDRIVERS
The Eliza electric screwdrivers are the
ideal choice in the electronic industry,
among small components manufactur-
ers, the appliance industry and other in- ELI06
dustries where cleanliness in operation,
ease of installation, low noise level and ELI16-SS
limited total investment are essential.
● Safe – Via a transformer the tools are
powered by a mere 30 VDC, which

ELI26P
means that there is no risk for danger-
ous electric chock in operation or dur-
ing service and maintenance. ELI36
● Ergonomic – Soft touch grip, low
weight, small dimensions, perfect bal-

ance, a minimum of vibration and re-
action force.
● Accurate – Combined mechanical
clutch and electric shut-off provides for

excellent torque repeatability. ● Soft stop options – Special models
Shock Response Spectrum
● High productivity – Careful balance are available for those applications 120
between speed and torque, electrically where shock sensitive electronic de-
100
and mechanically dimensioned for vices might be harmed by the vibrations ELI16
ELI16SS
continuous production, meet the high- from the clutch action. The smooth shut- 80
Acceleration
est demands for production rate and off also reduces the jerk to the hand of 60
service life. the operator. 40
● ESD certified – Dissipative plastic cas- 20
ing and electric connection of the tool 0

0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000
body to ground potential prevent static Frequency
electricity from being built up in or on
the face of the tool and discharge to
sensitive electronic components.
Torque range Free Weight

Screw Soft joint speed Length Bit
Model capacity Nm in lb r/min kg lb mm drive Ordering No.
Trigger start screwdrivers (excl. control box)

ELI006 M1.0-M2.0 0.03 - 0.2 0.3 -1.7 1000 0.35 0.8 183 Ø 4 mm 8431 0156 06
ELI06 M1.2-M2.5 0.05 - 0.5 0.4 -4.4 1000 0.38 0.8 197 1/4 hex 8431 0156 00
ELI16 M2-M3 0.15 - 1.6 1.3 - 14 825 0.6 1.4 235 1/4 hex 8431 0156 18
ELI26 M2.5-M4 0.3 - 2.5 2.6 - 22 700 0.7 1.5 255 1/4 hex 8431 0156 26
ELI36 M2.5-M4 0.4 - 3.4 3.5 - 30 700 0.6 1.4 235 1/4 hex 8431 0156 34
Push start screwdrivers (excl. control box)
ELI16-P M2-M3 0.15 - 1.6 1.3 - 14 825 0.6 1.4 235 1/4 hex 8431 0156 42
ELI26-P M2.5-M4 0.3 - 2.5 2.6 - 22 700 0.7 1.5 255 1/4 hex 8431 0156 59
ELI36-P M2.5-M4 0.5 - 1.8 4.3 - 16 1500 0.6 1.4 235 1/4 hex 8431 0156 63
Soft-stop screwdrivers with trigger start (excl. control box)
ELI06-SS M1.4-M2.5 0.1 - 0.44 0.9 -3.9 1000 0.4 0.9 197 1/4 hex 8431 0156 67
ELI16-SS M2-M3 0.25 - 1.3 2.2 - 11 825 0.6 1.4 235 1/4 hex 8431 0156 75
ELI26-SS M2.5-M3 0.5 - 1.7 4.4 - 15 700 0.7 1.5 255 1/4 hex 8431 0156 83
Control boxes ESD certified
CBE50 Controller for single ELI006, 06, 16 or 26 models 8431 0164 09
CBE65 Controller for single ELI36 models 8431 0164 17
CBE50-S Slow start controller for single ELI006, 06, 16 or 26 models 8431 0164 25
Transformers
PFS60-ESD For single ELI006, 06, 16 or 26 models - 230/22 V. ESD certified 8431 0160 11
PFS60-ESD-115 For single ELI006, 06, 16 or 26 models - 115/22 V. ESD certified 8431 0160 13
PFS151 For ELI36 models and power network - 230/22 V. Not ESD certifiedab 8431 0160 15
PFS151-115 For ELI36 models and power network - 115/22 V. Not ESD certifiedab 8431 0161 15
HT150 "High Tension" transformer – 230/24 V. Not ESD certifiedabc 8431 0161 24
Power packages ESD certified
CTB50 Transformer/controller for single ELI006, 06, 16 or 26 models 8431 0162 01
CTB65 Transformer/controller for single ELI36 models 8431 0162 19
CTB100 Transformer/controller for two ELI006, 06, 16 or 26 models 8431 0162 27
a
In EPA (Electrostatic Protected Area) use power package CTB65 for ELI36 or distantly placed HT150.
b
PFS151 has double socket connection.
c
Use HT150 to compensate for voltage drop due to long distance between transformer and controller.
72
Electronic control
Despite the advanced electronic control
of the tools the Eliza screwdrivers are
small and light. This has been achieved
by locating the electronic components in
a separate control box. A number of dif-
ferent controllers or combined controller/
transformer offers a variety of installation
options and functions. For a complete
installation the CBE controllers and PFS
transformers or the CTB "Power Packs"
must be specified separately.
Transformer Slow start controller One unit installation

In the basic set-up with controller and High screwdriver speed is sometimes The combined transformer/controller units
separate transformer, the transformer is critical for both bit engagement and safe CTB simplify installation.
used to lower the mains voltage to 22 screw entering. With the optional control- For ELI36 screwdrivers the CTB65
VAC before being rectified in the control ler, offering adjustable starting speed and must be used as power supply where
box. The PFS60 transformer powers si- time, the problems can be eliminated. ESD approval is required.
zes ELI006, 06, 16, and 26. The ELI36 The CTB Power Packs offer selection
must have the bigger PFS151 transfor- of low-speed mode for those applications
mer. The PFS151 transformer can be where a high run-down speed might dist-
used for simultaneously powering se- Speed ort the thread, e.g. tightening self-drilling
veral Eliza screwdrivers depending on 100%
Normal start screws in plastic.
size. The CTB100 has connectors for simul-
taneously powering two screwdrivers of
Slow start
sizes ELI006, 06, 16, and 26.
15%
1 2 3 4 seconds
PFS151 For ELI06, ELI16 and ELI26.
PFS60
Powers simultaneously
Power
Model ELI006/06 ELI16/26 ELI36 VA
PFS60 2 1 - 60
PFS151 6 3 2 150
PFS60 – Single socket connection.

PFS151 – Double socket connection.
73
Accessories
Screw pick-up system Nozzle blanks
Picking and positioning of screws are The following brass blanks are available.
many times crucial for productivity in They must be machined to fit the specific
small screw assembly. The Eliza range screw to be picked up.
of optional equipment offers a vacuum
pick-up system to simplify pre-tightening
preparations. The system consists of a
vacuum pump, adapters for the screw-
driver a shaker tray and grids for differ-
ent screw dimensions.
The system components are not ESD
certified.
Vacuum pick-up adapters

All Eliza screwdrivers can be equipped
with vacuum pick-up adapters ready to
connect to a vacuum pump. The
Shaker tray
adapters are delivered without
Consists of a rubber box. A variety of in-
nozzles.
terchangeable rubber grid plates can be
ordered separately.
Grid
Model Ordering No. Screw Screw
Vacuum pump 4220 0062 00 size size
mm Ordering No. mm Ordering No.
Vacuum pick-up adapter for ELI06a 4220 0052 00
Vacuum pick-up adapter for ELI16/26/36a 4220 0053 00 1.2/1.4 4220 0055 00 2.6 4220 0059 00
Nozzle blank Ø 8 mm for ELI06 4220 0067 03 1.7 4220 0056 00 3.0 4220 0060 00
Nozzle blank Ø 8 mm for ELI16/26/36 4220 0070 03 2.0 4220 0057 00 4.0 4220 0061 00
Nozzle blank Ø 14 mm for ELI16/26/36 4220 0072 03 2.3 4220 0058 00
a
Not ESD certified.
Pistol grip Push start ELI06 CONNECTORS ISO standard

A pistol grip handle is available for models The push start function is also available To build your own 22 V AC network. With
ELI16, 26 and 36. for the ELI06 size by mounting a sliding these components and an ordinary two
(ESD certified) grip sleeve replacing the standard trigger core cable, min 1.5 mm2, you can quickly
start. arrange the electric supply for a series of
(Not ESD certified) screwdrivers.
Ordering No. 4220 0106 00 Designation Ordering No.
Male plug 4220 0095 00
2-way female socket 4220 0096 00

For wall mounting
(Not ESD certified)
Angle head Cable options

Eliza screwdriver models ELI16, 26 and The tools are supplied with a cable for
36 can be equipped with a 90o angle head connection to the controller/power supply
for access in cramped quarters. unit. Connecting one or two extension
Ordering No. 4220 0425 80 cables of 3 m length to the standard cable
increases the distance between tool and
control box up to 8 m.
(ESD certified) SELECTED SERVICE KITS
A spiral cable of 1.3 m length, extracted Small Brush
Model parts kit kit
max 2.4 m, can also be ordered sepa-
rately. ELI06 4220 0030 90 4220 0022 90
(Not ESD certified) ELI16/26/36 4220 0049 90 4220 0041 90
Ordering No. 4220 0347 00 ELI16P/26P 4220 0049 90 4220 0041 90
74
ESD APPROVED SCREWDRIVERS
Air-powered and low-voltage electric screwdrivers
ESD – Electrostatic dis-

charge – is increasingly rec-
ognised as a major cause
of damage to electronic de-
vices.
ISO 9000 quality certifi-
cation drives the need for proper ESD
control programs and IEC international
standard defines the risk potential and
protection for the handling of electronic
components.
Industrial tools – source of damage

by ESD
Industrial screwdrivers used in the as-
sembly of electronic components and
devices incorporating microelectronics
are naturally critical items with regard to
ESD risk potential.
The body of the tool, whether air or
electrically powered, can hold static elec-
tricity and discharge to the work piece via
the screwdriver bit.
The plastic materials used for insulation
of electrical tools and for convenience
and thermal isolation on air tools are
sources for generating and holding of
static charges and also prevent the tool
body from being brought to ground po-
tential through the hand of the operator.
The plastic material used in electric
cords and connectors as well as the plas-
tic air hoses are also liable to build up
electrostatic fields that might discharge
to any object that comes close enough.
ESD certified screwdrivers Air tools installation for ESD protection

Atlas Copco offers ESD certified tools in The air-powered screwdrivers must be
the standard range of screwdriver mod- set up in a way that the tool body will
els most frequently used in the electronic discharge to ground in order to meet the
industries. This means a guarantee ESD approval standard. The simplest
against damage of electronic compo- way to do this is to install the tools at the
nents by an uncontrolled electrostatic work place with the special Atlas Copco
discharge (ESD) from the tools. conductive air hose that grants that no
Conformity to the requirements of IEC electrostatic charges are built up at any
61340-5-1 standard proposal is approved face of the screwdriver or the bit used.
by SP, Swedish National Testing and Re-
search Institute. In practice it certifies
that the material of the equipment at no You will find the ESD approved screw-
point will hold an electrostatic potential drivers for airpowered tools on pages
above 100 V for more than 2 seconds. 30 -33 and pages 71-73 for electric
The Atlas Copco ESD protection con- tools.
cept has today been brought into all air-
powered and electric screwdrivers in the
capacity range up to 12.5 Nm.
75
INDUSTRIAL BATTERY ASSEMBLY TOOLS
Shut-off control
For productivity reasons air tools have
generally been preferred in industrial ap-
plications due to the favourable power-
to-weight ratio of the air motor. On in-
dustrial assembly lines today, however,
the mode of operation has changed and BTV7
many screws are best tightened with a
battery tool that allows freedom to move
along a running production line.
To meet the demands from industrial
operation Atlas Copco has developed its
own range of industrial battery tools, uti-
lising know-how from building accurate
and reliable industrial screwdrivers and BTV11
combining this with new innovative tech-
nique in battery motor control.
BTV – battery angle nutrunners

The BTV battery angle nutrunner utilises
the best of available techniques to allow
a lightweight and handy battery tool, an
extensive number of tightenings before
BTV15
recharging the battery, a service life that
matches any other power tool and ac-
curacy with electronic precision. Where
portability is essential on your assembly
line the BTV is the ideal match offering:
● Torque accuracy – Excellent torque
repeatability, low mean shift and low

reaction force. BTV28
● Movability – Freedom to move with-
out air hose or electric cord to provide
for the power. Freedom to work inside
closed compartments, e.g. inside a ve-
hicle.
● Work protection – Car body finish free ● A safe work place – Free from inter-
from scratches from hoses and cords. ference of air hoses and risk of jammed
● Work place arrangement – High flex- electric cords.
ibility and rapid set-up. ● Ergonomics – Low sound level, clean
for the operator and his working envi-
ronment.
ACD control – reliability, low wear and

easy service
The ACD, Acoustic Clutch Detection, in
the BTV battery tool uses a sophisticated Cam
electronic identification of the specific profile
sound signature of the click when the
clutch releases to short-circuit the elec-
tric motor and brake the rotation when
tightening is finished. The lack of wear-
ing mechanical switches, magnets and
sensitive electronic components and the
elimination of wiring between the
mechanical clutch and the elec-
tronic control card means a Click signature
considerable improvement in
reliability, wearing properties
and serviceability.
The BTV tools are equipped

with a built in LED lamp for
illuminating the screw head
Sound
and simplify positioning.
oscillation
76
INDUSTRIAL BATTERY SCREWDRIVERS
Shut-off control
ETBi cordless pistol screwdrivers
The well-proven pistol screwdrivers ETBi
use components of same high quality
as in our pneumatic tools and electronic
motor control adapted to industrial re-
quirements. Common features are:
● Certified accuracy – Fast shut-off en-
sures tightening to the most demanding
accuracy requirements.
● High durability – Industrial quality
means reliability in operation and long
service life.
● Operator comfort – Ergonomics and ETBi
operation feedback with light signals
contribute to outstanding performance.
● Low mean-shift – Clutch design en-
sures same torque on hard and soft
joints throughout the full torque range.
● Theft protection option – Models of-
fering electronic theft protection lock
the tool on battery charging unless re-
activated by a coder.
Green light = proper tightening!

A green light and the “click” sound tells
the operator that the clutch has released
and the tightening is OK.
Red light = time to recharge!
A flashing red light gives an early warning
when it is time for recharging. All tools
have protection to prevent start when
there is not enough battery charge. This
means that there is no risk for drop in
applied torque due to low battery.
Voltage V 100% Constant torque (Nm)
Early warning Red light signal

Tools is turned off
Number of
tightenings
Innovative lights
Torch light now standard – The ETB tools are now also equipped with a built-in LED
Protection against tightening torque drop lamp for illuminating the screw head and simplify positioning when working in confi-
due to low battery voltage. ned spaces. The led lamps are placed in an optimal way to avoid disturbing shadows.
77
Shut-off control
The ErgoPulse concept
EPA – battery pulse screwdrivers
The Atlas Copco range of battery tools
also includes the ErgoPulse screwdriver
utilising the pulse concept; yet another
combination of industrial tool techniques.
● High speed – Gear-less operation
means high rundown speed and short
cycle times.
● High torque, low reaction – The pulse
technique allows high torque without
any reaction force to the operator. EPA6
● Shut-off function – A timer shut-off
device eliminates operator influence
on the tightening torque.
● Theft protection option – Also the
EPA is available in a model with elec-
tronic theft protection.
Recommended Free speed Weight

Screw torque range excl. batttery PROT version
size 9.6 V 12 V 14.4 V Tool only tool only
Model mm Nm in lb r/min r/min r/min kg lb Ordering No. Ordering No.
BTV/BTD – shut-off
BTV7i-6 M3-M5 2- 7 18 - 62 350 450 – 1.4 3.0 8431 0261 40 8431 0261 52
BTV7i-42 M3-M5 2- 7 18 - 62 350 450 – 1.4 3.0 8431 0261 44 8431 0261 53
BTV7i-Q M3-M5 2- 7 18 - 62 350 450 – 1.4 3.0 8431 0261 49 8431 0261 54
BTV11i-6 M4-M6 4- 11 36 - 97 300 380 – 1.4 3.0 8431 0261 55 8431 0261 59
BTV11i-42 M4-M6 4- 11 36 - 97 300 380 – 1.4 3.0 8431 0261 56 8431 0261 60
BTV11i-Q M4-M6 4- 11 36 - 97 300 380 – 1.4 3.0 8431 0261 57 8431 0261 61
BTV11i-10 M4-M6 4- 11 36 - 97 300 380 – 1.4 3.0 8431 0261 58 8431 0261 64
BTV15i-6 M6 8- 15 70 - 132 – 340 410 1.7 3.7 8431 0261 65 8431 0261 69
BTV15i-42 M6 8- 15 70 - 132 – 340 410 1.7 3.7 8431 0261 72 8431 0261 76
BTV15i-Q M6 8- 15 70 - 132 – 340 410 1.7 3.7 8431 0261 73 8431 0261 77
BTV15i-10 M6 8- 15 70 - 132 – 340 410 1.7 3.7 8431 0261 68 8431 0261 78
BTV28i-42 M8 15 - 28 132 - 248 – 210 260 1.8 4.0 8431 0261 79 8431 0262 10
BTV28i-10 M8 15 - 28 132 - 248 – 210 260 1.8 4.0 8431 0261 80 8431 0262 11
BTV28i-B10 M8 15 - 28 132 - 248 – 210 260 1.8 4.0 8431 0261 83 8431 0262 12
BTV28i-Q M8 15 - 28 132 - 248 – 210 260 1.8 4.0 8431 0261 86 8431 0262 14
BTV28i-FS10 M8 15 - 28 132 - 248 – 210 260 1.8 4.0 8431 0261 89 –
BTV28i-FS13 M8 15 - 28 132 - 248 – 210 260 1.8 4.0 8431 0261 92 –
BTV28i-FS15/16 M8 15 - 28 132 - 248 – 210 260 1.8 4.0 8431 0261 95 –
BTV28i-HAD M8 15 - 28 132 - 248 – 210 260 1.8 4.0 8431 0261 98 –
BTD16-10 M8 10 - 16 88 - 142 – 330 400 1.7 3.7 8431 0262 09 –
ETB – screwdrivers with shut-off. Pistol grip models

ETB4i M3-M5 0.9 - 4.5 8 - 40 800 970 – 1.2 2.6 8431 0272 46 8431 0272 47
ETB6i M3-M5 1.9 - 7 16 - 62 520 620 – 1.2 2.6 8431 0272 41 8431 0272 44
ETB6Li M3-M5 1.9 - 7 16 - 62 290 360 – 1.2 2.6 8431 0272 48 –
ETB10i M4-M6 3 - 10 26 - 90 360 480 – 1.2 2.6 8431 0272 42 8431 0272 43
(ETB6/10: For low torque 1-3.5 Nm use optional clutch spring 4210 3690 90. NOTE: The torque marking system is adapted to standard spring)
ErgoPulse – hydraulic impulse screwdrivers

EPA6 M6 5 - 13 44 - 115 3000 – – 1.2 3.7 8431 0262 48 8431 0262 49
All pistol grip models have 1/4" female hexagon drive for bits with quick change chuck.
78
Accessories
Modular battery system
Battery standard – Basic battery stand- Charger standard – Chargers are of Multiple charger system – By assem-
ard is 9.6 V for the screwdriver sizes ETB pulse types that ensures long battery life. bly of standard chargers on a common
and BTV7 and 11. The tools can also be Standard charger included in tool kits is bracket a multiple charger system can
powered with a 12 V battery to increase of quick charge type. be built up. A mounting bracket for up to
speed by approximately 25%. The angle five chargers or four chargers and a theft
nutrunner models BTV15 and BTV28 are decoder is available to order.
designed for 14.4 V battery.
The mounting bracket can fit up to five

chargers or four chargers and a decoder.
Weight
Voltage Capacity gram Ordering No.
Battery 9.6 V 2.0 Ah 570 4210 3680 02

12 V Flat pack / 1.4 Ah 12 V / 2.0 Ah
12 V Flat pack 1.4 Ah 500 4210 3680 03
12 V 2.0 Ah 730 4210 3680 05
14.4 V 2.0 Ah 800 4210 3680 06
14.4 V / 2.0 Ah 9.6 V / 2.0 Ah

Pulse chargers
15/23 mina (1.4/2.0 Ah) 230/240 V 4210 3675 00 Batteries
25/36 min (1.4/2.0 Ah) 110/120 V 4210 3675 01
1/1.3 hour (1.4/2.0 Ah) 230/240 V 4210 3676 00
Mounting bracket for multiple charger
Euro-contact 230/240 V 4210 3677 00
US-contact 110/120 V 4210 3677 01
NOTE: Chargers are bought separately.
Decoder kit
Decoder kit 230/240 V 4210 3679 90
Decoder kit 110/120 V 4210 3679 91
Protective cover ETB 4210 3810 00
Suspension yoke Pulse charger Decoder
ETB 4211 5000 80
BTV (swivelling) 4211 5080 80
a
Not for 14.4 V battery.
Colour torque system

Angle head for ETB (gear ratio 1:1.56) The Atlas Copco colour torque system gives
NOTE: Torque will increase 50% you an easily visible torque marking system
when angle head is used. for all your ETB tools. Select a unique colour
1/4" female hexagon 4210 1875 88 combination for each torque level used on
drive for bits your assembly line.
3/8" square drive for sockets 4210 1875 89
Protective cover
1/4" square drive for 4110 1404 76
sockets max 7 Nm
30o angle head for ETB (up to 7 Nm)
Quick change chuck 4110 1436 84
for female bits
Square drive kit 1/4" for EPA6 4210 2518 90
Colour torque marking rings

Red 4210 3795 02
Green 4210 3795 04
Blue 4210 3795 06
Orange 4210 3795 08
79
TENSOR
The new generation electrically controlled nutrunners
Tensor – there is a tool for every Four tool ranges cover all application de- Tensor S: safety-critical/traceable feed-
application mands: back
The Tensor electrical tool range covers Tensor DL: quality-critical The Tensor S is designed for safety-critical
all assembly line requirements for safety- applications where there is a requirement
The Tensor DL range is used for quality-
and quality-critical fasteners. All industries for traceable torque value, which can be
critical screws. Optimized for small screw
with assembly operations have one thing recorded to confirm that the fastener was
assembly, the DL is the electrical choice
in common – demanding customers who fastened to the specific torque.
in the low torque segment.
insist on quality and value for money. The
Tensor ST: top of the line
Tensor range has been developed to give Tensor DS: quality-critical
you the benefits of controlled tightening Also used for safety-critical applications
Tensor DS is used for quality-critical fas-
and advanced electric systems. demanding a traceable torque value,
teners not requiring a traceable meas-
the Tensor ST range complements the S
● Productivity gains – The Tensor ured torque value. DS offers major pro-
range, ensuring extremely high level of
means faster spindle speeds, lower ductivity and quality gains compared with
productivity, ergonomic benefits and error
cycle times and higher cycle rates. conventional tooling.
proofing functionality.
● Green light for quality – No more
forgotten screws and faulty fasteners. Model
The green light from the Tensor will
make sure that you don’t jeopardize
you assembly quality.
● Exceptional ergonomics – The bal-
ance, grip and low weight makes them
a favorite on the assembly line.
● Cut costs with Tensor – Less main-
tenance, lower operating costs and re-
duction of down time, makes the Ten-
sor the lowest life cycle cost tool in the
industry.
With available torques ranging from 1

to 4000 Nm, the Tensor range of multi-
torque electrical tools can be used to
equip an entire facility.
80
TENSOR DL
Electric screwdrivers
Tensor DL screwdrivers exist in three dif-
ferent tool configurations:
ETD – Straight screwdrivers with config-
urable function button. Available as lever
and push to start.
ETV – Right angle screwdrivers with le- ETV
ver start and configurable function but-
ton. ETP
ETP – Pistol grip handle screwdriver with
configurable function button. Available as
lever and push to start.
● The DL screwdriver range has been
optimized for small screw assembly: ETD DL

● Torque range up to 12 Nm.
● All tools have ESD certification.
● Ergonomic design promotes operator
safety.
● Brushless motor gives long service in-
ETD DL PS
tervals and low maintenance costs.
● Signal lights ensure detection of incor-
rectly tightened fasteners.
Torque Speed Weight Length CS distance

Model Nm in lb r/min kg lb mm mm Ordering No.
Straight tools (lever start)

ETD DL21-04-I06 1- 4 8.8 - 35.4 1600 0.6 1.3 235 18 / 19.5 8433 4014 25
ETD DL21-07-I06 2.2 - 7.5 19.5 - 66 970 0.6 1.3 235 18 / 19.5 8433 4017 31
ETD DL21-10-I06 3 - 10 26.6 - 88.5 720 0.6 1.3 235 18 / 19.5 8433 4019 10
Straight tools (push-to-start and front lights)

ETD DL21-01-I06-PS 0.3 - 1.2 2.6 - 10 2200 0.6 1.3 243 18 / 19.5 8433 4010 89
ETD DL21-04-I06-PS 1- 4 8.8 - 35.4 1600 0.6 1.3 243 18 / 19.5 8433 4014 91
ETD DL21-07-I06-PS 2.2 - 7.5 19.5 - 66 970 0.6 1.3 243 18 / 19.5 8433 4017 69
ETD DL21-10-I06-PS 3- 10 26.6 - 88.5 720 0.6 1.3 243 18 / 19.5 8433 4019 25
Right angle tools (lever start)

ETV DL21-04-I06 1- 4 8.8 - 35.4 1600 0.7 1.5 268 9 8433 4004 47
ETV DL21-04-I06-QC 1- 4 8.8 - 35.4 1600 0.7 1.5 268 9 8433 4004 73
ETV DL21-04-06 1- 4 8.8 - 35.4 1600 0.7 1.5 268 9 8433 4004 91
ETV DL21-07-I06 2.2 - 7.5 19.5 - 66 970 0.7 1.5 268 9 8433 4007 66
ETV DL21-07-I06-QC 2.2 - 7.5 19.5 - 66 970 0.7 1.5 268 9 8433 4007 79
ETV DL21-07-06 2.2 - 7.5 19.5 - 66 970 0.7 1.5 268 9 8433 4007 94
ETV DL21-10-I06 3- 12 26.6 - 106.4 610 0.7 1.5 282 11 8433 4009 34
ETV DL21-10-I06-QC 3- 12 26.6 - 106.4 610 0.7 1.5 282 11 8433 4009 61
ETV DL21-10-06 3- 12 26.6 - 106.4 610 0.7 1.5 282 11 8433 4009 77
Pistol grip (lever start)

ETP DL21-04-I06 1- 4 8.8 - 35.4 1600 0.6 1.3 235 18 / 19.5 8433 4024 19
ETP DL21-07-I06 2.2 - 7.5 19.5 - 66 970 0.6 1.3 235 18 / 19.5 8433 4027 26
ETP DL21-10-I06 3 - 10 26.6 - 88.5 720 0.6 1.3 235 18 / 19.5 8433 4029 13
Pistol grip (push-to-start and front lights)

ETP DL21-01-I06-PS-H 0.3 - 1.2 2.6 - 10 2200 0.6 1.3 243 18 / 19.5 8433 4020 77
ETP DL21-04-I06-PS-H 1- 4 8.8 - 35.4 1600 0.6 1.3 243 18 / 19.5 8433 4024 66
ETP DL21-07-I06-PS-H 2.2 - 7.5 19.5 - 66 970 0.6 1.3 243 18 / 19.5 8433 4027 53
ETP DL21-10-I06-PS-H 3- 10 26.6 - 88.5 720 0.6 1.3 243 18 / 19.5 8433 4029 28
81
TENSOR DS
Angle electric nutrunners
ETV DS
● ETV DS right angle tools are ideal for
hand-held operations.
● Torque range from 2 to 600 Nm (higher
torque models available on request).

● Complete range of Flush Socket and
Hold & Drive Tools.

● Ball retainers for fast and easy socket
changes. ETV DS
Square drive Torque Speed Weight Length CS distance

Model in Nm ft lb r/min kg lb mm mm Ordering No.
ETV DS4
DS4-05-10S 3/8 1.8 - 6 1.4 - 4.4 1135 1.3 2.9 381 13.5 8433 0705 31
DS4-10-10S 3/8 4.5 - 15 3.5 - 11 585 1.3 2.9 381 13.5 8433 0706 14
DS4-20-10S 3/8 6 - 20 4.4 - 14.5 400 1.3 2.9 381 13.5 8433 0706 49
ETV DS4 Ball Retainer
DS4-10-B10S 3/8 4.5 - 15 3.5 - 11 585 1.3 2.9 381 13.5 8433 0706 31
ETV DS7
DS7-15-10S 3/8 5- 17 3.6 - 12.4 1160 1.4 3.1 412 13.5 8433 0720 10
DS7-30-10S 3/8 10 - 35 7.3 - 25 800 1.4 3.1 412 13.5 8433 0721 42
DS7-40-10S 3/8 12 - 40 9 - 29 800 1.6 3.6 434 18 8433 0721 94
DS7-50-10S 3/8 17 - 55 12 - 40 480 1.6 3.6 434 18 8433 0722 58
DS7-70-13S 1/2 24 - 80 18 - 58 345 2.1 4.7 461 20 8433 0723 16
DS7-100-13S 1/2 33 - 110 24 - 80 240 2.3 5.1 482 20 8433 0723 70
DS7-160-13S 1/2 45 - 150 33 - 110 150 2.8 6.3 525 25.5 8433 0723 98
DS7-200-13S 1/2 60 - 200 44 - 146 120 2.8 6.3 525 25.5 8433 0724 15
ETV DS7 Ball Retainer
DS7-30-B10S 3/8 10 - 35 7.3 - 25 800 1.4 3.1 412 13.5 8433 0721 54
DS7-40-B10S 3/8 12 - 40 9- 29 800 1.6 3.6 434 18 8433 0721 99
DS7-50-B10S 3/8 17 - 55 12 - 40 480 1.6 3.6 434 18 8433 0722 63
DS7-100-B13S 1/2 33 - 110 24 - 80 240 2.3 5.1 482 20 8433 0723 68
ETV DS7 Flush Socket
DS7-25-S-FS10 - 5- 25 4- 18 800 1.4 3.1 412 13.5 8433 0720 55
DS7-30-S-FS13 - 10 - 35 7.3 - 25 800 1.4 3.1 412 13.5 8433 0721 65
DS7-40-S-FS13 - 12 - 40 9- 29 800 1.6 3.6 434 18 8433 0722 03
DS7-50-S-FS13 - 17 - 55 12 - 40 480 1.6 3.6 434 18 8433 0722 75
DS7-70-S-FS - 24 - 80 18 - 58 345 2.1 4.7 436 20 8433 0723 26
DS7-100-S-FS - 33 - 110 24 - 80 240 2.3 5.1 482 20 8433 0723 86
DS7-160-S-FS - 45 - 150 33 - 110 150 2.8 6.3 525 26 8433 0724 00
DS7-200-FS - 60 - 200 44 - 146 120 2.8 6.3 525 26 8433 0725 01
ETV DS7 Hold & Drive
DS7-30-HAD-SH - 10 - 35 7.3 - 25 800 2.0 4.4 435 18 8433 0721 59
DS7-40-HAD-SH - 12 - 40 9- 29 800 2.0 4.4 434 18 8433 0722 15
DS7-50-S-HAD - 17 - 55 12 - 40 480 3.0 6.6 504 26 8433 0722 65
DS7-70-S-HAD - 24 - 80 18 - 58 290 3.1 6.8 479 26 8433 0723 30
DS7-100-S-HAD - 33 - 110 24 - 80 225 3.2 7.1 525 26 8433 0723 73
DS7-160-HAD - 45 - 150 33 - 110 150 3.3 7.3 525 26 8433 0724 02
DS7-200-HAD - 60 - 200 44 - 146 120 3.3 7.3 525 26 8433 0724 25
ETV DS9
DS9-100-13S 1/2 40 - 100 29 - 73 685 3.3 7.4 534 20 8433 0750 21
DS9-180-13S 1/2 72 - 180 53 - 131 385 3.8 8.5 578 25.5 8433 0750 68
DS9-270-20S 3/4 108 - 270 79 - 197 235 7.0 15.6 661 33.5 8433 0751 38
DS9-370-20S 3/4 148 - 370 108 - 270 150 7.1 15.8 661 33.5 8433 0751 86
DS9-450-20S 3/4 180 - 450 131 - 328 145 11.6 25.8 702 54 8433 0752 04
DS9-600-25S 1 240 - 600 175 - 438 125 11.6 25.8 702 54 8433 0752 63
ETV DS9 Flush Socket
DS9-180-FS - 72 - 180 53 - 131 385 4.1 9.0 577 26 8433 0750 73
DS9-270-S-FS - 108 - 270 79 - 197 235 7.0 15.6 661 34 8433 0751 46
DS9-370-S-FS - 148 - 370 108 - 270 150 7.1 15.8 661 34 8433 0751 90
DS9-600-S-FS - 240 - 600 175 - 438 125 11.6 25.8 701 53 8433 0752 70
ETV DS9 Hold & Drive
DS9-100-S-HAD - 40 - 100 29 - 73 575 4.2 10.3 577 26 8433 0750 25
DS9-180-S-HAD - 72 - 180 53 - 131 385 4.7 10.3 577 26 8433 0750 70
DS9-270-S-HAD - 108 - 270 79 - 197 235 9.1 20.0 661 34 8433 0751 44
DS9-370-S-HAD - 148 - 370 108 - 270 150 9.2 20.2 661 34 8433 0751 95
82
TENSOR DS
Straight electric nutrunners
ETD DS
● ETD DS inline tools. The low torque
series is ideal for hand-held bench as-

sembly. The high torque tools are well
suited for fixtured applications.
● Torque range from 1 to 4000 Nm (high-
er torque models available on request).

● Telescopic spindles for fixtured appli-
cations.
ETD DS
● Female hex drives for bits.
● Swivelling front parts for low reaction
force.
Torque Weight
Square drive Speed Length CS distance Spline/
Model in Nm ft lb r/min kg lb mm mm Mounting Ordering No.
ETD DS4
DS4-05-10S 3/8 2- 5 1.5 - 3.6 1315 1.1 2.5 380 28 –/1 8433 0710 29
DS4-10-10S 3/8 4- 14 3 - 10 620 1.1 2.5 380 28 –/1 8433 0710 52
ETD DS4 Telescopic

DS4-05-10ST 3/8 2- 5 1.5 - 3.6 1315 1.3 2.9 418 28 2/2 8433 0710 37
DS4-10-10ST 3/8 4- 14 1.5 - 3.6 620 1.3 2.9 418 28 2/2 8433 0710 73
ETD DS4 Female Hex

DS4-02-I06S 1/4 1.0 - 2.5 0.7 - 1.8 2942 1.1 2.5 371 21.5 –/1 8433 0710 22
DS4-05-I06S 1/4 2- 5 1.5 - 3.6 1310 1.1 2.5 371 28 –/1 8433 0710 26
ETD DS7
DS7-20-10S 3/8 6 - 20 4.4 - 14.5 1240 1.4 3.1 411 28 –/1 8433 0730 23
DS7-30-10S 3/8 10 - 35 7.3 - 25 745 1.4 3.1 411 28 –/1 8433 0730 88
DS7-50-13S 1/2 17 - 55 12 - 40 540 1.9 4.2 456 28 2/2 8433 0731 12
DS7-70-13S 1/2 21 - 70 15 - 51 370 2.2 4.9 477 28 2/2 8433 0731 31
DS7-90-13S 1/2 28 - 95 21 - 69 275 2.2 4.9 477 28 2/2 8433 0731 45
DS7-120-13S 1/2 38 - 125 28 - 91 225 2.2 4.9 477 28 2/2 8433 0731 84
ETD DS7 Telescopic

DS7-20-10ST 3/8 6 - 20 4.4 - 14.5 1240 1.5 3.3 449 28 2/2 8433 0730 44
DS7-30-10ST 3/8 10 - 35 7.3 - 25 745 1.5 3.3 449 28 2/2 8433 0731 05
DS7-50-13ST 1/2 17 - 55 12 - 40 540 2.1 4.7 483 28 3/5 8433 0731 24
DS7-70-13ST 1/2 21 - 70 15 - 51 370 2.4 5.4 504 28 3/5 8433 0731 40
DS7-90-13ST 1/2 28 - 95 21 - 69 275 2.4 5.4 504 28 3/5 8433 0731 52
DS7-120-13ST 1/2 38 - 125 28 - 91 225 2.4 5.4 504 28 3/5 8433 0731 96
ETD DS9
DS9-100-13S 1/2 40 - 100 29 - 73 715 3.0 6.7 529 32 2/2 8433 0756 42
DS9-150-13S 1/2 60 - 150 44 - 110 455 3.2 7.1 544 32 2/2 8433 0757 54
DS9-200-13S 1/2 80 - 200 58 - 146 340 3.2 7.1 544 32 2/2 8433 0758 71
DS9-450-20S 3/4 180 - 450 131 - 328 125 7.4 16.3 639 40.5 6/8 8433 0760 71
ETD DS9 Telescopic

DS9-100-13ST 1/2 40 - 100 29 - 73 715 3.2 7.1 557 32 3/5 8433 0756 92
DS9-150-13ST 1/2 60 - 150 44 - 110 455 3.4 7.6 572 32 3/5 8433 0758 03
DS9-200-13ST 1/2 80 - 200 58 - 146 340 3.4 7.6 572 32 3/5 8433 0759 11
DS9-270-20ST 3/4 108 - 270 79 - 197 225 6.0 13.4 653 36 6/8 8433 0760 55
DS9-450-20ST 3/4 180 - 450 131 - 328 125 7.6 17 689 40.5 6/8 8433 0760 88
DS9-600-20ST 3/4 240 - 600 175 - 438 110 7.6 17 689 40.5 6/8 8433 0761 35
DS9-1000-25ST 1 400 - 1000 292 - 730 68 12.5 28 824 47 7 / 11 8433 0763 63
DS9-2000-38ST 1 1/2 600 - 2000 438 - 1460 34 22.5 50.4 824 68 8 / 12 8433 0764 20
DS9-4000-38ST 1 1/2 1000 - 4000 730 - 2920 17 21.9 48.2 903 68 8 / 12 8433 0764 40
ETD DS9 Swivelling

DS9-450-20SSW 3/4 180 - 450 79 - 197 125 7.8 17.4 639 40.5 6/8 8433 0760 94
DS9-600-20SSW 3/4 240 - 600 175 - 438 110 7.8 17.4 639 40.5 6/8 8433 0761 59
83
TENSOR DS
Pistol grip electric nutrunners
ETP DS
● ETP DS pistol grip tool for both hand-
held and fixtured applications.


cations.
● Swivelling front parts for low reaction
ETP DS SSW
force.
● Swivelling tools are equipped with non-
reversible start button, for operator

safety.
ETP DS
Torque Weight
ETP DS4
DS4-05-06S 1/4 2- 5 1.5 - 3.6 1310 1.1 2.5 193 21.5 –/– 8433 0708 76
DS4-10-06S 1/4 3.5 - 12 2.5 - 8.8 660 1.1 2.5 193 21.5 –/– 8433 0708 92
DS4-10-10S 3/8 3.5 - 12 2.5 - 8.8 660 1.1 2.5 193 21.5 –/– 8433 0709 06
ETP DS4 Female Hex
DS4-02-I06S 1/4 1.0 - 2.5 0.7 - 1.8 2942 1.1 2.5 201 21.5 –/– 8433 0708 57
DS42-02-I06 1/4 1.0 - 2.5 0.7 - 1.8 2950 0.9 2.0 188 21.3 –/– 8433 0708 40
DS4-05-I06S 1/4 2- 5 1.5 - 3.6 1310 1.1 2.5 201 21.5 –/– 8433 0708 61
DS42-05-I06 1/4 2- 5 1.5 - 3.6 1770 0.9 2.0 188 21.3 –/– 8433 0708 69
DS4-07-I06S 1/4 2.1 - 7 1.5 - 5.1 905 1.1 2.5 201 21.5 –/– 8433 0708 80
DS4-10-I06S 1/4 3.5 - 12 2.5 - 8.8 660 1.1 2.5 201 21.5 –/– 8433 0708 83
DS42-10-I06 1/4 3.5 - 12 2.5 - 8.8 905 1.0 2.2 188 21.3 –/– 8433 0708 87
ETP DS7
DS7-20-10S 3/8 6 - 20 4.4 - 14.5 1240 1.6 3.6 273 22 –/1 8433 0726 36
DS7-30-10S 3/8 10 - 35 7.3 - 25 750 1.6 3.6 273 22 –/1 8433 0726 53
DS7-50-13S 1/2 17 - 55 12 - 40 540 1.9 4.2 318 21.5 2/2 8433 0726 87
DS7-70-13S 1/2 21 - 70 15 - 51 370 2.1 4.7 340 21.5 2/2 8433 0727 01
DS7-90-13S 1/2 28 - 95 21 - 69 275 2.1 4.7 340 21.5 2/2 8433 0727 19
DS7-120-13S 1/2 38 - 125 28 - 91 220 2.1 4.7 340 21.5 2/2 8433 0727 47
ETP DS7 Telescopic
DS7-70-13ST 1/2 21 - 70 15 - 51 370 2.2 4.9 367 22.5 3/5 8433 0727 05
ETP DS7 Swivellinga
DS7-70-13SSW 1/2 21 - 70 15 - 51 370 2.2 4.9 339 29.5 2/4 8433 0727 09
DS7-90-13SSW 1/2 28 - 95 21 - 69 275 2.2 4.9 339 29.5 2/4 8433 0727 28
DS7-120-13SSW 1/2 38 - 125 28 - 91 220 2.2 4.9 339 29.5 2/4 8433 0727 84
ETP DS9
DS9-100-13S 1/2 40 - 100 29 - 73 790 3.8 8.5 378 32 2/2 8433 0765 39
DS9-150-13S 1/2 60 - 150 44 - 110 510 3.8 8.5 392 32 2/2 8433 0765 58
DS9-200-13S 1/2 80 - 200 58 - 146 375 3.8 8.5 392 32 2/2 8433 0766 05
DS9-270-20S 3/4 108 - 270 79 - 197 250 5.8 12.9 451 36 6/8 8433 0766 49
DS9-450-20S 3/4 180 - 450 131 - 328 140 7.4 16.5 487 40.5 6/8 8433 0767 52
DS9-600-20S 3/4 240 - 600 175 - 438 120 7.4 16.5 487 40.5 6/8 8433 0768 08
DS9-1000-25S 1 400 - 1000 292 - 730 76 12.0 27.0 615 47 7 / 11 8433 0768 66
DS9-2000-38S 1 1/2 800 - 2000 584 - 1460 40 22.0 48.9 630 68 8 / 12 8433 0769 10
ETP DS9 Telescopic
DS9-2000-38ST 1 1/2 800 - 2000 584 - 1460 34 22.0 48.9 676 68 8 / 12 8433 0769 20
ETP DS9 Swivellinga
DS9-100-13SSW 1/2 40 - 100 29 - 73 790 3.9 8.7 394 32 2/4 8433 0765 41
DS9-150-13SSW 1/2 60 - 150 44 - 110 510 3.9 8.7 394 32 2/4 8433 0765 69
DS9-200-13SSW 1/2 80 - 200 58 - 146 375 3.9 8.7 394 32 2/4 8433 0766 12
DS9-270-20SSW 3/4 108 - 270 79 - 197 250 5.9 13.1 451 36 6/8 8433 0766 54
DS9-450-20SSW 3/4 180 - 450 31 - 328 140 7.5 16.7 487 40.5 6/8 8433 0767 61
DS9-600-20SSW 3/4 240 - 600 75 - 438 120 7.5 16.7 487 40.5 6/8 8433 0768 20
a
Non-reversible
84
TENSOR DS
Fixtured electric nutrunners
ETF DS
● ETF DS inline tools specially designed
for built-in and fixtured applications.

torque models available on request),

with the possibility to make bigger
tools.
● Extra high durability.
● Remote start button. ETF DS

● Small centre to side distance.
● Easy cable routing.
Torque Weight
Square drive Speed Length CS distance
Model in Nm ft lb r/min kg lb mm mm Spline Ordering No.
ETF DS4 Telescopic

DS4-05-10ST 3/8 2- 5 1.5 - 3.6 1310 1.1 2.5 398 21.5 2 8433 0450 08
DS4-10-10ST 3/8 4 - 14 3 - 10 620 1.1 2.5 398 21.5 2 8433 0450 31
ETF DS7 Telescopic

DS7-15-10ST 3/8 5 - 15 3.6 - 11 990 1.3 2.9 429 21.5 2 8433 0455 44
DS7-25-10ST 3/8 8 - 25 6- 18 595 1.3 2.9 429 21.5 2 8433 0455 59
DS7-40-13ST 1/2 12 - 40 9- 29 430 2.0 4.4 463 21.5 3 8433 0455 78
DS7-50-13ST 1/2 15 - 50 11 - 36 290 2.3 5.1 484 21.5 3 8433 0456 05
DS7-70-13ST 1/2 21 - 70 15 - 50 220 2.3 5.1 484 21.5 3 8433 0456 42
DS7-100-13ST 1/2 30 - 100 22 - 73 175 2.3 5.1 484 21.5 3 8433 0456 82
ETF DS9 Telescopic

DS9-100-13ST 1/2 30 - 100 22 - 73 340 3.0 7.0 551 32 3 8433 0460 92
85
TENSOR DS
Crowfoot electric nutrunnners
In-Line crowfoot tools
DIMENSIONS
ETC DS
Torque Weight
Speed Length A/F A B C D E F G H R
Model Nm ft lb r/min kg lb mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Ordering No.
ETC DS7
DS7-25-13-LI3 6 - 28 4.4 - 20.7 622 1.9 4.2 507 13 34 15 13 59 71 94 35 30 13 8433 0710 90
For sockets, see separate ordering material (9833 1381 01)
Offset crowfoot tools

DIMENSIONS
ETC DS
Torque Weight
ETC DS4
DS4-05-7-LO3 1 - 5 0.7 - 3.7 844 1.5 3.3 400 7 56 9 6 25 32 47 37 15 7.5 8433 0701 04
DS4-08-8-LO3 2 - 9.5 1.5 - 7 582 1.5 3.3 402 8 60 14 8 26 34 49 37 16 8 8433 0701 08
ETC DS7
DS7-15-10-LO5 3.5 - 18 2.6 - 13.3 1164 1.7 3.7 474 10 60 15 48 66 76 91 37 22 10 8433 0701 12
DS7-20-13-LO3 4.6 - 23 3.4 - 17 796 1.7 3.7 460 13 58 10 25 47 62 82 44 31 14.5 8433 0701 16
DS7-25-13-LO3 5.6 - 28 4.2 - 20.7 796 1.8 4.0 454 13 62 15 20 42 55 76 44 30 13 8433 0701 23
DS7-25-13-LO5 5.6 - 28 4.2 - 20.7 796 2.0 4.4 514 13 68 15 62 84 97 118 44 30 13 8433 0701 29
DS7-40-13-LO3 8.8 - 44 6.5 - 32.5 478 2.2 4.8 478 13 68 18 25 47 62 82 44 31 14.5 8433 0701 34
DS7-40-13-LO5 8.8 - 44 6.5 - 32.5 478 2.2 4.8 425 13 69 18 72 94 108 129 44 31 14.5 8433 0701 38
DS7-60-17-LO3 13 - 65 9.6 - 48.1 346 2.7 5.9 507 17 77 24 29 51 66 89 48 30 15 8433 0701 46
DS7-60-17-LO5 13 - 65 9.6 - 48.1 346 3.3 7.3 558 17 81 24 78 102 117 140 48 30 15 8433 0701 56
DS7-80-21-LO3 18 - 90 13.3 - 66.6 236 3.3 7.3 585 21 90 20 35 66 86 112 63 40 20 8433 0701 60
DS7-80-21-LO5 18 - 90 13.3 - 66.6 236 4.1 9.0 651 21 92 20 101 132 152 178 63 40 20 8433 0701 65
ETC DS7 Extra heavy duty

DS7-40-13-AO3 8 - 40 6 - 29 480 2.3 5.0 486 13 60.3 19 33 53 69 86 40 17 16 8433 0702 15
DS7-70-17-AO3 14 - 70 11 - 51 345 2.9 6.4 528 17 66.5 19 45 68 87 107 45 21 19.5 8433 0702 32
DS7-120-17-AO3 24 - 120 18 - 88 120 4.1 9.0 587 17 88 25 42 68 88 113 51 25 19.8 8433 0702 55
ETC DS9
DS9-140-21-LO3 30 - 150 22.2 - 111 287 4.8 10.6 638 21 101 33 35 66 86 112 63 40 20 8433 0701 75
DS9-200-21-LO3 43 - 215 31.8 - 159.1 174 10.0 22.0 718 21 146 40 33 70 91 125 77 42 21 8433 0701 80
86
TENSOR DS
Tube nut electric nutrunners
In-Line tube nut tools
DIMENSIONS
ETO DS
Torque Weight
Speed Length I A B C D E F G H J R
Model Nm ft lb r/min kg lb mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Ordering No.
ETO DS4
DS4-10-10-LI3 2.5 - 12 1.9 - 8.9 468 1.5 3.4 449 10 32 10 13 37 26 67 34 31 7 11.5 8433 0703 05
ETO DS7
DS7-15-10-LI3 3 - 15 2.2 - 11.1 1046 1.7 3.7 483 10 32 12 11 39 26 68 34 32 8 14 8433 0703 10
DS7-18-13-LI3 3.6 - 18 2.7 - 13.3 743 1.7 3.7 499 13 34 11 15 49 32 84 35 38 8.5 16 8433 0703 15
DS7-30-13-LI3 6.6 - 33 4.7 - 24.3 453 2.4 5.2 525 13 43 18 14 47 31 83 38 40 10.4 25 8433 0703 21
DS7-35-13-LI3 7 - 35 5.2 - 25.9 438 2.6 5.7 569 13 46 11 21 70 48 113 45 55 12.5 32 8433 0703 25
DS7-50-17-LI3 11 - 55 8.2 - 40.7 290 3.0 6.6 628 17 46 12 20 81 39 124 45 59 16 32 8433 0703 35
DS7-80-19-LI3 16 - 80 11.9 - 59.2 226 3.5 7.7 629 19 46 18 17 74 52 137 64 59 17 32 8433 0703 40
Offset tube nut tools

DIMENSIONS
ETO DS
Torque Weight
Speed Length I A B C D E F G H J R
ETO DS4
DS4-08-8-LO3 1.7 - 8.5 1.3 - 6.3 584 1.5 3.3 397 8 59 11 4 22 30 45 37 29 6 10 8433 0703 50
ETO DS7
DS7-10-10-LO3 2.4 - 12 1.8 - 8.9 1164 1.6 3.5 434 10 59 10 7 25 35 50 37 31 7 11.5 8433 0703 60
DS7-18-13-LO3 3.6 - 18 2.7 - 13.3 796 1.8 3.9 441 13 61 11 8 30 42 63 44 38 8 15 8433 0703 68
DS7-25-13-LO3 5.6 - 28 4.2 - 20.7 796 1.9 4.2 469 13 65 11 13 37 52 75 48 50 11 31 8433 0703 75
DS7-50-17-LO3 11 - 55 8.2 - 40.7 346 2.8 6.2 510 17 76 12 18 49 69 97 63 59 16 32 8433 0703 80
DS7-80-19-LO3 16 - 80 11.9 - 59.2 236 3.7 8.1 568 19 91 18 18 49 63 97 63 59 17 32 8433 0703 85
DS7-100-24-LO3 22 - 110 16.3 - 81.4 198 4.3 9.5 584 24 92 20 23 60 85 119 74 77 21 33 8433 0703 90
87
TENSOR S
ETV S
● ETV S right angle tools are ideal for
hand-held operations.
torque models available on request).

● Complete range of Flush Socket and
Hold & Drive tools.

● Ball retainers for fast and easy socket
changes.
● Female hex drive and quick chucks for
ETV S
bits.
Torque Weight
ETV S4
S4-05-10CTADS 3/8 1- 5 0.7 - 3.6 930 1.5 3.3 382 13.5 8433 0236 26
S4-10-10CTADS 3/8 3 - 15 2.2 - 11 650 1.5 3.3 382 13.5 8433 0236 51
S4-20-10CTADS 3/8 4 - 20 2.9 - 14.4 450 1.5 3.3 382 13.5 8433 0236 91
S4-30-10CTADS 3/8 6 - 30 4.4 - 22 270 1.6 3.5 382 13.5 8433 0237 04
ETV S4 Ball Retainer

S4-10-B10CTADS 3/8 3 - 15 2.2 - 11 650 1.5 3.3 382 13.5 8433 0236 62
ETV S4 Flush Socket

S4-10-FS10 - 3 - 15 2.2 - 11 650 1.4 3.2 382 13.5 8433 0236 69
ETV S4 Female Hex

S4-10-I06CTADS 1/4 3 - 15 2.2 - 11 650 1.5 3.3 382 13.5 8433 0236 32
ETV S4 Quick Chuck

S4-05-QI06 1/4 1- 5 0.7 - 3.6 930 1.5 3.3 382 13.5 8433 0236 29
ETV S7
S7-28-10CTADS 3/8 5 - 29 4 - 21 1300 1.6 3.5 413 13.5 8433 0245 20
S7-30-10CTADS 3/8 6 - 35 5 - 25 910 1.6 3.5 413 13.5 8433 0247 33
S7-40-10CTADS 3/8 8 - 40 6 - 29 910 1.7 3.7 435 18 8433 0250 00
S7-50-10CTADS 3/8 10 - 55 7 - 40 545 1.9 4.2 435 18 8433 0252 87
S7-70-13CTADS 1/2 14 - 80 10 - 58 390 2.2 4.8 461 20 8433 0273 09
S7-100-13CTADS 1/2 20 - 110 15 - 80 300 2.5 5.5 482 20 8433 0280 00
S7-150-13CTADS 1/2 30 - 150 22 - 110 185 2.9 6.4 525 25.5 8433 0288 67
S7-200-13CTADS 1/2 40 - 200 29 - 146 160 3.0 6.6 525 25.5 8433 0291 17
ETV S7 Ball Retainer

S7-28-B10CTADS 3/8 5 - 29 4- 21 1300 1.6 3.5 413 13.5 8433 0245 23
S7-30-B10CTADS 3/8 6 - 35 5- 25 910 1.6 3.5 413 13.5 8433 0247 35
S7-40-B10CTADS 3/8 8 - 40 6- 29 910 1.7 3.7 435 18 8433 0250 42
S7-50-B10CTADS 3/8 10 - 55 7- 40 545 1.9 4.2 435 18 8433 0252 62
S7-70-B13CTADS 1/2 14 - 80 10 - 58 390 2.2 4.8 461 20 8433 0273 44
S7-100-B13CTADS 1/2 20 - 110 15 - 80 300 2.5 5.5 482 20 8433 0280 31
S7-150-B13CTADS 1/2 30 - 150 22 - 110 185 2.9 6.4 525 25.5 8433 0288 46
S7-200-B13CTADS 1/2 40 - 200 29 - 146 160 3.0 6.6 525 25.5 8433 0291 44
ETV S7 with Fan

S7-28-10CTADS-F 3/8 5- 29 4- 21 1300 1.8 4.0 451 13.5 8433 0245 25
S7-30-10CTADS-F 3/8 5- 35 5- 25 910 1.8 4.0 451 13.5 8433 0247 92
S7-40-10CTADS-F 3/8 8- 40 6- 29 910 1.9 4.2 474 18 8433 0250 21
S7-50-10CTADS-F 3/8 10 - 55 7- 40 545 2.1 4.6 474 18 8433 0253 15
S7-70-13CTADS-F 1/2 14 - 80 10 - 58 390 2.4 5.3 499 20 8433 0273 68
88
TENSOR S
Torque Weight
ETV S7 Flush Socket

S7-25-CTADS-FS13 - 6 - 25 5 - 18 910 1.6 3.5 413 13.5 8433 0244 12
S7-28-FS5/16 - 5 - 29 4 - 21 1300 1.6 3.5 413 13.5 8433 0244 21
S7-30-CTADS-FS13 - 6 - 35 5 - 25 910 1.6 3.5 413 13.5 8433 0247 96
S7-40-CTADS-FS13 - 8 - 40 6 - 29 910 1.8 4.0 435 18 8433 0251 51
S7-50-CTADS-FS13 - 10 - 55 7 - 40 545 1.8 4.0 435 18 8433 0254 14
S7-70-CTADS-FS - 14 - 80 10 - 58 390 2.6 5.7 461 20.3 8433 0275 15
S7-100-CTADS-FS - 20 - 110 15 - 80 300 3.0 6.7 482 20.3 8433 0282 49
S7-150-CTADS-FS - 30 - 150 22 -110 185 3.3 7.3 525 26 8433 0289 04
S7-200-CTADS-FS - 40 - 200 29 -146 160 3.3 7.3 525 26 8433 0291 79
ETV S7 Hold & Drive

S7-28-HAD-SH - 5 - 29 4 - 21 1300 2.1 4.7 436 18.3 8433 0245 74
S7-30-HAD-SH - 6 - 35 5 - 25 910 2.1 4.7 436 18.3 8433 0247 90
S7-40-HAD-SH - 8 - 40 6 - 29 910 2.1 4.7 436 18.3 8433 0251 64
S7-50-HAD-SH - 10 - 55 7 - 40 545 2.1 4.7 436 18.3 8433 0253 74
S7-70-CTADS-HAD - 14 - 80 10 - 58 320 3.3 7.3 504 26 8433 0274 15
S7-100-CTADS-HAD - 20 - 110 15 - 80 225 3.7 8.2 525 26 8433 0280 97
S7-150-CTADS-HAD - 30 - 150 22 -110 185 3.5 7.7 525 26 8433 0288 93
S7-200-CTADS-HAD - 40 - 200 29 -146 160 3.5 8.4 525 26 8433 0292 27
ETV S9
S9-50-13CTADS 1/2 15 - 50 10.8 - 36 1160 4.2 9.2 552 20 8433 0349 47
S9-80-13CTADS 1/2 30 - 80 22 - 58 950 4.3 9.4 552 20 8433 0350 03
S9-90-13CTADS 1/2 27 - 90 19 - 65 520 4.3 9.4 552 20 8433 0350 14
S9-100-13CTADS 1/2 40 - 100 30 - 73 800 4.4 9.7 595 25.5 8433 0350 22
S9-180-13CTADS 1/2 45 - 180 33 -132 450 4.5 9.9 595 25.5 8433 0350 85
S9-270-20CTADS 3/4 65 - 270 47 -198 250 7.4 16.3 661 33.5 8433 0352 39
S9-370-20CTADS 3/4 90 - 370 66 -270 160 7.5 16.5 661 33.5 8433 0352 74
S9-450-20CTADS 3/4 135 - 450 97 -324 150 10.0 22 702 54 8433 0353 15
S9-600-25CTADS 1 180 - 600 130 -432 130 10.1 22.2 702 54 8433 0353 81
ETV S9 Flush Socket

S9-80-CTADS-FS - 30 - 80 22 - 58 950 4.7 10.3 552 20.3 8433 0350 09
S9-180-CTADS-FS - 45 - 180 33 -132 450 4.7 10.3 595 26 8433 0350 91
S9-270-CTADS-FS - 65 - 270 47 -198 250 7.4 16.3 661 34.2 8433 0352 45
S9-370-CTADS-FS - 90 - 370 66 -270 160 7.5 16.5 661 34.2 8433 0352 78
S9-600-FS - 180 - 600 130 -432 130 15.6 34.3 701 53 8433 0353 92
ETV S9 Hold & Drive

S9-100-CTADS-HAD - 40 - 100 30 - 73 800 4.9 10.8 595 26 8433 0350 28
S9-180-CTADS-HAD - 45 - 180 33 -132 450 5.0 11.0 595 26 8433 0351 01
S9-270-HAD - 65 - 270 47 -198 250 8.2 18 661 34.3 8433 0352 46
S9-370-HAD - 90 - 370 66 -270 160 8.3 18.3 661 34.3 8433 0352 85
89
TENSOR S
ETD S
● ETD S inline tools. The low torque se-
ries is ideal for hand-held bench as-

sembly. The high torque tools are ex-
cellent for fixtured applications.

cations. ETD S
Torque Weight
ETD S4
S4-04-10CTADS 3/8 1- 5 0.7 - 3.6 1465 1.4 3.1 381 28 –/1 8433 0237 81
S4-10-10CTADS 3/8 3- 14 2.2 - 10.3 690 1.4 3.1 381 28 –/1 8433 0238 18
S4-20-10CTADS 3/8 5- 20 3.6 - 15 415 1.4 3.1 381 28 –/1 8433 0239 72
ETD S4 Telescopic
S4-04-10CTADST 3/8 1- 5 0.7 - 3.6 1465 1.5 3.3 419 28 2/2 8433 0237 94
S4-10-10CTADST 3/8 3- 14 2.2 - 10.3 690 1.5 3.3 419 28 2/2 8433 0238 79
S4-20-10CTADST 3/8 5- 20 3.6 - 15 415 1.5 3.3 419 28 2/2 8433 0239 84
ETD S4 Female Hex
S4-02-I06CTADS 1/4 0.5 - 2.5 0.35 - 1.8 2930 1.4 3.1 372 28 –/1 8433 0237 43
S4-04-I06CTADS 1/4 1- 5 0.7 - 3.6 1465 1.4 3.1 372 28 –/1 8433 0237 47
S4-10-I06CTADS 1/4 3 - 14 2.2 - 10.3 690 1.5 3.3 372 28 –/1 8433 0238 06
ETD S7
S7-20-10CTADS 3/8 5 - 20 3.6 - 15 1380 1.6 3.6 411 28 –/1 8433 0294 42
S7-30-10CTADS 3/8 6 - 35 4.4 - 25 830 1.6 3.6 411 28 –/1 8433 0295 07
S7-50-13CTADS 1/2 10 - 55 7.3 - 40 595 2.1 4.7 456 28 2/2 8433 0297 37
S7-70-13CTADS 1/2 14 - 80 11 - 58 410 2.4 4.7 477 29.5 2/2 8433 0298 04
S7-90-13CTADS 1/2 20 - 95 15 - 69 335 2.8 6.2 477 29.5 2/2 8433 0299 11
S7-120-13CTADS 1/2 25 - 125 18 - 91 280 2.9 6.5 477 29.5 2/2 8433 0299 72
ETD S7 Telescopic
S7-20-10CTADST 3/8 5 - 20 3.6 - 15 1380 1.7 3.8 450 28 2/2 8433 0294 81
S7-20-10CTADS-T50 3/8 5 - 20 3.6 - 15 1380 1.8 4.0 500 28 2/2 8433 0294 85
S7-30-10CTADST 3/8 6 - 35 4.4 - 25 830 1.7 3.8 450 28 2/2 8433 0295 21
S7-30-10CTADS-T50 3/8 6 - 35 4.4 - 25 830 1.8 4.0 500 28 2/2 8433 0295 84
S7-50-13CTADST 1/2 10 - 55 7.3 - 40 595 2.2 4.9 483 28 3/5 8433 0297 83
S7-50-13CTADS-T50 1/2 10 - 55 7.3 - 40 595 2.3 5.1 540 28 3/5 8433 0297 94
S7-70-13CTADST 1/2 14 - 80 11 - 58 410 2.5 5.6 504 29.5 3/5 8433 0298 34
S7-70-13CTADS-T50 1/2 14 - 80 11 - 58 410 2.6 5.7 562 29.5 3/5 8433 0298 63
S7-90-13CTADST 1/2 20 - 95 15 - 69 335 2.9 6.5 504 29.5 3/5 8433 0299 41
S7-90-13CTADS-T50 1/2 20 - 95 15 - 69 335 3.0 6.6 562 29.5 3/5 8433 0299 43
S7-120-13CTADST 1/2 25 - 125 18 - 91 280 3.0 6.7 504 29.5 3/5 8433 0299 85
S7-120-13CTADS-T50 1/2 25 - 125 18 - 91 280 3.1 6.8 562 29.5 3/5 8433 0299 93
S7-140-13CTADST 1/2 35 - 140 26 - 103 280 3.0 6.7 504 29.5 3/5 8433 0299 98
ETD S7 Ball Retainer
S7-30-B10CTADS 3/8 6- 35 3.6 - 15 830 1.6 3.6 411 28 –/1 8433 0295 09
S7-50-B13CTADS 1/2 10 - 55 7.3 - 40 595 2.1 4.7 456 28 2/2 8433 0297 56
S7-70-B13CTADS 1/2 14 - 80 11 - 58 410 2.4 4.7 477 29.5 2/2 8433 0298 07
ETD S7 Female Hex
S7-20-I06CTADS 1/4 5- 20 3.6 - 15 1380 1.6 3.6 402 28 –/1 8433 0294 47
ETD S9
S9-100-13CTADS 1/2 25 - 100 19 - 73 795 4.0 8.9 547 31.8 2/2 8433 0361 52
S9-200-13CTADS 1/2 50 - 200 36 - 146 370 4.1 9.1 547 31.8 2/2 8433 0362 38
S9-270-20CTADS 3/4 65 - 270 47 - 198 250 6.5 14.5 603 36 6/8 8433 0363 83
S9-450-20CTADS 3/4 110 - 450 80 - 330 140 7.9 17.6 639 40.3 6/8 8433 0364 52
S9-600-20CTADS 3/4 150 - 600 110 - 440 120 7.9 17.6 639 40.3 6/8 8433 0364 82
S9-1000-25CTADS 1 250 - 1000 180 - 730 76 12.6 27.7 770 46.8 7 / 11 8433 0365 32
S9-2000-38CTADS 1 1/2 500 - 2000 360 -1460 38 16.8 37.0 727 67.8 8 / 12 8433 0366 15
S9-4000-38CTADS 1 1/2 1000 - 4000 730 -2920 18 21.9 48.2 903 68 8 / 12 8433 0366 40
ETD S9 Telescopic
S9-100-13CTADST 1/2 25 - 100 19 - 73 795 4.1 9.1 574 31.8 3/5 8433 0362 08
S9-150-13CTADST 1/2 40 - 150 30 - 110 510 4.2 9.4 574 31.8 3/5 8433 0362 24
S9-200-13CTADST 1/2 50 - 200 36 - 146 370 4.2 9.4 574 31.8 3/8 8433 0362 55
S9-270-20CTADST 3/4 65 - 270 47 - 198 250 6.7 14.9 653 36 6/8 8433 0364 12
S9-450-20CTADST 3/4 110 - 450 80 - 330 140 8.0 17.8 689 40.3 6/8 8433 0364 61
S9-600-20CTADST 3/4 150 - 600 110 - 440 120 8.0 17.8 689 40.3 6/8 8433 0364 96
S9-1000-25CTADST 1 250 - 1000 180 - 730 76 13.0 29.0 824 46.8 7 / 11 8433 0365 14
S9-2000-38CTADST 1 1/2 500 - 2000 360 -1460 38 18.0 39.6 820 67.8 8 / 12 8433 0366 20
90
TENSOR S
Pistol grip electric nutrunners
ETP S
● ETP S pistol grip tool for both hand-
held and fixtured applications.


cations.
● Female hex quick change drives for bits.
ETP S
Torque Weight
ETP S4
S4-10-06CTADS 1/4 3 - 12 2.2 - 8.8 735 1.2 2.7 192 21.3 –/– 8433 0235 11
S4-10-10CTADS 3/8 3 - 12 2.2 - 8.8 735 1.2 2.7 194 21.3 –/– 8433 0235 39
S42-10-10 3/8 3 - 12 2.2 - 8.8 1005 1.0 2.2 190 21.3 –/– 8433 0235 48
S4-20-10CTADS 3/8 5 - 20 3.6 - 15 415 1.7 3.7 243 21.3 –/– 8433 0235 64
S42-20-10 3/8 5 - 20 3.6 - 15 560 1.0 2.2 190 21.3 –/– 8433 0235 82
ETP S4 Female Hex
S4-02-I06CTADS 1/4 0.5 - 2.5 0.35 - 1.8 2930 1.2 2.7 200 21.3 –/– 8433 0233 50
S42-02-I06 1/4 0.5 - 2.5 0.35 - 1.8 3275 0.9 2.0 188 21.3 –/– 8433 0233 61
S4-04-I06CTADS 1/4 1 - 5 0.7 - 3.6 1465 1.2 2.7 200 21.3 –/– 8433 0234 75
S42-04-I06 1/4 1 - 5 0.7 - 3.6 1965 0.9 2.0 188 21.3 –/– 8433 0234 84
S4-10-I06CTADS 1/4 3 - 12 2.2 - 8.8 735 1.2 2.7 200 21.3 –/– 8433 0235 01
S4-10-I06 1/4 3 - 12 2.2 - 8.8 1005 1.0 2.2 188 21.3 –/– 8433 0235 45
ETP S4 Ball Retainer
S4-10-B10CTADS 3/8 3- 12 2.2 - 8.8 735 1.2 2.7 194 21.3 –/– 8433 0235 53
ETP S7
S7-20-10CTADS 3/8 5 - 20 3.6 - 15 1380 1.9 4.2 274 21.5 –/1 8433 0313 84
S7-30-10CTADS 3/8 6 - 35 4.4 - 25 830 1.9 4.2 274 21.5 –/1 8433 0314 03
S7-50-13CTADS 1/2 10 - 55 7.3 - 40 595 2.2 4.9 318 26.8 2/2 8433 0314 91
S7-70-13CTADS 1/2 14 - 80 11 - 58 410 2.4 5.4 340 29.5 2/2 8433 0315 02
S7-90-13CTADS 1/2 20 - 95 15 - 69 533 2.5 5.6 340 29.5 2/2 8433 0315 27
S7-120-13CTADS 1/2 25 - 125 18 - 91 280 2.7 6.0 340 29.5 2/2 8433 0315 43
ETP S7 Telescopic
S7-30-10CTADST 3/8 6 - 35 4.4 - 25 830 2.0 4.4 313 21.5 2/2 8433 0314 15
S7-120-13CTADST 1/2 25 - 125 18 - 91 280 2.9 6.4 367 29.5 3/5 8433 0315 59
ETP S7 Female Hex
S7-20-I06CTADS 1/4 5- 20 3.6 - 15 1380 1.9 4.2 265 21.5 –/1 8433 0313 61
S7-30-I06CTADS 1/4 6- 35 4.4 - 25 830 1.9 4.2 265 21.5 –/1 8433 0314 28
ETP S7 Ball Retainer
S7-30-B10CTADS 3/8 6- 35 4.4 - 25 830 1.9 4.2 274 21.5 –/1 8433 0314 18
ETP S9
S9-70-13CTADS 1/2 25 - 70 18 - 49 1180 3.7 8.3 395 31.8 2/2 8433 0367 19
S9-100-13CTADS 1/2 40 - 100 29 - 73 795 3.9 8.7 395 31.8 2/2 8433 0367 45
S9-200-13CTADS 1/2 50 - 200 36 - 146 370 3.9 8.7 395 31.8 2/2 8433 0367 86
S9-270-20CTADS 3/4 65 - 270 47 - 198 250 6.5 14.5 451 36 6/8 8433 0368 52
S9-450-20CTADS 3/4 110 - 450 80 - 330 140 7.9 17.6 487 40.5 6/8 8433 0368 99
S9-600-20CTADS 3/4 150 - 600 110 - 440 120 7.9 17.8 487 40.5 6/8 8433 0369 38
S9-1000-25CTADS 1 250 - 1000 180 - 730 76 12.7 28.3 615 47.5 7 / 11 8433 0370 11
S9-2000-38CTADS 1 1/2 500 - 2000 360 -1460 38 16.8 37.0 583 67.8 8 / 12 8433 0371 05
ETP S9 Telescopic
S9-100-13CTADST 1/2 40 - 100 29 - 73 795 4.0 8.8 422 31.8 3/5 8433 0367 51
S9-270-20CTADST 3/4 65 - 270 47 - 198 250 6.7 14.8 501 36 6/8 8433 0368 63
S9-450-20CTADST 3/4 110 - 450 80 - 330 140 8.0 17.6 537 40.3 6/8 8433 0369 07
S9-600-20CTADST 3/4 150 - 600 110 - 440 120 8.0 17.6 537 40.3 6/8 8433 0369 53
S9-1000-25CTADST 1 250 - 1000 180 - 730 76 13.0 29.0 669 46.8 7 / 11 8433 0370 31
91
TENSOR S
Fixtured electric nutrunners
ETF S
● ETF S inline tools specially designed
for build-in and fixtured applications.

● Torque range from 1.5 to 1500 Nm (high-

● Extra high durability.
● Remote start configuration, only.
● Small centre to side distance.
● Telescopic spindles.
ETF S
● Easy cable routing.
Torque Weight
Model in Nm ft lb r/min kg lb mm mm Spline Ordering No.
ETF S4
S4-10-10CTADS 3/8 3- 12 2.2 - 8.8 700 1.3 2.9 360 21.5 – 8433 0102 37
ETF S4 Telescopic
S4-05-10CTADST 3/8 1.5 - 5 0.7 - 3.6 1460 1.3 2.9 399 21.5 2 8433 0102 23
S4-10-10CTADST 3/8 3- 12 2.2 - 8.8 700 1.3 2.9 399 21.5 2 8433 0102 39
ETF S7 Telescopic
S7-15-10CTADST 3/8 4 - 15 2.9 - 11 1090 1.5 3.3 430 21.5 2 8433 0105 48
S7-25-10CTADST 3/8 5 - 25 3.6 - 18 680 1.5 3.3 430 21.5 2 8433 0105 67
S7-40-13CTADST 1/2 8 - 40 6- 29 480 2.1 4.7 463 26.8 3 8433 0105 91
S7-50-13CTADST 1/2 10 - 55 7.3 - 40 305 2.4 5.4 484 29.5 3 8433 0106 04
S7-70-13CTADST 1/2 14 - 80 11 - 58 270 2.8 6.2 484 29.5 3 8433 0106 49
S7-100-13CTADST 1/2 20 - 110 15 - 80 225 2.9 6.5 484 29.5 3 8433 0106 70
ETF S9
S9-80-13CTADS 1/2 20 - 80 15 - 58 595 4.0 8.9 527 31.8 2 8433 0111 10
S9-120-13CTADS 1/2 30 - 120 22 - 88 380 4.1 9.1 527 31.8 2 8433 0111 30
S9-180-13CTADS 1/2 45 - 180 33 - 132 275 4.1 9.1 527 31.8 2 8433 0111 50
S9-250-20CTADS 3/4 70 - 250 50 - 182 185 6.5 14.5 583 36 6 8433 0111 70
S9-400-20CTADS 3/4 100 - 400 73 - 292 105 7.9 17.6 619 40.3 6 8433 0112 00
S9-500-20CTADS 3/4 125 - 500 92 - 365 90 7.9 17.6 619 40.3 6 8433 0112 20
S9-1000-25CTADS 1 250 -1000 190 - 730 46 13.0 28.6 749 46.8 7 8433 0112 45
ETF S9 Telescopic
S9-80-13CTADST 1/2 20 - 80 15 - 58 595 4.1 9.1 554 31.8 3 8433 0111 20
S9-120-13CTADST 1/2 30 - 120 22 - 88 380 4.2 9.4 554 31.8 3 8433 0111 40
S9-180-13CTADST 1/2 45 - 180 33 - 132 275 4.2 9.4 554 31.8 3 8433 0111 60
S9-250-20CTADST 3/4 70 - 250 50 - 182 185 6.7 14.9 633 36 6 8433 0111 80
S9-400-20CTADST 3/4 100 - 400 73 - 292 105 8.0 17.8 669 40.3 6 8433 0112 10
S9-500-20CTADST 3/4 125 - 500 92 - 365 90 8.0 17.8 669 40.3 6 8433 0112 30
S9-800-25CTADST 1 200 - 800 146 - 584 57 13.0 28.6 804 46.8 7 8433 0112 40
S9-1500-38CTADST 1 1/2 375 -1500 274 -1095 29 18.0 39.6 800 67.8 8 8433 0112 50
92
TENSOR S
Crowfoot electric nutrunnners
In-Line crowfoot tools
DIMENSIONS
ETC S
Torque Weight
ETC S7
S7-25-13-LI3 6 - 28 4.4 - 20.7 622 2.1 4.6 508 13 34 15 13 59 71 94 35 30 13 8433 0210 90
Offset crowfoot tools

DIMENSIONS
ETC S
Torque Weight
ETC S4
S4-05-7-LO3 1 - 5 0.7 - 3.7 940 1.7 3.7 401 7 56 9 6 25 32 47 37 15 7.5 8433 0210 04
S4-08-8-LO3 2 - 9.5 1.5 - 7 874 1.7 3.7 403 8 60 14 8 26 34 49 37 16 8 8433 0210 08
ETC S7
S7-15-10-LO5 3.5 - 18 2.6 - 13.3 1297 1.9 4.2 475 10 60 15 48 66 76 91 37 22 10 8433 0210 12
S7-20-13-LO3 4.6 - 23 3.4 - 17 887 1.9 4.2 461 13 58 10 25 47 62 82 44 31 14.5 8433 0210 16
S7-25-13-LO3 5.6 - 28 4.2 - 20.7 887 2.0 4.4 455 13 62 15 20 42 55 76 44 30 13 8433 0210 23
S7-25-13-LO5 5.6 - 28 4.2 - 20.7 887 2.2 4.9 515 13 68 15 62 84 97 118 44 30 13 8433 0210 29
S7-40-13-LO3 8.8 - 44 6.5 - 32.5 533 2.4 5.2 479 13 68 18 25 47 62 82 44 31 14.5 8433 0210 34
S7-40-13-LO5 8.8 - 44 6.5 - 32.5 533 2.4 5.2 526 13 69 18 72 94 108 129 44 31 14.5 8433 0210 38
S7-60-17-LO3 13 - 65 9.6 - 48.1 382 2.8 6.1 507 17 77 24 29 51 66 89 48 30 15 8433 0210 46
S7-60-17-LO5 13 - 65 9.6 - 48.1 382 3.4 7.4 558 17 81 24 78 102 117 140 48 30 15 8433 0210 56
S7-80-21-LO3 18 - 90 13.3 - 66.6 263 3.4 7.6 585 21 90 20 35 66 86 112 63 40 20 8433 0210 60
S7-80-21-LO5 18 - 90 13.3 - 66.6 263 4.3 9.4 651 21 92 20 101 132 152 178 63 40 20 8433 0210 65
ETC S7 Extra heavy duty
S7-40-13-AO3 8 - 40 6 - 29 545 2.4 5.5 487 13 60.3 19 33 53 69 86 40 17 16 8433 0211 15
S7-70-17-AO3 14 - 70 11 - 51 390 3.2 7.0 528 17 66.5 19 45 68 87 107 45 21 19.5 8433 0211 32
S7-120-17-AO3 24 - 120 18 - 88 185 4.6 10.1 586 17 88 25 42 68 88 113 51 25 19.8 8433 0211 55
S7-140-17-AO3 28 - 140 21 - 103 160 4.6 10.1 587 17 88 25 42 68 88 113 51 25 19.8 8433 0211 75
ETC S9
S9-140-21-LO3 30 - 150 22.2 - 111 320 5.7 12.6 655 21 101 33 35 66 86 112 63 40 20 8433 0210 75
S9-200-21-LO3 43 - 215 31.8 - 159.1 205 10.4 22.9 718 21 146 40 33 70 91 125 77 42 21 8433 0210 80
93
TENSOR S
Tube nut electric nutrunners
In-Line tube nut tools
DIMENSIONS
ETO S
Torque Weight
Speed Length A/F A B C D E F G H J R
ETO S4
S4-10-10-LI3 2.5 - 12 1.9 - 8.9 555 1.7 3.8 450 10 32 10 13 37 26 67 34 31 11.5 7 8433 0212 05
ETO S7
S7-15-10-LI3 3- 15 2.2 - 11.1 1458 1.9 4.2 484 10 32 12 11 39 26 68 34 32 14 8 8433 0212 10
S7-18-13-LI3 3.6 - 18 2.7 - 13.3 1035 1.9 4.2 500 13 34 11 15 49 32 84 35 38 16 8.5 8433 0212 15
S7-30-13-LI3 6.6 - 33 4.7 - 24.3 630 2.6 5.6 526 13 43 18 14 47 31 83 38 40 25 10.4 8433 0212 21
S7-35-13-LI3 7- 35 5.2 - 25.9 610 2.8 6.1 570 13 46 11 21 70 48 113 45 55 32 12.5 8433 0212 25
S7-50-17-LI3 11 - 55 8.2 - 40.7 405 3.2 6.9 658 17 46 12 20 81 39 124 45 59 32 16 8433 0212 35
S7-80-19-LI3 16 - 80 11.9 - 59.2 314 3.7 8.1 629 19 46 18 17 74 52 137 64 59 32 17 8433 0212 40
Offset tube nut tools

DIMENSIONS
ETO S
Torque Weight
Speed Length A/F A B C D E F G H J R
ETO S4
S4-08-8-LO3 1.7- 8.5 1.3 - 6.3 648 1.7 3.7 398 8 59 11 4 22 30 45 37 29 10 6 8433 0212 50
ETO S7
S7-10-10-LO3 2.4- 12 1.8 - 8.9 1880 1.8 4.0 435 10 59 10 7 25 35 50 37 31 11.5 7 8433 0212 60
S7-18-13-LO3 3.6- 18 2.7 - 13.3 1297 2.0 4.4 442 13 61 11 8 30 42 63 44 38 15 8 8433 0212 68
S7-25-13-LO3 5.6- 28 4.2 - 20.7 533 2.1 4.7 470 13 65 11 13 37 52 75 48 50 31 11 8433 0212 75
S7-50-17-LO3 11 - 55 8.2 - 40.7 382 3.0 6.7 510 17 76 12 18 49 69 97 63 59 32 16 8433 0212 80
S7-80-19-LO3 16 - 80 11.9 - 59.2 263 3.9 8.5 568 19 91 18 18 49 63 97 63 59 32 17 8433 0212 85
S7-100-24-LO3 22 - 110 16.3 - 81.4 179 4.5 10.0 580 24 92 20 23 60 85 119 74 77 33 21 8433 0212 90
94
TENSOR ST
ETV ST
● ETV ST right angle tools are ideal for
hand-held applications.
● Torque range from 1 to 200 Nm.
● Tensor ST complements the S range by:
– Extremely high productivity.

– More ergonomic benefits.
– Better operator feedback.
ETV ST
Torque Weight
Square drive Speed Length CS distance Height
Model in Nm ft lb r/min kg lb mm mm mm Ordering No.
ETV ST31
ST31-05-10 3/8 1 - 5 0.7 - 3.6 2390 1.0 2.2 381.5 11 39.3 8433 2011 21
ST31-10-10 3/8 3 - 12 2.2 - 8.8 1020 1.0 2.2 381.5 11 39.3 8433 2013 66
ST31-15-10 3/8 5 - 15 3.6 - 10 755 1.0 2.2 381.5 11 39.3 8433 2015 98
ST31-20-10 3/8 5 - 22 3.7 -16.1 545 1.2 2.6 415 14 42 8433 2017 10
ETV ST31 Ball Retainer

ST31-05-B10 3/8 1 - 5 0.7 - 3.6 2390 1.0 2.2 381.5 11 39.3 8433 2011 87
ST31-10-B10 3/8 3 - 12 2.2 - 8.8 1020 1.0 2.2 381.5 11 39.3 8433 2014 12
ST31-15-B10 3/8 5 - 15 3.6 - 10 755 1.0 2.2 381.5 11 39.3 8433 2016 36
ST31-20-B10 3/8 5 - 22 3.7 -16.1 545 1.2 2.6 415 14 42 8433 2018 23
ETV ST31 Female hex

ST31-05-I06-QC 1- 5 0.7 - 3.6 2390 1.0 2.2 381.5 11 39.3 8433 2011 95
ST31-10-I06-QC 3 - 12 2.2 - 8.8 1020 1.0 2.2 381.5 11 39.3 8433 2014 21
ETV ST61
ST61-28-10 3/8 6 - 29 4 - 21 1450 1.3 2.9 440 14 42 8433 2021 76
ST61-30-10 3/8 7 - 35 5 - 25 1090 1.3 2.9 440 14 42 8433 2023 91
ST61-40-10 3/8 8 - 40 6 - 29 1090 1.5 3.3 454 18 47 8433 2027 85
ST61-50-10 3/8 10 - 55 7 - 40 655 1.5 3.3 454 18 47 8433 2031 58
ST61-70-13 1/2 15 - 80 10 - 58 475 2.0 4.5 466 20 58 8433 2035 30
ST61-100-13 1/2 20 - 100 15 - 80 365 2.5 5.5 481 20 58 8433 2039 01
ST61-150-13 1/2 30 - 160 22 - 117 220 3.0 6.6 536 25.5 69.5 8433 2042 70
ST61-200-13 1/2 40 - 210 30 - 154 185 3.0 6.6 536 25.5 69.5 8433 2046 38
ETV ST61 Ball retainer

ST61-28-B10 3/8 6 - 29 4 - 21 1450 1.3 2.9 440 14 42 8433 2022 32
ST61-30-B10 3/8 7 - 35 5 - 25 1090 1.3 2.9 440 14 42 8433 2025 08
ST61-40-B10 3/8 8 - 40 6 - 29 1090 1.5 3.3 454 18 47 8433 2029 13
ST61-50-B10 3/8 10 - 55 7 - 40 655 1.5 3.3 454 18 47 8433 2032 87
ST61-70-B13 1/2 15 - 80 10 - 58 475 2.0 4.5 466 20 58 8433 2036 93
ST61-100-B13 1/2 20 - 110 15 - 80 365 2.5 5.5 481 20 58 8433 2040 69
ST61-150-B13 1/2 30 - 160 22 - 117 220 3.0 6.6 536 25.5 69.5 8433 2043 62
ST61-200-B13 1/2 40 - 210 30 - 154 185 3.0 6.6 536 25.5 69.5 8433 2047 15
ETV ST61 Flush socket

ST61-28-FS13 - 6 - 29 4 - 21 1450 1.3 2.9 440 14 35 8433 2022 56
ST61-28-FS12 - 6 - 29 4 - 21 1450 1.3 2.9 440 14 35 8433 2022 65
ST61-28-FS5/16 - 6 - 29 4 - 21 1450 1.3 2.9 440 14 35 8433 2022 79
ST61-30-FS13 - 7 - 35 5 - 25 1090 1.3 2.9 440 14 35 8433 2025 62
ST61-30-FS10 - 7 - 35 5 - 25 1090 1.3 2.9 440 14 35 8433 2025 72
ST61-40-FS13 - 8 - 40 6 - 29 1090 1.5 3.3 454 18 39 8433 2029 64
ST61-50-FS13 - 10 - 55 7 - 40 655 1.5 3.3 454 18 39 8433 2033 28
ST61-70-FS-S - 15 - 80 10 - 58 475 2.0 4.5 466 20 49.5 8433 2037 35
ST61-100-FS-S - 20 - 110 15 - 80 365 2.5 5.5 496 20 49.5 8433 2040 95
ST61-150-FS - 30 - 160 22 - 117 220 3.0 6.6 537 26 55.5 8433 2044 14
ST61-200-FS - 40 - 210 30 - 154 185 3.0 6.6 537 26 55.5 8433 2047 20
ETV ST61 Hold And Drive

ST61-28-HAD - 6 - 29 4 - 21 1450 1.9 4.2 463 18.3 80 8433 2023 20
ST61-30-HAD - 7 - 35 5 - 25 1090 1.9 4.2 463 18.3 80 8433 2026 24
ST61-40-HAD - 8 - 40 6 - 29 1090 2.0 4.4 454 18.3 80 8433 2030 07
ST61-50-HAD - 10 - 55 7 - 40 655 2.0 4.4 454 18.3 80 8433 2033 91
ST61-90-HAD-S - 20 - 95 15 - 70 400 2.1 4.5 522 26 80 8433 2038 25
ST61-120-HAD-S - 30 - 130 22 - 100 305 2.6 5.5 540 26 80 8433 2041 52
ST61-150-HAD-S - 30 - 160 22 - 117 220 3.1 6.6 540 26 80 8433 2044 79
ST61-200-HAD-S - 40 - 210 30 - 154 185 3.1 6.6 540 26 80 8433 2048 26
95
TENSOR ST
Torque Weight
Square drive Speed Length CS distance Height
Model in Nm ft lb r/min kg lb mm mm mm Ordering No.
ETV ST81
ST81-50-10 3/8 16 - 55 12 - 40 1090 1.8 3.9 473 18 48 8433 2051 55
ST81-70-13 1/2 20 - 80 15 - 58 790 2.3 5.0 485 20 58 8433 2053 48
ST81-100-13 1/2 20 - 110 15 - 80 570 2.7 5.9 500 20 58 8433 2056 81
ST81-150-13 1/2 30 - 160 22 - 117 365 3.2 7.0 555 25.5 69.5 8433 2060 12
ST81-200-13 1/2 40 - 210 30 - 154 300 3.2 7.0 555 25.5 69.5 8433 2063 41
ETV ST81 Ball retainer

ST81-50-B10 3/8 16 - 55 12 - 40 1090 1.8 3.9 473 18 48 8433 2052 36
ST81-70-B13 1/2 20 - 80 15 - 58 790 2.3 5.0 485 20 58 8433 2054 62
ST81-150-B13 1/2 30 - 160 22 - 117 365 3.3 7.0 555 25.5 69.5 8433 2060 97
ST81-200-B13 1/2 40 - 210 30 - 154 300 3.2 7.0 555 25.5 69.5 8433 2064 08
ETV ST81 Flush socket

ST81-50-FS - 16 - 55 12 - 40 1090 1.8 3.9 472 18 39 8433 2052 53
ST81-70-FS-S - 20 - 80 15 - 58 790 2.3 5.0 497 20 49.5 8433 2055 07
ETV ST81 Hold And Drive

ST81-50-HAD - 16 - 55 12 - 40 1090 2.3 5.0 473 18.5 80 8433 2052 79
ST81-90-HAD-S - 20 - 95 15 - 70 665 2.4 5.1 540 26 80 8433 2056 03
ST81-120-HAD-S - 30 - 130 22 - 100 480 2.8 6.0 560 26 80 8433 2058 64
ST81-150-HAD-S - 30 - 160 22 - 117 365 3.3 7.0 560 26 80 8433 2061 80
ST81-200-HAD-S - 40 - 210 30 - 154 300 3.3 7.0 560 26 80 8433 2065 08
ETV ST81 Extended

ST81-70-13-L150 1/2 20 - 80 15 - 58 790 2.3 5.0 633 20 58 8433 2055 62
ST81-100-13-L150 1/2 20 - 110 15 - 80 570 2.7 5.9 651 20 58 8433 2059 35
ST81-200-13-L150 1/2 40 - 210 30 - 154 300 3.2 7.0 707 25.5 69.5 8433 2065 28
96
TENSOR ST
ETD ST
● ETD ST inline tools.
● Torque range from 1 to 50 Nm.
● Tensor ST complements the S range
by ensuring extremely high levels of

productivity and better operator feed-
back.
ETD ST
Torque Weight
ETD ST31
ST31-05-10 3/8 1- 5 1.1 - 3.6 2825 0.9 2.0 388 24 –/1 8433 2112 42
ST31-10-10 3/8 2 - 10 2.2 - 7.2 1200 1.1 2.4 388 24 –/1 8433 2114 86
ETD ST31 Telescopic

ST31-05-10-T25 3/8 1- 5 1.1 - 3.6 2825 0.9 2.0 437 24 –/1 8433 2111 34
ST31-10-10-T25 3/8 2 - 10 2.2 - 7.2 1200 1.1 2.4 437 24 –/1 8433 2113 79
ETD ST31 Ball Retainer Telescopic

ST31-05-B10-T25 3/8 1- 5 1.1 - 3.6 2825 1.1 2.4 437 24 –/1 8433 2113 44
ETD ST31 Female Hex

ST31-05-I06 1/4 1- 5 1.1 - 3.6 2825 0.9 2.0 350 24 –/1 8433 2112 87
ETD ST61
ST61-15-10 3/8 4 - 16 3- 12 2250 1.4 3.1 438 24 –/1 8433 2120 91
ST61-20-10 3/8 5 - 22 3.6 - 16 1700 1.4 3.1 438 24 –/1 8433 2122 62
ST61-30-10 3/8 6 - 35 4.4 - 25 1020 1.4 3.1 429 24 –/1 8433 2125 06
ST61-50-13 1/2 10 - 55 7.3 - 40 740 1.9 4.2 474 24 2/2 8433 2128 79
ST61-70-13 1/2 15 - 80 12 - 58 505 2.3 5.0 491 15 2/2 8433 2132 51
ST61-90-13 1/2 20 - 95 15 - 70 410 2.3 5.0 491 15 2/2 8433 2136 22
ETD ST61 Telescopic

ST61-15-10-T25 3/8 4 - 16 3- 12 2250 1.5 3.3 477 24 2/2 8433 2120 43
ST61-20-10-T25 3/8 5 - 20 3.6 - 15 1700 1.5 3.3 477 24 2/2 8433 2121 55
ST61-30-10-T25 3/8 6 - 35 4.4 - 25 1020 1.5 3.3 468 24 2/2 8433 2123 80
ST61-50-13-T25 1/2 10 - 55 7.3 - 40 740 2.1 4.6 501 24 3/5 8433 2127 54
ST61-70-13-T25 1/2 15 - 80 12 - 58 505 2.4 5.4 518 17 3/5 8433 2131 27
ST61-90-13-T25 1/2 20 - 95 15 - 70 410 2.4 5.4 518 17 3/5 8433 2134 99
ST61-120-13-T25 1/2 25 - 125 19 - 95 305 2.4 5.4 518 17 3/5 8433 2138 68
ETD ST61 Female Hex

ST61-15-I06 1/4 4 - 16 3 - 12 2250 1.4 3.1 430 24 –/1 8433 2121 36
ETD ST81
ST81-30-10 1/2 10 - 30 7- 22 1700 1.8 4.0 450 24 –/1 8433 2151 93
ST81-50-13 1/2 16 - 50 12 - 37 1230 2.1 4.6 493 24 2/2 8433 2153 34
ST81-70-13 1/2 15 - 70 12 - 51 880 2.5 5.5 510 15 2/2 8433 2156 03
ST81-90-13 1/2 20 - 95 15 - 70 675 2.5 5.5 510 15 2/2 8433 2158 14
ST81-120-13 1/2 25 - 125 19 - 91 505 2.5 5.5 510 15 2/2 8433 2160 25
ETD ST81 Telescopic

ST81-30-10-T25 3/8 10 - 30 7- 22 1700 1.9 4.2 488 24 2/2 8433 2151 21
ST81-50-13-T25 1/2 16 - 50 12 - 37 1230 2.3 5.0 520 24 3/5 8433 2152 72
ST81-70-13-T25 1/2 15 - 70 12 - 51 880 2.6 5.8 538 17 3/5 8433 2154 98
ST81-90-13-T25 1/2 20 - 95 15 - 70 675 2.6 5.8 538 17 3/5 8433 2157 25
ST81-120-13-T25 1/2 25 - 125 19 - 91 505 2.6 5.8 538 17 3/5 8433 2159 53
97
TENSOR DS/DL CONTROLLER
DS/DL 300 Drive
Applications
The Tensor DS nutrunner and DL screw-
driver series has been developed to give
you the benefits of controlled tightening
and advanced electric systems through-
out your assembly operations. Electric
controlled tightening can significantly re-
duce your assembly costs and improve
overall productivity. The simplicity and
reliability, combined with outstanding
flexibility and accuracy, makes the Ten-
sor DS and DL series a given alternative
for your quality critical applications.The
systems have a well proven track record
of premium quality and reliability in a
multitude of industries, e.g. aerospace, DL Drive
automotive, construction, white goods
and electronics.
Drive functionality overview

The drive is the heart of any electrical
quality-fastening process. Used both to
control and monitor tools, the DS and DL
drives provide a high degree of function- DS Drive
ality with minimal setup and configura-
tion. The DS drive runs with the Tensor
DS nutrunners and the DL drive is used
together with Tensor DL screwdrivers.
There are two functionality levels of the
drives: The Basic (D302 and 303) mod-
el, for stations not requiring multi-torque
capability, and the Advanced (D312 and
313) model.
Tensor DS and DL reduce costs

The Tensor DS and DL systems reduce
costs through three major benefits:
Elimination of assembly problems

Through its control and monitoring func-
tionality, Tensor DS/DL will bring you
closer to zero fault production. By alert-
ing the operator to the most common er-
rors before they continue down the line,
the system ensures high-quality end
products, and saves you a fortune in re-
working costs.
One tool for several applications

The Tensor DS/DL can be set with up
to 10 different torque settings making it
possible to use the same tool for sev-
eral applications. This reduces operating
costs and allows a cleaner design of the
work area.
Tensor DS/DL improves productivity

The unsurpassed power-to-weight ra-
tio together with the high speed of the
tool makes it possible for reduced cycle
times. The highly precise torque control
system – DigiTork – ensures accuracies
of +/- 10% over +/- 3 sigma.
98
POWER FOCUS
Tensor S and ST Controller
Market leader
Atlas Copco is the global market leader
for fastening equipment and secures this
position with the Power Focus product
range.
Power Focus is a modular range of
controllers with flexibility to be used for
applications ranging from single spindle
hand-held operations to fixtured multiple
nutrunning systems. Advanced process
control and monitoring functions make it
easy to view and collect data using the
Internet infrastructure.
Total quality control
The Power Focus can be combined with
both Tensor S, Tensor ST or Tensor DS
tools and is used to control the fastening
and assembly process in the station. The
Power Focus and associated software
packages provide easy to understand in-
formation for everyone from operators to
plant managers. Graph
All the building blocks
The Power Focus is based on standard
hardware and software components which Compact
when combined will fulfill all demands
from the most basic non-networked sys-
tem to a fully integrated unit with the fac-
tory network. The modules fit together us-
ing the ‘plug and play’ concept.
Control the assembly process Two control units are available: Compact and Graph. All have the capability to power
The Power Focus incorporates advanced and control every Tensor DS/S/ST spindle produced.
control functions to prevent the worker
deviating from the required process. Compact Graph
On receipt of assembly information, the Offers minimum hardware expenditure. Gives you full stand alone programming
Power Focus automatically selects the Easily stackable to form multiple tool capability. Functions as a programming
correct tightening sequence and param- configurations. terminal for one or more compact units.
eters. This is a process control function
called Job.
Built-in connectivity
Fastening data management and com-
munications is a major requirement in
modern assembly operations. Many
plants demand to have instant fastening
data accessible at different levels in the
factory. Atlas Copco provides standard-
ized communication solutions with a sol-
id base for integration and the flexibility
for future needs.
RBU cuts downtime
Atlas Copco’s patented Rapid Backup
Unit (RBU) concept transfers functional-
ity to an non-configured hardware unit,
ensuring that hardware can easily be up-
graded should functionality requirements
change. The RBU also acts as backup
for programming and configuration. If a
change of hardware is required, just fit
the RBU to the new hardware, switch on
the unit and you’re ready. All programming
and network configurations are trans-
ferred in seconds. The RBU cuts down-
time to a minimum.
99
POWER FOCUS
Tensor S and ST Controller
StepSync spindle synchronization
Tensor spindles are easily fixtured using
our standard range of TwinSpin com-
ponents. StepSync synchronizes Ten-
sor spindles to provide consistent clamp
forces over the entire component mating
face. Synchronization is performed via
the proprietary I/O bus. Depending on
user-interface preferences and budget,
the SyncMaster may be a Compact or
Graph hardware unit.
MultiStage functionality reduces
relaxation
The inherent ‘MultiStage’ functionality
permits the combination of up to eight
different parameter sets in a linear se- Tensor spindles are easily fixtured using our standard range of TwinSpin components.
quence. The entire process is activated StepSync synchronizes Tensor spindles to provide consistent clamp forces over the
with just one press of the tool trigger. entire component mating face.
For joint conditioning, fasteners can be
run down to a pre-torque value, backed
off by a configurable number of degrees
and then re-tightened to the desired fi- as a programming and monitoring con- such as SPC monitor charts, and capa-
nal torque. This advanced functionality is sole for the other ‘CellMembers’, via the bility (Cpk) alarms highlight changes and
ideal for reducing relaxation in a joint. high-speed integral Ethernet network. trends in the assembly process. Effective
This saves space and cuts hardware information and SPC are good motiva-
Network the controllers with ‘Cells’
costs. tors, and encourage operators to adopt
The ‘Cell’ concept provides a network a proactive approach in monitoring the
without the need for a PC. A ‘Cell’ may Advanced statistics for better quality
quality of the assembly process.
comprise up to 20 units, with a ‘CellMas- control
ter’ (Compact or Graph) and the appro- Statistical data is collected, analyzed and
priate number of ‘CellMembers’. If the presented on the Power Focus Graph
‘Master’ is a Graph unit, it can function screen. Diagnostics and statistical alarms
CONTROLLER SOFTWARE
Functionality
The functionality is unlocked with a key Bronze
called RBU (Rapid Backup Unit). This ● Stand alone functionality:
patented device gives you access to ● 64 PSETs
the functionality you need and provides
● Autoset
backup for your individually programmed
data. Four levels of functionality are ● Batch count
available: Gold, Silver, Bronze and DS.

Silver
● All the functionality of the bronze plus:
DS
● 250 PSETs
● Stand alone functionality:
● Integrated Ethernet
● DS tools only
● Job functionality
● 64 PSETs
● MultiStage functionality
● Integrated Ethernet
● Cell functionality
● OK/NOK reporting
● SPC
● Job functionality
● Fieldbus options
● MultiStage functionality
● Cell functionality Gold

● Fieldbus option ● All the functionality of the silver plus:
● Advanced line control (Cell Job)
● Synchronisation in a cell
100
POWER FOCUS
Connectivity
Communication levels
Cell level
The cell is a key concept in the system
design. It is a cluster of max 20 control-
lers networked together via built-in Ether-
net TCP/IP. No need for use of a PC.
Factory level
Power Focus can be integrated with the
factory Ethernet network which enables
easy access and reporting anywhere in
the plant.
Internet level
World wide communication is a matter of
giving access through a factory network
gateway to Power Focus.
Controller level
Realtime communication over I/O bus in-
dependent of the factory net.
Fieldbus level
The most common field buses are sup-
ported. Profibus, DeviceNet, Interbus,
modbus+.
Discrete I/O, I/O bus, Fieldbus, Compact, Graph, PC, access router, host database.
101
POWER FOCUS
Configuration and analysis software
ToolsTalk DS/DL – PC-based programming

ToolsTalk DS/DL allows complete programming of your DS/DL tions, via a user-friendly PC interface. For customized report-
Drive. There are three programming levels: AutoSet (sets target ing, ToolsTalk can retrieve all results from a specified controller.
torque), QuickProg (sets target torque and joint hardness) and With a simple click, these results can then be imported directly
Full Programming. Connect your PC to the drive via the serial into other commercial software such as MS Excel etc.
RS232 port, open the ToolsTalk DS/DL software application and ToolsTalk PF communicates with the Power Focus 3100
you are talking to the drive. As simple as that. Programming control systems via an RS232 serial connection or an Ethernet
structure is intuitive, logical and easy to follow. TCP/IP, either direct or, as is more common in modern plants,
via the factory network from the office.
ToolsTalk PF – remote programming
ToolsTalk PF has the capability to program parameters in all
versions of Power Focus 3100 hardware/software configura-
102
POWER FOCUS
Data collection and process improvement software
ToolsNet – Process improvement
ToolsNet 3000 is a data collection and
process improvement software applica-
tion for use with Power Focus and Pow-
erMACS control systems. Combined,
these products provide total control of
the assembly process, providing a plat-
form for quality improvements. Historical
data, statistics and capability indexes
can be accessed at any time via a stand-
ard web browser such as MS Explorer.
ToolsNet is the complete assembly proc-
ess improvement tool.
Traceability minimizes recall costs

The production can be followed in real-
time or monitored through different re-
ports such as the Shift report or Product
report which provides information on an
entire shift or every tightening related to
a specified product.
In the event of warranty recalls, the re-
sult database provides access to critical
information which can easily minimize
the extent of any recall leading to an
overnight payback on your investment.
Event Monitor – events in real time

Integrate the Event Monitor software ap-
plication within your plant architecture
and monitor Power Focus and Power-
Macs events remotely, as they occur on
the assembly line, in real time.
Event Monitor can immediately alert
your office PC if the Cpk on a specific
controller has dropped below a specified
level, or if a tool at a specific workstation
requires preventative maintenance.
Event Monitor is web based. Data can
be accessed from anywhere in the plant,
using a standard web browser such as
MS Explorer.
Factory Overview – visualization

Factory Overview provides real time
monitoring and visualization of the pro-
duction process. Factory Overview is a
visual aid that presents the momentary
status of the assembly process for a fac-
tory, line or workstation in an easy-to-
comprehend form, from anywhere in the
factory.
This object-orientated concept ena-
bles tooling, quality and maintenance
engineers to access all plant data in real
time. Factory Overview ensures signifi-
cant performance gains throughout the
entire assembly process.
Factory Overview also provides a single
portal through which other Atlas Copco
software applications, such as ToolsTalk
PF, WinTC, ToolsNet and Event Monitor,
can be accessed.
103
TENSOR
Functionality overview
General DS / DL 300 Power Focus 3100
Functionality Level / RBU Basic Advanced DS Bronze Silver Gold

Runs Tool Types DS / DL DS /DL DS S / ST DS / S / ST DS / S / ST
Tensor controllers
Compact hardware x x x x x x
LED display x x x x x x
6 button keyboard x x x x x x
Graph hardware x x
LCD display x x
Full keyboard x x
Functionality
Number of tools 1 1 1 1 1 1
Number of Psets 1 10 64 64 250 250
Batch count x x x x x x
Open end spanner x x x x x x
Quick programming x x x x x x
Cross thread / Rehit detection x x x x x x
Tool service indicator x x x x x x
Autoset x x x x x x
Lock on reject x x x x x x
Line control x x x x
Transducer torque traceability x x x
Tightening status storage 5 000 5 000 5 000 5 000
Tightening data storage 5 000 5 000 5 000
MultiStages 8 8 8
Trace storage 8 8 8
Real time statistics x x x
SPC x x x
RBU x x x x
Bar code reading x x x
ID input to select Pset x x x
Job function x x x
Number of jobs 32 99 99
ID input to select job x x x
Complex job sequencing x x x
Cell programming x x x
Label printer (via Open protocol) x x x
Cell Job x
Strategies and options
Two stage/Quick step/Ergoramp x x x x x x
Torque control and angle monitoring x x x x x x
DS control x x x x x
Auto zoom step x x x x x x
CW / CCW operation x x x x x x
Rundown angle monitoring x x x x x x
Self tap / PVT monitoring x x x x x x
Reverse angle x x x x x
Rotate spindle x x x x x
Click wrench input x x x
Torque and angle control x x x
Torque or angle control x x x
Angle control and torque monitoring x x x
Step sync x
I/O
RS232 programming port x x x x x x
Discrete I/O x x x x x x
Remote start x x x x x x
Socket selector (optional) x x x x x
RE Alarm (optional) x x x x x
Parallel printer port x x x x
I/O Expander (optional) x x x x
Expandable I/O (up to 124 in / 124 out) x x x x
Operator ID card input x x x
Fieldbus card Optional Optional Optional
RS232 bar code reader port x x x
Easily programmed fieldbus protocol x x x
Ethernet port for remote prog x x x
Ethernet port for data collection x x x
Protocols
Open protocol serial x x x x
Open protocol Siemens 3964R serial x x x x
Open protocol Ethernet x x x
API x x x
Double open protocol sessions x x x
104
TENSOR
Functionality overview
General DS / DL 300 Power Focus 3100
Functionality Level / RBU Basic Advanced DS Bronze Silver Gold

Runs Tool Types DS / DL DS / DL DS S / ST DS / S / ST DS / S / ST
ToolsTalk World 03
ToolsTalk Functionality
Serial connection x x x x x x
Off line programming x x x x x x
Real time analysis x x x x x x
Tightening database to PC (Excel) x x x x
Tightening simulation x x x x
Operator monitor x x x x
Picture monitor x x x x
Fieldbus quick set-up x x x
Job monitor x x x
Bar code reader configration x x x
Ethernet connection x x x
Remote programming x x x
View tightening traces x x x
Overlay traces x x x
World 05
Multiple identifiers x x
Tensor ST sound files x x
Factory Overview World 03

Factory Overview Functionality
Visualisation of controllers on line x x x
Real time tightening status x x x
ToolsTalk link / WinTC x x x
Event Monitor link x x x
ToolsNet link x x x
Power Focus idle indicator x x x
Network connection indicator x x x
Event indicator x x x
Real time CPK x x x
World 05
Configurable link navigation x x x
Real time torque and angle information x x
Controller compatibility x x x
ToolsNet World 03
ToolsNet Functionality
Data collection OK-NOK x x
Data evaluation x x
Data linked to ID x x x
Date range filtering x x
Web browser interface x x x
Client / server solution x x x
Auto uploading of missing data x x x
Oracle / SQL compatibility x x x
Shift reports x x x
Vehicle reports x x x
Full data analysis capablities x x
Customised reports x x x
View tightening traces x x
Statistical analysis, histograms, SPC x x
World 05
Station report x x x
Trace analysis/overlay traces x x x
Multiple identifiers x x x
Event Monitor World 03

Event Monitor Functionality
Web browser interface x x x
Real time event monitoring x x x
Configurable event severity x x x
Event grouping functions x x x
Event filtering x x x
Event acknowledgement x x x
Event observation (with comments) x x x
Event history x x x
World 05
105
TENSOR MODULARITY
The Tensor family uses a modular concept based on standard hardware and software. Combined, it will fulfill
all assembly industry demands.
DL Tool cable
Tensor DL Tool
ETP
DL Drive
ETD 3, 5, 10, m
ETD DL PS
DS Tool / Whip Cable DS Extension Cable
ETV
DS Drive
Tensor DS Tool Basic DS302
2, 5, 7, 10, 15 m 5, 10, 15 m
ETO
ETC
FS
HAD
Advanced DS312
ETV
ETP
ETF
ETD
PF3100 Drive RBU
Tensor S Tool Compact DS
ETO
ETC
Bronze
FS
S/DS Tool / Whip cable S/DS Extension Cable
HAD
Graph
Silver
ETV
ETP
2, 5, 7, 10, 15 m 5, 10, 15 m
Gold
ETF
ST Tool cable
ETD
Tensor ST Tool
ETD 2, 3, 5, 7, 10, 15 m
ETV
106
TENSOR
Drives and software
Controller hardware Software modules

Model Ordering No. Model Ordering No.
DL Drive Factory Overview World 03

D303-DL Basic 8433 4850 48 5 Spindle license 8092 1158 05
D313-DL Advanced 8433 4850 33 10 Spindle license 8092 1158 10
DS Drive 25 Spindle license 8092 1158 25
D302-DS4 Basic 8433 0820 48 50 Spindle license 8092 1158 50
D312-DS4 Advanced 8433 0820 33 75 Spindle license 8092 1158 75
Power Focus 3100 Combo World 03 Factory Overview World 05
Tensor S/DS/ST 5 Spindle license 8092 1168 05
PF 3107-G-HW 8433 2700 00 10 Spindle license 8092 1168 10
PF 3107-C-HW 8433 2700 05 25 Spindle license 8092 1168 25
PF 3107-G-DN-HW 8433 2740 00 50 Spindle license 8092 1168 50
PF 3107-C-DN-HW 8433 2740 05 75 Spindle license 8092 1168 75 Software
PF 3107-G-PB-HW 8433 2742 00 125 Spindle license 8092 1168 80
PF 3107-C-PB-HW 8433 2742 05 200 Spindle license 8092 1168 85
PF 3107-G-IB-HW 8433 2745 00 350 Spindle license 8092 1168 90
PF 3107-C-IB-HW 8433 2745 05 500 Spindle license 8092 1168 95
PF 3107-G-EIP-HW 8433 2749 00 Event Monitor World 03
PF 3107-C-EIP-HW 8433 2749 05 5 Spindle license 8092 1157 05
10 Spindle license 8092 1157 10
PF 3109-G-HW 8433 2900 00 25 Spindle license 8092 1157 25
PF 3109-C-HW 8433 2900 05 50 Spindle license 8092 1157 50
PF 3109-G-DN-HW 8433 2940 00 75 Spindle license 8092 1157 75
PF 3109-C-DN-HW 8433 2940 05 125 Spindle license 8092 1157 80
PF 3109-G-PB-HW 8433 2942 00 200 Spindle license 8092 1157 85
PF 3109-C-PB-HW 8433 2942 05 350 Spindle license 8092 1157 90
PF 3109-G-IB-HW 8433 2945 00 500 Spindle license 8092 1157 95
PF 3109-C-IB-HW 8433 2945 05
PF 3109-G-EIP-HW 8433 2949 00 Event Monitor World 05 DL Drive
PF 3109-C-EIP-HW 8433 2949 05 5 Spindle license 8092 1167 05
Power Focus 3100 Combo World 05 25 Spindle license 8092 1167 25
Tensor S/DS/ST 50 Spindle license 8092 1167 50
PF3107-G-HW 8433 5700 00 75 Spindle license 8092 1167 75
PF3107-C-HW 8433 5700 05 125 Spindle license 8092 1167 80
PF3107-G-DN-HW 8433 5740 00 200 Spindle license 8092 1167 85
PF3107-C-DN-HW 8433 5740 05 350 Spindle license 8092 1167 90
PF3107-C-PB-HW 8433 5742 05 500 Spindle license 8092 1167 95
PF3109-G-HW 8433 5900 00 ToolsTalk DS/DL
PF3109-C-HW 8433 5900 05 Swedish 8092 1138 60
PF3109-G-DN-HW 8433 5940 00 English 8092 1138 62
PF3109-C-DN-HW 8433 5940 05 German 8092 1138 64
French 8092 1138 66
Software modules Spanish 8092 1138 68
Italian 8092 1138 70
Model Ordering No.
ToolsTalk PF3100 World 03
ToolsNet World 03 1-user license 8092 1163 01
5 Spindle license 8092 1156 05 5-user license 8092 1163 05
25 Spindle license 8092 1156 25 Plant license 8092 1163 99 Power Focus Graph
50 Spindle license 8092 1156 50 ToolsTalk PF3100 World 05
350 Spindle license 8092 1156 90 Plant license 8092 1165 99
500 Spindle license 8092 1156 95 1-user licence (upgrade) 8092 1165 31
ToolsNet World 05 5-user licence (upgrade) 8092 1165 35
5 Spindle license 8092 1166 05 10-user licence (upgrade) 8092 1165 40
10 Spindle license 8092 1166 10 Sticker
25 Spindle license 8092 1166 25 PF World 05 sticker 4222 0820 15
50 Spindle license 8092 1166 50 (12 package)
125 Spindle license 8092 1166 80 Controller software
350 Spindle license 8092 1166 90 Software Référence
500 Spindle license 8092 1166 95 RBU-Bronze 8433 0010 10
RBU-Silver 8433 0015 20
RBU-Gold 8433 0020 20
RBU-DS 8433 0005 10
RBU-X 8433 0080 20 Power Focus Compact
107
TENSOR
Controller accessories
Controller accessories
Model Ordering No.
Selector 4 8433 0610 04

Selector 8 8433 0610 08
Rotary selector 8433 0606 15
Bit selector 8433 0612 08
Bit selector pad doublea 4222 0933 92
Bit selector pad singleb 4222 0933 92
Selector for large sockets 8433 0610 44
RE-Alarm 8433 0560 03
I/O Expander 8433 0564 38
Start handle 4220 1391 91 RE-Alarm I/O Expansion box
Accessory cables
I/O bus cable 0.5 m 4222 0470 00
I/O bus cable 1 m 4222 0470 01
I/O bus cable 3 m 4222 0470 03
I/O bus cable 5 m 4222 0470 05
I/O bus cable 10 m 4222 0470 10
I/O bus cable 15 m 4222 0470 15
I/O Termination plug 4222 0443 00
Ethernet cables
Crossed 0.5 m 4222 0682 00
Crossed 1 m 4222 0682 01
Crossed 3 m 4222 0682 03
Crossed 5 m 4222 0682 05
Crossed 10 m 4222 0682 10
Crossed 15 m 4222 0682 15
Crossed 25 m 4222 0682 25 Selector 8 Bit selector
Crossed 50 m 4222 0682 50
Straight 0.5 m 4222 0754 00
Straight 1 m 4222 0754 01
Straight 3 m 4222 0754 03
Straight 5 m 4222 0754 05
Straight 10 m 4222 0754 10
Straight 15 m 4222 0754 15
Straight 25 m 4222 0754 25
Straight 50 m 4222 0754 50
a
Only compatible with Bit selector.
b
Only compatible with Socket selector 4 and 8.
ComNode
Model Ordering No.
ComNode 8433 2710 00

ComNode Touch Screen 8433 2710 10
Operator Panel advanced Start handle

Operator panel
Model Ordering No.
Operator Panel advanced 8433 0565 00

Operator Panel basic 8433 0565 10
ComNode ComNode Touch Screen
108
TENSOR
Cables
Cables for DS/S/ST/DL Manuals
Tensor DL Power Focus 3100
Tool cable English 9836 1648 01
3m 4220 2604 03 Swedish 9836 1648 02
5m 4220 2604 05 French 9836 1648 03
10 m 4220 2604 10 German 9836 1648 04
Extension cable Spanish 9836 1648 05
3m 4220 2704 03 Portugese 9836 1648 06 S Cable with 90 degrees connector
5m 4220 2704 05 Italian 9836 1648 07
10 m 4220 2704 10
DS / DL Drive 300
Heavy duty cable
English 9836 2050 01
5m 4220 3265 05
Swedish 9836 2050 02
Spiral cable
French 9836 2050 03
1.5 m 4220 3240 06
German 9836 2050 04
Tensor DS Spanish 9836 2050 05
Tool cable Portugese 9836 2050 06
2m 4220 1616 02 Italian 9836 2050 07
5m 4220 1616 05
Printed manuals must be ordered separately.
7m 4220 1616 07
10 m 4220 1616 10
15 m 4220 1616 15
Extension cable S Cable with loop
5m 4220 2047 05
10 m 4220 2047 10
15 m 4220 2047 15
Extension cables for
fixtured applications
5m 4220 2046 05
10 m 4220 2046 10
15 m 4220 2046 15
Tensor S
Tool cable
2m 4220 0982 02
3m 4220 0982 03 DL Cable ST Cable with loop
5m 4220 0982 05
7m 4220 0982 07
10 m 4220 0982 10
15 m 4220 0982 15
Extension cable
5m 4220 1007 05
10 m 4220 1007 10
15 m 4220 1007 15
Extension cables for fixtured applications
5m 4220 1563 05
DS Tool cable ST Spiral cable
10 m 4220 1563 10
15 m 4220 1563 15
Cables with 90 degrees connector
5m 4220 1560 05
10 m 4220 1560 10
15 m 4220 1560 15
Cable with loop for high flexibility
5m 4220 1845 05
10 m 4220 1845 10
15 m 4220 1845 15
Tensor STa
Tool cable
DS Extension cable for fixtured applications ST cable protection
2m 4220 2636 02
3m 4220 2636 03
5m 4220 2636 05
7m 4220 2636 07
10 m 4220 2636 10
15 m 4220 2636 15
Spiral cable (length/stretched length)
3m/4m 4220 2757 03
7m/8m 4220 2757 07
10 m / 12 m 4220 2757 10
Cable protection 4220 2977 90
a
Tensor S extension cables are fully compatible with
Tensor ST.
109
TENSOR
Tool accessories
Tool extensions
Model Length Ordering No.
ETD/ETV/ETF DS4/S4 150 4220 1131 80

ETD DS7/S7 20-30 150 4220 1131 80
ETV DS7/S7 30-50 150 4220 1131 80
ETF DS7/S7 15-40 150 4220 1131 80
ETD/ETV/ETF DS4/S4 100 4220 1131 86
ETD S7 50-120 150 4220 1132 80
ETV S7 70-200 150 4220 1132 80
ETF S7 50-100 150 4220 1132 80
ETD S9 100 150 4220 1132 80 Tool extension
ETV S9 50 150 4220 1132 80
ETF S9 80 150 4220 1132 80
ETD/ETV DS7 70-200 150 4220 1714 80
ETD S9 200 150 4220 1132 81
ETD S9 200 100 4220 1132 82
ETD/ETV DS9/S9 270-370 150 4220 1585 80
ETD DS9/S9 450-600 150 4220 1585 85
ETV ST61/81 100-200 150 4220 2903 81
Fixtured extensions
For nut
Model Length Ordering No. Ordering No.
ETV S4/S7 10-50 74 4220 2579 90 4220 0841 01 Fixtured extension

ETV DS4/DS7 10-50 4220 1640 01
ETV S7/S9 70-200 73 4220 2469 90 4220 0848 01
ETV DS7/DS9 70-200 4220 1663 01
ETV S9/DS9 270-600 91 4220 2614 90 Included
Supported extensions
Model Extension Ordering No.
ETV DS7/S7/ST6/ST8 40-50 142 4220 2209 80

180 4220 2202 80
ETV DS7/S7/ST6/ST8 40-50 88 4220 2247 80
226 4220 2203 80 Supported extensions
Reaction bars and mounting brackets
Number Spline type Type L/W/H Ordering No.
1 Spline type 0 Bracket 100/60/8 4220 1029 00
3 Triangular 73/72/14 4220 2137 02
4 Bar 270/35/14 4220 1903 00
5 Spline type 3 Bracket 100/50/12 4210 2219 03 Reaction bar
6 Triangular 82/80/12 4220 2137 03
7 Bar 400/29/12 4210 2219 80
9 Triangular 112/109/15 4220 2137 06
10 Bar 560/80/15 4220 1200 01
Mounting bracket Triangular
Mounting bracket is included for some tool models.
Please match the number from the table with the tool tables.
Reaction plate for fixturing

Model Ordering No.
ETV ST61/81 40-50 4220 3324 80

ETV ST61/ST81-70 4220 3188 80
ETV ST61/ST81-100 4220 3029 80
ETV ST61/ST81-150-200 4220 1128 85
Reaction plate
Suspension yokes
Model Type Assembly Ordering No.
ETD/ETV/ETF S4 Fixed Motor front nut 4220 1675 86

ETD/ETV/ETF S4/S7 Horizontal Motor 4220 0987 80
ETD/ETV DS4/DS7 Horizontal Motor 4220 0987 85
ETD/ETV S4/S7/S9/ Vertical Handles 4220 1417 80
DS4/DS7/DS9
ETD/ETV/ETF S9 Horizontal Motor 4220 1418 93
ETP S4/S7/DS4/DS7 Horizontal Motor 4220 1154 90
ETV/ETD ST31/61 Horizontal Motor 4220 2657 90
ETV/ETD ST31/61 Fixed Motor 4220 2843 92
ETV/ETD ST81 Horizontal Motor 4220 0987 90
ETV/ETD ST81 Fixed Motor 4220 2843 91 Suspension yokes
110
TENSOR
Tool accessories
Lever DS / S / ST
Model Ordering No.
Lever 4220 1642 80

Extended lever 4220 1642 85
Safety lever (DS/S) 4220 2356 80
Lever Safety lever

Lever DL
Model Ordering No.
Lever 4220 2540 81

Extended lever 4220 2540 88
Protective cover Tensor DS and Tensor S Extended lever

Model Ordering No
ETV DS4/S4, DS7/S7 28-30 9040 0900 08

ETV S7 40-50 9040 0900 09
ETV S7 70-100 9040 0900 10
ETV S9 50 9040 0900 11
ETV DS7 40-50 9040 0900 33
ETV DS7 70-100 9040 0900 34
ETP S4/DS4 10 9040 0900 12
Protective cover Tensor DS/S
Protective cover Tensor ST

Model Ordering No.
ETV ST31 5-15 4220 2744 05

ETV ST31/ST61 28-30 4220 2744 03
ETV ST61 40-50/ST81 50 4220 2744 02
ETV ST61 70/ST81 70 4220 2744 04
Protective cover Tensor ST
Pistol grip
Model Ordering No.
Tensor DL 4220 2743 80
Telescopic front parts for ETV

Model Holder Front part Nut
DS7/S7 40/50 4220 1673 80 4220 1145 90 4220 0841 01

DS7/S7 70/100 4220 1811 81 4220 1135 95 4220 0848 01
DS7/S7 150/200 4220 1592 81 4220 1135 93 4220 0848 01 Tensor DL
DS9/S9 4220 1960 80 4220 1179 91 Included
Torque multiplier
Max
Torque Gear Square Square
Model Nm ratio in out Ordering No.
T-Mult 120 30 4.54 3/8 1/2 8431 0453 53

T-Mult 200 50 4.62 3/8 3/4 8433 0310 07
T-Mult 400 100 4.10 1/2 3/4 8431 0493 65
T-Mult 500 30 16.11 3/8 3/4 8433 0310 28
T-Mult 800 45 18.50 1/2 1 8433 0311 81
Telescopic front part
T-Mult 1000 250 4.00 3/4 1 8433 0312 16
T-Mult 1500 72 21.10 1/2 1 8433 0312 20
Mounting bracket and nut (included with T-mult)

Model Mounting bracket Nut
T-Mult 120 4210 2134 00 4210 2135 00
T-Mult 200 4210 2219 03 4210 2218 00
T-Mult 400 4210 2183 00 4210 2182 00
T-Mult 500 4210 2183 00 4210 2182 00
T-Mult 800 4210 2726 00 4210 2725 00
T-Mult 1000 4210 2726 00 4210 2725 00
T-Mult 1500 4210 3899 80 4210 3936 00 T-Mult
111
TENSOR
Tool accessories
Barcode scanner
Model Tools Ordering No.
Scanner ST61-S ST31, ST61 28-50 8433 0615 10

Scanner ST61-L ST61 70-200 8433 0615 20
Scanner ST81-S ST81 50 8433 0615 30
Scanner ST81-L ST81 70-200 8433 0615 40
Barcode scanner
Parameter set selector

Selector ST61-S ST31, ST61 28-50 8433 0616 05

Selector ST61-L ST61 70-200 8433 0616 15
Selector ST81-S ST81 50 8433 0616 25
Selector ST81-L ST81 70-200 8433 0616 35
Parameter set selector
I/O device module

I/O Device ST61-S ST31, ST61 28-50 8433 0617 12

I/O Device ST61-L ST61 70-200 8433 0617 22
I/O Device ST81-S ST81 50 8433 0617 32
I/O Device ST81-L ST81 70-200 8433 0617 42
I/O device module
Protection
Model Ordering No.
Scanner protection ST61-S 4220 2762 10

Selector protection 4220 2917 06
I/O device protection 4220 2917 06
Scanner protection
112
MULTIPLES BY EXPRESS
Stand Alone
Flexible and powerful system –
Why waste time and money reinventing quick, easy
the same solution when you can custom- and powerful.
ize your multiples – by Express?
“Express“ components are designed
and manufactured by Atlas Copco. Our
long experience, uncompromising qual-
ity and unrivalled R&D resources ensure
products that meet the most stringent
demands.
Short lead-time – fast response
The unique Express concept permits
quotations, complete with specifications
and dimensional drawings, in days rather
than weeks. The secret is smart modular
thinking (Express) and an outstanding lo-
gistics network. This means real savings
– in time and money.
Express mechanics
113
POWER FOCUS
ETX nutrunners and cables
Power Focus with ETX nutrunners
ETX nutrunners are compact, durable
and easy to integrate.
Some applications require spindles for
fixtures and for durability under extreme
conditions. ETX is designed to last in the ETX42-20COT
toughest environments with high duty
cycle and high production rate. ETX is
controlled by the Power Focus 3100, just
like the Tensor and Tensor ST tools mak-
ing it a true plug and play system.
Optimized for integration, ETX makes
life easy for application engineers. There
are optional ways to fixture the front end
of the tool. With a sandwich mount, for
easy exchange of the socket holder, or
pilot mount direct onto the front end.
Its compact planetary gear minimizes ETX50-90CT
center-to-center distances, for greater
flexibility when placing the spindles in
the powerhead. Calibration data, service
data, general tool- and transducer data
(such as cycles, serial numbers) is all
stored on the built-in memory chip.
When matching tool to application,
accessibility can pose a real problem.
Available in many different mechanical
designs (angle tools, u-builds and so
on), the ETX range can be the answer
to that “impossible” application. Contact
your local Atlas Copco representative for
further details.
● Compact, easy to integrate and service
friendly.
● Built in memory chip.
● Torque range 6-950 Nm.
● Adjustable single connector designed
for cable management flexibility.

● Different socket holder lengths (0-200
mm), permit access to applications or

parts with tight clearances.
● Spring travel can be increased from
the standard 50 mm to 76 mm, to sim-
plify fastening of longer bolts.
● ISO certified to +/- 2.5% accuracy and
1 million duty cycles on hard and soft
joints.
● Low moment of rotor inertia, designed
for high dynamic applications.
ETX cables
ETC cables are designed with a robust
extruded connector and a super-flex
jacket for increased durability.
● Reduce spare parts due to a single ca-
ble design.
● Super-flex cables provide increased
life.
● Cable lengths in combination up to 25 m.
114
POWER FOCUS
ETX nutrunners and cables
Standard nutrunner A E
Atlas Copco standard DC electric brush-
less nutrunners. These state-of-the-art
nutrunners are used for a wide variety of
fastening tasks.
COT – offset version

A B Pilot mount only C
D Sandwich mount
Pilot mount CT – straight version
Socket
holder Socket
Travel Torque range Max Min Weight Gear size holder A B C D E
Model mm Nm ft lb speed C-C kg lb ratio in Ordering No. Ordering No. mm mm mm mm mm
ETX42-20CT 50 6 - 20 4 - 14 2000 43 3.2 7.1 7.50 3/8 8435 5120 10 4230 1818 00 134 23 386 15 –
ETX42-20COT 50 6 - 20 4 - 14 2000 31 4.3 9.5 7.50 3/8 8435 5120 20 4230 1818 00 134.5 – – – 436
ETX42-50CT 50 10 - 50 7 - 35 700 43 3.5 7.7 21.33 1/2 8435 5130 10 4230 1819 00 134 23 412 15 –
ETX42-50COT 50 10 - 50 7 - 35 700 31 4.6 10.1 21.33 1/2 8435 5130 20 4230 1819 00 134.5 – – – 463
ETX50-90CT 50 20 - 90 15 - 65 650 51 5.9 13.0 18.21 1/2 8435 5140 10 4230 1820 00 137 23 462 15 –
ETX50-90COT 50 20 - 90 15 - 65 650 37 8.1 17.9 18.21 1/2 8435 5140 20 4230 1820 00 137 – – – 519
ETX50-150CT 50 30 - 150 22 - 110 380 51 5.8 12.8 31.24 1/2 8435 5150 10 4230 1820 00 137 23 462 15 –
ETX50-150COT 50 30 - 150 22 - 110 380 37 8.0 17.6 31.24 1/2 8435 5150 20 4230 1820 00 137 – – – 519
ETX62-150CT 50 30 - 150 22 - 110 450 63 9.5 20.9 13.94 1/2 8435 5160 10 4230 1829 00 152 25 531 15 –
ETX62-150COT 50 30 - 150 22 - 110 450 46 9.5 20.9 13.94 1/2 8435 5160 20 4230 1829 00 152.5 – – – 575
ETX62-230CT 50 40 - 230 29 - 170 330 63 10.2 22.5 19.04 3/4 8435 5170 10 4230 1822 00 152 25 531 15 –
ETX62-230COT 50 40 - 220 29 - 162 330 46 12.8 28.2 19.04 3/4 8435 5170 20 4230 1822 00 152.5 – – – 575
ETX62-350CT 50 50 - 350 37 - 258 220 63 10.2 22.5 28.33 3/4 8435 5180 10 4230 1822 00 152 25 531 15 –
ETX62-350COT 50 50 - 330 37 - 243 220 50 12.9 28.4 28.33 3/4 8435 5180 20 4230 1822 00 152 – – – 580.5
ETX72-450CT 50 90 - 450 122 - 331 160 73 11.3 25 41.6 3/4 8435 5182 10 4230 1971 00 146 30 610.5 20 –
ETX72-600CT 50 120 - 600 163 - 441 110 73 11.3 25 58.0 3/4 8435 5183 10 4230 1971 00 146 30 610.5 20 –
ETX90-750CT 50 150 - 750 204 - 551 90 91 17.8 39 68.3 1 8435 5184 10 4230 1824 00 152 32 581.5 20 –
ETX90-950CT 50 200 - 950 272 - 699 70 91 17.8 39 90.0 1 8435 5185 10 4230 1824 00 152 32 581.5 20 –
Cables
Model Ordering No.
Tool cables
Tool cables 2m 4230 2195 02
5m 4230 2195 05
7m 4230 2195 07
10 m 4230 2195 10
15 m 4230 2195 15
20 m 4230 2195 20
ETX Extension cables
Extension cables 5m 4220 1563 05
10 m 4220 1563 10
15 m 4220 1563 15
ETX extension cables are the same as for Tensor S.
RBU
Ordering No.
RBU-X 8433 0080 20
115
POWER FOCUS
ETX nutrunners
Atlas Copco special socket holder designs allow you to reach
into applications or parts with tight clearances.
Additional socket holder length

A
ETX42-20CT ETX62-150CT
Socket Socket
holder Socket holder Socket
A size holdera A size holdera
mm Product No. in Ordering No. mm Product No. in Ordering No.
0b
8435 5120 10 3/8 4230 1818 00 0b
8435 5160 10 1/2 4230 1829 00
50 8435 4063 08 3/8 4230 2217 00 50 8435 4063 37 1/2 4230 2223 00
100 8435 4063 10 3/8 4230 2217 01 100 8435 4063 40 1/2 4230 2223 01
150 8435 4063 12 3/8 4230 2217 02 150 8435 4063 43 1/2 4230 2223 02
200 8435 4063 14 3/8 4230 2217 03 200 8435 4063 46 1/2 4230 2223 03
0 8435 4063 70 5/8 4230 1821 00
50 8435 4063 38 5/8 4230 2224 00
100 8435 4063 41 5/8 4230 2224 01
ETX42-50CT 150 8435 4063 44 5/8 4230 2224 02
Socket 200 8435 4063 47 5/8 4230 2224 03
holder Socket
A size holdera
mm Product No. in Ordering No.
0b 8435 5130 10 1/2 4230 1819 00 ETX62-230CT

50 8435 4063 19 1/2 4230 2218 00
100 8435 4063 21 1/2 4230 2218 01 Socket
150 8435 4063 23 1/2 4230 2218 02 holder Socket
200 8435 4063 25 1/2 4230 2218 03 A size holdera
0 8435 4063 81 5/8 4230 1821 00

50 8435 4063 83 5/8 4230 2224 00
ETX50-90CT 100 8435 4063 98 5/8 4230 2224 01
150 8435 4063 88 5/8 4230 2224 02
Socket 200 8435 4063 91 5/8 4230 2224 03
holder Socket 0b 8435 5170 10 3/4 4230 1822 00
A size holdera 50 8435 4063 84 3/4 4230 2226 00
mm Product No. in Ordering No. 100 8435 4063 86 3/4 4230 2226 01
150 8435 4063 89 3/4 4230 2226 02
0
b
8435 5140 10 1/2 4230 1820 00
200 8435 4063 92 3/4 4230 2226 03
50 8435 4063 28 1/2 4230 2219 00
100 8435 4063 29 1/2 4230 2219 01
150 8435 4063 30 1/2 4230 2219 02
200 8435 4063 31 1/2 4230 2219 03 ETX62-350CT
Socket
holder Socket
A size holdera
ETX50-150CT
Socket 0 8435 4063 72 5/8 4230 1821 00
holder Socket 50 8435 4063 53 5/8 4230 2224 00
A size holdera 100 8435 4063 56 5/8 4230 2224 01
mm Product No. in Ordering No. 150 8435 4063 59 5/8 4230 2224 02
200 8435 4063 62 5/8 4230 2224 03
0
b
8435 5150 10 1/2 4230 1820 00 0b 8435 5180 10 3/4 4230 1822 00
50 8435 4063 68 1/2 4230 2219 00 50 8435 4063 54 3/4 4230 2226 00
100 8435 4063 33 1/2 4230 2219 01 100 8435 4063 57 3/4 4230 2226 01
150 8435 4063 34 1/2 4230 2219 02 150 8435 4063 60 3/4 4230 2226 02
200 8435 4063 35 1/2 4230 2219 03 200 8435 4063 63 3/4 4230 2226 03
a
This socket holder is included when you order the complete spindle.
b
This socket holder follows when you order the standard nutrunner.
NOTE: The spindle travel is 50 mm for all sockets holders.
116
POWERMACS
PowerMACS/QMX
Where requirements for functionality, ● Nutrunner sequencing – This allows ● Better residual torques – Synchro-
durability and flexibility are the highest, nutrunners to be sequenced at each nized controlled fastening allows resid-
PowerMACS and the QMX nutrunners phase of the tightening process allow- ual torque levels to be more consistent
provide the solution for you. ing even distribution of torque to each with the dynamic torque specification.
PowerMACS is the controller/servo fastener. ● Saving in cycle time – Compared
controlling the QMX nutrunners. These ● Even torque distribution – Where with using a single nutrunner tool with
products are typically used for fixtured in- there is uneven torque distribution, many rundowns, running all fasteners
stallations – automated, semi-automated part damage or distortion could occur simultaneously reduces in-station cy-
or manually operated. with possible fastener failure or loss of cle time.
The PowerMACS controller can be residual torque.
built into a cabinet or used as a Stand
● Cost saving benefits – Saving in-
Alone. The Stand Alone concept is a
● Snug, threshold, final torque in one station cycle time frees up operators
unique way of installing these advanced pass – No need for multiple torque to handle additional tasks and poten-
systems in a very simple manner, true stage sequencing as with a single nu- tially reduce labor requirements, at the
plug & play. Advanced products do not trunner tool. Fixtured nutrunners save same time eliminating bottle necks.
have to mean complex handling any time and effort from start to finish.
more. ● No missed fasteners – With multiple
The QMX nutrunners are extremely nutrunners there is a spindle dedicated
robust and durable, standing up to the to each location, ensuring quality on
toughest environments. At the same time every rundown on every bolt.
they are small and fast, allowing ergo-
nomically built multiples. Don’t let your
ergonomics requirements slip just be-
cause you are using a multiple.
117
POWERMACS
PowerMACS
Already ex-stock as a standard compo-
nent, PowerMACS is ready to take on the
most demanding jobs. You do not have to
add external devices to get going. Power it
up, program it and you are ready to go.
It is also built to communicate. Connect
the PowerMACS system to your network
via the built-in Ethernet port or connect it
to your fieldbus network (option) to com-
municate production data.
There is even a PLC on board, allow-
ing you to program any logic sequence
you like. The PLC is standard, included
when you order a PowerMACS.
Production up-time is ensured by flash
PROM memory and RAM back-up mem-
ory. We know the value for you of keep-
ing production going and did not compro-
mise on reliability when we designed this
system.
TC52P/54P TC52S/54S
● Plenty of memory for handling cycle ● Fieldbus flexibility to handle data and ● Installation flexibility with external
data, statistics, SPC, cycle traces, sta- I/O communications. and panel mounted controllers.
tion events, etc. ● On board operating system with real ● Inertia braking capabilities to ab-
● Peripheral support for barcode read- time configurable PLC to handle all in- sorb the inertia during a high speed
ers, printers and special communication station functions. run-down on a hard joint, allowing for
protocols. ● True nutrunner synchronization achie- productivity and accuracy at the same
● API-Server (Application Program In- ved using high speed internal Ethernet time.
terface) software component using communications.
TCP/IP.
PowerMACS – Tightening controllers
Model Type Ordering No.
Stand Alone TCs 570 V/20 A (IP54) for QMX42 – QMX62

TC52 S-N Stand Alone – No FieldBus 4240 0440 81
TC52 S-P Stand Alone – ProfiBus 4240 0441 81
TC52 S-I Stand Alone – InterBus 4240 0442 81
TC52 S-D Stand Alone – DeviceNet 4240 0443 81
TC52 S-M Stand Alone – ModBus Plus 4240 0444 81
Stand Alone TCs 570 V/40 A (IP54) for QMX80 – QMX90
TC54 S-N Stand Alone – No FieldBus 4240 0450 81
TC54 S-P Stand Alone – ProfiBus 4240 0451 81
TC54 S-I Stand Alone – InterBus 4240 0452 81
TC54 S-D Stand Alone – DeviceNet 4240 0453 81
TC54 S-M Stand Alone – ModBus Plus 4240 0454 81
Panel TCs (IP20) 570 V/20 A for QMX42 – QMX62
TC52 P-N Panel – No FieldBus 4240 0410 81
TC52 P-P Panel – ProfiBus 4240 0411 81
TC52 P-I Panel – InterBus 4240 0412 81
TC52 P-D Panel – DeviceNet 4240 0413 81
TC52 P-M Panel – ModBus Plus 4240 0414 81
Panel TCs (IP20) 570 V/40 A for QMX80 – QMX90
TC54 P-N Panel – No FieldBus 4240 0430 81
TC54 P-P Panel – ProfiBus 4240 0431 81
TC54 P-I Panel – InterBus 4240 0432 81
TC54 P-D Panel – DeviceNet 4240 0433 81
TC54 P-M Panel – ModBus Plus 4240 0434 81
118
POWERMACS
QMX nutrunners and cables
QMX nutrunners
QMX is designed to last in the toughest
environments. With its high speed and
outstanding durability it will meet your
most stringent demands.
The electric motor in the QMX nutrun-
ners is a proprietary Atlas Copco brush-
less DC motor. It is highly efficient, allow-
ing for it to put out high power at a high
cycle rate without overheating. The de-
sign uses resolver technology. All of this QMX62-19RT
together allows QMX to be certified to
the highest levels of both accuracy and
durability.
Our range includes standard tools in
several different configurations of which
a sample appears in the catalogue.
Should you require more information,
please contact your local Atlas Copco
representative.
● Resolver technology enables us to run
QMX90-95ROT
unique tightening strategies and gaug-
ing applications.
● Increased productivity due to faster nu-
trunner speeds resulting from a higher
bus voltage.
● Torque range from 6-4000 Nm.
● MTBF better than 5 million cycles, un-
der normal conditions.
● Adjustable single cable connector de-
sign for cable management flexibility.
● ISO certified to +/- 2.5% accuracy and
1 million duty cycles on hard and soft
joints.
● Excellent nutrunner C-C distances when
comparing power-to-weight ratio.
● Low moment of rotor inertia, designed
for high dynamic applications.

● Co-axial nutrunner design to handle
dual nutrunner functionality on special

applications.
QMX cables
Cable integrity is the most crucial com-
ponent of any system. QMX cables are
designed with a robust extruded connec-
tor and a super-flex jacket for increased
durability.
● Reduced spare parts due to a single
cable design.
● 3-in-1 Power, Resolver, and Transduc-
er connections built into one cable de-

sign.
● Super-flex cables provide increased life.
● Cable lengths in combinations up to 35
meters.
QRTT
Tranducers used for both QMX nutrun-
ners and fixtured Tensor tool calibration.
This transducer enables fast and easy
set-up with highest system accuracy. By
using the QRTT, no special test adapter
between the nutrunner and the product
itself is now needed (for further informa-
tion see page 141).
119
POWERMACS
QMX nutrunners
Standard nutrunner A E
Atlas Copco standard DC electric brush-
less resolver nutrunners. These state-of-
the-art nutrunners are used for a wide
variety of fastening tasks.
ROT – offset version

A B Pilot mount only C
D Sandwich mount
Pilot mount RT – straight version
Socket
holder Socket
Travel Torque range Max Min Weight Gear size holdera A B C D E
QMX42-2RT 50 6 - 20 4 - 14 1200 43 3.2 7.1 7.5 3/8 8432 5120 10 4230 1818 00 134 23 386 15 -
QMX42-2ROT 50 6 - 18 4 - 13 1200 31 4.3 9.5 7.5 3/8 8432 5120 20 4230 1818 00 134.5 - - - 436
QMX42-5RT 50 10 - 50 7 - 35 560 43 3.5 7.7 21.3 1/2 8432 5130 10 4230 1819 00 134 23 412 15 -
QMX42-5ROT 50 10 - 50 7 - 35 560 31 4.6 10.1 21.3 1/2 8432 5130 20 4230 1819 00 134.5 - - - 463
QMX42-5ROT 50 10 - 50 7 - 35 560 31 4.6 10.1 21.3 3/8 8432 5130 24 4230 1818 00 134.5 - - - 463
QMX50-9RT 50 20 - 90 15 - 65 560 51 5.9 13.0 18.2 1/2 8432 5140 10 4230 1820 00 137 23 462 15 -
QMX50-9ROT 50 20 - 85 15 - 60 560 37 8.1 17.9 18.2 1/2 8432 5140 20 4230 1820 00 137 - - - 519
QMX50-15RT 50 30 - 150 22 - 110 330 51 5.8 12.8 31.3 1/2 8432 5150 10 4230 1820 00 137 23 462 15 -
QMX50-15ROT 50 30 - 145 22 - 105 330 37 8.0 17.6 31.3 1/2 8432 5150 20 4230 1820 00 137 - - - 519
QMX62-19RT 50 40 - 190 30 - 140 330 63 9.5 21.0 19.4 5/8 8432 5160 10 4230 1821 00 152 25 525.5 15 -
QMX62-19RT 50 40 - 190 30 - 140 330 63 9.5 21.0 19.4 1/2 8432 5165 10 4230 1829 00 152 25 525.5 15 -
QMX62-19ROT 50 40 - 180 30 - 130 330 45 12.9 28.4 19.4 5/8 8432 5160 20 4230 1821 00 152.5 - - - 570
QMX62-32RT 50 70 - 320 50 - 235 200 63 10.2 22.5 32.1 3/4 8432 5170 10 4230 1822 00 152 25 527 15 -
QMX62-32ROT 50 70 - 290 50 - 210 200 45 13.5 29.8 32.1 3/4 8432 5170 20 4230 1822 00 152.5 - - - 570
QMX80-58RT 50 120 - 580 90 - 425 200 81 20.0 44.1 29.6 3/4 8432 5180 10 4230 1971 00 146 30 610 20 -
QMX80-58ROT 50 120 - 550 90 - 405 200 55 21.0 46.3 29.6 3/4 8432 5180 20 4230 1971 00 146 - - - 672
QMX90-95RT 50 200 - 950 150 - 700 130 91 22.0 48.5 46.8 1 8432 5190 10 4230 1824 00 152 32 621 20 -
QMX90-95ROT 50 200 - 900 150 - 660 130 63 30.0 66.1 46.8 1 8432 5190 20 4230 1824 00 152.5 - - - 700
a
The socket holder is included in the product.
Extended spring travel 76 mm and A B C

100 mm.
Sandwich mount
Atlas Copco special DC electric brush- D
less resolver nutrunner with extended
spring travel for longer bolt lengths.
Pilot mount
Socket
holder Socket
Travel Torque range Max Min Weight Gear size holdera A B C D
Model mm Nm ft lb speed C-C kg lb ratio in Ordering No. Ordering No. mm mm mm mm
QMX42-2RT 76 6 - 20 4 - 14 1200 43 3.2 7.1 7.5 3/8 8432 5120 11 4231 0544 00 190 23 386 15
QMX42-5RT 76 10 - 50 7 - 35 560 43 3.7 8.2 21.3 1/2 8432 5130 11 4231 0544 01 190 23 412 15
QMX50-9RT 76 20 - 90 15 - 65 560 51 6.5 14.3 18.2 1/2 8432 5140 11 4231 0491 00 200 23 464 15
QMX50-15RT 76 30 - 150 22 - 110 330 51 7.0 15.4 31.3 1/2 8432 5150 11 4231 0491 00 201 25 462 15
QMX62-19RT 76 40 - 190 30 - 140 330 63 9.8 21.6 19.4 5/8 8432 5160 11 4231 0513 00 200 25 526 15
QMX62-19RT 76 40 - 190 30 - 140 330 63 9.8 21.6 19.4 1/2 8432 5165 11 4230 2189 00 200 25 526 15
QMX62-32RT 76 70 - 320 50 - 235 200 63 10.5 23.1 32.1 3/4 8432 5170 11 4231 0484 00 200 25 527 15
QMX80-58RT 76 120 - 580 90 - 425 200 81 21.0 46.3 29.6 3/4 9831 4048 04 4231 2664 00 214 43 623 20
QMX90-95RT 76 200 - 950 150 - 700 130 91 23.0 50.7 46.8 1 9831 4058 18 4231 1106 00 176 32 670 20
QMX42-5RT 100 10 - 50 7 - 35 560 43 8.0 17.6 21.3 3/8 9831 4045 53 4231 2055 00 191 23 510 15
QMX50-15RT 100 30 - 150 22 - 110 560 51 11.0 24.3 31.3 1/2 9831 4067 15 4231 3189 00 186 23 565 15
a
120
POWERMACS
QMX nutrunners
Dual transducers, RTT.
Atlas Copco special DC electric brush- A B C
less resolver nutrunners with dual torque
Sandwich mount
transducer feedback. This allows for
D
transducer redundancy, enabling veri-
fication that readings are within certain
tolerances.
Dual transducers and angle feedback,
RATT.
Atlas Copco special DC electric brush- Pilot mount
less resolver nutrunners with dual angle
and torque transducer feedback. This al-
lows for angle and torque verification to
double-check system accuracy.
Socket
holder Socket
Travel Torque range Max Min Weight Gear size holdera A B C D
Model mm Nm ft lb speed C-C kg lb ratio in Ordering No. Ordering No. mm mm mm mm
RTT
QMX42-2RTT 50 6 - 20 4 - 14 1200 43 3.2 7.1 7.5 3/8 8432 5120 50 4230 1818 00 134 23 386 15
QMX42-5RTT 50 10 - 50 7 - 35 560 43 3.5 7.7 21.3 1/2 8432 5130 50 4230 1819 00 134 23 412 15
QMX50-9RTT 50 20 - 90 15 - 65 560 51 5.9 13.0 18.2 1/2 8432 5140 50 4230 1820 00 137 23 462 15
QMX50-15RTT 50 30 - 150 22 - 110 330 51 5.9 13.0 31.3 1/2 8432 5150 50 4230 1820 00 137 23 462 15
QMX62-19RTT 50 40 - 190 30 - 140 330 63 9.5 21.0 19.4 5/8 8432 5160 50 4230 1821 00 152 25 526 15
QMX62-32RTT 50 70 - 320 50 - 235 200 63 10.2 22.5 32.1 3/4 8432 5170 50 4230 1822 00 152 25 527 15
QMX80-58RTT 50 120 - 580 90 - 425 200 81 20.0 44.1 29.6 3/4 9831 4048 17 4230 1971 00 146 30 610 20
QMX90-95RTT 50 200 - 950 150 - 700 130 91 22.0 48.5 46.8 1 9831 4058 34 4230 1824 00 152 32 621 20
RATT
QMX42-2RATT 50 6 - 20 4 - 14 1200 43 3.7 8.2 7.5 3/8 8432 5120 70 4230 1818 00 134 23 386 15
QMX42-5RATT 50 10 - 50 7 - 35 560 43 3.9 8.6 21.3 1/2 8432 5130 70 4230 1819 00 134 23 412 15
QMX50-9RATT 50 20 - 90 15 - 65 560 51 6.0 13.2 18.2 1/2 8432 5140 70 4230 1820 00 137 23 462 15
QMX50-15RATT 50 30 - 150 22 - 110 330 51 6.0 13.2 31.3 1/2 8432 5150 70 4230 1820 00 137 23 462 15
QMX62-19RATT 50 40 - 190 30 - 140 330 63 10.0 22.0 19.4 5/8 8432 5160 70 4230 1821 00 152 25 526 15
QMX62-19RATT 50 40 - 190 30 - 140 330 63 10.0 22.0 19.4 1/2 8432 5165 70 4230 1829 00 152 25 526 15
QMX62-32RATT 50 70 - 320 50 - 235 200 63 10.8 23.8 32.1 3/4 8432 5170 70 4230 1822 00 152 25 527 15
QMX80-58RATT 50 120 - 580 90 - 425 200 81 21.0 46.3 29.6 3/4 9831 4048 18 4230 1971 00 146 30 610 20
QMX90-95RATT 50 200 - 950 150 - 700 130 91 22.5 49.6 46.8 1 9831 4058 35 4230 1824 00 152 32 621 20
a
Angle head tools A E

Atlas Copco special DC electric brush- D
less resolver nutrunners with a right an-
gle head. These simplify access to hard-
to-reach applications, enabling nutrun-
ners to be positioned in any way.
Most common position for base plate
Travel
Socket
holder Socket
Travel Torque range Max Min Weight Gear size holdera A B C D E
QMX42-7RTV - 15 - 70 11 - 50 360 (40) 3.7 8.2 36.1 1/2 9831 4045 46 -
QMX42-7RTV 50 15 - 70 11 - 50 360 (38) 5.3 11.7 36.1 1/2 9831 4045 32 4231 2797 00 - - - - -
QMX42-7RTV 25 15 - 70 11 - 50 360 (38) 5.1 11.2 36.1 1/2 9831 4045 64 4231 3207 00 - - - - -
QMX42-2RTV - 6 - 30 4- 22 1000 (36) 3.5 7.7 11.7 3/8 9831 4045 95 - - - - - -
QMX50-14RTV - 30 - 140 22 - 100 320 (51) 6.2 13.7 33.9 1/2 9831 4046 84 - 141 - - 15 476
QMX50-20RTV - 40 - 160 30 - 115 190 (51) 6.1 13.4 58.0 1/2 9831 4046 78 - 141 - - 15 476
QMX62-33RTV - 70 - 340 50 - 250 190 67 13.5 29.8 36.0 3/4 9831 4047 46 - 153 - - 14 548.5
QMX62-34RTV 24 70 - 340 50 - 250 190 63 14.5 32.0 36.0 3/4 9831 4047 31 4231 2416 00 - - - - -
QMX62-60RTV - 120 - 600 90 - 440 60 106 21.0 46.3 105.0 1 9831 4047 21 - - - - - -
QMX62-60RATTV 50 120 - 600 90 - 440 60 106 23.0 50.7 105.0 1 9831 4047 50 4231 3018 00 - - - - -
a
121
POWERMACS
QMX nutrunners and cables
Angle nutrunner
Atlas Copco special DC electric brushless resolver nutrunners with a right angle head and spring travel. The right angle allows
these tools to be positioned in hard-to-reach locations without placing undue strain on them.
Socket
holder Socket
Travel Torque range Max Min Weight Gear size holdera
Model mm Nm ft lb speed C-C kg lb ratio in Ordering No. Ordering No.
QMX42-5RVT 76 10 - 50 7- 35 560 43 5.0 11.0 21.3 3/4 9831 4045 56 4231 2473 00
QMX50-15RVT 50 30 - 145 22 - 105 300 55 9.4 20.7 31.3 1/2 9831 4046 85 4230 1819 00
QMX62-28RVT 50 50 - 280 35 - 205 190 82 16.4 36.2 32.1 3/4 9831 4047 36 4230 1822 00
QMX90-95RVT 50 200 - 950 150 - 700 130 108 30.0 66.1 46.8 3/4 9831 4058 17 4230 1824 00
a
U-nutrunner
Atlas Copco special ”U” design DC electric brushless resolver nutrunners. Designed for locations with minimal nutrunner length
clearances as in exhaust manifold or indexing applications.
Socket
holder Socket
Travel Torque range Max Min Weight Gear size holdera
Model mm Nm ft lb speed C-C kg lb ratio in Ordering No. Ordering No.
QMX42-5RUT 50 20 - 50 15 - 35 560 43 5.5 12.1 21.3 1/2 9831 4045 45 4230 1819 00
QMX50-9RUT 76 15 - 80 11 - 55 560 51 8.0 17.6 18.2 1/2 9831 4046 31 4230 1820 00
QMX50-15RUT 76 30 - 140 22 - 100 330 51 8.0 17.6 31.3 1/2 9831 4046 26 4230 1820 00
QMX62-19RUT 50 30 - 170 22 - 125 330 88 15.0 33.1 19.4 3/4 9831 4047 37 4230 1822 00
QMX62-32RUT 50 55 - 280 40 - 205 200 88 18.0 39.7 32.1 3/4 9831 4047 35 4230 1822 00
QMX95-200RUT 12 350 -1750 260 - 1250 60 95 34.0 75.0 98.0 HEX 9831 4058 32 not available
a
Co-axial nutrunner
Atlas Copco special co axial-design DC electric brushless resolver nutrunners. This design enables our tools to perform special
gauging or fastening applications. Essentially, a nutrunner inside a nutrunner. The center nutrunner is used to set a position or
torque while the outside nutrunner synchronizes and secures the position with a lock nut or monitors for excessive friction.
Socket
holdera
Travel Torque range Max Min Weight Gear size
Model mm Nm ft lb speed C-C kg lb ratio in Ordering No.
QMX42-2RT/QMX42-5ROT 24 / 24 15 / 63 11 / 45 270 / 170 44 10 22 16.00 / 41.23 1/4 / 3/4 9831 4045 62
QMX42-2RT/QMX42-5ROT 24 / 24 20 / 50 15 / 35 1200 / 560 44 10 22 7.5 / 21.33 1/4 / 3/4 9831 4045 83
QMX42-5RT/QMX50-15RT 24 / 24 50 / 50 35 / 35 200 / 350 64 15 33 21.33 / 31.24 3/8 / 3/4 9831 4046 35
QMX80-55RT/QMX80-10RT 36 / – 550 / 100 400 / 75 200 / 100 216 48 105 29.56 / 48.44 3/4 / – 9831 4040 65
a
Cables Stand Alone
Model Ordering No.

Cable between spindle and controller, 2 m 4231 5062 02
Cable between PBU and controller, 2 m 4231 5063 02
122
POWERMACS
QMX nutrunners
Atlas Copco special socket holder designs allow you to reach
into applications or parts with tight clearances.
Additional socket holder length

A
QMX42-2RT QMX62-19RT
Socket Socket
holder Socket holder Socket
A size holdera A size holdera
mm Product No. in Ordering No. mm Product No. in Ordering No.
0b 8432 5120 10 3/8 4230 1818 00 0 8432 5165 10 1/2 4230 1829 00
50 8432 4063 08 3/8 4230 2217 00 50 8432 4063 37 1/2 4230 2223 00
100 8432 4063 10 3/8 4230 2217 01 100 8432 4063 40 1/2 4230 2223 01
150 8432 4063 12 3/8 4230 2217 02 150 8432 4063 43 1/2 4230 2223 02
200 8432 4063 14 3/8 4230 2217 03 200 8432 4063 46 1/2 4230 2223 03
0 8432 4063 07 1/2 4230 1819 00 0b 8432 5160 10 5/8 4230 1821 00
50 8432 4063 09 1/2 4230 2218 00 50 8432 4063 38 5/8 4230 2224 00
100 8432 4063 11 1/2 4230 2218 01 100 8432 4063 41 5/8 4230 2224 01
150 8432 4063 13 1/2 4230 2218 02 150 8432 4063 44 5/8 4230 2224 02
200 8432 4063 15 1/2 4230 2218 03 200 8432 4063 47 5/8 4230 2224 03
0 8432 4063 71 3/4 4230 1822 00
50 8432 4063 39 3/4 4230 2226 00
100 8432 4063 42 3/4 4230 2226 01
QMX42-5RT 150 8432 4063 45 3/4 4230 2226 02
Socket 200 8432 4063 48 3/4 4230 2226 03
holder Socket
A size holdera
0 8432 4063 17 3/8 4230 1818 00 QMX62-32RT

50 8432 4063 18 3/8 4230 2217 00
100 8432 4063 20 3/8 4230 2217 01 Socket
150 8432 4063 22 3/8 4230 2217 02 holder Socket
200 8432 4063 24 3/8 4230 2217 03 A size holdera
0b 8432 5130 10 1/2 4230 1819 00 mm Product No. in Ordering No.
50 8432 4063 19 1/2 4230 2218 00 0 8432 4049 37 1/2 4230 1829 00
100 8432 4063 21 1/2 4230 2218 01 50 8432 4063 52 1/2 4230 2223 00
150 8432 4063 23 1/2 4230 2218 02 100 8432 4063 55 1/2 4230 2223 01
200 8432 4063 25 1/2 4230 2218 03 150 8432 4063 58 1/2 4230 2223 02
200 8432 4063 61 1/2 4230 2223 03
0 8432 4063 72 5/8 4230 1821 00
QMX50-9RT 50 8432 4063 53 5/8 4230 2224 00
100 8432 4063 56 5/8 4230 2224 01
Socket
150 8432 4063 59 5/8 4230 2224 02
holder Socket
200 8432 4063 62 5/8 4230 2224 03
A size holdera
0b 8432 5170 10 3/4 4230 1822 00
50 8432 4063 54 3/4 4230 2226 00
0 b
8432 5140 10 1/2 4230 1820 00 100 8432 4063 57 3/4 4230 2226 01
50 8432 4063 28 1/2 4230 2219 00 150 8432 4063 60 3/4 4230 2226 02
100 8432 4063 29 1/2 4230 2219 01 200 8432 4063 63 3/4 4230 2226 03
150 8432 4063 30 1/2 4230 2219 02 a
200 8432 4063 31 1/2 4230 2219 03 b
This socket holder follows when you order the standard nutrunner.
NOTE: The spindle travel is 50 mm for all sockets holders.
QMX50-15RT
Socket
holder Socket
A size holdera
0 b
8432 5150 10 1/2 4230 1820 00
50 8432 4063 68 1/2 4230 2219 00
100 8432 4063 33 1/2 4230 2219 01
150 8432 4063 34 1/2 4230 2219 02
200 8432 4063 35 1/2 4230 2219 03
123
POWERMACS
Power distribution and software
Power Box Unit – PBU
Power Box Units are used for power
distribution. Standard hardware such as
Ethernet switches, E-Stop circuitry, 24
VDC power supply, and basic hardware
such as power contactors are all config-
ured into the PBU.
● 400 VAC 3 phase and 24 VDC/5A or
24 VDC/10A power distribution to each
controller.
● Central Ethernet switch for internal and
external TC communication.
● From 1 to 10 nutrunners depending on
PBU, and sizes from 400 mm wide.
● All PBUs match TC52 and TC54.
Power Box Unit – PBU

Stand Alone cable between TC – PBU
Size
Length Ordering No. HxDxW
Model mm DC supply Ordering No.
2m 4231 5063 02 Stand Alone PBU 1 Ch 300x155x400 24 V / 5 A 4240 0503 00
5m 4231 5063 05 Stand Alone PBU 2 Ch 300x155x400 24 V / 5 A 4240 0504 00
10 m 4231 5063 10 Stand Alone PBU 5 Ch 300x155x600 24 V / 5 A 4240 0701 00
Stand Alone PBU 3+3 Ch 300x155x600 24 V / 5 A 4240 0700 00
Stand Alone PBU 10 Ch 300x155x800 24 V / 10 A 4240 0702 00
Software
WinTC for PowerMACS
WinTC is the user friendly interface that
allows users to program, view or config-
ure station functionality. It is a Windows-
based program that can be installed
on the station PC, on a back office PC
connected via Ethernet or on a portable
laptop.
The software offers full reporting of
tightening results as well as read-at-a-
glance graphics of actual customer parts.
Each user can be assigned a specific
user name and password with an access
level associated with read and write ca-
pabilities. It also includes set-up wizards,
product training tutorials and tightening
templates that guide you through pro-
gramming tightening sequences.
● User friendly Windows programming in-
terface.
● 10 levels of read and write security.
● Read-at-a-glance graphics with actual
picture of customer part.
● Graphical system map of hardware and WinTC Ordering No.
software. World Release 03 Single-user license 8092 1162 01
Five-user license 8092 1162 05
● Configurable cycle data menu for sta-
Ten-user license 8092 1162 10
tion reporting of torque data. World Release 05 Single-user license 8092 1306 01
● Real time SPC and TDA reporting of Five-user license 8092 1306 05
any parameter. Ten-user license 8092 1306 10
● Trace reporting on torque vs. angle,
current and time. ● Create tightening programs ranging and software changes without machine
● Event logging of security access, pa- from the very simple to as complex as intervention.
rameter changes, errors, faults, alarms the application requires. ● Built-in user manual for quick access.
and warnings. ● Maintenance menus to verify hardware
124
BITS AND POWER SOCKETS
With options
ACCESSORIES FOR SCREWDRIVERS ACCESSORIES FOR NUTRUNNERS
1 16
2
17
3
4 18
5
7 19
8
1
6 9
2
10
3 20
11 4
5
13 7
12
8
14
9 21
10
11
15 16 22
Page Page
1 POWER BITS AND FINDERS FOR STOTTED SCREWS126 13 SLOTTED BITS FOR SMALL SCREWS 126
2 POWER BITS FOR PHILLIPS SCREWS 127, 128 14 PHILLIPS BITS FOR SMALL SCREWS 128
POWER SOCKET SET 132
3 POWER BITS FOR ALLEN HEAD SCREWS 128
4 POWER BITS FOR TORX® SCREWS 129 15 POWER SOCKET HOLDERS 132
5 POWER BITS FOR POZIDRIV® SCREWS 129 16 POWER SOCKETS, 130, 131
1/4"-1 1/2" SQUARE DRIVE
6 INSERT BIT HOLDERS 130
7 INSERT BITS FOR SLOTTED SCREWS 126 17 UNIVERSAL JOINTS 132
8 INSERT BITS FOR PHILLIPS SCREWS 127 18 SOCKET ADAPTERS 132
9 INSERT BITS FOR ALLEN HEAD SCREWS 128 19 EXTENSIONS, LOCKING PINS AND O-RINGS 132
FOR POWER SOCKETS AND OPTIONS
10 INSERT BITS FOR TORX® SCREWS 129
11 INSERT BITS FOR POZIDRIV® SCREWS 129 20 QUICK CHANGE CHUCK FOR POWER BITS 133
12 SHANK ADAPTER 1/4" 126, 128 21 BIT HOLDER FOR INSERT BITS 133
22 STUD SETTER 131
The accessories indicated with * are available from stock, with the exception of intermediate sales.
Medium hard contra extra hard bits

Medium hard bits are recommended for driving standard (soft) screws and for impact use.
Extra hard bits are for driving heat treated or case hardened screws.
Torx® is a registered trademark of Camcar Div., Textron Inc. ACR®, and Pozidriv® are registered trademarks of Phillips Screw Company.
125
1. BITS AND FINDERS FOR SLOTTED SCREWS
Application Comments
Wood screw Screw inexpensive
Sheet metal screw Relatively difficult to fit (the slot is ruined)
Machine threaded screw Requires a finder for guidance
1.1 Slotted insert bits, 1/4" shank 1.5 1/4" shank adapter
1/4"
1/4"
Blade Blade Overall Ordering No.

1.6 Slotted power bits, reduced nose diameter
thickness width length (Extra hard;
mm mm mm Hardness = HRC 59 - 63)
0.7 3.4 25 4023 1400 21*

0.8 3.9 25 4023 1400 22*
0.9 4.7 25 4023 1400 23* Power bit Shank adapter
1.0 5.5 25 4023 1400 26* Blade Blade Overall
1.0 6.3 25 4023 1400 27* thickness width length Shank
1.1 7.0 25 4023 1400 28* mm mm mm Ordering No. in Ordering No.
1.2 7.1 25 4023 1400 29*
0.9 4.7 38 4023 0699 01* 0.28 1.3 60 4023 1327 01* 1/4 4220 0105 00*
1.0 6.3 38 4023 0700 01* 0.30 1.7 60 4023 1327 02* 1/4 4220 0105 00*
1.1 7.0 38 4023 0701 01* 0.40 2.0 60 4023 1327 03* 1/4 4220 0105 00*
1.2 7.1 38 4023 1410 27* 0.40 2.5 60 4023 1327 04* 1/4 4220 0105 00*
1.4 9.1 38 4023 0847 01*
1.2 Slotted power bits with finder 1/4" shank D
1/4" d
Sleeve Blade Blade Ordering No.

outside thickness width Overall Complete bit with finder
dia D t d length (Extra hard;
mm mm mm mm Hardness = HRC 59 - 63)
9.5 0.9 4.9 95 4023 0683 00*

11.1 1.0 6.1 93 4023 1313 00*
12.7 1.1 7.4 93 4023 0684 00*
14.3 1.2 8.9 96 4023 0949 00*
15.9 1.3 10.0 95 4023 0685 00*
1.3 Slotted power bits, 1/4" shank
1/4"
Blade Ordering No.

width / Blade Overall
body dia. thickness length (Medium hard; (Extra hard;
mm mm mm Hardness = HRC 52-56)Hardness = HRC 59-63)
3.2 0.7 49 4023 2020 21*

3.9 0.8 49 4023 2020 03* 4023 2020 23*
4.7 0.9 49 4023 2020 04* 4023 2020 24*
5.4 0.9 49 4023 2020 05* 4023 2020 25*
6.3 1.0 49 4023 2020 06* 4023 2020 26*
7.0 1.1 49 4023 2020 07* 4023 2020 27*
7.9 1.2 49 4023 2020 08* 4023 2020 28*
9.1 1.3 49 4023 2020 09* 4023 2020 29*
3.2 0.7 76 4023 2030 21*
3.9 0.8 76 4023 2030 23*
4.7 0.9 76 4023 2030 24*
5.4 0.9 76 4023 2030 25*
6.3 1.0 76 4023 2030 26*
7.0 1.1 76 4023 2030 27*
7.9 1.2 76 4023 2030 28*
9.1 1.3 76 4023 2030 29*
* Available directly from stock.
126
2. BITS FOR PHILLIPS SCREWS
Wood screw ACR®-Phillips eliminates ''cam-out'', screws torque down correct the
Sheet metal screw first time. Angle drive up to 6 degrees. Corrosion, temperature build
up and painted screws are easier to remove.
Board screw
Machine threaded screw
2.1 Phillips insert bits, 1/4" 2.5 ACR®-Phillips insert bits, 5/16" shank
1/4" 5/16" ACR fi
Ordering No.
Overall Ordering No.
Overall
Point length Installation/Removal
Point length (Medium hard; (Extra hard;
size mm (Extra hard; Hardness = HRC 59 - 63)
size mm Hardness = HRC 52 - 56) Hardness = HRC 59 - 63)
0 25 – 4023 1326 00* 2 32 4023 1422 52*

1 25 4023 0696 00* 4023 0696 01*
2 25 4023 0697 00* 4023 0697 01*
2 51 – 4023 1421 03*
2 63 – 4023 1421 05*
3 25 4023 0698 00* 4023 0698 01*
4 32 – 4023 1421 20*
2.2 Phillips insert bits 1/4" shank, reduced nose diameter 2.6 Phillips power bits, 1/4" shank
1/4" 1/4"
Overall Ordering No. Ordering No.

Point length (Extra hard;
size mm Hardness = HRC 59 - 63) Overall Body (Medium hard; (Extra hard
Point length diameter Hardness = Hardness =
1 25 4023 1420 01* size mm mm HRC 52-56) HRC 59-63)
2 25 4023 1420 03*
0 49 3.2 4023 1305 00* 4023 1325 00*
1 49 4.7 4023 2320 01* 4023 2320 21*
1 70 4.7 4023 2327 01* 4023 2327 21*
2.3 ACR®-Phillips insert bits, 1/4" shank 1 89 4.7 4023 2335 01* 4023 2335 21*
1 152 4.7 4023 2360 01* 4023 2360 21*
2 49 6.3 4023 2320 02* 4023 2320 22*
ACR fi 2 70 6.3 4023 2327 02* 4023 2327 22*
1/4" 2 89 6.3 4023 2335 02* 4023 2335 22*
2 152 6.3 4023 2360 02* 4023 2360 22*
3 49 6.3 4023 2320 03* 4023 2320 23*
Overall Ordering No. 3 70 6.3 4023 2327 03* 4023 2327 23*
Point length Installation/Removal 3 89 6.3 4023 2335 03* 4023 2335 23*
size mm (Extra hard; Hardness = HRC 59 - 63) 3 152 6.3 4023 2360 03* 4023 2360 23*
1 25 4023 1420 51*
2 25 4023 1420 52*
3 25 4023 1420 53*
2.7 ACR®-Phillips power bits, 1/4" shank

2.4 Phillips insert bits, 5/16" shank
1/4" ACR fi
5/16"
Overall Body Ordering No.
Point length diameter Installation/Removal
Overall Ordering No. size mm mm (Extra hard; Hardness = HRC 59 - 63)
Point length (Extra hard;
size mm Hardness = HRC 59 - 63) 1 49 4.8 4023 2320 51*
1 89 4.7 4023 2335 51*
1 32 4023 1422 11*
2 49 6.3 4023 2320 52*
2 32 4023 0726 11*
2 89 6.3 4023 2335 52*
3 32 4023 0727 11*
4 32 4023 0728 11* 3 49 6.3 4023 2320 53*
3 89 6.3 4023 2335 53*
127
2.8 Shank adapter 1/4"
1/4"
2.9 Power bit for Phillips screw, reduced nose dia.
Power bit Shank adapter

Point Nose Overall Shank
size diameter length Ordering No. in Ordering No.
00 1.5 60 4023 1328 01* 1/4 4220 0105 00*

0 2.0 60 4023 1328 02* 1/4 4220 0105 00*
3. BITS FOR ALLEN HEAD SCREWS
Machine threaded screw Screw requires a certain axial force
Difficult to enter
3.1 Allen head insert bits, 1/4" shanka 3.3 Allen head power bits, 1/4" shanka
1/4" 1/4"
Hex Overall Ordering No. Hex Ordering No. Hex Overall Ordering No. Hex Ordering No.
size length (Extra hard; size (Extra hard; size length (Extra hard; size (Extra hard;
mm mm Hardness = HRC 59 - 63) in Hardness = HRC 59 - 63) mm mm Hardness = HRC 59 - 63) in Hardness = HRC 59 - 63)
2 25 4023 1318 00* 3/32 4023 1430 23* 2 49 4023 1311 00* 5/32 4023 0681 00*
2.5 25 4023 1319 00* 7/64 4023 1430 24* 2.5 49 4023 1312 00* 3/16 4023 0682 00*
3 25 4023 0819 00* 1/8 4023 1430 25* 3 49 4023 0710 00* 7/32 4023 0846 00*
4 25 4023 1320 00* 9/64 4023 1430 26* 4 49 4023 0711 00* 1/4 4023 0942 00*
5 25 4023 0820 00* 5/32 4023 0705 00* 5 49 4023 0712 00*
6 25 4023 0821 00* 3/16 4023 0706 00* 6 49 4023 0906 00*
7 25 4023 1430 00* 7/32 4023 0848 00* 8 49 4023 1369 00*
8 25 4023 0905 00* 1/4 4023 0944 00* 10 49 4023 1370 00*
3.2 Allen head insert bits, 5/16" shanka 3.4 Allen head power bits, 7/16" shanka
5/16" 7/16"
Hex Overall Ordering No. Hex Overall Ordering No.

size length (Extra hard; size length (Extra hard;
mm mm Hardness = HRC 59 - 63) mm mm Hardness = HRC 59 - 63)
5 29 4023 1215 00* 5 89 4023 0800 00*

6 29 4023 1216 00* 6 89 4023 0801 00*
7 29 4023 1219 00* 8 89 4023 0802 00*
8 29 4023 1217 00* 10 89 4023 0760 00*
10 29 4023 1218 00*
a The hexagon shank can in some cases be longer than in the illustration. * Available directly from stock.
128
4. BITS FOR TORX® SCREWS
Machine threaded screw Screw relatively expensive. Easy to fit. Saves bits. Easy to enter. Low
Sheet metal screw axial force needed. Can transmit relatively high torques.
4.1 Torx® insert bits 1/4" shank 4.2 Torx® power bits 1/4" shank
1/4" 1/4"
Point Overall Ordering No. Overall Body Ordering No

size length (Medium hard; Point length diameter (Medium hard;
mm mm Hardness = HRC 52 - 56) size mm mm Hardness = HRC 52 - 56)
T8 25 4023 1329 00* T8 49 3.2 4023 2220 21*

T9 25 4023 1330 00* T8 89 3.2 4023 2235 21*
T10 25 4023 1321 00* T9 49 3.2 4023 2220 22*
T15 25 4023 1331 00* T9 89 4.0 4023 2235 22*
T20 25 4023 1322 00* T10 49 3.2 4023 2220 23*
T25 25 4023 1332 00* T10 89 4.0 4023 2235 23*
T27 25 4023 1333 00* T15 49 4.0 4023 2220 24*
T30 25 4023 1323 00* T15 89 4.7 4023 2235 24*
T40 25 4023 1334 00* T20 49 4.7 4023 2220 25*
T20 89 4.7 4023 2235 25*
T25 49 4.7 4023 2220 26*
T25 89 4.7 4023 2235 26*
T27 49 6.3 4023 2220 27*
T27 89 6.3 4023 2235 27*
T30 49 6.3 4023 2220 28*
T30 89 6.3 4023 2235 28*
T40 89 6.7 4023 2235 29*
5. BITS AND FINDERS FOR POZIDRIV® SCREWS
Wood screw (Anti Camout Ribs) eliminates ''cam-out'', screws torqued down correct
Sheet metal screw the first time. Angle drive up to 6 degrees. Corrosion, temperature
build up and painted screws are easier to remove.
5.1 Pozidriv® insert bits 1/4" shank 5.4 Pozidriv® power bits, 1/4" shank
1/4" 1/4"
Ordering No.
Overall 5.5 Bit guides for Pozidriv® bits a
Point length (Medium hard; (Extra hard;
size mm Hardness = HRC 52 - 56) Hardness = HRC 59 - 63)
1 25 4023 1101 01* 4023 1101 11*

2 25 4023 1101 02* 4023 1101 12*
3 25 4023 1101 03* 4023 1101 13*
5.2 ACR®-Pozidriv® insert bits, 1/4" shank
1/4" ACR fi Power bits Bit guides

Overall Body (Medium hard; (Extra hard; Internal
Point size Overall length Ordering No. Point length dia Hardness Hardness dia
mm mm (Extra hard; Hardness = HRC 59-63) size mm mm = HRC 52 - 56) = HRC 59 - 63) mm Ordering No.
1 25 4023 1101 21* 1 49 4.7 4023 2420 01* 4023 2420 21* 4.9 4023 3320 01*
2 25 4023 1101 22* 1 70 4.7 4023 2427 01* 4023 2427 21* 4.9 4023 3320 01*
3 25 4023 1101 23* 1 89 4.7 4023 2435 01* 4023 2435 21* 4.9 4023 3320 01*
5.3 Pozidriv® insert bits, 5/16" shank 2 49 6.3 4023 2420 02* 4023 2420 22* 6.5 4023 3320 02*
2 70 6.3 4023 2427 02* 4023 2427 22* 6.5 4023 3320 02*
2 89 6.3 4023 2435 02* 4023 2435 22* 6.5 4023 3320 02*
5/16"
3 49 6.3 4023 2420 03* 4023 2420 23* 6.5 4023 3320 02*
3 70 6.3 4023 2427 03* 4023 2427 23* 6.5 4023 3320 02*
Point size Overall length Ordering No. 3 89 6.3 4023 2435 03* 4023 2435 23* 6.5 4023 3320 02*
mm mm (Extra hard; Hardness = HRC 59-63) a The bit guides should only be used with screwdriver option 4210 2906 80.
This option is available for LUM10, LUM21 and LUM25.
2 32 4023 1108 02*
3 32 4023 1108 13*
4 32 4023 1108 04*
129
6. INSERT BIT HOLDERS
6.1 Type 1 Hs L1 L Hf
Hex Hex Diameter Length Length 1

shank female D L L1
Hs Hf mm mm mm Magnetic Ordering No.
1/4 1/4 11.0 50.5 25.4 Yes 4023 1440 01*

1/4 5/16 12.7 54.0 27.0 Yes 4023 1440 02*
5/16a 1/4 9.5 44.4 28.6 Yes 4023 1324 00*
a Desoutter drive.
6.2 Type 2
Hs L1 L Hf
D1 D
Hex Hex Diameter Diameter 1 Length Length 1

shank female D D1 L L1
Hs Hf mm mm mm mm Magnetic Ordering No.
1/4 1/4 9.5 7.9 47.8 53.8 Yes 4023 1208 00*
1/4 1/4 9.5 7.9 47.8 104.8 Yes 4023 1209 00*
1/4 1/4 11.1 7.9 18.0 36.0 No 4023 1100 00*
1/4 1/4 11.1 7.9 25.4 76.2 No 4023 1206 00*
1/4 1/4 11.1 7.9 25.4 127.0 No 4023 1207 00*
6.3 Type 3
Hs L1 L Hf
Hex Hex Diameter Length Length 1

shank female D L L1
Hs Hf mm mm mm Magnetic Ordering No.
1/4 1/4 9.4 35.7 25.4 Yes 4023 1353 00*

1/4 1/4 9.4 50.0 25.4 Yes 4023 0707 00*
7. POWER SOCKETS
7.1 Power socket 1/4" square drive 7.2 Power socket 3/8" square drive
L L
d D d D
Overall Overall
Width length Width length
1/4" across D d L 3/8" across D d L
flats mm mm mm Ordering No. flats mm mm mm Ordering No.
mm 4 7.5 13 25 4026 0604 00* mm 7 12.5 19 30 4026 0907 00*

5 8.5 13 25 4026 0605 00* 8 14 19 30 4026 0908 00*
5.5 9 13 25 4026 0605 50* 9 15 19 30 4026 0909 00*
6 9.5 13 25 4026 0606 00* 10 16 19 30 4026 0910 00*
7 11 13 25 4026 0607 00* 11 17.5 19 30 4026 0911 00*
8 12 13 25 4026 0608 00* 12 19 19 30 4026 0912 00*
9 13 13 25 4026 0609 00* 13 20 22 30 4026 0913 00*
10 14.5 13 25 4026 0610 00* 14 21 22 30 4026 0914 00*
11 16 13 25 4026 0611 00* 16 24 22 30 4026 0916 00*
12 17 13 25 4026 0612 00* 17 25 22 30 4026 0917 00*
13 18 13 25 4026 0613 00* 18 26 22 30 4026 0918 00*
14 19 13 25 4026 0614 00* 19 27.5 22 30 4026 0919 00*
in 7/32 9 13 25 4026 0605 50* in 5/16 12.5 19 30 4026 0908 00*
1/4 9.5 13 25 4026 0708 00* 3/8 14.5 19 30 4026 1012 00*
9/32 11 13 25 4026 0607 00* 13/32 15 19 30 4026 0910 00*
5/16 12 13 25 4026 0608 00* 7/16 17 19 30 4026 0911 00*
3/8 14.5 13 25 4026 0712 00* 15/32 18 19 30 4026 0912 00*
13/32 14.5 13 25 4026 0610 00* 1/2 19 19 30 4026 1016 00*
7/16 16 13 25 4026 0611 00* 9/16 20 20 30 4026 1018 00*
15/32 17 13 25 4026 0612 00* 3/4 26 26 34 4026 0919 00*
1/2 18 13 25 4026 0716 00*
9/16 19 13 25 4026 0614 00* * Available directly from stock.
130
7.3 Power socket 1/2" square drive 7.5 Power socket 1" square drive
L L
d D d D
Overall Overall Pina

Width length
1/2" across D d L 1" Width
across D d
length
L
and
O-ring
flats mm mm mm Ordering No. flats mm mm mm Ordering No. ref. letter
mm 10 17 25 38 4026 1210 00* mm 24 42 54 58 4026 2524 00* C

11 19 25 38 4026 1211 00* 27 46 54 58 4026 2527 00* C
12 20 25 38 4026 1212 00* 30 50 54 60 4026 2530 00* C
13 21 25 38 4026 1213 00* 32 52 54 60 4026 2532 00* C
14 22 25 38 4026 1214 00* 34 55 54 60 4026 2534 00* C
16 25 30 38 4026 1216 00* 36 57 54 65 4026 2536 00* C
17 26 30 38 4026 1217 00* 41 64 54 67 4026 2541 00* C
18 27.5 30 38 4026 1218 00* 46 69.5 54 74 4026 2546 00* C
19 29 30 38 4026 1219 00* 50 75 54 80 4026 2550 00* C
21 32 30 38 4026 1221 00* 55 81 54 84 4026 2555 00* C
22 32 30 38 4026 1222 00* 60 87 54 87 4026 2560 00* C
24 35 30 45 4026 1224 00* 65 93 54 90 4026 2565 00* C
27 39 30 50 4026 1227 00* in 15/16 42 54 58 4026 2524 00* C
in 3/8 16 22 38 4026 1312 00 1 1/8 46 54 58 4026 2636 00
7/16 18 22 38 4026 1211 00* 1 5/16 53 51 62 4026 2642 00
1/2 20 22 38 4026 1316 00* 1 1/2 58 52 62 4026 2648 00*
9/16 22 24 38 4026 1318 00* 1 11/16 65 52 64 4026 2654 00
3/4 28 28 38 4026 1219 00* 1 7/8 70 58 66 4026 2660 00
15/16 35 30 45 4026 1224 00* 2 1/16 75 58 76 4026 2666 00
1 1/8 40 38 40 4026 1336 00 a Pin and o-ring see table 13.
7.4 Power socket 3/4" square drive 7.6 Power socket 1 1/2" square drive
L L
d D d D
Overall Pina Overall Pina

Width length and Width length and
3/4" across D d L O-ring 1 1/2" across D d L O-ring
flats mm mm mm Ordering No. ref. letter flats mm mm mm Ordering No. ref. letter
mm 18 32 44 50 4026 1918 00* A mm 50 81.5 86 87 4026 3850 00* F

19 33 44 50 4026 1919 00* A 55 87.5 86 90 4026 3855 00* F
21 36 44 50 4026 1921 00* A 60 94 86 95 4026 3860 00* F
22 37 44 50 4026 1922 00* A 65 100 86 100 4026 3865 00* F
24 40 44 52 4026 1924 00* A 70 106 86 105 4026 3870 00* F
27 43 44 54 4026 1927 00* A 75 112 86 110 4026 3875 00* F
30 47 44 54 4026 1930 00* A 80 119 86 116 4026 3880 00 F
32 49 44 56 4026 1932 00* A a
34 52 44 56 4026 1934 00* A Pin and o-ring see table 13.
36 54 44 55 4026 1936 00* A
in 3/4 33 44 50 4026 1919 00* A
15/16 40 44 52 4026 1924 00* A
1 1/8 42 44 52 4026 2036 00* A
1 5/16 47 44 56 4026 2042 00* A
1 1/2 53 44 56 4026 2048 00* A
a Pin and o-ring see table 13.
8. STUD SETTER
8.1 Stud setter 8.2 Stud setter, complete unit
Square Holder Square Overall Body

drive drive drive length diameter
in Ordering No. nut Ordering No. in mm mm Thread Ordering No.
1/2 4023 0752 80 M6 4023 0761 00* 3/8 55 19 M6 4023 0752 06*
M8 4023 0762 00* 3/8 55 19 M8 4023 0752 08*
M10 4023 0756 00* 1/2 65 24 M10 4023 0752 10*
M12 4023 0757 00 1/2 65 24 M12 4023 0752 12*
131
9. POWER SOCKET SETS
Square Width
drive across
AA complete in flats Ordering No.
completekit,
kit containing
containing 8 power
8sockets
power sockets
with 1/2"with 1/2" drive.
square 1/2 13, 16, 17, 18 4112 0607 80
square drive, delivered in
19, 21, 22, 24
a handy box.
10. UNIVERSAL JOINTS 13. LOCKING PINS AND O-RINGS

FOR 7.4, 7.5, 7.6, 10, 11, 12
Pina
Male Square and O-ring
square drive Diameter Length O-ring Locking pin Pin
in in mm mm Ordering No. ref. letter Dia- Inner and
Ref. Diameter Length meter diameter O-ring
3/8 3/8 23 60 4023 1182 00* letter mm mm mm mm Ordering No.
1/2 1/2 29 76 4023 0745 00*
Ab 4 35 5 33 4026 5000 90*
5/8 5/8 38 69 4023 0875 00
B 4 45 5 33 4026 5000 91*
3/4 3/4 46 89 4023 0857 00 B C 5 45 6 44 4026 5000 92*
1 1 60 112 4023 1060 00 C D 5 60 6 59 4026 5000 93*
1 1/2 1 1/2 84 162 4023 1316 00 F E 5 70 6 65 4026 5000 94*
a
F 6 75 6 65 4026 5000 95*
Pin and o-ring see table 13.
G 6 75 6 79 4026 5000 96*
H 6 95 6 94 4026 5000 97*
11. SOCKET ADAPTERS b B type pin also included.
14. POWER SOCKET HOLDERS
Pina
Male Square and
square drive Diameter Length O-ring
in in mm mm Ordering No. ref. letter
1/2 3/8 23 35 4023 1153 00 Hex Square Length

3/8 1/2 24 39 4023 1154 00 in in mm Ordering No.
5/8 1/2 29 43 4023 1155 00
1/4 1/4 50.8 4023 0686 00*
1/2 5/8 32 49 4023 0733 00
1/4 1/4 76.2 9721 4234 00*
3/4 5/8 38 54 4023 1156 00
1/4 1/4 101.6 4023 0687 00*
1/2 3/4 38 57 4023 0909 00 A
1/4 1/4 152.4 4023 1203 00*
1 3/4 44 65 4023 1157 00 B 1/4 3/8 50.8 4023 0907 00*
3/4 1 54 75 4023 0868 00 C 1/4 3/8 76.2 9721 4235 00*
1 1 1/2 83 100 4023 1314 00 F
1/4 3/8 101.6 4023 1204 00*
a Pin and o-ring see table 13. 7/16 3/8 76.2 4023 1210 03*
7/16 1/2 70.0 4023 1211 03*
12. EXTENSIONS * Available directly from stock.
Pina
Male Square and
square drive Diameter Length O-ring
in in mm mm Ordering No. ref. letter
3/8 3/8 21 152 4023 1164 06*

1/2 1/2 27 127 4023 0734 00*
1/2 1/2 27 254 4023 0735 00*
5/8 5/8 33 152 4023 0749 00*
3/4 3/4 38.5 178 4023 0854 00* A
3/4 3/4 38.5 330 4023 0855 00* A
1 1 54 178 4023 0751 00* C
1 1 54 330 4023 0867 00* C
1 1/2 1 1/2 88 330 4023 1315 00* G
a Pin and o-ring see table 13.
132
15. BITHOLDER FOR INSERT BITS
15.1 Type A 15.3 Type C
S L H S L H
D D D1
Square Hex Diameter Length Square Hex Diameter Length

S H D L S H D D1 L
in in Magnetic mm mm Ordering No. in in Magnetic mm mm mm Ordering No.
3/8 1/4 No 19 33 4023 0793 00* 1/4 1/4a Yes 12.6 11.1 58 4023 1448 01*
3/8 5/16 No 19.9 33 4023 0948 00* 3/8 1/4 Yes 16.9 11.1 52.4 4023 1448 02*
1/2 1/4 No 22.1 37.8 4023 1446 06* 1/2 1/4 Yes 22.3 14.9 38.3 4023 1448 04
1/2 5/16 No 23.8 38.1 4023 0725 00*
a With front nut.
15.2 Type B
S L H
Square Hex Diameter Length

S H D L
in in Magnetic mm mm Ordering No.
1/4 1/4 No 12 25.2 4023 0695 00*
16. QUICK CHANGE CHUCK FOR POWER BITS
Square Female
drive hex
in in Ordering No.
3/8 1/4 4023 1380 00*

3/8 5/16 4023 1382 00*
3/8 7/16 4023 1317 80*
1/2 7/16 4023 0737 00*
133
TORQUE ARMS
SM A1 Parallel arm for 50 Nm

Atlas Copco torque arm SM A1 is an excellent means of as-
sistance when using hand-held straight or pistol grip tools e.g.
screwdrivers, nutrunners, thread inserts etc.
The torque arms in the SM A1 series are made for heavy
duty applications where the tool torque is limited to 50 Nm.
Tool weight should be in the range 1 to 4 kg. In order to bal-
ance the tool weight in a proper and durable way the arms are
equipped with gas spring cylinders.
A table stand is included as standard. Tool holder and table
stand clamp have to be ordered separately.
SM A1 (mm) (mm)
500 300-310
100
4xØ8.5 B A
2x125 2xcc100
200-250
Tool weight Tool Tool Working range

Max. torque diameter A B
Model kg Nm mm mm mm alfa Ordering No.
SM A1-400-2 1-2 50 40-60 0-400 600 360° 8202 9000 15*
SM A1-400-3 2-3 50 40-60 0-400 600 360° 8202 9000 16*
SM A1-400-4 2.5-4 50 40-60 0-400 600 360° 8202 9000 19*
SM A1-500-2 1-2 50 40-60 0-500 700 360° 8202 9000 17*
SM A1-500-3 1.5-3 50 40-60 0-500 700 360° 8202 9000 18*
OPTIONAL
Tool holders and accessories for SM A1
Description Ordering No. Description Ordering No.
Adjustable vertical Heavy duty 22-82 mm

tool holder table stand clamp 4390 1734 02*
Ø 40-50 mm 4390 1735 07*
Ø 50-60 mm 4390 1735 08*
Wall mounted stand
Ø 25 with four 8.5 mm
Horizontal turnable tool holder mounting holes 4390 1735 50
800
Ø 40-50 mm 4390 1735 09*
Ø 50-60 mm 4390 1735 35 80
300
Table stand 800 mm 4390 1736 10
150
Accessories check list:
• Tool holder?
• Table stand clamp?
134
TORQUE ARMS
SM S2 Parallel arm for max 20 Nm

Atlas Copco torque arm SM S2 is an excellent means of as-
Torque arm SM S2 is recommended when there is a lot of
free space and a large working area is required. The SM S2
is exceptionally easy to position and handle. The design is in-
tended for heavy duty operations over a long period of time.
The open angle between jib and arm should not exceed 120°.
Tool weights should be in the range 0 to 2.5 kg. In order to
handle weights in the range 1-2.5 kg special springs are sup-
plied as standard.
SM S2 (mm) B (mm)
45 o
470 45 o
A
o
Max. 120
2xcc84
4xØ8.5
Max. 120 o
2x100

SM S2-750 2.5 20 25-50 0-750 410 360o
8202 9000 12*
SM S2-900 2.5 20 25-50 0-900 410 360o 8202 9000 21*
OPTIONAL
Tool holders and accessories for SM S2 and SM A2 (to be continued on page 136)
Adjustable vertical tool holder Horizontal turnable tool holder

Ø 25-40 mm 4390 1734 04* Ø 36 mm 4390 1735 10*
Ø 40-50 mm 4390 1734 05* Ø 38 mm 4390 1735 03*
Two-axis turnable tool holder Ø 46 mm 4390 1735 05*
with adjustable turning torque Ø 56 mm 4390 1735 37
Ø 36 mm 4390 1734 06*
Ø 38 mm 4390 1735 34* Vertical tool holder
Ø 46 mm 4390 1734 07* Ø 36 mm 4390 1735 04*
Ø 56 mm 4390 1735 36* Ø 38 mm 4390 1735 30*
Ø 46 mm 4390 1735 00*
Vertical extension for 4390 1735 46* Ø 56 mm 4390 1735 38*
SM A2/SM S2 700 mm
Vertical telescope extension 4390 1735 47
for SM A2/SM S2
400 mm-750 mm
135
TORQUE ARMS
SM A2 Parallel arm for max 20 Nm

Atlas Copco torque arm SM A2 is an excellent means of as-
Torque arms in the SM A2 series are recommended when
there is a lot of equipment on the working bench and the space
is limited. The SM A2 is exceptionally easy to position and han-
dle. The design is intended for heavy duty operations over a
long period of time. Tool torque should not exceed 20 Nm.
Tool weight should be in the range 0 to 2 kg for SM A2-300
and 0 to 2.5 kg for SM A2-400.
SM A2 (mm) (mm)
2xcc84 470
4xØ8.5
B A
2x100

SM A2-Completea 2 20 25-40 0-300 400 360° 8202 9000 20*
SM A2-300 2 20 25-50 0-300 400 360° 8202 9000 10*
SM A2-400 2.5 20 25-50 0-400 450 360° 8202 9000 11*
a
SM A2-Complete includes adjustable vertical tool holder Ø 25-40 mm and a heavy duty 22-82 mm table stand clamp.
OPTIONAL
Tool holders and accessories for SM A2 and SM S2 (continued from page 135)
Horizontal two-axis Wall mounted stand with two

turnable tool holder 8.5 mm mounting holes 4390 1734 01*
Ø 36 mm 4390 1735 11*
Ø 38 mm 4390 1735 02* Ø 20
cc150
Ø 46 mm 4390 1735 06* Special adapters for Atlas Copco screwdri-
Ø 56 mm 4390 1735 39 vers, see page 138.
Heavy duty 22-82 mm Accessories check list:

table stand clamp 4390 1734 02*
• Tool holder?
• Wall mounted stand?
• Table stand clamp?
• Special adapters?
136
TORQUE ARMS
SM-Linear torque arms

By mounting your assembly tool on a SM-Linear torque arm
the payback begins immediately and continues throughout the
duration of your assembly process. All components are avail-
able as standard, allowing fast delivery and quick installation.
Each model comes complete with appropriate balancing sys-
tem to support the weight of the tool, and the flexibility offered
by movement in 3-axis allows the user to ease the arm effort-
lessly around the workstation.
Max torque Horizontal stroke Vertical stroke Height Weight

Model Nm mm mm mm kg Ordering No.
SML 10 10 420 620 923 4.1 8202 9003 00
SML 50 50 420 620 923 5.3 8202 9003 01
SML 150 150 330 520 1012 17.5 8202 9003 02
SML 300 300 330 520 1012 19.2 8202 9003 03
SML 500 500 480 500 1752 27.0 8202 9003 04
SML 1000 1000 480 500 1752 34.0 8202 9003 05
ACCESSORIES
Description Ordering No.
Mounting plate – Spline type 1 4390 1760 00
Mounting plate – Spline type 1 (for SML 10/50) 4390 1786 00
Mounting plate – Spline type 2 (for SML 10/50) 4390 1787 00
Mounting plate – Spline type 7 4390 1766 00 Mounting plate Extended mounting plate
Mounting plate – QMX/ETX42 4390 1781 00
Mounting plate – QMX80 4390 1784 00
Mounting plate – QMX90 4390 1785 00
Horizontal adapter (handle mount) 4390 1770 00
Vertical adapter (handle mount) 4390 1769 00
Start handle (electric, 1 signal) 4390 1772 00
Start handle (electric, 2 signal) 4390 1773 00
Start handle (pneumatic) 4390 1771 00
Handgrip (dead handle) 4390 1786 00
Extension mounting plate (for extended reach) 4390 1768 00
Remote start cable, 3 m 4390 1774 00 Vertical adapter Horizontal adapter
Remote start cable, 5 m 4390 1775 00
Remote start cable, 10 m 4390 1776 00
Extension remote start cable, 10 m 4390 1778 00
Extension remote start cable, 15 m 4390 1779 00
Y– piece connector (for 2 x electric handles) 4390 1777 00
NOTE:
– All models are supplied complete with suitable balancers (air cylinder with
SML 500/1000).
– SML 10/50 are supplied with integrated tool holder as standard. If additional
accessories such as handles are required, then relevant accessory mounting
plate should also be ordered. (Suitable for tools with splined front part only). Start handle
– All mounting plates compatible with models SML 150, 300, 500 and 1000.
– Extension mounting plates are not compatible with SML 10/50 arms.
– For forward and reverse tool operation, a 2 signal handle is required (electric
tools only).
137
TORQUE ARMS
Accessories
Special adapters for Atlas Copco screwdrivers.
To be used with torque arms SM S2, SM A2.
Adapter for Atlas Copco

screwdriver LUM10 PRa 4390 1734 09* Adapter for Atlas Copco
screwdriver LUM22 SRb 4390 1735 51*
Adapter for Atlas Copco
screwdriver ELIa 4390 1734 08* Adapter for Atlas Copco
screwdriver LUM12 SRa 4390 1735 52*
Adapter for Atlas Copco Adapter for Atlas Copco

screwdriver LUM21 PR-Pa 4390 1735 44* screwdriver LUM12 PRa 4390 1735 53*
Adapter for Atlas Copco Adapter for Atlas Copco

screwdriver LUM21 SRb 4390 1735 45* screwdriver LUM22 PRa 4390 1735 54*
Tool holder diameter for Atlas Copco screwdrivers

LUM25 HRF-U 38 mm
LUF20 PR 36 mm
a
To be used together with a Ø 46 mm tool holder.
b
To be used together with a Ø 56 mm tool holder.
138
Quality
Assurance in
Tightening
Quality assurance –
your competitive edge!
A loose or improperly tightened joint in any as-
sembly operation can cause serious problems and
have far-reaching consequences for end-users
and manufacturers alike.
To ensure the right quality of your company’s
products, Atlas Copco has developed a compre-
hensive quality assurance system to meet torque,
angle and pulse measurement requirements for all
types of fastening tools.
Contents Page
ACTA 3000 .....................................................140
ToolsTalk ACTA ...............................................140
IRTT transducers ............................................141
QRTT transducers ..........................................141
SRTT transducers ..........................................142
MRTT transducers .................................. 142-143
Torque testers .................................................144
QUALITY ASSURANCE IN TIGHTENING
For measuring and analysing torque
ACTA 3000
The ACTA 3000 complemented by the
PC program ToolsTalk ACTA provides
you with a complete tool database in
which you have easy access to all the
information you need regarding torque
measuring and analysing. The system
cuts tool administration costs and sys-
tematically controls the status of your
tools during their entire life cycle. It keeps
track of tightening data, calibration data,
service history, application analyses, pur-
chase details, supplier information, etc. It ACTA 3000
controls and reminds when it is time for
tool calibration and/or preventive mainte-
nance (PM).
All data stored per tool in one place!
ACTA 3000 comes in three different
models and can be upgraded depending
on your needs:
Basic
Measures torque and angle. You can Model Ordering No.
calibrate your tools and check basic sta- ACTA 3000 – Basic 8092 1133 20
tistics. ACTA 3000 – QC 8092 1133 30
QC – Quality Control ACTA 3000 – AA 8092 1133 40
Calculates all advanced statistics, includ-
ing SPC, and has a database of up to
1000 tools/joints. This database includes ACTA 3000 software upgrades Ordering No.
information regarding tool programming, ACTA 3000 software upgrade to generation 2.xx 8092 1147 02
tightening and events. ACTA 3000 software upgrades (including generation 2.xx)
B to QC (8092 1133 20 to 8092 1133 30) 8092 1149 07
AA – Advanced Analysis
B to AA (8092 1133 20 to 8092 1133 40) 8092 1149 18
This is the complete quality system. It QC to AA (8092 1133 30 to 8092 1133 40) 8092 1149 26
offers all the above and shows an ad-
vanced tightening trace for joint analysis.
ToolsTalk ACTA
The PC program ToolsTalk ACTA com-
pletes the quality assurance system to
calculate and provide all the information
you want regarding your tools. In Tools-
Talk ACTA you manage your tools in a
tool database, a tightening database and
a supplier database. It enables advanced
statistics/SPC and graphs.
Model Ordering No.

ToolsTalk ACTA Single PC 8092 1136 01
ToolsTalk ACTA Network 5 users 8092 1136 05
Cable included.
Microsoft Windows NT4, 2000 or XP operating system.
ToolsTalk ACTA software upgrades to generation 2.xx Ordering No.

1 user 8092 1148 01
5 users 8092 1148 05
10 users 8092 1148 10
20 users 8092 1148 20
140
IRTT – in-line rotary torque and
torque/angle transducers
The ACTA 3000 automatically reads the
memory in Atlas Copco IRTT torque trans-
ducers. No manual calibration is needed.
The IRTT has very high readout accu-
racy and is available in torque or torque/
angle versions.
IRTT
Drive Drive
Hex Square Rated capacity Hex Square Rated capacity

Model in in Nm ft lb Ordering No. Model in in Nm ft lb Ordering No.
Torque models Torque/angle models
IRTT 5-I06 1/4 5 4 8092 1129 05 IRTT 1A-I06 1/2 1 0.8 8092 1130 96
IRTT 20-I06 1/4 20 15 8092 1129 10 IRTT 2A-I06 1/2 2 1.5 8092 1130 01
IRTT 20-06 1/4 20 15 8092 1129 15 IRTT 5A-I06 1/4 5 4 8092 1130 06
IRTT 25-10 3/8 25 18 8092 1129 20 IRTT 20A-I06 1/4 20 15 8092 1130 11
IRTT 75-10 3/8 75 55 8092 1129 25 IRTT 20A-06 1/4 20 15 8092 1130 16
IRTT 180-13 1/2 180 133 8092 1129 30 IRTT 25A-10 3/8 25 18 8092 1130 21
IRTT 500-20 3/4 500 369 8092 1129 35 IRTT 75A-10 3/8 75 55 8092 1130 26
IRTT 750-25 1 750 553 8092 1129 40 IRTT 180A-13 1/2 180 133 8092 1130 31
IRTT 1400-25 1 1400 1033 8092 1129 45 IRTT 500A-20 3/4 500 369 8092 1130 36
IRTT 750A-25 1 750 553 8092 1130 41
IRTT 1400A-25 1 1400 1033 8092 1130 46
IRTT 3000A-25 1 3000 2200 8092 1130 51
IRTT 5000A-38 1 1/2 5000 3685 8092 1130 56
NOTE: All IRTT are equipped with 19-pin connector.
QRTT
Tranducers used for QMX nutrunner as
well as for fixtured Tensor tool calibra-
tion. This transducer enables an easy
and fast set-up with highest system accu-
racy. By using the QRTT, no special test
adaption device between the spindle and QRTT
the product itself is needed.
Drive
Square For Rated capacity
Model in QMX spindle Nm ft lb Ordering No.
QRTT 20 Nm kit 3/8 42 2 - 20 1.5 - 15 8092 1164 13
QRTT 75 Nm kit 3/8 42 7.5 - 75 5.5 - 55 8092 1164 18
QRTT 200 Nm kit 1/2 50 20 - 200 15 - 150 8092 1164 23
QRTT 500 Nm kit 3/4 62 50 - 500 37 - 369 8092 1164 28
QRTT 1000 Nm kit 1 80, 90 100 - 1000 75 - 750 8092 1164 33
141
SRTT – static reaction torque
transducers
The static torque transducers are de-
signed for fixturing where a rotary action
is not desired during a measurement. All
static torque transducers feature a built-
in memory for fast auto-calibration with
ACTA 3000.
SRTT
Square drive Capacity

Model in Nm ft lb Ordering No.
SRTT 0.5-06 1/4 0.5 0.4 8092 1143 15

SRTT 2-06 1/4 2 1.5 8092 1143 20
SRTT 5-06 1/4 5 4 8092 1143 25
SRTT 25-10 3/8 25 18 8092 1143 30
SRTT 75-13 1/2 75 55 8092 1143 35
SRTT 180-13 1/2 180 133 8092 1143 40
SRTT 500-20 3/4 500 369 8092 1143 45
SRTT 1400-25 1 1400 1033 8092 1143 50
Test joint for SRTT

Range
Model Size Stiffness Nm ft lb Ordering No.
TJ SRTT H 25-10 3/8 Hard 25 18 4220 2451 80

TJ SRTT S 25-10 3/8 Soft 25 18 4220 2451 81
TJ SRTT H 75-10 1/2 Hard 75 55 4220 2659 80
TJ SRTT S 75-10 1/2 Soft 75 55 4220 2659 81
TJ SRTT H 180-13 1/2 Hard 180 133 4220 2660 80
TJ SRTT S 180-13 1/2 Soft 180 133 4220 2660 81
MRTT – manual screwdriver torque

transducer
The MRTT screwdriver is designed to
measure static torque on low torque
applications. All MRTTs feature a built-
in memory for fast auto-calibration with
ACTA 3000. MRTT
Drive hex Capacity

MRTT 2-I06 1/4 2.5 1.8 8092 1144 21

MRTT 7-I06 1/4 7.5 5.5 8092 1144 26
142
MRTT – manual wrench torque
transducer
Designed to measure static torque on
higher torque applications. The torque
wrench features an LED indicator for low/
OK/high torque. It has a unique square
drive, which rotates free and is locked
when pushed in. MRTT
Square drive Capacity

MRTT 25-06Sa 3/8 25 18 8092 1145 32

MRTT 75-13Sa 1/2 75 55 8092 1145 37
MRTT 180-13Sa 1/2 180 133 8092 1145 42
MRTT-I 680-20Sb 3/4 680 510 8092 1164 52
a
Suggested cable 4145 0971 03 (3 m curled cable) see below.
b
Works only with cable type 4145 0965 03.
Transducer cable Cables

The cable needed for all transducers Length Ordering No.
(except MRTT screwdriver where cable
is included). 1m 4145 0963 01
3m 4145 0963 03
5m 4145 0963 05
3 m curled cable 4145 0971 03
For usage of non Atlas Copco transducers

one of the following cables are required. Model Ordering No.
Industrial style Transducer cable 3 m 19 - 4 4145 0965 03

* Transducer cable 3 m 19 - 6 4145 0966 03
* Please contact Atlas Copco for specific details.
Cables for ToolsTalk ACTA

Length Ordering No.
ToolsTalk ACTA cable 3 m 4222 0546 03

ToolsTalk ACTA cable 5 m 4222 0546 05
ACCESSORIES
Ordering No.
Demo cases
ACTA 3000 4222 0527 00
ACTA 3000, with solid filling 4222 0527 01
Battery units
ACTA 3000, 7.2V/3.8 Ah 4222 0368 00
ACTA 3000, 7.2V/9.5 Ah 4220 0927 80
ACTA 3000, 7.2V/15 Ah 4220 0928 80
For battery charger, please contact Atlas Copco.
143
Torque testers TT and HT
TT – torque testers
The torque testers TT consist of an inte-
grated torque transducer combined with
a tightening analysis tool. The units are
suitable for clutch and impulse tools. The TT30 HT5
torque values are displayed in either Nm/
in. lb. and are protected from overload
by a mechanical stop. The testers of TT1
and TT10 type are ideal for calibrating
screwdrivers. Test joints are included.
HT – torque testers
The HT units consist of a torque screw-
driver combined with a tightening analy-
sis tool. The analogue output can be
used together with a pen recorder, os-
cilloscope or voltmeter for various joint
analyses. Rechargeable NiCd cells pow-
er the testers.
Measure Accuracy Weight

range % of full Size
Model Nm scale mm kg lb Ordering No.
TT
TT1 0 - 1.0 ±0.5 230x125x55 2.2 4.9 8092 1113 04
TT10 0 - 10.0 ±0.5 230x125x55 2.2 4.9 8092 1113 12
TT12a 2 - 12.0 ±0.5 162x240x112 3.5 7.7 8092 1101 73
TT30a 6 - 30.0 ±0.5 162x240x112 3.5 7.7 8092 1101 81
HT
HT0.5 0- 0.5 ±0.5 160x95x60 1.2 2.6 8092 1113 20
HT5 0- 5.0 ±0.5 160x95x60 1.2 2.6 8092 1113 38
a
Optional accessories not valid for TT12 and TT30.
NOTE: Not suitable for impact tools.
Designation Ordering No.
Connected to the DP-1 HS printer (option- For more information see leaflet,
al) individual torque data and a number of Ordering No. 9833 1175 01.
Battery charger 220-240 VAC 4222 0162 00 statistical calculations and charts can be
Battery charger 110-120 VAC 4222 0162 01 made.
Printer DP-1 HS 8092 1117 00
Printer cable 1 m 4222 0171 00
144
Grinders
For a new experience, try

Atlas Copco Turbo Grinders Grinding at the right speed ......................... 148
Safety first .................................................. 149
GTG21 and GTG40 Turbo Grinders give you twice
Electric grinder – Brazor ............................. 150
the power, with half the weight and they are im-
Turbo grinders and sanders ...................... 152
possible to stall with the right installation! Brazor
Die grinders ................................................ 156
is the new mobile electric grinder system offering
Straight grinders ......................................... 158
high productivity and low cost of ownership. These
Vertical grinders .......................................... 162
are just some of the grinders in Atlas Copco´s
Angle grinders ............................................ 166
wide range covering virtually all applications. With
Angle sanders ............................................ 168
all our grinders, you can rely on maximum mate-
Orbital and random orbital sanders ............ 170
rial removal with minimum effort and, of course,
Dust extraction ........................................... 172
higher productivity.
Routers ....................................................... 175
Contents Page Nibbler ........................................................ 175
Selection guide ........................................... 146 Circular cutters ........................................... 176
GRINDERS
Selection guide
DIE GRINDING AND DEBURRING WITH
EXAMPLE: In a die grinding or engraving application, mounted points or rotary burrs are used. A suitable
tool is the LSF straight die grinder, or the angle head type LSV die grinder.
1 Carbide burrs
2 Mounted points
ROUGH GRINDING AND CUTTING OFF WITH
3 Depressed centre wheels
4 Cut off wheels
5 Cup wheels
6 Flap wheels
7 Straight wheels
8 Cone wheels
SANDING AND POLISHING WITH
9 Fibre discs
10 Wire brushes
11 Coated abrasives
12 Polishing bonnets
13 Radial flap wheels
14 Scotch-brite
146
GRINDERS
Selection guide
DIE GRINDERS Page
LSF07
LSF17
1 LSV17 156
LSF27
LSV27
LSF38
2
ROUGH GRINDERS Page
ESV G71 150-151

3
GTG21
4
GTG40 152-155
GTR40
5 LSS53
LSS64 162
LSS84
6
LSV17 HD
LSV27 166
LSV38
7 LSR27
LSR38 CW
LSR43 158
8 LSR53
LSR64
SANDERS AND POLISHERS Page
LSS53
LSS64 164
9 10 LSV17
LSV27 168
LSV38
LSO30
LSO31 170
LSO32
11 12 LST20
LST21
LST22 170
LST30
LST31
LST32
13 14
LSF27 156
147
GRINDERS
Grinding at the right speed
Die grinding Similar to rough grinding, a rough surface, ground with

coarse grit will benefit from a high rotational speed. The limi-
Small precision deburring – die grinding is performed with either tations are, however, the maximum allowed speed of the back-
tungsten carbide, high speed steel burrs or mounted points. ing pad and the fibre disc.
The choice of burr depends on the size of your job. A larger Normal sanding speeds for fibre discs of diameter 125 mm,
volume of removed material will require a bigger size of the 180 mm and 230 mm are 4000 to 6000 r/min.
burr’s head. Polishing with different pastes and compounds require low
Select the tool r/min depending on the diameter of the burr speed in combination with high torque. Suitable speeds are
head, the material to be ground and the material in the rotary 1800 to 2200 r/min.
burr. Use tungsten carbide burrs for hard and tough materials. Sanding with wet coated abrasives is best performed at low
High speed steel burs are recommended for unhardened and speeds, partly because water is thrown out into the periphery
medium hard materials. Example, see table below: and partly because of the fine grit.
Scotch-Brite, Bear Tex and flap wheels perform best at 50%
of their maximum allowed rotational speeds.
Unhardened steel Soft material

Burr Hardened steel Softer materials Wood, brass
head Ø Though materials Cast iron Plastics, Al.
Up to 6 mm – TC 38000 38000 38000 The speed governor

– HSS – 20000 20000
Up to 12 mm – TC 30000 30000 30000 The amount of material removed in the grinding process de-
– HSS – – 20000 pends on the power of the tool and the operative rotational
speed. The diagram below shows the correlation between
TC – Tungsten carbide tipped rotary burr. torque, power and rotational speed of a non governed pneu-
HSS – High speed steel burrs. matic grinder.
For mounted points, follow the recommendations that relate to the particular In order to remove material, the operator has to apply a feed-
mounted point.
force on the work-piece. Consequently the rotational speed
decreases and having passed approximately 50% of the free
speed, the operative power outtake starts to decrease. Theo-
Rough grinding retically, the most ma-
terial would be removed P, T Diagram 1
Pure material removal, regardless of whether it is removed at approximately 50% ungoverned grinder
from a cramped or an open space, is determined by the power of the free speed on a
generated at the grinding process. The applied feed force and non governed grinder,
Pmax
the rotation of the wheel generates a cutting force which mul- (diagram 1).
tiplied with the peripheral speed of the wheel represents the The Atlas Copco
power removing material, (Power = Peripheral speed x Cutting grinders are built small To
rq
force). and smooth, partly due T
ue
Nm
A powerful grinder will provide enough power with almost to their speed governor.
O
maintained rotational speed, when applying feed-force. Higher The air is governed to
feed-force requires higher effort from the operator which leads the air flow necessary n
to fatigue. A suitable combination of operative rotational speed, to maintain the rota- 50% r/min
a suitable feed-force applied by the operator and the necessary tional speed regardless
power of the grinder will give you the best combination for the of load, (to the extent of
material removal required. the power of the grinder).
As rough grinding is performed with bonded abrasives, a The correlation between power, torque and rotational speed
limitation of rotational speed is necessary in order to prevent of a governed grinder is shown in diagram 2.
wheel fractures due to centrifugal force. A theoretical optimum of material removal is reached at ap-
The peripheral speed is limited to 80 m/s for fibre reinforced proximately 80% of the
depressed centre, straight and cutting off wheels. Resin bond- free speed. The grinder
ed cup and straight wheels are limited to a peripheral speed generates max power, Diagram 2
of 50 m/s. removing more material P, T
governed grinder
with applied feed force.
Tor Pmax
The rotational speed que
Nm
T
decreases negligibly.
Air is used economi-
Sanding and polishing cally, as the flow through
P ut W
Unlike die and rough grinding, sanding and polishing applies to the motor is adjusted
p
ut
after applied load. Air

O
requirements of a surface. A fine surface will require a fine grit

paper, fine Scotch-Brite, Bear Tex or a soft polishing bonnet. consumption at free Rotational
speed n
Rougher surface grinding will require a higher material removal speed is minimized.
80% 8500 r/min
rate and thus a coarser grit paper. The governor opens
and lets in more air
during load thus keep-
ing the optimal r/min.
148
GRINDERS
Safety first
Built-in safety This is your responsibility
The Atlas Copco grinders feature a high degree of built-in There are, however, measures the operator has to take in order
safety. Overspeed shut-off, safety throttles and wheel guards to avoid any risk of misuse or accident. The safety manual, sup-
are good examples of product safety features carried by our plied with every grinder contains a number of safety rules for the
grinders. operator. The 8 steps below are a basic summary of the safety
manual. But read the safety manual as well.
Performance checked
Every grinder leaving our factory is checked on maximum free
speed and general functions.
HOW TO MAKE IT SAFER
1 Check the free speed 5 Check that flange and wheel

The measured speed at a pressure of 6.3 combinations correspond to national
bars should not exceed the rated speed regulations. Check that the flanges are
of the grinder. A tolerance of +10% is undamaged and that they are clean.
acceptable if stated in the documentation
of the tool. The wheel must be removed
before the grinder is checked. The checks
should be carried out regularly, especially
after longer standstill. Make sure that the
speed marking on the tool is readable.
2 Check the wheelguard 6 Wear

Always use the recommended wheel- – personal protection goggles
guard and check that it is not dam- – ear protection
aged. Never use a grinder without the – gloves (helmet in heavier
wheelguard when the grinding wheel applications)
requires one.
3 Match the maximum speed of the 7 Test run your grinder in a protected
wheel to the right grinder area after having assembled the
Make sure that the stated maximum wheel
speed of the grinder never exceeds the
2 Keep the space around the grinding
maximum speed of the grinding wheel. operation free from other people.
4 Check the grinding wheel 8 Maintenance

Make sure that the grinding wheel is not Make sure to follow prescribed serv-
cracked or damaged in any way. The ice instructions and intervals. Do not
grinding wheel should have the correct disassemble security parts, e.g. speed
hole dimensions and should be fitted governor or overspeed shut-off. These
properly on the spindle to avoid unbal- parts have to be completely replaced
anced vibrations. when damaged.
Diameter – Peripheral speed – r/min

The table below will help you to translate the peripheral speed of the grinding wheel to the right rotational speed of the grinder
when using a specific diameter of grinding wheel.
Grinding wheel Peripheral speed in metres per second
diameter
mm 10 15 20 25 28 30 33 35 40 45 48 50 60 80
25 7640 11460 15280 19100 21390 22920 25210 26740 30560 34380 36670 38200 45840 61120
40 4770 7160 9550 11930 13370 14320 15750 16710 19100 21480 22920 23870 28650 38200
50 3820 5730 7640 9550 10690 11460 12600 13370 15280 17190 18330 19100 22920 30560
63 3303 4540 6060 7560 8480 9090 10000 10610 12120 13640 14550 15150 18190 24250
80 2380 3580 4770 5960 6680 7160 7870 8350 9550 10740 11460 11930 14320 19100
100 1910 2860 3820 4770 5340 5730 6300 6680 7640 8590 9160 9550 11460 15280
115 1160 2490 3320 4150 4650 4980 5480 5810 6640 7470 7970 8300 9960 13400
125 1520 2290 3050 3820 4270 4580 5040 5340 6110 6870 7330 7640 9160 12280
150 1270 1910 2540 3180 3560 3820 4200 4450 5090 5730 6110 6360 7640 10180
180 1060 1590 2120 2650 2970 3180 3500 3710 4240 4770 5090 5300 6360 8480
200 950 1430 1910 2380 2670 2860 3150 3340 3820 4290 4580 4770 5730 7640
230 830 1240 1660 2070 2320 2490 2740 2900 3320 3730 3980 4150 4980 6640
250 760 1140 1520 1910 2130 2290 2520 2670 3050 3430 3660 3820 4580 6110
300 630 950 1270 1590 1780 1910 2100 2220 2540 2860 3050 3180 3820 5090
149
ELECTRIC GRINDER
Brazor
The Brazor range

The new Brazor range takes care of all
rough grinding, cutting off and sanding
applications. Thanks to the unlimited
mobility of the grinding system, it can
ESV G71 F085-18
successfully be used in all types of in-
dustries and environments.
Both grinder models are equipped with
the new, compact and energy efficient
G71 motor that generates 2.9 kW at peak ESV G71 F120-13
power.
The mobile PU81 converter feeds the
compact G71 motor with enough power
to finish the job as quickly as possible. It
connects to any 220 V power drop and is
ready to be used within a couple of sec-
onds.
Integrated service indicator

Based on its operating history, the serv-
ice indicator signals about the need for
service, the machine stops and the red
button on top of the PU81 lights. By ● Power feedback for maximum produc- ● Electric rpm control at rated speed for
pressing the red button Brazor can be tivity. high productivity.
used for a couple of days more. ● Overload shut off device to extend tool ● 95% efficiency of the G71 motor.
The risk of wearing the tool down be- life time and prevent operator injuries. ● Autobalancer and angle handle design
yond the possibility of repair is minimal. ● Temperature indicator to prevent over- for good operator ergonomics.
heating problems. ● Easily plugged into any 220 V single
● 2.9 kW output peak power on spindle phase power drop.
in only 2.9 kg tool weight. ● Service indicator notifies in advance to
● ESV G71 F085-18 offers same cutting reduce service costs and extend tool
depth as for 230 mm wheels. life time.
Max
Max out put Height over Sound level
wheel dia kW Weight Length Width spindle at free speed Outgoing
Model mm peak cont. kg mm mm mm dB(A) spindle Ordering No.
For grinding and cutting

ESV G71 F085-18 180 2.9 2.3 2.9 350 65 55 81 Internal 8433 5000 00
ESV G71 F120-13 125 2.9 2.3 2.8 350 65 55 81 M14 8433 5001 00
Power unit Tool cable
Power unit Tool cables

Length Width Height Weight Length Ordering No.
Model mm mm mm kg Ordering No.
5m 3608 0250 05
PU81a 350 200 200 10 8433 5100 00 10 m 3608 0250 10
20 m 3608 0250 20
a
Power net cable included.
150
ELECTRIC GRINDER
Brazor
Powerful and compact motor for

high productivity.
Autobalancer for low wheel con-

sumption and good ergonomics.
9’’ tool cutting depth in

a 7’’ tool for convenient
and versatile use.
Active cooling over external
cooling fins.
Adjustable wheel guard and

spindle lock system.
Small angle head enables 90%

usage of the wheel. Quick stop for safe operator
environment.
Self lubricated angle gear for
low service cost.
ACCESSORIES INCLUDED ESV G71 OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES

All models Handle bracket for three different
Support handle support handle positions
Adjustable wheel guard Ordering No. 3608 0110 01
Attachment flanges for grinding and cutting wheels
Hex key for wheel change
Sander adaption kit for sanding with ESV G71 F085-18

Backing pad with ribbed surface for cooler process.
Support pad Ordering No.
dia mm 5/8” M14
120 4175 0883 92 4175 0883 93

162 4175 0883 90 4175 0883 91
151
TURBO GRINDERS AND SANDERS
Twice the power. Half the weight. The

Turbo grinder gives you twice the power
of today’s 5", 7" and 9" angle grinders. It GTG21 F120-13
is about half the size and weight of high
frequency tools with comparable power.
● High material removal – The Turbo is
powerful and keeps on working at high

rotational speed. It gives a higher rate
of cutting-off or material removal, with
low wheel consumption.
● Power for efficiency – The Turbo is
driven by an turbine motor, providing

power-to-weight ratios never before GTG21 F085-18
achieved in grinders. This means you
can choose a lighter, more compact
tool for ease of use and good acces- GTG21 S085
sibility without sacrificing any of the
power.
● Long service life – The turbine means
there are no vanes to slide against the

cylinder. The gear runs in oil in a hous-
ing with patented seals. The result is
consistent performance and interrup-
tion free operation. GTG21 S085D
● Minimized vibrations – on the Turbo,
vibration has been cut to below 2.5 m/s2.

This has been achieved by an entirely
GTG21 is the newest of the Turbo grin-
new vibration-damping technique, Auto
ders. It is the best choice for rough grin-
Balancing, in which a set of bearing MORE EFFECTIVE
ding and sanding applications.
balls is used to counterbalance the im-
balance in the wheel.
● Lubrication-free – The unique turbine
drive in the Turbo means that the mo- Process time

tor doesn’t need oil in the air for lubri- Total air consumption
cation. This provides several benefits
from the points of views of working en-
vironment, quality and productivity.
● Dust extraction – Efficient accessory
and standard model for extraction of

air-borne dust in sanding applications The turbine motor is more efficient than
with fibre discs. a conventional grinder motor. It therefore
takes less time to do the same job. Also
the total air consumption will be a lot less
for a specific job. Conventional air grinder Turbo air grinder
Max Max Height over Air consumption at Air Sound level

free wheel Max output Weight spindle end max output free speed Hose size inlet at free
speed dia thread speed
Model r/min mm kW hp kg lb mm in l/s cfm l/s cfm mm in BSP dB(A) Ordering No.
GTG21 F120-13 12000 125 2.1 2.8 1.8 3.9 68 2.7 30 64 10 21 13 1/2 3/8 74 8423 2963 00*
GTG21 F085-18 8500 180 2.1 2.8 2.0 4.2 72 2.8 30 64 10 21 13 1/2 3/8 74 8423 2963 02*
For sanding
GTG21 S085a 8500 180 2.1 2.8 1.6 3.5 80 3.1 30 64 10 21 13 1/2 3/8 74 8423 2963 05*
GTG21 S085-Db 8500 180 2.1 2.8 2.4 5.3 94 3.7 30 64 10 21 13 1/2 3/8 74 8424 2963 09*
GTG21 S085 M14 8500 180 2.1 2.8 1.6 3.5 80 3.1 30 64 10 21 13 1/2 3/8 74 8423 2963 07
a
UNC 5/8"-11 spindle. * Available directly from stock.
b
With dust extraction – for sanding applications with fibre discs.
Flow requirement 250 m3/h.
152
TURBO GRINDERS AND SANDERS
Compact, powerful and efficient
Adjustable support handle, Locking lever.

using same key as for wheel
nut. Lubrication-free turbine motor.
The rear exhaust.

Oil-lubricated angle
gear.
Comfortable handle with soft grip.
Low height over angle head.
Angled design optimizes the grinding ang-

le for a natural working position.
The spindle lock enables simple
Integrated autobalancer reduces vibrations wheel change.
to level below 2.5 m/s .
2
1 ACCESSORIES 2 OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES – GTG21

INCLUDED – GTG21 1
All models Air hose set for maximum performance Ordering No.
Adjustable support handle
Whip hose 0.7 m long, 13 mm dia RUBAIR 13, L=5 m, incl ErgoNIP 10, ErgoQIC 10 8202 1180 22
complete with nipple and Air preparation unit, incl MIDI F/R, ball valve ErgoQIC 10 8202 0845 48
ErgoNIP 10
TURBO 16, L=10 m, incl ErgoNIP 10, ErgoQIC 10 8202 1180 46
Gear box oil, one tube
GTG21 F120/F085 Spindle adapter kit for sanding with GTG21 grinder
Adjustable wheel guard Support pad dia Ordering No.
Attachment flanges for 1-10 mm Sanding kit for mm 5/8" M14
thick grinding wheels
Hex key for wheel change GTG21 F120-13 120 4175 0883 92 4175 0883 93
GTG21 F085-18 162 4175 0883 90 4175 0883 91
GTG21 S085D
Adaptera 4175 0883 04 4175 0883 03
Flow chamber
a
Included in the kit.
Suction cap
Support pad dia 180 mm
1 GTG21 S085D 2
SERVICE KIT
4081 0220 90
153
TURBO GRINDERS
The GTG/GTR40 are the most power-

ful grinders in the Turbo grinder range,
with incredible power for their size and
GTR40 S072-13
weight. The range includes angle and
straight type grinders for virtually every
common rough grinding application.
● GTG40 F – for rough grinding and cut-
ting off with depressed centre wheels.
● GTG40 S – for surface finishing with GTG40 S060-C15
coated abrasives and wire brushes.
● GTG40 C – for rough grinding with cup
wheels.
● GTR40 – for rough grinding and appli-
cations such as internal and external
cleaning of castings with straight grind-
ing wheels.
● Dust extraction – Efficient accessory
and standard model for extraction of
air-borne dust in sanding applications
with fibre discs. GTG40 F066-23 GTG40 F085-18 GTG40 S060
MORE EFFECTIVE
Process time
Total air consumption
The turbine motor is more efficient than

a conventional grinder motor. It therefore
takes less time to do the same job. Also
the total air consumption will be a lot less
for a specific job. Conventional air grinder Turbo air grinder
Max Max Height over Air consumption at Air Sound level

free wheel Max output Weight spindle end max output free speed Hose size inlet at free
speed dia thread speed
Model r/min mm kW hp kg lb mm in l/s cfm l/s cfm mm in BSP dB(A) Ordering No.
GTG40 F085-18 8500 180 4.5 6.1 3.8 8.4 128 5.0 60 126 20 42 16 5/8 1/2 85 8423 2900 10*
GTG40 F066-23 6600 230 4.5 6.1 4.0 8.8 128 5.0 60 126 20 42 16 5/8 1/2 85 8423 2910 10*
For wire brush and sanding

GTG40 S060 6000 140a 4.5 6.1 3.6 7.9 132 5.2 60 126 20 42 16 5/8 1/2 85 8423 2930 00*
For cup wheel

GTG40 S060-C15b 6000 150 4.5 6.1 4.3 10.5 126 5.0 60 126 20 42 16 5/8 1/2 85 8423 2930 10*
a
For wire brush, Ø 230 mm for fibre disc. b
Spindle thread: UNC 5/8". Length 23.5 mm.
Recom- Weight Air consumption Sound Recom-

Max mended Spindle incl guard at max at free Air level mended
free wheel diam. thread Max output flanges output speed inlet at free air hose
speed DxTxHa and Length thread speed
Model r/min mm length kW hp kg lb mm l/s cfm l/s cfm BSP dB(A) mm in Ordering No.
GTR40 S085-15 8500 150x25x25 UNC 5/8x11 4.5 6.1 5.6 12.3 563 60 126 20 42 1/2 85 16 5/8 8423 2950 00*
GTR40 S072-13 7200 125x25x25 UNC 5/8x11 4.5 6.1 5.6 12.3 563 60 126 20 42 1/2 85 16 5/8 8423 2951 00
GTR40 S060-15 6000 150x25x25 UNC 5/8x11 4.5 6.1 5.8 12.8 563 60 126 20 42 1/2 85 16 5/8 8423 2952 00*
GTR40 S060-20 6000 200x25x25 UNC 5/8x11 4.5 6.1 5.8 12.8 563 60 126 20 42 1/2 85 16 5/8 8423 2954 00
a
For straight wheels. * Available directly from stock.
154
TURBO GRINDERS
Twice the power. Half the weight
Servo-controlled governor and

overspeed shut-off valve. Speed marking clearly visible.
Turbine motor.
Gear lubricated with oil for

longer service life. Throttle handle
with soft rubber for
comfortable grip
and temperature
Vibration damping with Auto insulation.
Balancing. Silencer.
Wheel guard, easily adjustable.
Quick release flange for easy

change of wheel.
ACCESSORIES INCLUDED – GTG40 ACCESSORIES INCLUDED – GTR40

Adjustable wheel guard Wheel guard
Support handle Attachments flanges for grinding wheels 20-32 mm thick and with hole
Attachments flanges for 1.5-7 mm thick cut-off wheels and 2.5-8 mm Ø 25 mm
thick depressed centre wheels Whip hose 0.7 m long, 16 mm dia complete with nipple and ErgoNIP 10
Whip hose 0.7 m long, 16 mm dia complete with nipple and ErgoNIP 10 Gear box oil, one tube
Gear box oil, one tube Key and spanner for wheel change
Hex key for wheel change
1 OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES – GTG40 2 OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES – GTR40

Ordering No. Thickness x Hole dia
mm Ordering No.
Wire brush Ø 140 mm 4170 0685 00
2 Rear flange TxH 20-32 x 16 2a 4150 0619 00
Wire brush attachment set 4170 0550 82 x 20 2b 4150 1650 00
Heavy duty backing pad for sanding Ø 180 mm (7") 4170 1192 90 x 32 2c 4150 0620 00
Ø 230 mm (9") 4170 1193 90 3 Spacer for cone wheel 3 4150 0787 00
Hand shield 4175 0165 90
Adaptor for positioning support handle 120/135o 2
between handles 4175 0164 90*
Dust extraction kita for 180 mm fiber disc GTG40 S060 3780 4090 10 GTR40
1
Hose kit including 1.8 m vacuum hose, Ø 38 mm and
air hose Ø 13 mm 3780 2724 41
Friction plate complete 4175 0186 90
2a
a
Incl flow chamber, suction cap and support pad. 2b
* Included as standard in GTG40 S060-C15. 2c
3
1
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES GTG40 and GTR40
Adapter Air hose sets for maximum performance
Air hose set Length Air pressure Ordering No.
Hand shield Fixed installation 5 m, Ø 16 mm

TURBO 16/5 M/CLAW 5m <6 bar 8202 1181 95
Flexible installation 5 m, Ø 16 mmb
TURBO 16/5 M/EQ 10 5m >6 bar 8202 1181 80
Back-up pad Flexible installation 20 m, Ø 19 mmb
SERVICE KITS TURBO 20/20 M/EQ 10 20 m >6 bar 8202 1181 75
GTG40 4081 0153 90 Air preparation unit, including MAXI F/R 25 with ball valve
GTR40 4081 0153 91 and claw coupling 8202 0845 74
b
Whip hose 0.5 m included as standard in GTG/GTR40.
For technical details and other dimensions, see page 256.
155
DIE GRINDERS
The Atlas Copco governed die grinders

offer the very best of productivity, relia- LSF27
bility and ergonomics.
● Best performance, low weight – The
speed governor keeps the rotational LSF17

speed close to the maximum free speed LSF27 ST-E
when feed-force is applied. The use of
a speed governor enables a smaller LSV17-1 HD
and smoother design while maintaining
access to power.
LSF38 E LSF27 E
● Built-in ergonomics for the best
working environment – The unique

suspension of motor and spindle of the
LSF series prevent unpleasant vibra-
tions from being transferred to the op-
erator’s hand. Well tuned motors and
air outlet keep sound levels very low. LSF17 E
● Minimized burr consumption – A
suspension of the spindle prevents

the burr from chattering. Apart from
a smoother die grinding operation,
the burr consumption is minimized, in
many applications by 20%. ● LSF27 ST030 is lubrication-free – for ● LSF38 – 1350 Watt powerful motor for
clean environment. the toughest applications. LSF38 S180
● Wide range – You can choose the suit-
LSF-R, these models have a rigid shaft is lubrication-free.
able model for your application – from ●
heavy duty versions to small, angle die suspension. Recommended for moun-
grinders. Short and extended models ted points.
(E).
Rec max dia of

Tungsten Air consumption Recom- Sound
Max car- Mount- Max at max at free mended Air level Ordering No.
free bide ed output Weight output speed air hose inlet at free with collet
speed burrs point Length thread speed
Model r/min mm mm kW hp kg lb mm l/s cfm l/s cfm mm in BSP dB(A) 6 mm 1/4"
Die grinders – Straight models
LSF17 S430 43000 9 16 0.30 0.40 0.4 0.9 170 9 19 10 21 8 5/16 1/4 75 8423 1224 27* 8423 1224 50
LSF17 S430E 43000 9 16 0.30 0.40 0.6 1.3 270 9 19 10 21 8 5/16 1/4 75 8423 1225 26*
LSF17 S430E/R 43000 9 16 0.30 0.40 0.6 1.3 270 9 19 10 21 8 5/16 1/4 75 8423 3111 03*
LSF17 S300 30000 12 20 0.28 0.38 0.4 0.9 170 9 19 6 13 8 5/16 1/4 73 8423 1224 19* 8423 1224 43*
LSF17 S300-1/R 30000 12 20 0.28 0.38 0.4 0.9 170 9 19 6 13 8 5/16 1/4 73 8423 1231 69*
LSF17 S300E 30000 12 20 0.28 0.38 0.6 1.3 270 9 19 6 13 8 5/16 1/4 73 8423 1225 18*
LSF17 S300E/R 30000 12 20 0.28 0.38 0.6 1.3 270 9 19 6 13 8 5/16 1/4 73 8423 3111 01*
LSF17 S200 20000 12 20 0.25 0.34 0.4 0.9 170 8 17 4 8 8 5/16 1/4 64 8423 1224 01* 8423 1224 35*
LSF17 S200E 20000 12 20 0.25 0.34 0.6 1.3 270 8 17 4 8 8 5/16 1/4 64 8423 1225 00*
LSF27 S250 25000 12 32 0.65 0.87 0.7 1.5 205 18 38 13 27 10 3/8 3/8 75 8423 1235 10* 8423 1235 36
LSF27 S250/R 25000 12 32 0.65 0.87 0.7 1.5 205 18 38 13 27 10 3/8 3/8 75 8423 1235 51*
LSF27 S250E 25000 12 32 0.65 0.87 1.2 2.6 330 18 38 13 27 10 1/2 3/8 75 8423 1236 19*
LSF27 S250E/R 25000 12 32 0.65 0.87 1.2 2.6 330 18 38 13 27 10 1/2 3/8 75 8423 1235 50*
LSF27 S180 18000 16 40 0.65 0.87 0.7 1.5 205 16 34 7 15 10 3/8 3/8 69 8423 1235 02* 8423 1235 28
LSF27 S180/R 18000 16 40 0.65 0.87 0.7 1.5 205 16 34 7 15 10 3/8 3/8 69 8423 1235 44*
LSF27 S180E 18000 16 40 0.65 0.87 1.2 2.6 330 16 34 7 15 10 1/2 3/8 69 8423 1235 03* 8423 1235 27
LSF27 S180E/R 18000 16 40 0.65 0.87 1.2 2.6 330 16 34 7 15 10 1/2 3/8 69 8423 1235 43*
LSF27 S150 15000 16 40 0.60 0.80 0.7 1.5 205 15 32 6 13 10 3/8 3/8 66 8423 1235 76*
LSF27 S150E 15000 16 40 0.60 0.80 1.2 2.6 330 15 32 6 13 10 1/2 3/8 66 8423 1235 84*
LSF27 S120 12000 16 40 0.60 0.80 0.7 1.5 205 14 30 4 8 10 3/8 3/8 65 8423 1235 68*
LSF38 S250E-01 25000 16 40 1.35 1.8 1.5 3.3 352 28 58 25 53 13 1/2 3/8 83 8423 1231 17*
LSF38 S180E-01 18000 16 40 1.35 1.8 1.5 3.3 352 28 58 15 31 13 1/2 3/8 81 8423 1231 16*
Angle grinders
LSV17 S200-1HD 20000 12 20 0.25 0.34 0.7 1.5 197 9 19 7 15 8 5/16 1/4 75 8423 0111 17*
LSV27 S150 15000 16 40 0.57 0.76 1.1 2.4 245 15 32 8 17 10 3/8 3/8 78 8423 0125 56*
Die grinders for polishing
LSF27 ST070 7000 – – 0.65 0.87 1.0 2.2 270 17 36 10 42 10 3/8 3/8 75 8423 1235 69*
LSF27 ST070-E 7000 – – 0.65 0.87 1.7 2.2 395 17 36 10 42 10 3/8 3/8 75 8423 1235 70*
LSF27 ST030-LF 3000 – – 0.60 0.80 1.0 2.2 270 16 34 10 42 10 3/8 3/8 73 8423 1235 79*
LSF27 ST030LF-E 3000 – – 0.60 0.80 1.7 2.2 395 16 34 10 42 10 3/8 3/8 73 8423 1235 80*
E = Extended version, flexible spindle HD = Heavy duty * Available directly from stock.
R = Rigid model LF = Lubrication-free
156
DIE GRINDERS
● High speed model – LSF07 is a new

high speed model for precise grinding
and polishing at die making and e.g.
renovation of air craft engines.
LSF07
Rec max dia of

Tungsten Air consumption Recom- Sound
Max car- Mount- Max at max at free mended Air level
free bide ed output Weight output speed air inlet at free
speed burrs point Length hoseb thread speed Ordering No.
Model r/min mm mm kW hp kg lb mm l/s cfm l/s cfm mm BSP dB(A) with colleta
High speed model
LSF07 S850 88000 4 6 0.10 0.13 0.4 0.9 170 2.2 4.9 2.3 4.6 4.5 – 79 8423 1222 03*
a
Ø 3 mm collet standard. * Available directly from stock.
b
Air hose and ErgoNIP included.
ACCESSORIES INCLUDED OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES

Air hose and ErgoNIP 08 included Ø 3 Ø 1/8" collet 4150 1822 00
mm collet and collet wrench. Exhaust with
silencer (LSF07).
ACCESSORIES
LSF17 1 ACCESSORIES INCLUDED
Spanner
Collet 6 mm
3 Air hose, air hose nipple and clamp (17/27-series)
1 Exhaust hose
4
2
2 OPTIONAL
For machining reinforced plastics
LSF17 E For die grinders LSF17 Dia mm LSF27 Dia mm
Diamond burr 3780 5013 70 6 3780 5014 20 8

Diamond drum 3780 5033 00 27 3780 5035 00 50
Spot suction kit for burr 3780 3015 20 3780 4007 41
Spot suction kit for drum 3780 4011 60 6 (shaft) 3780 4011 71 8 (shaft)
3
1
4
3 OPTIONAL collets 4 Spindle extension for R-models
LSF27 Dia Ordering No. Spindle extension
is optional Ordering No.
LSF17/27/36
3 mm 4150 0081 00 Length 75 mm / 3 inches 4150 0674 00
3
1 6 mm 4150 0075 00
4 8 mm 4150 0074 00
1/8" 4150 0082 00
Front exhaust – Modification kit
5/32" 4150 0648 00
3/16" 4150 0649 00 Model Ordering No.
2 1/4" 4150 0076 00
5/16" 4150 0074 00 LSF17 short model 4150 1031 91
Collet nut 4150 0760 00
LSF27 E SERVICE KITS
LSF38
6 mm 4150 1453 00 07 series 4081 0243 90
8 mm 4150 0706 00 17 series 4081 0026 90
10 mm 4150 0681 00 27 series 4081 0130 90
3 1/4" 4150 1754 00
1 38 series 4081 0309 90
4 Collet nut 4150 0849 00
157
STRAIGHT GRINDERS
For cone wheels, plugs and collet
Internal grinding of holes and cavities in

castings, etc. require rough abrasives,
which must be attached to the tool with
a rigid shank or be mounted directly on
the spindle.
● Rigid and powerful for best produc-
LSR27 CW
tivity – The rigid LSR43 series gives
you the utmost power for the roughest
tasks of internal grinding.
● Built-in ergonomics for working
comfort – Lighter jobs are success-

fully done with LSR27/38. These light
and handy tools offer low sound and LSR38 CW
vibration levels and will spare your op-
erator.
● Lubrication-free – The LSR38-models
are lubrication-free.
LSR43-30C
Air consumption Recom- Sound

Max Max at max at free Air mended levela
free output Weight output speed inlet air hose at free
speed Length thread speed
Model r/min kW hp kg lb mm l/s cfm l/s cfm BSP mm in dB(A) Ordering No.
Straight grinders
LSR27 S150-CW 15000 0.60 0.80 1.1 2.4 300 15 32 6 13 3/8 13 1/2 72 8423 1325 45*
LSR27 S120-CW 12000 0.60 0.80 1.1 2.4 300 14 30 4 8 3/8 13 1/2 65 8423 1325 37*
LSR38 S150-CW 15000 1.25 1.7 1.5 3.3 320 24 50 13 27 13 1/2 3/8 80 8423 1232 31*
LSR38 S180-CW 18000 1.35 1.8 1.5 3.3 320 28 58 15 31 13 1/2 3/8 81 8423 1232 30*
LSR43 S150-30 15000 1.0 1.3 2.0 4.4 438 23 49 10 21 1/2 13 1/2 87 8423 1432 32*
LSR43 S150-30C 15000 1.0 1.3 2.1 4.6 503 23 49 10 21 1/2 13 1/2 87 8423 1432 33*
LSR43 S120-30 12000 0.9 1.2 2.0 4.4 438 20 42 7 15 1/2 13 1/2 84 8423 1432 24*
LSR43 S090-30 9000 0.8 1.1 2.0 4.4 438 18 38 5 11 1/2 13 1/2 81 8423 1432 57*
LSR43 S072-30 7200 0.8 1.1 2.0 4.4 438 17 36 4 8 1/2 13 1/2 80 8423 1432 40*
a
LSR27/38 measured with exhaust hose (incl. accessories). For LSR43, the sound level can be reduced * Available directly from stock.
8-12 dB(A) by using a silencer (optional accessories).
-CW indicates use for cone wheel or collet, thread M12x1 to be combined with adaptor for wheel thread.
-LF = Lubrication-free motor.
-30C, 6 mm collet is included.
-30 indicates use for cone wheel or collet, thread M12x1 to be combined with adaptor for wheel thread.
158
STRAIGHT GRINDERS
Accessories for cone wheels, plugs and collet
-30C versions LSR27/38-CW
Ordering No.
1a Nut 4150 0849 00

1b Collet (6 mm) 4150 1453 00
1c Holder 4150 0680 00
Air hose nipple and clamp 1c
1b 2c
Wrenches 3
1a
2b
CW versions 7d
2a
Air hose nipple and clamp
7c
Exhaust hose
Wrenches 7b
Whip hose (27)
7a
30 versions
Wrenches 6c
6a
LSR43, -30, -30C
-30C and CW, -30 versions
1b Collet dia mm Ordering No. 6b
6 4150 1453 00
8 4150 0706 00
9 4150 0765 00
10 4150 0681 00
1/4" 4150 1754 00
5
1 For versions CW 1c
Ordering No. 1b 2c
1a 4
1a Nut 4150 0849 00 2b
1b Collet (6 mm) 4150 1453 00
2a
1c Holder 4150 0680 00
2 For versions CW and -30C, -30

Ordering No.
2a Nut 4150 0221 00
2b Collet 6 mm 4150 0222 00
8 mm 4150 0325 00
1/4" 4150 0223 00
2c Extended holder 4150 0441 00
Short holder 4150 0211 00
5 Adapter for LSR43 S072-30,

3 4 Adapter for cone wheel -S090-30, -S120-30, -S150-30
3 LSR27/38 CW 4 LSR43 -30 Ordering No.
Thread Ordering No. Ordering No. Adapter 4150 0861 00
UNC/W 3/8" 4150 0318 00 4150 0943 00
UNF 3/8" 4150 0318 01 4150 0943 01 6 Silencer/lubricator for LSR43
UNC 1/2" 4150 1357 00 4150 0944 00 6a Silencer 6b Adapter for 6c Lubricator
W 1/2" – 4150 0942 00 silencer
UNC/W 5/8" 4150 0767 00 4150 0945 00 4150 1005 80 4150 0938 80 4150 1405 80
7 Assembly parts for alternative straight wheel dimensions

Wheel dimension Ordering No.
SERVICE KITS
DxTxH 7a Nut 7b Flange 7c Holder 7d Wheel guard
27 series 4081 0130 90
50x19x10 0266 2111 00 4106 5938 00 4150 0212 00 4150 1299 81 38 series 4081 0309 90
50x13x10 0266 2111 00 4106 5938 00 4150 1145 00 4150 1299 81 43 series 4081 0020 90
159
STRAIGHT GRINDERS
For straight wheels
High rate of material removal in open
spaces is achieved with a straight grinder
equipped with a straight sided wheel.
● Rigid and powerful for best pro- GTR40 LSR53
ductivity – The LSR43/53/64 series
are sturdy and powerful enough for
the roughest conditions. The length of
these grinders can preferably be used
as a lever for higher feed force.
● Built-in ergonomics for working
comfort – Smaller jobs for straight
sided wheels suit the LSR27 series
well. Low sound and vibration levels,
thermally insulated throttle handle and
piped-away exhaust air are product LSR64
features to spare the operator.
● GTR straight turbo grinder, see
page 154.
LSR43 LSR27
Recom- Weight Air consumption Sound Recom-

Max mended Spindle incl guard at max at free
Air level mended
free wheel diam. thread Max output flanges output speed
inlet at free air hose
speed DxTxH a and Length thread speed
Model r/min mm length kW hp kg lb mm l/s cfm l/s cfm BSP dB(A) b mm in Ordering No.
Straight grinders
LSR27 S180-05 18000 50x13x9.5/10 UNF 3/8x42 0.65 0.87 1.8 3.9 335 16 32 7 15 3/8 76 13 1/2 8423 1325 29*
LSR27 S150-10 15000 100x13x20 UNC 1/2x42 0.60 0.8 2.1 4.6 335 15 38 6 15 3/8 67 13 1/2 8423 1325 01*
LSR43 S150-10 15000 100x25x25 UNC 1/2x49 1.0 1.4 2.8 6.2 438 23 49 10 21 1/2 87 13 1/2 8423 1430 34
LSR43 S120-08 12000 80x25x13 UNC 1/2x49 0.9 1.2 2.5 5.5 438 20 42 7 15 1/2 84 13 1/2 8423 1430 26*
LSR43 S090-10 9000 100x25x13 UNC 1/2x49 0.8 1.1 2.4 5.3 438 18 38 5 11 1/2 81 13 1/2 8423 1430 18*
LSR53 S120-13 12000 125x25x25 UNC 5/8x53 1.6 2.1 3.9 8.6 485 33 70 17 36 1/2 86 13 1/2 8423 1520 36*
LSR53 S090-10 9000 100x25x16 UNC 5/8x53 1.4 1.8 3.6 7.9 485 29 61 11 23 1/2 87 13 1/2 8423 1520 28*
LSR53 S072-13 7200 125x25x16 UNC 5/8x53 1.3 1.7 3.7 8.2 485 27 57 8 17 1/2 82 13 1/2 8423 1520 20*
LSR64 S100-15 10000 150x25x25 UNC 5/8x55 2.9 4.0 5.8 2.8 535 53 112 26 55 1/2 88 16 5/8 8423 1640 55
LSR64 S072-13 7200 125x25x16 UNC 5/8x55 2.5 3.4 5.4 11.9 535 45 95 14 30 1/2 84 16 5/8 8423 1640 30
LSR64 S060-15 6000 150x25x16 UNC 5/8x55 2.3 3.1 5.4 11.9 535 41 87 11 23 1/2 82 16 5/8 8423 1640 22*
a
DxTxH = Diameter x Thickness x Hole.
b
LSR27 measured with exhaust hose (incl acces-
sories). For LSR43, -53 and -64 the sound level can
be reduced 8-12 dB(A) by using a silencer (optional
accessories).
Spindle Air consumption Recom- Sound

Max thread at max at free mended Air level
free and Max output Weight output speed air hose inlet at free
speed length Length thread speed
Model r/min UNC mm kW hp kg lb mm l/s cfm l/s cfm mm in BSP dB(A)a Ordering No.
Straight grinders for wire brushes

LSR43 S072 7200 1/2x49 0.8 1.1 2.0 4.4 438 17 36 4 8 13 1/2 1/2 80 8423 1430 00
LSR53 S060 6000 5/8x53 1.2 1.6 3.8 8.4 485 28 59 7 15 13 1/2 1/2 80 8423 1520 02*
LSR64 S041 4100 5/8x55 1.6 2.5 5.4 11.9 535 29 61 7 15 16 5/8 1/2 81 8423 1640 14*
a
The sound level can be reduced 8-12 dB(A) by using a silencer (optional accessories). * Available directly from stock.
160
STRAIGHT GRINDERS
Accessories for straight wheels
1 ACCESSORIES INCLUDED
LSR27 straight wheel
LSR27
Wheel guard, size according to type
Nut, flanges
Air hose, air hose nipple and clamp
Exhaust hose
Wrenches
LSR43/53/64
1 Wheel guard, size according to type
Nut, flanges
Wrenches
2b
2 OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
LSR43 straight wheel 2d
LSR43
2c
Model LSR43
2a Flange TxH 25x20 4150 0881 00

2b Silencer 4150 1005 80
1 2c Exhaust guard 4150 0938 80
2d Lubricator 4150 1405 80
2a
LSR53/64
Model LSR53 LSR64

2a Flange TxH 25x32 4150 0620 00 4150 0620 00
2b Silencer 4150 1005 80 4150 1006 80
LSR53/LSR64 straight wheel 2d 2c Exhaust guard 4150 0938 80 4150 0968 80

2b
2d Lubricator 4150 1405 80 4150 1405 80
2c
1
3 Spacers for threaded cone wheels and plugs 5/8" thread
LSR53 LSR64
Model S120-13 S100-15
3 Spacer 4150 1723 00 4150 0787 00
2a
Radial wire brush For wire brushes – Radial type for straight grinders
Diameter
Model mm LSR43 S072 LSR53 LSR64
Brush 100 4000 8771 00 4000 8771 01 –

Brush 150 – – 4000 8764 01
Attachment set – included 4150 0619 84 4150 0619 80
S f
er or
vi LS
ce F
K /LS
it V/
40 LS
81 R 2
01 6
30
SERVICE KITS
90
27 series 4081 0130 90 53 series 4081 0132 90

64 series 4081 0138 90 43 series 4081 0020 90
161
VERTICAL GRINDERS
For depressed centre, cut-off and cup wheels
Rough material removal and cutting-off re-

quires lots of power. 180 mm and 230
mm depressed centre and cut-off wheels
need the power of the Atlas Copco LSS
series.
● A grinder for every application – The
wide power and model range, from 1.4

LSS53 S085-18
to 3.8 kW provides a selection for any
amount of material removal with de-
pressed centre, cut-off or cup wheel.
● Rigid and powerful for best pro-
ductivity – The LSS53/64/84 range

is powerful and sturdy enough for the
roughest grinding jobs. All LSS grind-
ers have a nodular cast iron cylinder
for longest service life.
LSS64 S060-C15
LSS64 S085-18
Height Air consumption Sound

Max Max Max over at max at free Air Hose level
free wheel output Weight spindle output speed Spindle inlet size at free
speed dia end thread thread speed
Model r/min mm kW hp kg lb mm l/s cfm l/s cfm UNC BSP mm in dB(A) Ordering No.
Vertical grinders
LSS53 S120-13 12000 125 1.6 2.2 2.7 6.0 180 31 66 16 34 5/8 1/2 13 1/2 80 8423 2530 88*
LSS53 S085-18 8500 180 1.4 1.9 2.9 6.4 180 27 57 10 21 5/8 1/2 13 1/2 79 8423 2530 72*
LSS64 S085-18 8500 180 2.6 3.5 4.7 10.4 201 50 106 13 28 5/8 1/2 16 5/8 86 8423 2641 38*
LSS53 S072-C13a 7200 125 1.3 1.8 3.1 6.8 180 26 55 8 17 5/8 1/2 13 1/2 77 8423 2534 12
LSS64 S060-C15a 6000 150 2.2 3.0 5.0 11.0 201 40 85 9 19 5/8 1/2 16 5/8 82 8423 2641 04
LSS64 S060-23 6000 230 2.2 3.0 5.7 12.6 201 40 85 9 19 5/8 1/2 16 5/8 82 8423 2641 46*
LSS84 S060-23 6000 230 3.8 5.1 6.0 13.2 217 65 138 17 36 5/8 1/2 19 3/4 88 8423 2840 26*
a
For cup wheel. * Available directly from stock.
162
VERTICAL GRINDERS
Accessories for depressed centre, cut-off and cup wheels
LSS53
1 Attachment according to EN 68
Wheel guard
Flange 4170 0758 01
Nut 4170 0220 01
Wrenches
2 Traditional flange assembly for all
models
Rear flange
Outer flange
Nut
Pin wrench
4 Depressed Cut off
centre wheel (2a) wheel (2b)
Ordering No. Ordering No.
1 2a 2b 3 4170 0219 87 4170 1133 87
3 Spot suction kit, see page 165

Flow chamber
Wheel guard 180 mm
Cap
Washer
EN 68 flange
Nut
LSS64/84 Wheel
dia
Model mm Ordering No.
LSS53 S085 180 3780 4011 10
4 For cup wheel

(incl in C13 and C15 models)
Wheel guard Ø 125 mm 4170 0664 80
Wheel guard Ø 150 mm 4170 0652 80
Flange 4170 1128 01
4 SERVICE KITS
LSS53 4081 0132 90
LSS64 4081 0133 90
1 2a 2b LSS84 4081 0136 90
163
VERTICAL GRINDERS
For sanding
Surface grinding jobs with coarse grit fi-

bre disc on stiff pads or with wire brush
requires high power and torque. A ver-
tical grinder is a good choice of tool where
accessibility is of minor importance.
● High productivity – The speed gov-
er nor keeps ro ta tion al speed con-

stant when applying feed-force, which
speeds up the material removal rate
and increases productivity.
● Ergonomic – Sound and vibration lev-
els are low for the best comfort of the

operator.
● Wide range – The range covers any
requirement on power for surface LSS53
grinding abrasives.
● Turbo sander – Ideal for rough sand-
ing, see page 152.
LSS64
Recom- Air consumption Recom-

Max mended Max at max at free Air mended
free pad output Weight output speed Spindle inlet air hose Sound
speed size dia Height thread thread level
Model r/min mm kW hp kg lb mm l/s cfm l/s cfm UNC BSP mm in dB(A) Ordering No.
Rotary sanders. Vertical type

LSS53 S060 6000 180 1.2 1.6 2.3 5.1 180 24 51 7 15 5/8 1/2 13 1/2 76 8423 2530 23*
LSS53 S060-M14 6000 180 1.2 1.6 2.3 5.1 180 24 51 7 15 M14 1/2 13 1/2 76 8423 2530 27*
LSS64 S060 6000 180 2.2 3.0 4.1 9.0 201 40 85 9 19 5/8 1/2 16 5/8 82 8423 2640 12*
LSS64 S045 4500 230 1.8 2.4 4.1 9.0 201 35 74 7 15 5/8 1/2 16 5/8 79 8423 2640 04
164
VERTICAL GRINDERS
Accessories for sanding
LSS53
1 Backing set standard type 1
washers – backing pad – nut – wrench
Ordering No.
All models dia
mm Soft Stiff
125 4170 0768 80 –
180 4170 0756 80 4170 0757 80
LSS64
2
2 Backing set combination type

washer – hub – pad 125, 180 and 230 mm – nut – wrench
All models dia
mm Ordering No.
125-180 4170 0258 80

125-230 4170 0259 80
3
3 Backing set heavy duty type
washer – rubber hub – back-up pad – nut
Ordering No.
All models dia
mm Soft Medium Stiff
125 – 4170 0659 82 –

180 4170 0660 81 4170 0660 82 4170 0660 83
230 – 4170 0661 82 4170 0661 83
4 Spot suction kit for fibre disc, dia 180 mm

flow chamber – cap – washers – backing pad – nut
Dia
Model mm Ordering No.
LSS53 180 3780 4011 00
5 Wire brushes – Cup type
Brush Brush Brush

Ø 115 mm Ø 140 mm Ø 145 mm
For vertical Ordering No. Ordering No. Ordering No.
Attachment set 4170 0459 81 4170 0550 80 4170 0337 80 5 Ø 115 mm Ø 140 mm
Brush 4170 0491 00 4170 0685 00 4006 8938 03 Ø 145 mm
Suitable for LSS53 S060 LSS64 S060 LSS64 S060
GTG40 S060
SERVICE KITS
LSS53 4081 0132 90
LSS64 4081 0133 90
165
ANGLE GRINDERS
For depressed centre and cut-off wheels
Smooth, precise grinding with demands
on accessibility will guide your choice to
an angle grinder with depressed centre
or cut-off wheel.
LSV27
The span between LSV17 to LSV38
offers you the right size of tool between
80 to 125 mm diameter wheel respec-
tively and power of 0.25 to 1.3 kW. All the
grinders have sealed angle heads which
avoids greasy nipples or oil leakage.
● High productivity, good accessi-
bility – The speed governor keeps ro-

tational speed close to free speed for
a high material removal rate. The low
angle head gives access to cramped
spaces with increased productivity as
the result. LSV38
● Ergonomics – Thermal isolation of
handles, low sound and vibration levels

as well as sealed angle heads make
these tools the best for operator com- LSV17
fort.
● LSV38 – A completely new angle grind-
er with impressive power, 1300 Watt, ing wheel. The position of the wheel ● LSV38 ALU-Cut – This is a new at-
and a low weight for best productivity guard on both models can be changed tachment in our accessory range for
in the grinding application. The LSV38 without tool for best accessibility. The material removal and cutting off opera-
is available in three different versions LSV38 SA has an Autobalancer that tions in aluminium.
to suite different needs. The LSV38 ST reduces vibrations from the grinding
and -SA -versions have a spindle lock process.
for quick and easy change of grind-
Recom- Height Air consumption Sound

Max mended Max over at max at free Air Hose level b
free wheel output Weight spindle output speed Spindle inlet size at free
speed mm end thread thread speed
Model r/min DxTxHa kW hp kg lb mm l/s cfm l/s cfm UNC BSP mm in dB(A) Ordering No.
Angle grinders
LSV17 S170-08 HD 17000 80x7x9.5/10 0.25 0.3 0.8 1.7 71 8 17 6 13 3/8f 1/4 8 5/16 75 8423 0111 09*
LSV27 ST12-10 12000 100x7x16 0.62 0.83 1.6 3.5 80 17 36 13 27 3/8f 3/8 10 3/8 75 8423 0125 23*
LSV27 ST12-12 12000 115x7x22 0.62 0.83 1.6 3.5 80 17 36 13 27 3/8f 3/8 10 3/8 75 8423 0125 24*
LSV27 ST12-13 12000 125x7x22 0.62 0.83 1.6 3.5 80 17 36 13 27 3/8f 3/8 10 3/8 75 8423 0125 25*
LSV27 S060-18 6000 180d 0.60 0.80 2.4 5.3 87 18 38 8 17 5/8 3/8 10 3/8 75 8423 0135 54*
LSV38 S12-125 12000 125/7/22 1.30 1.7 1.6 3.5 83 28 58 15 31 M14 1/2 13 3/8 89 8423 0131 10*
LSV38 ST12-125 12000 125/7/22 1.30 1.7 1.8 4.0 83 28 58 15 31 M14 1/2 13 3/8 83 8423 0131 11*
LSV38 SA12-125 12000 125/7/22 1.30 1.7 1.8 4.4 83 28 58 15 31 M14 1/2 13 3/8 83 8423 0131 13*
LSV50 S085-18 7700 180x7x22 1.2 1.6 3.3 7.2 105 31 66 14 30 5/8 1/2 13 1/2 86 8423 0326 09*
LSV50 S085-18Sc 7700 180x7x22 1.1 1.5 3.4 7.5 105 31 66 14 30 5/8 1/2 13 1/2 80 8423 0326 26
a
DxTxH = Diameter x Thickness x Hole. With wheel guard for disc –08 = Ø 75 mm * Available directly from stock.
b
For LSV17/27/38 ST, -SA with exhaust hose. –12 = Ø 115 mm
–13 = Ø 125 mm
c
With built-in silencer.
–18 = Ø 180 mm
d
Specially for flexible depressed centre wheel, see
page 167.
e
SA = Autobalancer.
f
UNF.
166
ANGLE GRINDERS
Accessories for depressed centre and cut-off wheels
LSV17
LSV17 S170-08 HD
ACCESSORIES INCLUDED 1
Wheel guard 80 mm
Flanges 4150 1158 80
Air Hose nipple, clamp
Wrenches
Exhaust hose set
2
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES 2 1
Support handle Ordering No.
LSV17 S170-08 HD 4110 1355 85
LSV27
ACCESSORIES INCLUDED 1
Wheel guard
Flanges 4150 1160 80
Support handle 4150 1521 80
Air hose, air hose nipple, clamp LSV27
Wrenches
Exhaust hose set
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES 2
Spot suction kit for depressed centre
wheel 125 mm, see page 173
Flow chamber
Wheel guard
Cap
Washer
EN 68 flange
Nut
Model Ordering No.

LSV27 ST12-12 3780 4008 70
LSV27 ST12-13 3780 4008 70
3
Parts for fitting flexible depressed centre wheel
especially for LSV27 S060-18.
Backing pads and disc are available from abra-
sive suppliers. Wheel guard must be used (incl
in LSV27 S060-18).
1 2 3
Adapter Nut Washer
For 5/8" spindle

– 4170 0759 00 4170 0311 00
For 3/8" spindle
4150 1159 00 4150 1410 00 – LSV38 ALU-Cut
LSV38 4
Wheel guard (LSV38 S)
Adjustable wheel guard (LSV38 ST, -SA)
Wheel attachment flanges
Wrenches for flanges
Spindle lock (LSV38 ST, -SA)
Support handle (LSV38 ST, -SA)
Exhaust hose (LSV38 ST)
HD-type exhaust hose (LSV38 SA)
Autobalancer (LSV38 SA)
Whip hose Turbo 13 with ErgoNIP 10 (LSV38 SA)
LSV38 Alu-Cut 4
Alu-Cut Ordering No.
SERVICE KITS
Guard kit 4112 1161 90 LSV17 4081 0026 90
Carbide tipped cutter, LSV27 4081 0130 90
dia 125 mm, t = 4 mm 4112 1162 00
LSV38 4081 0309 90
t = 2 mm 4112 1164 00
167
ANGLE SANDERS
For sanding and polishing
Surface grinding and polishing operations
of various grit require a virtually unlim-
ited number of combinations of rotational
speeds and fittings for accessories.
LSV38
● Wide range – The Atlas Copco LSV27
series represents a competitive range

of angle sanders with rotational speeds, LSV27
from the finest polishing operation to
coarse grit sanding. LSV17
● Special features for special appli- LSV27 LSV17
cations – Different speed versions
with water supply are well suited for
finishing at car body workshops or in
the stone industry. Versions of both
central and peripheral water supply
can be found in the range.
● Torque ranges for any kind of sand-
ing/polishing – Planetary gears in LSV27-01

combination with the angle gear ena-
bles a bigger reduction of speed which
gives the extra torque needed. The an-
gle grinders marked ST are equipped ● LSV38 – A completely new angle san- hose is included for piped away ex-
with a planetary gear. der with impressive power and a low haust air.
● Lubrication-free models, LF – Avoids weight for best productivity in rough ● LSV38 D – This version is equipped
contamination of workpiece. No oil in sanding applications. The LSV38 san- with spot suction accessories for ex-
the exhaust air. ders have a spindle lock for quick and traction of the air borne sanding dust.
easy change of abrasives. An exhaust
Recom- Air consumption Recom- Sound

Max mended Max at max at free mended Air level
free pad size output Weight output speed Spindle air hose inlet at free
speed max dia Length Height thread thread speed
Modela
r/min mm kW hp kg lb mm mm l/s cfm l/s cfm UNC mm in BSP dB(A)b Ordering No.
With collet
LSV17 S200-1/B 20000 50 0.25 0.30 0.5 1.1 158 75 8 17 6 13 –c 8 5/16 1/4 74 8423 0111 20*
LSV17 S120-1/B 12000 75 0.25 0.30 0.5 1.1 158 75 8 17 6 13 –c 8 5/16 1/4 74 8423 0111 28*
LSV17 S080-1/B 8000 75 0.20 0.27 0.5 1.1 158 75 8 17 6 13 –c 8 5/16 1/4 70 8423 0111 32*
With threaded spindle
LSV17 S080-M/B 8000 75 0.20 0.27 0.5 1.1 158 75 8 17 6 13 1/4"-20 8 5/16 1/4 70 8423 0111 31*
LSV17 S200-M/B 20000 50 0.25 0.30 0.5 1.1 158 53 8 17 6 13 1/4"-20 8 5/16 1/4 74 8423 0111 22*
LSV17 S120-M/B 12000 75 0.25 0.30 0.5 1.1 158 53 8 17 6 13 1/4"-20 8 5/16 1/4 74 8423 0111 30*
Rotary sanders. Angle type. Dry sanding
LSV27 S060 6000 180 0.62 0.83 1.4 3.1 260 87 16 34 7 15 5/8 10 3/8 3/8 73 8423 0125 31*
LSV27 S060-M14 6000 180 0.62 0.83 1.4 3.1 260 87 16 34 7 15 M14 10 3/8 3/8 73 8423 0125 63*
LSV27 S040 4000 180 0.55 0.73 1.4 3.1 260 87 13 27 3 16 5/8 10 3/8 3/8 72 8423 0126 23*
LSV27 ST034 3400 180 0.61 0.81 1.6 3.5 300 87 18 38 14 30 5/8 10 3/8 3/8 77 8423 0135 79
LSV27 S021 2100 180 0.55 0.73 1.8 3.9 280 87 16 34 6 13 5/8 10 3/8 3/8 71 8423 0125 15*
LSV27 S021-M14 2100 180 0.55 0.73 1.8 3.9 280 87 16 34 6 13 M14 10 3/8 3/8 71 8423 0125 71
LSV27 ST018 1800 180 0.60 0.80 1.6 3.5 300 87 18 38 7 15 5/8 10 3/8 1/2 78 8423 0135 71
Wet sanding
LSV27 ST018-01 1800 180 0.60 0.80 1.9 4.2 280 87 18 38 7 15 5/8 10 3/8 3/8 78 8423 0125 89
LSV27 ST018-01-M14 1800 180 0.60 0.80 1.9 4.2 280 87 18 38 7 15 M14 10 3/8 3/8 78 8423 0125 97
LSV27 S010-00 1000 180 0.30 0.40 1.8 3.9 280 87 13 28 3 6 5/8 10 3/8 3/8 67 8423 0125 07
LSV27 S060-01 6000 180 0.62 0.83 1.8 3.9 260 87 16 34 7 15 5/8 10 3/8 3/8 73 8423 0135 87
LSV27 S040-01-M14 4000 180 0.55 0.73 1.4 3.1 260 87 13 27 3 6 M14 10 3/8 3/8 72 8423 0125 13
Lubrication-free, dry and wet sanding
LSV27 ST013-LF 1300 180 0.60 0.80 1.6 3.5 280 87 16 34 7 15 5/8 10 3/8 3/8 74 8423 0126 25*
LSV27 ST013-M14-LF 1300 180 0.60 0.80 1.6 3.5 280 87 16 34 7 15 M14 10 3/8 3/8 74 8423 0125 27
LSV27 ST008-01-LF 800 200 0.55 0.74 1.9 4.2 280 87 16 34 6 13 5/8 10 3/8 3/8 74 8423 0125 50
LSV38 S085 8500 180 1.30 1.7 1.5 3.3 217 96 28 58 15 31 5/8 13 1/2 3/8 83 8423 0130 69*
LSV38 S085-M14 8500 180 1.30 1.7 1.5 3.3 217 96 28 58 15 31 M14 13 1/2 3/8 83 8423 0130 72*
LSV38 S066 6600 180 1.20 1.6 1.5 3.3 217 96 24 50 13 27 5/8 13 1/2 3/8 83 8423 0130 73*
LSV38 S066-M14 6600 180 1.20 1.6 1.5 3.3 217 96 24 50 13 27 M14 13 1/2 3/8 83 8423 0130 77*
LSV38 S066 D 6600 180 1.20 1.6 2.3 5.0 217 96 24 50 13 27 5/8 13 1/2 3/8 83 8423 0130 75*
LSV38 S085 D 6600 125 1.30 1.7 2.3 5.0 217 96 28 58 15 31 5/8 13 1/2 3/8 83 8423 0130 76*
a
-00 = wet sander, peripherical water supply. ACCESSORIES INCLUDED * Available directly from stock.
-01 = wet sander, centre water supply. Air hose nipple
b
LSV17/27/38 measured with exhaust hose. Clamp
c
Ø 6 mm collet. Exhaust hose (LSV17/27/38)
-1 = 6 mm Collet Support handle (LSV27/38/41)
-M = Male 1/4" thread Wrenches
Spot suction equipment (D-version)
168
ANGLE SANDERS
Accessories for sanding and polishing
LSV27
1 Backing set standard type
washers – backing pad – nut – wrench 1
For all models Ordering No.
dia, mm Soft Stiff
125 4170 0768 80 –

180 4170 0756 80 4170 0757 80
2
2 Backing pad with ribbed surface for cooler process,
fits both UNC5/8"-11 and M14 spindel thread
backing pad – rear washer – front nut
For all models Pad Pin key for front nuta
dia mm Ordering No. Ordering No. 3 LSV27-00/01
125 4150 1962 80 4080 1169 00
180 4150 1962 81 4080 1169 00
a
Optional, order separately.
3 Backing set combination type

washer – hub – pad 125, 180 and 230 mm – nut – wrench
For all models dia
mm Ordering No.
125-180 4170 0258 80 4
125-230 4170 0259 80

4 Backing set heavy duty type
washer – rubber pad – back-up pad – nut
For all models Ordering No.
dia
mm Soft Medium Stiff
125 – 4170 0659 82 –
180 4170 0660 81 4170 0660 82 4170 0660 83 5
230 – 4170 0661 82 4170 0661 83
5 Spot suction kit for fibre disc, sanders with UNC 5/8"
spindle (see page 173)
flow chamber – cap – washers – backing pad – nut
Model Dia mm Ordering No.
LSV27 S060 125 3780 4007 80

LSV27 S040/S060 180 3780 4007 90
LSV27 S021 180 3780 4031 60
6 Backing set for polishing

washer – backing pad – nut
For all models Lamb's wool bonnet Backing set
dia mm Ordering No. Ordering No.
180 4106 6935 00 4170 0756 80 6
7 Backing set for abrasive paper and wet grinding

washers – backing pad – foam rubber pad
Medium Max
Dia mm Ordering No. r/min
180 4170 0428 83 2500
7
8 Silencer
Silencer Adapter for silencer
Model Ordering No. Ordering No.
LSV41 4150 1005 80 4150 0938 80
SERVICE KITS
LSV17 4081 0026 90
LSV27 4081 0130 90
LSV38 4081 0309 90 8
LSV41 4081 0029 90
169
ORBITAL AND RANDOM ORBITAL SANDERS
The new series of random orbital sanders

combine all the important customer and
application requirements in a very com-
petitive range of products. Applications
like sanding before painting and surface
coating, polishing with wax and surface
conditioner are all quickly done with the
small and easily operated LST20-range
of sanders. Vibration level is below 2.5
m/s2 on all models. LST22
LST20 LST21
All models are lubrication free and
have silicone free components. They
have two grip options in the same handle.
In addition, one smaller grip model is in-
cluded. The full range includes standard
models and extraction models. There are
also two orbit diameters to choose from
in the model range.
● Lubrication-free – Avoids contami-
nation of workpiece. No oil in the ex-

haust air.
LST30-Serie LSO-Serie
Air con- Recom- Air Sound level

Max free Orbit Max output Weight sumption mended inlet at free
speed Pad size diam Height Length air hose thread speed
Model r/min mm mm kW hp kg lb mm mm l/s cfm mm BSP dB(A) Ordering No.
Random orbital – Standard
LST30 H090-11 9000 110 8 0.3 0.4 1.2 2.6 120 255 7.5 16 8 1/4 81 8423 0361 64*
LST30 H090-15 9000 150 8 0.3 0.4 1.2 2.6 120 275 7.5 16 8 1/4 81 8423 0361 72*
LST30 S090-15 9000 150 8 0.3 0.4 1.1 2.4 120 175 7.5 16 8 1/4 80 8423 0361 98*
Self suctiona
LST31 H090-15 9000 150 8 0.3 0.4 1.4 3.0 120 300 7.5 16 8 1/4 84 8423 0363 19*
LST31 S090-15 9000 150 8 0.3 0.4 1.3 2.9 120 200 7.5 16 8 1/4 82 8423 0363 35*
Central suctionb
LST32 H090-15 9000 150 8 0.3 0.4 1.4 3.0 120 300 7.5 16 8 1/4 82 8423 0362 55*
LST32 S090-15 9000 150 8 0.3 0.4 1.3 2.9 120 200 7.5 16 8 1/4 82 8423 0362 71*
Orbital – Standard
LSO30 S070-3 7000 93x170 5 0.3 0.4 1.6 3.5 125 185 7.5 16 8 1/4 80 8423 0360 16*
LSO30 H070-3 7000 93x170 5 0.3 0.4 1.7 3.7 125 285 7.5 16 8 1/4 81 8423 0360 24*
Self suctiona
LSO31 S070-3 7000 93x170 5 0.3 0.4 1.6 3.5 125 210 7.5 16 8 1/4 82 8423 0362 79
LSO31 H070-3 7000 93x170 5 0.3 0.4 1.7 3.7 125 310 7.5 16 8 1/4 81 8423 0363 03*
Central suctionc
LSO32 S070-3 7000 93x170 5 0.3 0.4 1.6 3.5 125 210 7.5 16 8 1/4 78 8423 0360 99
LSO32 H070-3 7000 93x170 5 0.3 0.4 1.8 4.0 125 310 7.5 16 8 1/4 79 8423 0361 07
Standard model
LST20 R350 12000 90 5 0.2 0.27 0.85 1.85 95 127 8 17 8 1/4 76 8423 0361 65*
LST20 R550 12000 125 5 0.2 0.27 0.85 1.85 83 127 8 17 8 1/4 76 8423 0361 69*
LST20 R650 12000 150 5 0.2 0.27 0.85 1.85 83 127 8 17 8 1/4 76 8423 0361 73*
LST20 R325 12000 90 2.4 0.2 0.27 0.85 1.85 95 127 8 17 8 1/4 76 8423 0361 76*
LST20 R525 12000 125 2.4 0.2 0.27 0.85 1.85 83 127 8 17 8 1/4 76 8423 0361 81
LST20 R625 12000 150 2.4 0.2 0.27 0.85 1.85 83 127 8 17 8 1/4 76 8423 0361 84*
Extraction model – self suction
LST21 R350 12000 90 5 0.2 0.27 0.85 1.85 95 133d 8 17 8 1/4 85 8423 0361 66
LST21 R550 12000 125 5 0.2 0.27 0.85 1.85 83 133d 8 17 8 1/4 85 8423 0361 70*
LST21 R650 12000 150 5 0.2 0.27 0.85 1.85 83 133d 8 17 8 1/4 85 8423 0361 74*
LST21 R325 12000 90 2.4 0.2 0.27 0.85 1.85 95 133d 8 17 8 1/4 85 8423 0361 77
LST21 R525 12000 125 2.4 0.2 0.27 0.85 1.85 83 133d 8 17 8 1/4 85 8423 0361 82
LST21 R625 12000 150 2.4 0.2 0.27 0.85 1.85 83 133d 8 17 8 1/4 85 8423 0361 85*
Extraction model – central suction
LST22 R350 12000 90 5 0.2 0.27 0.85 1.85 95 133d 8 17 8 1/4 78 8423 0361 67
LST22 R550 12000 125 5 0.2 0.27 0.85 1.85 83 133d 8 17 8 1/4 78 8423 0361 71*
LST22 R650 12000 150 5 0.2 0.27 0.85 1.85 83 133d 8 17 8 1/4 78 8423 0361 75*
LST22 R325 12000 92 2.4 0.2 0.27 0.85 1.85 95 133d 8 17 8 1/4 78 8423 0361 78
LST22 R525 12000 125 2.4 0.2 0.27 0.85 1.85 83 133d 8 17 8 1/4 78 8423 0361 83
LST22 R625 12000 150 2.4 0.2 0.27 0.85 1.85 83 133d 8 17 8 1/4 78 8423 0361 86*
H = With handle a
Includes dust collecting bag. * Available directly from stock.
S = Without handle b
Required air flow 150 m3/h or 88 cfm.
All data at 6.3 bar. c
Required air flow 60 m3/h or 35 cfm.
d
186 mm (7.3") included suction hose connector.
170
ORBITAL AND RANDOM ORBITAL SANDERS
Accessories
MODELS / ACCESSORIES LSO
LSO ACCESSORIES INCLUDED
Base pad
Perforating plate
Hose nipple for 8 mm hose
LSO31 including dust collection kit
For LSO Ordering No.
Base pad, vinyl for -3F-type 4112 0787 01

Hose set
Dust hose, Ø 32 mm, 3780 2724 34a
L=1.8 m including air hose
Standard Self suction Suspension yoke 4112 0975 00

Central suction a
LSO32
LST20/21/22
Pad for velcro back paper
U-wrench for pad change
Air hose nipple
Dust hose and bag (LST21)
LST
Large and small grip cover
Self suction
Pad for self stick paper
Ordering No.
Dia 89 mm Dia 125 mm Dia 150 mm
Standard Central suction
For LST20
4112 1231 00 4112 1233 00 4112 1235 00
For LST21/22
4112 1232 00 4112 1234 00
LST30/31/32
Pad for self stick papers
Bar for changing pad
Hole pattern dimensions for sanding paper, dust extraction models
Hose nipple for 8 mm hose
LS031/32/33 S/H070-3 LSO31/32-3 LST31 incl dust collection kit
∅ 10 R-type pad F-type pad
47 47 22 22
30
34
For LST Ordering No.

93
93
68 68 55 55
30
Pad velcro, Ø 150 mm 4112 0795 01a

34
Pad velcro, Ø 110 mm 4112 0792 02b

∅ 10 Pad velcro, Ø 150 mm, 6 holes 4112 0796 00c
172 170
Hose set
Ø 12
LST20/21/22, 30/31/32 Ø 12 Dust hose Ø 32 mm, 3780 2724 34d
R3 R5 72˚ R6 60˚ L=1.8 m including air hose
∅ 125 ∅ 150 Suspension yoke 4112 0975 00
∅ 10 a
LST30-15 b
LST30/32-11 c
LST31/32-15
∅ 10 d
LST32
∅ 110
60˚
72˚
Ø 85 SERVICE KIT
Ø 71
Ø 80 LST20/21/22 4112 1300 90
∅
Ø 72.5
120 ∅Ø72.5
146
171
DUST EXTRACTION
The fact that dust can represent a haz-

ard in the working environment is well
documented.
Dust particles from certain materials LSS53
are dangerous to health. Even inert dust
particles that cause no permanent dam-
age can still be retained in the body and
make breathing more difficult. The size of
dust particles of most concern are those
below 0.005 mm.
Efficient dust control can make a sig-
nificant contribution to efficiency and
productivity in industrial operations. It is
already a requirement in countries with
strict health and safety regulations.
Efficient dust control will:
● Reduce the health risk for operators
exposed to potentially dangerous par-

ticles.
● Give a more favourable working envi-
ronment which will encourage greater
efficiency and effort from those who
operate industrial tools.
LSV38
The most efficient method of dust col-
lection is dust extraction at the point of
dust creation, i.e. on the tool itself. This
not only ensures very efficient extraction
but also allows a relatively low power
vacuum source to be used.
Atlas Copco spot suction kits provide
an extraction hood fixed to the tool. It
is fitted with a plastic or brush edge to
trap heavier particles as well as the small
ones. The following pages show a num-
ber of applications and the necessary
dust extraction kits with their contents.
172
ACCESSORIES
DIE GRINDERS Spot suction accessories for die grinders

Suction requirement: 125 m3/h (LSF17), 200 m3/h (LSF27)
1 Ordering No.
LSF17 S 1 Chamber for burr 3780 3015 20
Optional 2 Diamond burr 6 mm 3780 5013 70
1a LSF17 S KIT FOR DRUM 3780 4011 60
Includes 1 Chamber 3780 3015 20
3 Shaft dia 6 mm 3780 5090 30
2 4 Locking screw 3780 5090 60
Optional 5 Diamond drum 27 mm 3780 5033 00
LSF17 S E 1 Chamber for burr 3780 4007 30

3
Hose kits including 1.8 m vacuum hose and air hose
LSF17, hose Ø 25 mm 3780 2724 20
4 5
LSF27, hose Ø 32 mm 3780 2724 30
Collets
6 mm 4150 0075 00
8 mm 4150 0074 00
LSF27 S KIT FOR BURR 3780 4007 41

1a Nozzle 3780 2730 10
Optional 2 Diamond burr 8 mm 3780 5014 20
LSF27 S KIT FOR DRUM 3780 4011 71

3 Shaft 8 mm 3780 5091 00
Distance nut 3780 5091 50
4 Locking nut 3780 5092 00
Hook wrench 3780 5092 50
Optional 5 Diamond drum, Ø 50 mm 3780 5035 00
ROUGH GRINDERS FOR

DEPRESSED CENTRE AND
CUT OFF WHEEL Spot suction accessories for depressed centre and cut off wheels
Suction requirement: 250 m3/h
1 Ordering No.
LSV27 ST12 125 mm wheel KIT 3780 4008 70
2 Wheel guard 125 mm 3780 2726 43
3 Suction cap 125 mm 3780 2500 20
5 4 Distance washer 4150 1364 00
5 Adaptor UNF 3/8" UNC 5/8" 4021 0457 00
2 6 Nut UNC 5/8" 3780 2722 00
LSV50 S085 18 180 mm wheel KIT 3780 4021 50

3 2 Wheel guard 180 mm 3780 2726 50
3 Suction cap 180 mm 3780 2500 10
4 LSS53 S085 18 180 mm wheel KIT 3780 4011 10
7 Includes 1 Chamber 3780 3101 00
2 Wheel guard 180 mm 3780 2726 50
3 Suction cap 180 mm 3780 2500 10
7 Flange EN 68 4170 0758 00
6 Nut 5/8" 3780 2722 00
Hose kits including 1.8 m vacuum
6 hose Ø 38 mm and air hose Ø 13 mm (Ø 10 mm for LSV27)
LSV27 3780 2724 40
LSV50 3780 2724 41
LSS53 3780 2724 41
173
ACCESSORIES
SANDERS FOR FIBRE DISC Spot suction accessories for sanding with fibre disc. Sanders with UNC 5/8" spindle.
Suction requirement: 250 m3/h
Ordering No.
1 LSV27 S040/S060/S085 125 mm fibre disc KIT 3780 4007 80
2 Suction cap 125 mm with brush 3780 2650 20
3 Backing pad 125 mm 3780 2710 30
4 Distance washer 12 mm 3780 2721 60
7 5 Nut 5/8" 3780 2722 00
2
LSV27 ST12-13 125 mm fibre disc KIT 3780 4008 60
3 Backing pad 125 mm 3780 2710 30
4 6 Distance washer 9 mm 3780 2721 50
6 3 7 Adaptor UNF 3/8" UNC 5/8" 4021 0457 00
5 Nut 5/8" 3780 2722 00
LSV27 S040/S060 180 mm fibre disc KIT 3780 4007 90
3 Backing pad 180 mm 3780 2710 60
5 Nut 5/8" 3780 2726 70
5
LSV27 S021 180 mm fibre disc KIT 3780 4031 60
3 Backing pad 3780 2710 60
5 Nut 5/8" 3780 2726 70
LSV38 S066D 180 mm fibre disc KIT 3780 4008 83
3 Backing pad 180 mm 3780 2710 60
5 Nut 5/8" 3780 2726 70
LSV38 S085D 125 mm fibre disc KIT 3780 4008 82
3 Backing pad 125 mm 3780 2710 30
5 Nut 5/8" 3780 2726 70
LSV41 S025/S042 180 mm fibre disc KIT 3780 4018 20
3 Backing pad 180 mm 3780 2710 60
5 Nut 5/8" 3780 2726 70
Exhaust guard 4150 0938 80
Silencer 4150 1005 80
LSS53 S060 180 mm fibre disc KIT 3780 4011 00
3 Backing pad 180 mm 3780 2710 60
5 Nut 5/8" 3780 2726 70
GTG40 S060 180 mm fibre disc KIT 3780 4090 10
3 Backing pad 180 mm 3780 2710 30
5 Flange nut 5/8" 3780 2722 00
Hose kits including 1.8 m vacuum hose,
Ø 38 mm and air hose Ø 13 mm LSV27 3780 2724 40
(Ø 10 mm for LSV27) LSV38/41, LSS53, GTG21/40 3780 2724 41
Brush for suction cap

Separate brush for cap Ø 125 mm 3780 2678 00
Separate brush for cap Ø 180 mm 3780 2677 50
Separate brush (30 mm high) for cap Ø 180 mm 3780 2677 30
174
ROUTERS
Pattern fixture cutting of composite in

the aerospace industry as well as trim-
ming of composite materials is preferably
done with a router. The LSK37 is the only LSK37
router with dust extraction and support
bearing integrated into one unit. This
gives the LSK37 excellent performance
and ergonomics in most composite ap-
plications.
● Productive – The speed governor
maintains the rotational speed at ap-

plied feed-force which enables fast
and effective cutting and prevents the
bit from clogging.
● Ergonomic – An integrated dust ex-
traction hood for deportation of haz-

ardous dust, thermally isolated throt-
tle handle, sound dampening exhaust
valve and piped-away exhaust air pro-
vides the operator with the best work-
ing environment.
Air Recommended Hose

Free Weight Power consumption hose size fitting
speed Collet thread
Model r/min size kg lb kW hp l/s cfm mm in BSP Ordering No.
LSK37 S250-DS1 25000 6 mm 2.8 6.1 0.7 0.95 18 32 13 1/2 3/8 8423 1234 41
LSK37 S250-DS2 25000 1/4" 2.8 6.1 0.7 0.95 18 32 13 1/2 3/8 8423 1234 42
Suction requirement: 200 m3/h.
NIBBLER
The Atlas Copco LPN33 nibbler can cut
iron sheet up to 2 mm in thickness and
aluminium sheet in thicknesses up to
2.5 mm.
● Sturdy design – To ensure optimal
tool life, the cutter and die insert are

made of tungsten carbide and the other
parts of the nibbler head of high-grade
steel.
● Good accessibility – The cutter works
in upward direction reducing the risk of

die failure. The die insert has cutting LPN33
edges all round and can be rotated
through 360o before being worn out.
● Piped-away exhaust air – Some of
the exhaust air is conducted through
the nibbler head so as to blow out the
chips and cool the cutter.
Nibbler Max sheet thickness mm Hose size Hose

cutting speed Weight dimension fitting
2 mm sheet Steel Stain- Alumin- Length thread
Model m/min less ium mm kg lb mm in BSP Ordering No.
LPN33 1.6 2.0 1.0 2.5 270 2.1 4.6 10 3/8 1/4 8424 0301 07*
3 mm hexagon wrench
Hose fitting for 10 mm air hose
175
CIRCULAR CUTTERS
Cutting operations in glass and carbon

fibre as well as metal sheet, wood and
steel can successfully be performed with
a circular cutter.
● Effective – LCS10 and -37 cut to a
depth of 10 and 26 mm respectively.

● LCS37 is suitable for diamond coated
blades only.
● Dust extraction – Cutting of composite
materials generates dust containing LCS37

particles hazardous to health. The dust
must be deported in order to prevent
the operator from inhaling them.
LCS37 is equipped with a cutter blade
guard with integrated dust extraction
hood for external vacuum source.
LCS10
Max
Max cutter Air con- Hose
Free Max cutting blade Weight Hose sumption fitting
speed outputb depth dia size thread
Model r/min kW mm mm kg lb mm l/s cfm BSP Ordering No.
Circular cutters
ACCESSORIES INCLUDED LCS10 3000 0.3 10 50 1.4 3.1 6.3 7.6 16 1/4 8424 1161 38*
LCS10 LCS37 S150Da 15000 1.0 26 100 1.6 3.5 13.0 23.0 48.7 3/8 8424 1125 05*
Cutter blade, 62 teeth a
Suction requirement: 200 m3/h. * Available directly from stock.
Hexagon wrench b
1.1 kW with oil.
Hose nipple for 6.3 mm air hose
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES. Cutter blades
LCS37
Max
Flanges for diamond blade
thickness No. of
Hose nipple for 13 mm air hose of material teeth Dia Hole
Model Application mm mm mm mm Ordering No.
LCS10 Steel sheet 1.0 92 50 10 4190 0394 00

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES Steel sheet 1.0 62 50 10 4190 0395 00 (std)
Suction hose set, L=1.8 m, Dia 32 mm (1 1/4") Aluminium 2.5 34 50 10 4190 0396 00
Wood 10.0 34 50 10 4190 0396 00
LCS37 Glassfibre 25.0 44/60 (Grain) 75 12 3780 5073 00
LCS37 3780 2724 31 Glassfibre 25.0 44/60 (Grain) 100 12 3780 5074 00
176
Percussive
tools
Choose Atlas Copco and

you’ve cracked it! Chipping hammers .......................................180
Scaler – vibration-controlled .........................181
Chipping hammers, riveting hammers, rammers,
scalers and bucking bars – our percussive tools Scalers .........................................................182
make light of the toughest jobs. The vibration- Needle scaler ...............................................183
damped Ergoline range includes sophisticated Rust and weld scalers ..................................184
ergonomic features designed to minimize opera- Riveting system ............................................185
tor fatigue. Riveting hammers – vibration-damped .........186
Contents Page Bucking bars – vibration-damped .................188
Rules for safer operation ..............................178 Riveting hammers – conventional type ........190
Chipping hammers – vibration-damped Chisels ..........................................................191

and silenced .................................................179 Rammers ......................................................194
PERCUSSIVE TOOLS
Rules for safer operation
IMPORTANT: All local safety regulations with respect to installation, operation and overhaul must always be followed.
AVOID ACCIDENTS LONG TERM RISKS
1 The chisel, die or punch may fall out or may be shot

out of the tool accidentally causing serious injury. 6 Always use ear protection.
To prevent injury from a flying chis- To prevent gradual loss of hearing

el: due to exposure to high noise level
● Always use a retainer. – wear ear protection.
● Inspect the retainer for wear or
damage regularly.
7 Vibration may be harmful to hands and arms.

● Be aware that the chisel may ● Use vibration dampened tools if
break during operation. available.
● Never trigger a hammer unless ● Reduce the total time of expo-
held against a work piece. sure to vibrations, particularly
● Remove chisel, die or punch if the operator has to guide the
from tool when work is over. chisel by hand.
● When finishing a job, discon-
nect the tool from its air supply.
● Before changing accessories,
chisel or die – disconnect the
tool from the air supply.
8 Dust generated during operation may be harmful.
● Use spot suction or a breathing
apparatus.
2 Chips and sparks shall be prevented from striking an

eye or another worker.
PROPER USE AND MAINTENANCE
To prevent vision loss: 9 Do not perform idle blows with a hammer.

● Always wear eye protection.
● Isolate work of this kind by ● They will cause high internal
using barriers between work stresses and shorten the life of
stations. the tool.
● Do not use the tool for other ● Note the risk of shooting out the
purposes than it is intended chisel, die or punch if the retain-
for. er is not in order or damaged.
3 Gloves protect fingers from pinching, scuffing and

scraping. 10 Quick coupling.
● Protectives shoes may prevent your feet from being injured.
● If a coupling is used on a per-
cussive tool, it shall be separat-
ed from the tool by a whip hose
(length 0.5 m).
4 Explosive atmosphere must not be ignited.
To prevent injury and property loss
from fires:
● Use other technique.
● Use accessories of non sparking
material (e.g. needle attachment
of Beryllium copper for a needle
scaler).
11 Follow the tool manual and the lubrication instructions.
12 Make overhaul at regular intervals.

5 Electric shock may be fatal.
● Avoid chiseling into electric wiring hidden inside walls etc.
178
CHIPPING HAMMERS
Vibration-damped and silenced
Tough on the job – easy on you
Choose the tools that give the best re-
sults in the toughest working conditions,
yet are easy on the operator. These are
effective, reliable tools for fettling of cast-
ings, chipping operations in the mechani-
cal industry, hole making and light demo-
lition of concrete. RRD57
● RRF21/31 have a sturdy D-handle in
light metal alloy for a high power-to-

weight ratio and steady grip. The com-
pact, vibration-controlled (2.5 m/s 2 )
design offers good accessibility and
ease of use. RRF21
● RRD37/57 are light, quiet and have a
long service life. They have light alloy
tool casings, very low vibration (below
2.5 m/s2) and noise levels, vibration
damping in both hand grips, and piped
away exhaust.
RRF31
Energy Air
Piston dia Stroke per blow Weight Bushing consumption Hose size
Blows Length Air inlet
Model Hz mm in mm in J ft lb mm kg lb mm in l/s cfm mm in BSP Ordering No.
Chipping hammers vibration damped

RRF21-01 57 18 0.7 33 1.3 2.0 1.5 245 1.75 3.3 12.7c 0.50 6.5 13.8 10.0 3/8 3/8 8425 1104 05*
RRF31-01 38 22 0.9 43 1.7 4.4 3.2 265 2.5 5.3 12.7c 0.50 7.5 15.9 10.0 3/8 3/8 8425 1104 15*
RRD37-11 35 27/19a 1.1/0.8 70 2.8 6.8 5.0 418 3.0 6.6 17.3d 0.68 7.2 15.3 12.5 1/2 speciale 8425 1101 22*
RRD37-12 35 27/19a 1.1/0.8 70 2.8 6.8 5.0 418 3.0 6.6 17.3d 0.68 7.2 15.3 12.5 1/2 speciale 8425 1101 30
RRD57-11 31 28/18b 1.1/0.8 92 3.6 9.3 6.9 458 3.4 7.5 17.3d 0.68 9.5 20.1 12.5 1/2 speciale 8425 1103 20*
RRD57-12 31 28/18b 1.1/0.8 92 3.6 9.3 6.9 458 3.4 7.5 17.3d 0.68 9.5 20.1 12.5 1/2 speciale 8425 1103 38*
a
Effective piston dia 19 mm, 0.75 in. -01 and -11: Guided models, * Available directly from stock.
b
Effective piston dia 21.5 mm, 0.85 in. -02 and -12: Non guided models.
c
ISO.
d
Spline.
e
Integrated hose barb.
DIMENSIONS (mm) Power regulator ACCESSORIES INCLUDED

Model L H D Model Ordering No.
RRF models Chisel retainer and a hose fitting
RRD models Flat chisel
RRF21 245 160 33
RRF21 and -31 3512 0273 80 Silencer complete
RRF31 265 170 36
Hand grip
RRD37 418 175 –
RRD57 458 190 – Key
Retainer, open type OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
RRF21/31 Model Ordering No. A selection of chisels
RRF21/31 ISO 12.7 mm
RRF21 3512 0290 90
RRD37/57 ISO with splines
RRF31 3512 0305 90
For a wide choice of chisels, see page 191.
RRD37, RRD57
The RRD37 and RRD57 can be equipped with
spot suction.
Equipment for
spot suction Ordering No.
Suction cap 3510 0477 80

Hose cap 3510 0536 00
RRD37/57 Suction hose Ø 40 mm,
length 15 m 3780 1602 02
179
CHIPPING HAMMERS
Atlas Copco RRC chipping hammers

are used mainly in foundries, in heavy
industry and for hole-making and light
demolition in the building industry.
● Dependable – Their robust construc-
tion makes them highly dependable.

● Efficient – RRC65 and RRC75 have
a blow rate which makes them particu- RRC75B

larly suitable for roughening.
● Chisel retainer – for safer jobs
– RRC22-RRC75 are delivered with
a chisel retainer as standard. For the
same reason choose a tool that can
be guided via the machine itself and
RRC34B
not by holding the chisel.
As standard, Atlas Copco chipping ham-
mers of series RRC are delivered with
a standard, guided ISO hexagon nozzle
(-01) or a round, non guided shank nozzle
(-02).
RRC22F
Energy Air
Piston dia Stroke per blow Weight Bushing consumption Hose size
Model Hz mm in mm in J ft lb mm kg lb mm in l/s cfm mm in BSP Ordering No.
Chipping hammers including chisel retainer

RRC22F-01 62 15 0.6 52 2.0 2.7 2.0 260 2.2 4.9 12.7a 0.50 6.2 13.1 10 3/8 3/8 8425 0202 22*
RRC22F-02 62 15 0.6 52 2.0 2.7 2.0 260 2.2 4.9 12.7a 0.50 6.2 13.1 10 3/8 3/8 8425 0202 30
RRC34B-01 45 24 0.9 67 2.6 5.5 4.1 330 4.5 9.9 17.3a 0.68 8.0 14.0 12.5 1/2 specialb 8425 0212 53*
RRC34B-02 45 24 0.9 67 2.6 5.5 4.1 330 4.5 9.9 17.3a 0.68 8.0 17.0 12.5 1/2 specialb 8425 0212 61
RRC65B-01 40 29 1.1 50 2.0 10.0 7.3 335 5.9 13.0 17.3a 0.68 10.8 22.9 12.5 1/2 specialb 8425 0225 33*
RRC65B-02 40 29 1.1 50 2.0 10.0 7.3 335 5.9 13.0 17.3a 0.68 10.8 22.9 12.5 1/2 specialb 8425 0225 41*
RRC75B-01 30 29 1.1 75 3.0 16.0 11.8 390 6.5 14.3 17.3a 0.68 14.0 29.6 12.5 1/2 specialb 8425 0225 58*
RRC75B-02 30 29 1.1 75 3.0 16.0 11.8 390 6.5 14.3 17.3a 0.68 14.0 29.6 12.5 1/2 specialb 8425 0225 66*
a
ISO. * Available directly from stock.
b
Integrated hose barb.
DIMENSIONS (mm) ACCESSORIES INCLUDED OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES

Model L H D RRC22F A selection of chisels fitting -01, -02 type,
RRC34B Chisel retainer and see page 191.
RRC22 260 155 34 RRC65B hose fitting
RRC34 330 160 43 RRC75B
RRC65 335 170 54
RRC75 390 170 54
L
∅D
180
SCALER
Vibration-controlled
Scaler RVM07B is ideal for tasks
such as weld dressing, etc.
● Vibration-damped with low-noise
level.
● Vibration is very low (below 2.5 m/s2).
● Two-job capacity – RVM07B features
a clean-blowing device (B) which is
very useful for clean-blowing work on
steel structures etc. RVM07B
● RVM07B is the obvious choice for light
concrete trimming and for removal of
paint and rust.
Weight incl. Air

standard consumption Hose size Air
Blows Length chisel inlet
Model Hz mm kg lb l/s cfm mm in BSP Ordering No.
Scalers
RVM07B 100 273 1.7 3.8 3.8 8.1 6.3 1/4 1/4 8425 0105 25*
DIMENSIONS (mm)
Model L D
RVM07B 273 38
Hose fitting
Flat carbide tipped chisel 10x120 mm
Carbide tipped chisels and through hardened
chisels with other length and width.
See page 191.
181
SCALERS
Choose between two different models

for heavy slag chipping and for instant
trimming of concrete.
● High removal rate – RRC13 is very
effective and has a high removal rate
in relation to its low weight.
● Well proven percussive mechanism
and retainer.
● Two-job capacity – RRC13B with ex-
tra clean-blowing device.
● Improved back head – Throttle valve RRC13B
and lever with really Heavy Duty per-
formance for long service life. Clean
blowing system with twice the previous
blow capacity. Big blow button for easy
operation and sturdy valve stem to re-
sist rough handling.
Energy Air
Piston dia Stroke per blow Weight consumption Hose size
Model Hz mm in mm in J ft lb mm kg lb l/s cfm mm in BSP Ordering No.
Scalers
RRC13 73 15 0.6 35 1.4 1.4 1.0 221 1.4 3.1 4.0 8.0 10 3/8 3/8 8425 0101 30*
RRC13B 73 15 0.6 35 1.4 1.4 1.0 231 1.6 3.5 4.0 8.0 10 3/8 3/8 8425 0101 33*
DIMENSIONS (mm)
Model L H D1 D2
RRC13 221 65 45 41.5

RRC13B 231 65 45 41.5 H
D1 D2

Hose fitting
RRC13 / RRC13B Ordering No.
Scaling chisel
Hand guard 3510 0246 90
All steel retainer 3510 0245 80
Silencer 3510 0366 80
Chisels for RRC13 and -13B:

Square shank 13.0 mm.
For a wide choice of chisels,

see page 191.
182
NEEDLE SCALER
The effective needle scaler, type RRC13N,

is based on the same fundamental de-
sign as the straight chipping hammers of
type RRC13 described above.
● Sturdy design – Easy to maintain.
● Versatile – The needle scaler is used
to remove welding slag, rust and paint

from steel structures.
RRC13N
Energy Air
Piston dia Stroke per blow Weight consumption Hose size
Model Hz mm in mm in J ft lb mm kg lb l/s cfm mm in BSP Ordering No.
Scaler
RRC13N 73 15 0.6 35 1.4 1.4 1.0 352 1.9 4.2 4.0 8.0 10 3/8 3/8 8425 0101 36*
DIMENSIONS (mm)
Model L1 L2 D
RRC13N 282 352 38

D
L1
L2

Hose fitting Needle-set of 19 needles, length 100 mm
Needle set (steel)
Material Ordering No.
Steel, standard 3510 0221 90

Steel flat ends 3510 0227 90
Stainless steel flat ends 3510 0228 90
Beryllium copper flat ends
(spark resistant) 3510 0229 90
183
RUST AND WELD SCALERS
The RP rust and weld scaler is designed

for removal of rust, paint and other coat-
ing from steel structures, steam boilers
etc. RP3
● Easy to maintain – The 4-point bit,
with cemented carbide insert, is re-

placeable.
● Two models for flexible work – The
rust and weld scaler is available in ver-
sions with 1 impact head (RP1) and
with 3 impact pistons (RP3).
RP1
Air
Weight consumption Hose size
Model Hz mm kg lb l/s cfm mm in BSP Ordering No.
Scalers
RP1 69 485 2.0 4.4 3.2 6.8 10 3/8 3/8 8425 0301 06*
RP3 69 515 3.9 8.6 9.6 20.3 10 3/8 3/8 8425 0301 14*
DIMENSIONS (mm)
Model L H C L
RP1 485 80 –
RP3 515 80 180

Hose fitting RP1 and RP3 Ordering No.
Four-point carbide bit, length 55 mm
Vibration-damped support
handle 3550 0079 80
184
RIVETING SYSTEMS
How to find a suitable hammer and bucking bar

The Atlas Copco riveting system includes vibration-damped are needed to fill out the hole and form a head when upsetting
hammers RRH and bucking bars RBB – as well as conven- the rivet. The impact force is critical to some extent when work-
tional riveting hammers RRN. ing with aluminium alloys, as too many blows can embrittle the
The vibration-damped riveting hammers – RRH – are avail- metal.
able in different sizes, RRH04P, RRH06P, RRH08P, RRH10P In terms of capacity, the tools overlap. The table on page
and RRH12P. 187 helps you to find the right tool for your particular applica-
Each size is available in “Trigger start” and '“Push to start” tion of riveting.
models. The vibration-damped bucking bars RBB are available in two
The conventional riveting hammer – RRN – is available in versions – the simple spring damped – SP type and the air
one size: RRN11P. servo assisted SA type. There are three sizes RBB04, RBB10
The number of blows and the power are critical factors which and RBB16.
determine the strength of a riveted joint. A few powerful blows
185
RIVETING HAMMERS
Vibration-damped
RRH is a unique series of riveting

hammers incorporating completely RRH06P RRH12P
revolutionary ergonomic advantages.
● Versatile – RRH can easily cope with
rivets in diameters up to 12 mm. RRH04P RRH10P
● Vibration-damped system – An
RRH vibration-damped riveting ham-
mer, combined with an RBB vibration-
damped bucking bar, offer an unbeat- RRH08P
able system for riveting.
● Adjustable power.
● Adjustable hand guard – Support
hand grip is vibration-damped.
● Now new models with trigger start for
excellent handling. Pistol grip with rub-
ber coating. RBB04SP-01 RBB04SP-04
RBB10SP RBB16SP
Energy Air
Nozzle Piston dia Stroke per blow Weight consumption Hose size
Blows Air inlet
Model Hz mm in mm in mm in J ft lb kg lb l/s cfm mm in BSP Ordering No.
Riveting hammers with push start

RRH04P-01 66 10.0 0.4 15 0.6 40 1.6 2.0 1.5 1.0 2.2 3.7 6 6.3 1/4 1/4 8426 1109 07*
RRH04P-02 66 10.2 0.4 15 0.6 40 1.6 2.0 1.5 1.0 2.2 3.7 6 6.3 1/4 1/4 8426 1109 15*
RRH04P-12 66 10.2 0.4 15 0.6 40 1.6 2.0 1.5 1.0 2.2 3.7 6 6.3 1/4 1/4 8426 1109 25
RRH06P 36 10.2 0.4 15 0.6 102 4.0 6.0 4.4 1.3 2.9 9.0 19 10.0 3/8 1/4 8426 1110 04*
RRH08P 24 10.2 0.4 15 0.6 137 5.4 8.0 5.9 1.4 3.0 10.0 21 10.0 3/8 1/4 8426 1110 09
RRH10P 25 12.7 0.5 19 0.7 118 4.6 13.0 9.6 2.0 4.4 12.0 24 10.0 3/8 1/4 8426 1110 20*
RRH12P 20 12.7 0.5 19 0.7 153 6.0 16.0 11.8 2.1 4.6 13.0 28 10.0 3/8 1/4 8426 1110 47*
Riveting hammers with trigger start

RRH04P TS-12 66 10.2 0.4 15 0.6 40 1.6 2.0 1.5 1.0 2.2 3.7 6 6.3 1/4 1/4 8426 1109 27*
RRH06P TS 36 10.2 0.4 15 0.6 102 4.0 6.0 4.4 1.3 2.9 9.0 19 10.0 3/8 1/4 8426 1110 66*
RRH08P TS 24 10.2 0.4 15 0.6 137 5.4 8.0 5.9 1.4 3.0 10.0 21 10.0 3/8 1/4 8426 1110 68*
RRH10P TS 25 12.7 0.5 19 0.7 118 4.6 13.0 9.6 2.0 4.4 12.0 24 10.0 3/8 1/4 8426 1110 70*
RRH12P TS 20 12.7 0.5 19 0.7 153 6.0 16.0 11.8 2.1 4.6 13.0 28 10.0 3/8 1/4 8426 1110 72*
-01 means 10 mm short shank rivet set. * Available directly from stock.
-02 means 10.2 mm short shank rivet set.
-12 means 10.2 mm stand shank rivet set.
Kits for conversion to trigger start

DIMENSIONS (mm) operation
Model L H C L Model Ordering No.
RRH04-01 160 147 23 RRH04P-12 3520 0363 80

RRH04-02 160 147 23 C RRH06/08P 3520 0210 81
RRH04-12 175 147 23 RRH10/12P 3520 0364 80
RRH06 225 147 24 H
RRH08P 244 147 24
RRH10P 264 150 27
RRH12P 299 150 27

Hose fitting Blank and flush rivet sets, see page 187.
Flush set
Open spring retainer
186
RIVETING HAMMERS
Selection guide
Nominal Max. Rivet Diameter Capacity

Dural Steel Titanium
Hammer modela mm in mm in mm in Bucking bar model requiredb
RRH04 2- 5 3/32 - 3/16 1- 4 3/21 - 5/32 RBB04 RBB10

RRN11 2- 5 3/32 - 3/16 1- 4 3/32 - 5/32
RRH06 4- 7 5/32 - 1/4 3- 6 1/8 - 1/4 2- 4 3/32 - 5/32 RBB10 RBB16
RRH08 5- 8 3/16 - 5/16 4- 7 5/32 - 1/4 3- 6 1/8 - 1/4 RBB10 RBB16
RRH10 5- 9 3/16 - 3/8 6- 8 1/4 - 5/16 4- 7 5/32 - 1/4 RBB16
RRH12 8-11 7-10 1/4 - 3/8 6- 9 1/4 - 1/8 RBB16
a
Hammer capacity depends on direct/indirect riveting as well as Panel density and stiffness.
b
Bucking bar capacity is dependent on dolly weight.
RIVET SETS. RRH and RRN

Shank Flush set Blank rivet set
Hammer type Model mm Ordering No. Ordering No.
RRH04P-01 (–01) 10.0 spec R1.5 3085 0347 00 3006 0983 00

RRN11P-01
∅10.0
17.5
RRH04P-02 (–02) 10.2 spec R1.5 3085 0352 00 3085 0353 00

RRN11P-02
∅10.2
17.5
RRH04P-12 (–12) 10.2 std 3085 0324 00 3085 0022 00

ISO
RRH06P 10.2 std
∅10.2
RRH08P 10.2 std
R13
RRN18P 10.2 std 29.5
RRN24P 10.2 std
RRH10P/s 12.7 std 3085 0323 00 3085 0021 00

RRH12P 12.7 std ∅12.7
RRN34P 12.7 std R19
28
Mandrel blank
RRH04P-12 10.2 std 3085 0212 00
RRH06P Ø13
RRH08P
175
RRH010P 12.7 std 3085 0212 02

RRH12P Ø13
200
187
BUCKING BARS
Vibration-damped
An efficient riveting system consists of

vibration-damped bucking bars together
with vibration-damped riveting hammers. RBB10SA
● Self-adjustable – RBB10SA and
RBB04SP-01
RBB16SA feature a self-adjusting
damping system which requires a
compressed air supply. RBB04SP,
RBB10SP and RBB16SP use a spring
as damping element and consequently RBB10SP
do not require an air supply.
● Flexible – The bucking bars can be fit-
ted with several different interchange-
able dolly configurations via a quick
change retainer for maximum flexibil- RBB16SA
ity. RBB04SP-04
● Cramped spaces – Mini bucking bars
RBB04SP are ideal for work in con-
fined spaces. The large mass types -
04, -05 will in most applications set the RBB16SP
rivet faster than the smaller models.
Weight Diameter Air consumption
Model kg lb mm in l/s cfm Ordering No.
DIMENSIONS (mm) Bucking bars with standard dollya

RBB10SA 1.3 2.9 48 2.0 0.5 1.1 8426 9101 77
Model L H C RBB10SP 1.1 2.4 48 2.0 – – 8426 9101 74
RBB16SA 1.9 4.2 48 2.0 0.5 1.1 8426 9101 78
RBB10SA/SP 165 49 140
RBB16SP 1.7 3.7 48 2.0 – – 8426 9101 76
RBB16SA/SP 200 49 198
Dollies other than standard, see page 189. Bucking bars without dolly and rod
RBB10SA-U 1.0 2.2 48 2.0 0.5 1.1 8426 9101 73
RBB10SP-U 0.9 2.0 48 2.0 – 1.1 8426 9101 86
RBB16SA-U 1.7 3.7 48 2.0 0.5 1.1 8426 9101 75
C RBB16SP-U 1.5 3.3 48 2.0 – – 8426 9101 94
Mini bucking bars

H RBB04SP-01 0.8 1.8 46 1.8 – – 8426 9101 10*
RBB04SP-02 0.8 1.8 46 1.8 – – 8426 9101 11
RBB04SP-03 0.8 1.8 46 1.8 – – 8426 9101 12
L RBB04SP-04 1.3 2.9 46 1.8 – – 8426 9101 13*
RBB04SP-05 1.4 3.1 46 1.8 – – 8426 9101 14
a
Standard dolly assy (3085 0335 93). * Available directly from stock.
All SA-models Hose and hose fitting
RBB04 SP-01 – SP-02 – SP-03 – SP-04 – SP-05
All 10/16 models Plastic cover
43 Ø 60 60
30 40 40
26
46
40
40
Ø 46
Rod 5 mm 3085 0365 03

Rod 50 mm 3085 0365 04
Rod 100 mm 3085 0365 05
88
Plastic cover for

RBB10SA 3520 0317 00
126
RBB10SP 3520 0315 00

RBB16SA 3520 0318 00
RBB16SP 3520 0316 00
Dollies other than standard, see page 189.
Dimensions in mm 15o
188
BUCKING BARS
Accessories
Dollies for RBB10 and RBB16, all models

Weight Ordering No. Weight Ordering No. Weight Ordering No.
With rod With rod With rod
Dolly type kg lb 5 mm kg lb 50 mm kg lb 100 mm
A 0.37 0.8 3085 0335 93a 0.47 1.0 3085 0335 94 0.67 1.5 3085 0335 95
B 0.25 0.55 3085 0363 93 0.35 0.8 3085 0363 94 0.55 1.3 3085 0363 95
C 0.36 0.8 3085 0364 93 0.46 1.0 3085 0364 94 0.66 1.5 3085 0364 95
D 0.43 0.9 3085 0337 93 0.53 1.2 3085 0337 94 0.73 1.6 3085 0337 95
E 0.35 0.8 3085 0339 93 0.45 1.0 3085 0339 94 0.65 1.5 3085 0339 95
F 0.57 1.3 3085 0336 93 0.67 1.5 3085 0336 94 0.87 1.9 3085 0336 95
G 1.00 2.2 3085 0338 93 1.10 2.4 3085 0338 94 1.30 2.9 3085 0338 95
H 0.62 1.4 3085 0340 93 0.72 1.6 3085 0340 94 0.92 2.0 3085 0340 95
J 0.62 1.4 3085 0341 93 0.72 1.6 3085 0341 94 0.92 2.0 3085 0341 95
a
Standard dolly assy.
Other than Atlas Copco’s dollies can also be used and press fitted onto a rod. Please see rod (i.e. hole) specification in the below
drawing. Custom design dollies are recommended to be manufactured locally and fitted on to Atlas Copco rods.
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING of dollies available

Ø16.0 u5

 5 3085 0365 03



 50 3085 0365 04



 100 3085 0365 05





































Ø16.0 JS7
45 50
A D 22.5 20
G
15
30
50
50
25
60
15 20 15o
30 50
10
15
40
B E 20 20
H
65
15
30
25
30
46
15
25 25
12.5 35
25
40
12
40
25
40 25
C 12.5 25
F 20 20
J 12.5 35
15
15
15
30
30
30
60
65
94
10
20
15
13
189
RIVETING HAMMERS
Conventional type
For riveting in confined spaces we re-
commend our RRN11 riveting hammer.
● RRN11 – is the smallest riveting ham-
mer available on the market, with

unique accessibility.
● Adjustable – The RRN11 has a built-
in adjustment knob with which you can
set the power for different rivet materi-
als and sizes.
● Controllable – The trigger is easily op-
RRN11
erated and provides excellent control.
Energy Air
Nozzle Piston dia Stroke per blow Weight consumption Hose size
Blows Air inlet
Model Hz mm in mm in mm in J ft lb kg lb l/s cfm mm in BSP Ordering No.
Riveting hammers
RRN11P-01 66 10.0 0.4 15 0.6 40 1.6 2.0 1.5 1.2 2.6 3.4 7.2 6.3 1/4 1/8 8426 1101 05*
RRN11P-02 66 10.2 0.4 15 0.6 40 1.6 2.0 1.5 1.2 2.6 3.4 7.2 6.3 1/4 1/8 8426 1101 13*
-01 means 10 mm short shank rivet set. * Available directly from stock.
-02 means 10.2 mm short shank rivet set.
DIMENSIONS (mm)
Model L H C
L
RRN11P 100 170 23 C
RRN11P
Hose fitting and retainer
Blank rivet set
Retainers for blank and flush rivet set
Blank and flush rivet sets, see page 187.
190
CHISELS
Chisels for Chipping Hammers. All chisels are normally through hardened. Otherwise, see tables.
Figure Shank type Tools Table
Square shank 13.0 mm RRC13, RRC13B 1
Extended square shank ISO, 12.7 mm RRC15 1
Hexagon and round shank ISO, RRC22F-01, RRC22F-02 2

round collar 12.7 mm RRF21, RRF31
Hexagon shank ISO RRC34B-01, RRC65B-01, 3

round collar 17.3 mm RRC75B-01
Round shank ISO, RRD37, RRD57 3

with splines 17.3 mm
Hexagon shank ISO RRC34-01, RRC65-01, 4

without round collar 17.3 mm RRC75-01
Round shank ISO, RRC34-02, RRC65-02, 4

without collar 17.3 mm RRC75-02
Special shank RVM07B 5
191
1A. Chisels with square shank 13.0 mm 1B. Chisels with square shank ISO 12.7 mm
A B
A B
Width Length Square ISO Extended square
13 mm (1/2") 12.7 mm (1/2")
Chisel type Designation mm in mm in Ordering No. Ordering No.
Chisel blank 15 0.59 155 6.1 3085 0020 00 3085 0228 02

15 0.59 200 7.9 3085 0020 01
15 0.59 300 11.8 3085 0020 02
Flat chisel 15 0.59 165 6.1 3085 0227 00 3085 0230 01
15 0.59 200 7.9 3085 0227 01
Wide flat chisel 35 1.38 165 6.5 3085 0032 00 3085 0232 01
35 1.38 200 7.9 3085 0032 01
35 1.38 300 11.8 3085 0032 02
55 2.17 165 6.5 3085 0332 00
Angle scraper chisel 35 1.38 165 6.5 3085 0176 00 3085 0362 00
35 1.38 200 7.9 3085 0176 01
55 2.17 165 6.5 3085 0333 00
Scaling chisel 15 0.59 155 6.1 3085 0018 00 3085 0229 01

15 0.59 200 7.9 3085 0018 02
15 0.59 300 11.8 3085 0018 01
2A. Chisels with hexagon shank ISO, round collar 12.7 mm 2B. Chisels with round shank ISO, round collar 12.7 mm
A B
A B
Width Length Hex ISO Round ISO
12.7 mm (1/2") 12.7 mm (1/2")
Chisel blank 13 0.51 200 7.9 3085 0182 00

13 0.51 350 13.8 3085 0182 01
13 0.51 400 15.7 3085 0182 04
13 0.51 500 19.7 3085 0182 05
Flat chisel 13 0.51 200 7.9 3085 0183 00 3085 0184 00

35 1.38 300 11.8 3085 0376 00
Sharp chisel 15 0.59 200 7.9 3085 0170 00

15 0.59 300 11.8 3085 0170 01
Spot weld chisel 17 0.69 200 7.9 3085 0301 00
Angle scraper chisel 30 1.18 200 7.9 3085 0262 00
Pipe cutting chisel 20 0.78 200 7.9 3085 0302 00

35 1.38 200 7.9 3085 0303 00
Plate cutting chisel 14.5 0.57 200 7.9 3085 0263 00
Plate cutting chisel 16 0.62 200 7.9 3085 0173 00
Moil point chisel 13 0.51 200 7.9 3085 0297 00

13 0.51 305 12.0 3085 0297 01
192
3A. Chisels with hexagon shank ISO, round collar 17.3 mm 3B. Chisels with round ISO shank with splines 17.3 mm
A B
B
A
Round ISO
Width Length Hex ISO Width Length with splines
17.3 mm (0.68") 17.3 mm (0.68")
Chisel type Designation mm in mm in Ordering No. mm in mm in Ordering No.
Chisel blank 22 0.86 335 13.1 3085 0220 00 22 0.86 250 9.8 3085 0242 00
22 0.86 560 22.0 3085 0220 01 22 0.86 340 13.4 3085 0242 01
22 0.86 1060 41.7 3085 0220 02 22 0.86 550 21.7 3085 0242 02
22 0.86 800 31.5 3085 0242 03
22 0.86 1200 47.2 3085 0242 04
Flat chisel 22 0.86 200 10.2 3085 0221 00 22 0.86 215 8.5 3085 0236 00
22 0.86 335 13.1 3085 0221 01 22 0.86 250 9.8 3085 0236 01
22 0.86 560 41.9 3085 0221 02 22 0.86 340 13.4 3085 0236 02
22 0.86 550 21.7 3085 0236 03
Flat chisel 32 1.26 335 13.1 3085 0989 00 32 1.26 340 13.4 3085 0252 00
Wide flat chisel 50 1.97 335 13.1 3085 0235 00 50 1.97 340 13.4 3085 0250 00
Extra wide flat chisel 130 5.12 400 15.7 3085 0342 00 130 5.12 400 15.7 3085 0998 00
Angle scraper chisel 50 1.97 335 13.1 3085 0349 00 50 1.97 335 13.2 3085 0350 00
Moil point chisel 22 0.86 335 13.1 3085 0223 00 22 0.86 340 13.4 3085 0249 00
22 0.86 560 15.7 3085 0223 01
Shank rod for – – 180 7.1 3085 0257 00 – – 195 7.7 3085 0254 00
roughing head
Roughing head for 39 1.53 – – 3085 0255 00 39 1.53 – – 3085 0255 00

shank rod
(tungsten carbide)
Roughing head for 40 1.57 – – 3085 0253 00 40 1.57 – – 3085 0253 00

shank rod
4A. Chisels with ISO shank without collar, round 4B. Chisels with ISO shank without collar, hexagon
A B
A B
Round Hexagon
Width Length 17.3 mm (0.68") 17.3 mm (0.68")
ISO ISO
Chisel blank 23 0.91 200 7.9 3085 0150 00 3085 0140 00

23 0.91 560 22.0 3085 0140 01
Flat chisel 23 0.91 225 8.9 3085 0225 00 3085 0224 00
193
5. Chisels with special shank
Width Length
Chisel type Designation Material mm in mm in Ordering No.
Flat chisel Tungsten carbide 10 0.39 120 4.7 3085 0321 00

Through hardened steel 10 0.39 120 4.7 3085 0325 00
Tungsten carbide 10 0.39 200 7.9 3085 0321 01
Wide chisel Tungsten carbide 35 1.38 120 4.7 3085 0322 00

RAMMERS
The Atlas Copco dependable and simple
floor and bench rammers are intended
for ramming of casting sand in cylinders,
core boxes, large moulds and casting
pits, or for stamping work, for instance RAM20A
with filling sand, and stamping of refrac-
tory furnace linings.
RAM12
RAM06
Piston dia Stroke Weight Air consumption Hose size Air inlet
Blows Length thread
Model Hz mm in mm in mm kg lb l/s cfm mm in BSP Ordering No.
Rammers
RAM06 20 20/10 0.8/0.5 84 3.3 415 2.5 5.5 3.0 6.4 6.3 1/4 1/4 8467 0105 29*
RAM12 11 27 1.1 102 4.0 457 4.2 9.3 6.0 12.7 12.5 1/2 1/4 8467 0106 51*
RAM20A 12 34 1.3 203 8.0 1315 10.9 24.0 10.5 22.2 12.5 1/2 special 8467 0108 18*
DIMENSIONS (mm) ACCESSORIES INCLUDED

Model L D1 D2 D3 RAM06/12 RAM06 Cast iron butt, 60 mm dia, hose nipple
RAM06 415 39 48 – RAM12 Rubber butt, 63 mm dia, hose nipple
RAM12 480 51 51 – RAM20A Cast iron butt, 75 mm dia, hose
RAM20A 1315 57 70 32 ∅D1 ∅D2 attachment
L
RAM20A OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES

Model Ordering No.
RAM06
Rubber peen, 18x50 mm 3086 0006 00
Rubber peen, 60 mm dia 3086 0009 00
RAM12
∅D 3
∅D 2
∅D 1
Rubber peen, 19x61 mm dia 3512 0216 00

RAM20A
L Rubber peen, 75 mm dia 3086 0013 00
194
Drills
Pick up any Atlas Copco drill…

Contents Page
It fits snugly in your hand. The anatomic design Selection guide .............................................196
of the grip keeps the arm and wrist straight, re-
Pistol grip drills .............................................197
ducing the risk of injury. The perfect balance of
the tool enables you to guide it smoothly and Micro stop drills.............................................198
easily. The high power-to-weight ratio means Straight drills .................................................199
maximum stock removal in the shortest possible
Angle drills ....................................................202
time. The chuck guard protects fingers, allowing
a two-handed grip and comfortable guiding of the Tappers .........................................................206
drilling operation. Screw-feed drills ...........................................208
191
DRILLS
Selection guide
The classic wing of the pistol-grip Wide range of speed Rugged and reliable The rubber covered housing provides
drill was designed more than 30 years alternatives offers design offers a comfortable soft grip. Prevents the
ago. Its many ergonomic features the right model for low service and tool from slipping in the hand and it
still make it outstanding on the mar- every application. maintenance costs. improves the insulation.
ket in terms of user benefits.
The design and angle of
the pistol grip keeps the
wrist and arm straight due
to better precision and less
risk of injury.
Chuck guard allowing
two-handed grip, as well
as protecting fingers and
chuck sleeve during drilling
operation.
Unique, lubrication-free
design for a cleaner working
environment.
Efficient silencing for a quieter

Easy, sensitive trigger action, with working environment.
built-in throttling capability, reduces The hose is connected
the risk of “trigger finger” symptoms. inside the handle which
makes it possible to keep
Exhaust discharge can be aimed away the coupling on the floor
from the operator in any direction, and to use the tool in
eliminating the risk of airborne chips or cramped spaces.
dust whirling near the operator's face. The "Flex connect" is
only available to LBB16.
Choose the right drill for the right material

Material/cutting speed
Aluminium Wood Com-

Mild steel Alloy steel Cast iron and bronze and board posite
20-30 5-15 15-20 50-80 80-150 50-100
Model m/min m/min m/min m/min m/min m/min
LBB16 200 – – – 1.0 - 2.0 1.0 - 4.0 1.0 - 4.0
EP/EPX 060 – – – 1.0 - 5.0 2.0 - 5.0 2.0 - 5.0
045 1.0 - 2.5 – 1.0 - 2.0 2.0 - 8.0a 4.0 - 10.0a 4.0 - 10.0a
033 2.0 - 4.0 1.0 - 1.5 1.5 - 2.5 5.0 - 10.0a 5.0 - 12.0a 5.0 - 12.0a
024 2.5 - 5.0 1.0 - 2.0 2.0 - 4.0 – – –
010 6.0 - 8.0 1.5 - 5.0 5.0 - 8.0 – – –
Drill dimension / mm
LBB34 H060 1.0 - 2.0 – – 2.5 - 5.0 4.0 - 8.0 1.0 - 5.0
H033 2.0 - 4.0 – 1.5 - 3.0 5.0 - 10.0 8.0 - 13.0a 5.0 - 10.0
H026 2.5 - 6.0 1.0 - 3.0 2.0 - 4.0 8.0 - 13.0a 8.0 - 13.0a –
H013 5.0 - 10.0 1.0 - 5.5 4.0 - 8.0 – – –
H007 8.0 - 13.0 3.0 - 8.0 7.0 - 13.0 – – –
LBB36 H060 1.0 - 2.0 – – 2.5 - 5.0 4.0 - 8.0 1.0 - 5.0
H033 2.0 - 4.0 – 1.5 - 3.0 5.0 - 10.0 8.0 - 13.0 5.0 - 10.0
H026 2.5 - 6.0 1.0 - 3.0 2.0 - 4.0 8.0 - 13.0a 8.0 - 13.0a 8.0 - 13.0a
H013 5.0 - 10.0 1.0 - 5.5 4.0 - 8.0 – – –
H007 8.0 - 13.0 3.0 - 8.0 7.0 - 13.0 – – –
H005 14.0 - 19.0b – – – – –
LBB45 H017 – – – 10.0 - 16.0 16.0 - 50.0a 10.0 - 16.0
H006 10.0 - 16.0 4.0 - 10.0 8.0 - 16.0 16.0 - 23.0a – 16.0 - 23.0a
H004 16.0 - 23.0a 6.0 - 16.0 13.0 - 23.0a – – –
a
This bit size is larger than the standard chuck capacity of the machine.
b
To be used with No. 2 Morse socket adapter, see Optional Accessories.
DIMENSIONS LBB EP/EPX/H (mm)
Model L H C D E Model L H C D E
L LBB16 EP/EPX-200 177 131 16.5 31.4 13.8 LBB34 H013 238 156 23 41.5 50.0
C LBB16 EP/EPX-060 177 131 16.5 31.4 13.8 LBB34 H007 238 156 23 41.5 50.0
D LBB16 EP/EPX-045 177 131 16.5 31.4 13.8 LBB24 HF045 165 156 25 35.9 14.8
LBB16 EP/EPX-033 177 131 16.5 31.4 13.8 LBB24 HF020 165 156 25 35.9 14.8
E LBB16 EP/EPX-024 177 131 16.5 31.4 13.8 LBB36 H060 217 157 23 41.5 16.5
H LBB16 EP/EPX-020 177 131 16.5 31.4 13.8 LBB36 H033 217 157 23 41.5 16.5
LBB16 EP/EPX-010 190 131 16.5 31.4 27.0 LBB36 H026 217 157 23 41.5 16.5
LBB16 EP/EPX-005 190 131 16.5 31.4 27.0 LBB36 H013 256 157 23 41.5 64.0
LBB16 EP-003 190 131 16.5 31.4 27.0 LBB36 H007 256 157 23 41.5 64.0
LBB34 H060 199 156 23 41.5 16.5 LBB36 H005 256 157 23 41.5 64.0
LBB34 H033 199 156 23 41.5 16.5 LBB45 H006 360 185 33 60 113
LBB34 H026 199 156 23 41.5 16.5
196
PISTOL GRIP DRILLS
Atlas Copco pistol-grip drills are suitable

for most drilling tasks in virtually every
sector of industry. COMBI24
● Comfortable grip for high precision.
● Cost-saving. LBB45
● Two-hand grip available.
● Lubrication-free.
The new LBB16 is the answer to market LBB34

LBB16
demands for:
– Improved ergonomics.
– Increased power.
– Smaller size.
LBB36
LBB16 EP 290 W (0.4 hp)a

LBB16 EPX 340 W (0.45 hp)a
LBB34 400 W (0.6 hp)a
LBB36 700 W (0.9 hp)a
LBB45 700 W (0.9 hp)b
a
Lubrication-free motor.
b
Conventional motor (pistol-grip drill only).
Chuck Air consumption Air Sound level

Free capa- Weight at free speed Hose size inlet at free Without chuck
speed city thread speed With chuck
Model r/min mm kg lb l/s cfm mm in BSP dB(A) Ordering No. Model Ordering No.
Non-reversible drills with air supply through handle
LBB16 EP-200a 20000 6.5 0.6 1.2 8.0 17.0 6.3 1/4 1/4 75 8421 0108 60* 200-U 8421 0108 61
LBB16 EP-060a 6000 6.5 0.6 1.2 8.0 17.0 6.3 1/4 1/4 75 8421 0108 50* 060-U 8421 0108 51
LBB16 EP-045a 4500 6.5 0.6 1.2 8.0 17.0 6.3 1/4 1/4 75 8421 0108 40* 045-U 8421 0108 41*
LBB16 EP-033a 3300 6.5 0.6 1.2 8.0 17.0 6.3 1/4 1/4 75 8421 0108 30* 033-U 8421 0108 31*
LBB16 EP-024a 2400 6.5 0.6 1.2 8.0 17.0 6.3 1/4 1/4 75 8421 0108 20* 024-U 8421 0108 21*
LBB16 EP-010 1000 10.0 0.7 1.5 8.0 17.0 6.3 1/4 1/4 75 8421 0108 10* 010-U 8421 0108 11*
LBB16 EP-005b 500 10.0 0.7 1.5 8.0 17.0 6.3 1/4 1/4 75 8421 0108 06* 005-U 8421 0108 07*
LBB16 EP-003b 300 10.0 0.7 1.5 8.0 17.0 6.3 1/4 1/4 75 8421 0108 01* 003-U 8421 0108 02
LBB16 EPX-200a 20000 6.5 0.6 1.2 9.5 20.0 6.3 1/4 1/4 78 8421 0108 82* 200-U 8421 0108 63
LBB16 EPX-060a 6000 6.5 0.6 1.2 9.5 20.0 6.3 1/4 1/4 78 8421 0108 52* 060-U 8421 0108 53*
LBB16 EPX-045a 4500 6.5 0.6 1.2 9.5 20.0 6.3 1/4 1/4 78 8421 0108 42* 045-U 8421 0108 43*
LBB16 EPX-033a 3300 6.5 0.6 1.2 9.5 20.0 6.3 1/4 1/4 78 8421 0108 32* 033-U 8421 0108 33*
LBB16 EPX-024a 2400 6.5 0.6 1.2 9.5 20.0 6.3 1/4 1/4 78 8421 0108 22* 024-U 8421 0108 23*
LBB16 EPX-010b 1000 10.0 0.7 1.5 9.5 20.0 6.3 1/4 1/4 78 8421 0108 12* 010-U 8421 0108 03*
LBB16 EPX-005b 500 10.0 0.7 1.5 9.5 20.0 6.3 1/4 1/4 78 8421 0108 08* 050-U 8421 0108 09*
LBB34 H060a 6000 10.0 1.1 2.4 9.5 20.0 10.0 3/8 1/4 77 8421 0308 47* -H060U 8421 0308 96*
LBB34 H033a 3300 10.0 1.1 2.4 9.5 20.0 10.0 3/8 1/4 77 8421 0308 39* -H033U 8421 0308 88*
LBB34 H026a 2600 10.0 1.1 2.4 9.5 20.0 10.0 3/8 1/4 77 8421 0308 21* -H026U 8421 0308 70*
LBB34 H013a 1300 10.0 1.5 3.3 9.5 20.0 10.0 3/8 1/4 77 8421 0308 13* -H013U 8421 0308 62*
LBB34 H007b 700 13.0 1.6 3.5 9.5 20.0 10.0 3/8 1/4 77 8421 0308 05* -H007U 8421 0308 54*
LBB36 H200a 20000 6.5 1.0 2.2 16.5 34.9 10.0 3/8 3/8 81 8421 0408 55 -H200U 8421 0408 53
LBB36 H060a 6000 6.5 1.2 2.5 16.5 34.9 10.0 3/8 3/8 81 8421 0408 49* -H060U 8421 0408 47*
LBB36 H033a 3300 10.0 1.2 2.5 16.5 34.9 10.0 3/8 3/8 81 8421 0408 41* -H033U 8421 0408 39*
LBB36 H026a 2600 10.0 1.2 2.5 16.5 34.9 10.0 3/8 3/8 81 8421 0408 33* -H026U 8421 0408 31*
LBB36 H013a 1300 10.0 1.5 3.3 16.5 34.9 10.0 3/8 3/8 81 8421 0408 15* -H013U 8421 0408 13*
LBB36 H007b 700 13.0 1.6 3.5 16.5 34.9 10.0 3/8 3/8 81 8421 0408 07* -H007U 8421 0408 05*
LBB36 H005b 500 – 1.2 3.3 16.5 34.9 10.0 3/8 3/8 81 – -H005U 8421 0408 03*
LBB45 H017b 1700 16.0 4.2 9.3 10.0 21.0 10.0 3/8 1/4 85c 8421 0501 32* – –
LBB45 H006b 600 16.0 4.3 9.3 10.0 21.0 10.0 3/8 1/4 85c 8421 0501 24* – –
LBB45 H004b 400 16.0 4.3 9.3 10.0 21.0 10.0 3/8 1/4 85c 8421 0501 16* – –
Reversible drills with drill chuck and quick change 1/4" bit holder
COMBI24 HR36 3600 6.5 0.9 2.0 7.0 15.0 6.3 1/4 1/4 75 8431 0255 88 – –
COMBI24 HR16 1600 10.0 0.9 2.0 7.0 15.0 6.3 1/4 1/4 75 8431 0255 79* – –
COMBI24 HR08 800 10.0 1.1 2.4 7.0 15.0 6.3 1/4 1/4 75 8431 0255 61 – –
COMBI34 HR16 1600 10.0 1.0 2.2 8.0 17.0 10.0 3/8 1/4 79 8431 0311 36 – –
COMBI34 HR08 800 10.0 1.3 2.9 8.0 17.0 10.0 3/8 1/4 79 8431 0311 34 – –
COMBI34 HR04 400 13.0 1.5 3.3 8.0 17.0 10.0 3/8 1/4 79 8431 0311 32 – –
a
Including chuck guard. * Available directly from stock.
b
Including support handle. ACCESSORIES INCLUDED OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
c
79 dB(A) with silencer set 4112 0863 80. Chuck, chuck key, hose nipple. See page 200-201
LBB16, 34 and -36 with suspension yoke and
with chuck guard where possible.
16, 34 and -36-models have a 3/8" -24
UNF spindle thread LBB36 H005 has a 1/2"
thread, LBB45 has a JT3 taper mount.
197
MICRO STOP DRILLS
With integrated micro stop for higher accuracy
The LBS24 drill is equipped with an in-
tegrated micro stop intended for the
aerospace industry where high precision LBS36
drilling, reaming and countersinking is
important.
● Accurate – The integrated micro stop
function makes the LBS24 unique for

high precision drilling of rivet holes and LBS24
other fasteners. Minimized spindle run
out is induced by eliminating standard
drill chuck.
● Ergonomic – The handle is from our
well-known Ergoline drills. The inte-
grated micro stop function makes the
tool shorter and lighter in weight.
● Flexible – Can be used for drilling,
reaming, countersinking and in certain
applications a combined operation us-
ing a form bit.
● Dust extraction – A specially designed
spot suction is developed for working ● Lubrication-free – For clean working
in composite. environment and operator comfort.
Setting range Air con- Air

Free Spindle Stroke + Weight Hose size sumption Sound inlet
speed thread level thread
Model r/min in/mm mm in mm in kg lb mm in l/s cfm dB(A) BSP Ordering No.
LBS24 H045-40M 4500 M6x1 40 1.6 6 1/4 1.1 2.4 6.3 1/4 5.9 12.5 74 1/4 8421 0220 10
LBS24 H045-40 4500 1/4"-28 40 1.6 6 1/4 1.1 2.4 6.3 1/4 5.9 12.5 74 1/4 8421 0220 30
LBS24 H010-40M 1000 M6x1 40 1.6 6 1/4 1.2 2.8 6.3 1/4 5.9 12.5 73 1/4 8421 0220 50
LBS24 H010-40 1000 1/4"-28 40 1.6 6 1/4 1.2 2.8 6.3 1/4 5.9 12.5 73 1/4 8421 0220 70
LBS36 H033-40 3300 1/4"-28 40 1.6 6 1/4 1.2 2.6 10 3/8 16.5 34.9 81 3/8 8421 0220 80
LBS36 H013-40 1300 1/4"-28 40 1.6 6 1/4 1.5 3.3 10 3/8 16.5 34.9 81 3/8 8421 0220 90
DIMENSIONS LBS H (mm)

Model L H C M20x1
LBS24 H045-40M 247 154 20 Ø22

Ø40
LBS24 H045-40 247 154 20
3
LBS24 H010-40M 278 154 20

30
24
LBS24 H010-40 278 154 20 Ø29

LBS36 H033-40 281 157 21
42
LBS36 H013-40 314 157 21 Ø19

Fig 1 Ø24 Fig 3
+ +
L M20x1 M20x1
Ø51
C
2
Ø64
6.5
28
27
H
22
21
M35x1 Ø12.5
Fig 2 Fig 4 Ø14.5 Fig 5

Hose nipple Designation Attachment Ordering No.
2x2 mm Allen wrenches
Plain base, dia 24 mm Fig 1 M 20x1 4110 1521 00
Plain base for nylon ring
(attached with thread M35x1) Fig 2 M 20x1 4110 1522 00
Separate nylon ring for above
base, outer dia 40 mm, thread M35x1 Fig 3 M 20x1 4110 1523 00
SERVICE KIT
Plain base, dia 14.5 mm Fig 4 M 20x1 4110 1520 00
4081 0005 90
Tripod, nylon supported Fig 5 Dia 22 mm 4110 1524 00
Spot suction attachment for drilling in
composite, to be used in combination
with plain base, dia 24 mm See photo above 4110 1529 90
198
STRAIGHT DRILLS
The straight drills are intended mainly for

vertical drilling operations and for drilling
in cramped and confined spaces.
● Quiet – They have a very low noise
level, just like all our drills.
● Side exhaust (LBB34) – The air can
LBB34
be directed for operator convenience.
● Rear exhaust (LBB24) – The air is
piped away through a pliant hose and
prevents whirls of dust.
● Lubrication-free – 24- and 34-series
of drills are lubrication-free for clean
working environment and operator
comfort.
LBB24 S020
LBB24 210 W (0.3 hp) Lubrication-free motor

LBB24
LBB34 400 W (0.6 hp) Lubrication-free motor
Air Sound
Chuck consumption Air level
Free capa- Weight at free speed Hose size inlet at free Without chuck
speed city thread speed With chuck
Model r/min mm kg lb l/s cfm mm in BSP dB(A) Ordering No. Model Ordering No.
Drills with rear exhaust

LBB24 S200B 19000 6.5 0.8 1.7 6.0 13.0 6.3 1/4 1/4 75 8421 0205 15* -S200U 8421 0205 56
LBB24 S060B 6000 6.5 0.8 1.7 6.0 13.0 6.3 1/4 1/4 75 8421 0205 17* -S060U 8421 0205 19*
LBB24 S045B 4500 6.5 0.8 1.7 6.0 13.0 6.3 1/4 1/4 75 8421 0205 23* -S045U 8421 0205 64*
LBB24 S033B 3300 6.5 0.8 1.7 6.0 13.0 6.3 1/4 1/4 75 8421 0205 31* -S033U 8421 0205 72*
LBB24 S020B 2000 6.5 0.8 1.7 6.0 13.0 6.3 1/4 1/4 75 8421 0205 49* -S020U 8421 0205 80
Drills with side exhaust

LBB34 S060 6000 10.0 1.1 2.4 10.0 21.0 10.0 3/8 1/4 88 8421 0309 41* -S060U 8421 0309 74*
LBB34 S026 2600 10.0 1.1 2.4 10.0 21.0 10.0 3/8 1/4 88 8421 0309 25* -S026U 8421 0309 82*
LBB34 S013 1300 10.0 1.5 3.3 10.0 21.0 10.0 3/8 1/4 87 8421 0309 17* -S013U 8421 0309 90*
24- and 34-models have a 3/8" -24 UNF spindle thread. * Available directly from stock.
DIMENSIONS LBB S (mm)

Model L H C D E
L
LBB24 S200 183 38 19 35.9 14.8
LBB24 S060 198 38 19 35.9 14.8
LBB24 S045 183 38 19 35.9 14.8
LBB24 S033 183 38 19 35.9 14.8
LBB24 S020 183 38 19 35.9 14.8 C
LBB34 S060 192 43 21 41.5 16.5 H D
LBB34 S026 192 43 21 41.5 16.5
LBB34 S013 200 43 21 41.5 16.5

Chuck, chuck key, hose nipple See page 200-201
Suspension yoke and chuck guard
Push button set
Exhaust hose (-24 models)
199
PISTOL GRIP AND STRAIGHT DRILLS
Optional accessories
Key chucks Key chuck

Ordering No.
Body Chuck
diameter capacity Chuck Key Key
Mount mm mm (key incl) only designation
3/8-24UNF 30 0.0- 6.5 4021 0283 00 4021 0293 00 S1

3/8-24UNF 36 2.0-10.0 4021 0416 00 4021 0449 00 S8
3/8-24UNF 46 2.0-13.0 4021 0289 00 4021 0465 00 S2
JT3 59 3.0-16.0 4021 0423 00 4021 0301 00 S3
Quick chuck
Quick chucks
Chuck dia Chuck capacity
Mount mm mm Ordering No.
3/8-24UNF 34 0.0- 6.5 4021 0400 00

3/8-24UNF 34 0.0- 8.0 4021 0401 00
3/8-24UNF 36 0.0-10.0 4021 0402 00
3/8-24UNF 36 2.0-13.0 4021 0403 00
Support handle
Support handles
For model Ordering No.
LBB16 4110 1355 92

LBB34/-36 4110 1355 82
LBV34 4110 1355 87
LBB45 4110 1355 84
Chuck guard
Chuck guards
Max chuck
For model dia mm Ordering No.
LBB16 a
30 4110 1619 04
LBB34/-36b 36 4110 1415 00
a
The guards do not fit 1000 r/min models, 500 r/min and 300 r/min models.
b
The guards do not fit 700 r/min models.
Silencer set
Silencer sets
LBB34 H Exhaust pipe away set 4210 2052 00

LBB45 External silencer 4112 0863 80
200
PISTOL GRIP AND STRAIGHT DRILLS
Collet chuck and collets
Capacity Collet chuck and collets

Designation mm in Ordering No.
Collet 3 4150 0081 00

6 4150 0075 00
8 5/16 4150 0074 00
1/8 4150 0082 00
5/32 4150 0648 00
3/16 4150 0649 00
1/4 4150 0076 00
Collet holder 4110 0844 90
Collet nut 4150 0760 00
Flex connect
Flex connect
LBB16 4110 1601 80
Spot suction attachment

Spot suction attachment
Hose size Spot suction kita Hose kit
For model in Ordering No. Ordering No.
LBB16 1 1/4 4110 1715 80 4112 1227 00

LBB34/-36 1 1/4 4110 1716 80 4112 1227 00
a
Spare part, nose piece kit, Ordering No. 4110 1700 90.
Other standard sizes of front nozzle available.
Power feed arm for extra feed force – LBB36 H005 Power feed arm
Ordering No.
Adapter piece (SR295), lever arm (SR201), chain (SR202) 4110 1416 80
and No. 2 Morse socket (SR206)
Two extension pieces (SR204-1 and SR204-2), 370 and 750 mm long 4110 1417 80
No. 2 Morse socket 4110 1416 01
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES – LBB45

Feed screw 4110 0976 80

No. 2 Morse socket 4130 1080 00
Ratchet wrench for feed screw 4130 2000 00
Breast plate 4110 0974 80
Silencer set 4112 0863 80
SERVICE KITS
LBB16 4081 0271 90
LGB24 4081 0005 90
LBB/LGB/LBV34 4081 0035 90
LBB36 4081 0194 90
LBB45 4081 0139 90
201
ANGLE DRILLS
The perfect drill for cramped spaces

The angle drills are available in versions
LBV34
with 30o, 90o and 360o angle heads and
are designed for drilling in confined and LBV25-90
awkward spaces.
Just like other Atlas Copco hand drills,
they are based on motors from the 25-,
34-, and 36-series. LBV11-90
The angle drills are operated with a le-
ver throttle. The series feature: LBV25-90Z
● Low noise level.
● Low air consumption.
● Side exhaust/rear exhaust.
LBV36-90
● Lubrication-free design.
● Collet chuck or threaded spindle. LBV25-30
● Multiple lever options.
LBV11 110 W (0.16 hp)

LBV25 -30/32,-90/92,-91/93 210 W (0.3 hp)a
LBV34 400 W (0.6 hp)
LBV36 -30,-90/92,-91/93 510 W (0.73 hp)
a
Maximum power.
98 ( - 30 ) 100
86
59 ( - S30 )
30-type 90Z-type
9
39
Collet capacity up to 5 mm,

standard 3 mm
98 ( - 32 ) 9 34,5 standard 3 mm
98
32-type 59 ( - S32 ) 92Z-type 86
39
Internal thread 1/4"-28

9
84 ( - 90 )
31
44 ( - S90 ) 65
90-type 91-type
30 41
9
standard 3 mm 10
Collet capacity up to 6.6 mm,
standard 6 mm
84 ( - 91 )
65
44 ( - S91 )
92-type 93-type
36
30
9 10
202
ANGLE DRILLS
Setting Collet or Air consumption Hose Air inlet Sound level

Free speed range chuck capacity Weight at free speed dimension thread at free speed
Model r/min rpm mm kg lb l/s cfm mm in BSP dB(A) Ordering No.
30 angle head – Collet chuck models – small angle head

o
LBV11 S027-S30 2700 – 5.0 0.5 1.1 3.2 6.8 5.0 1/8 1/4 73 8421 0108 70
LBV25 EA032-S30 3200 1500-4000 5.0 0.6 1.3 3.2 6.8 6.3 1/4 1/4 70 8421 0218 00*
LBV25 EA032-30 3200 1500-4000 5.0 0.7 1.5 3.2 6.8 6.3 1/4 1/4 70 8421 0218 01*
LBV25 EA032-S32 3200 1500-4000 c
0.6 1.3 3.2 6.8 6.3 1/4 1/4 70 8421 0218 02
LBV25 EA032-32 3200 1500-4000 c
0.7 1.5 3.2 6.8 6.3 1/4 1/4 70 8421 0218 03
LBV36 S030-30d 3000 – 5.0 1.0 2.2 17.0 36.0 10.0 3/8 1/4 82 8421 0414 70
LBV36 S030-S30d 3000 – 5.0 0.9 2.0 17.0 36.0 10.0 3/8 1/4 82 8421 0414 71
LBV36 S045-30d 4500 – 5.0 1.0 2.2 17.0 36.0 10.0 3/8 1/4 82 8421 0414 72*
LBV36 S045-S30d 4500 – 5.0 0.9 2.0 17.0 36.0 10.0 3/8 1/4 82 8421 0414 73
90o angle head

LBV11 S025-S90 2500 – 5.0 0.5 1.1 3.2 6.8 5.0 1/8 1/4 73 8421 0109 79*
LBV25 EA032-S90 3200 1500-4000 5.0 0.6 1.3 3.2 6.8 6.3 1/4 1/4 70 8421 0218 04*
LBV25 EA032-90 3200 1500-4000 5.0 0.7 1.5 3.2 6.8 6.3 1/4 1/4 70 8421 0218 05*
LBV25 EA032-S92 3200 1500-4000 c
0.6 1.3 3.2 6.8 6.3 1/4 1/4 70 8421 0218 06
LBV25 EA032-92 3200 1500-4000 c
0.7 1.5 3.2 6.8 6.3 1/4 1/4 70 8421 0218 07*
LBV36 S030-90d 3000 – 5.0 1.0 2.2 17.0 36.0 10.0 3/8 1/4 82 8421 0414 60*
LBV36 S030-S90d 3000 – 5.0 0.9 2.0 17.0 36.0 10.0 3/8 1/4 82 8421 0414 61
LBV36 S045-90d 4500 – 5.0 1.0 2.2 17.0 36.0 10.0 3/8 1/4 82 8421 0414 62*
LBV36 S045-S90d 4500 – 5.0 0.9 2.0 17.0 36.0 10.0 3/8 1/4 82 8421 0414 63
LBV36 S030-92d 3000 – c
1.0 2.2 17.0 36.0 10.0 3/8 1/4 82 8421 0414 64
LBV36 S030-S92d 3000 – c
0.9 2.0 17.0 36.0 10.0 3/8 1/4 82 8421 0414 65
LBV36 S045-92d 4500 – c
1.0 2.2 17.0 36.0 10.0 3/8 1/4 82 8421 0414 66
LBV36 S045-S92d 4500 – c
0.9 2.0 17.0 36.0 10.0 3/8 1/4 82 8421 0414 67
360o angle head

LBV25 EA032-90Z 3200 1500-4000 5.0 0.7 1.5 3.2 6.8 6.3 1/4 1/4 70 8421 0218 08*
LBV25 EA032-92Z 3200 1500-4000 c
0.7 1.5 3.2 6.8 6.3 1/4 1/4 70 8421 0218 09
90o angle head – Collet chuck models – large angle head

LBV25 EA045-91 4500 1500-4500 6.6 0.8 1.7 5.4 11.4 6.3 1/4 1/4 73 8421 0218 10*
LBV25 EA020-91 2000 800-2000 6.6 0.8 1.7 5.4 11.4 6.3 1/4 1/4 72 8421 0218 11*
LBV25 EA010-91 1000 500-1000 6.6 0.9 2.0 5.4 11.4 6.3 1/4 1/4 71 8421 0218 12
LBV25 EA045-93 4500 1500-4500 c
0.8 1.7 5.4 11.4 6.3 1/4 1/4 73 8421 0218 13
LBV25 EA020-93 2000 800-2000 c
0.8 1.7 5.4 11.4 6.3 1/4 1/4 72 8421 0218 14*
LBV25 EA010-93 1000 500-1000 c
0.9 2.0 5.4 11.4 6.3 1/4 1/4 71 8421 0218 15
LBV25 EA005-91 500 200-500 6.6 0.9 2.0 5.4 11.4 6.3 1/4 1/4 73 8421 0218 84
LBV25 EA005-93 500 200-500 c
0.9 2.0 5.4 11.4 6.3 1/4 1/4 73 8421 0218 99
LBV36 S030-91d 3000 – 6.6 1.0 2.2 17.0 36.0 10.0 3/8 1/4 82 8421 0414 50*
LBV36 S060-91d 6000 – 6.6 1.0 2.2 17.0 36.0 10.0 3/8 1/4 82 8421 0414 51*
LBV36 S030-93d 3000 – c
1.0 2.2 17.0 36.0 10.0 3/8 1/4 82 8421 0414 52
LBV36 S060-93d 6000 – c
1.0 2.2 17.0 36.0 10.0 3/8 1/4 82 8421 0414 53
90o angle head – Key chuck models

LBV25 EA020-11 2000 800-2000 6.5a 0.8 1.7 5.4 11.4 6.3 1/4 1/4 73 8421 0218 60*
LBV34 S040 4000 – 6.5a 1.5 3.3 7.5 15.9 10.0 3/8 1/4 88 8421 0309 46*b
LBV34 S010 1000 – 10.0a 2.0 4.4 7.5 15.9 10.0 3/8 1/4 88 8421 0309 12*b
LBV34 S005 500 – 13.0a 2.1 4.6 7.5 15.9 10.0 3/8 1/4 87 8421 0309 04*b
a
Spindle thread, male 3/8"-24 UNF. * Available directly from stock.
b
Side exhaust.
c
Internal thread 1/4"-28.
d
Short lever as standard.

Collet or chuck with key Page 204-205
Push button set
Hose nipple
3 mm collet (5.0 collet capacity head)
6 mm collet (6.6 collet capacity head)
203
ANGLE DRILLS
Angle drill dimensions – Drilling capacity Angle head dimensions
Angle head mm Drilling capacity mm
LBV11, -25, -36
Mild Aluminum 30 o
Model A B C L H steel and bronze L
LBV11 S027-S30 59 25 18 224 30 4.0 5.0 A
LBV25 EA032-S30 59 25 18 236 45.5 4.0 5.0
LBV25 EA032-30 98 25 18 275 45.5 4.0 5.0 L
LBV25 EA032-S32 59 25 18 236 45.5 4.0 5.0 B A H
LBV25 EA032-32 98 25 18 275 45.5 4.0 5.0
CB H
LBV11 S025-S90 44 30 18 204 30 4.0 5.0
LBV25 EA032-S90 44 30 18 221 45.5 4.0 5.0 C
LBV25 EA032-90 84 30 18 261 45.5 4.0 5.0 LBV11, -25, -36
LBV25 EA032-S92 44 30 18 221 45.5 4.0 5.0
LBV25 EA032-92 84 30 18 261 45.5 4.0 5.0 90 o
L L
LBV25 EA045-91 65 41 20 239 45.5 3.0 6.6
LBV25 EA045-93 65 36 20 239 45.5 3.0 6.6 A A
LBV25 EA020-91 65 41 20 239 45.5 5.0 6.6 H
B
LBV25 EA020-93 65 36 20 239 45.5 5.0 6.6 B C H
LBV25 EA010-91 65 41 20 271 45.5 6.6 6.6 C
LBV25 EA010-93 65 36 20 271 45.5 6.6 6.6
LBV25 EA032-90Z 100 48 18 276 45.5 4.0 5.0
LBV25 EA032-92Z 98 48 18 273 45.5 4.0 5.0 LBV25
LBV25 EA020 68 82 15 239 45.5 5.0 6.5 360 o L
LBV34 S045 92 97 20 255 43 3.0 6.5 AL
LBV34 S010 92 114 20 290 43 10.0 10.0
LBV34 S005 92 120 20 290 43 13.0 13.0
A H
B
LBV36 S030-91 92 41 10 252 43 4.0 6.6 H
LBV36 S060-91 92 41 10 252 43 2.0 6.6 B C
LBV36 S030-93 92 36 10 252 43 4.0 6.6 32
LBV36 S060-93 92 36 10 252 43 2.0 6.6 C
LBV36 S030-30 122 26 9 281 43 4.0 5.0
LBV36 S030S-30 82 26 9 241 43 4.0 5.0
LBV36 S045-30 122 26 9 281 43 3.0 5.0 LBV34
90 o
LBV36 S045S-30 82 26 9 241 43 3.0 5.0 A
LBV36 S030-90 112 30 9 272 43 4.0 5.0
LBV36 S030S-90 72 30 9 232 43 4.0 5.0
LBV36 S045-90 112 30 9 272 43 3.0 5.0
LBV36 S045S-90 72 30 9 232 43 3.0 5.0 B
LBV36 S030-92 112 30 9 272 43 4.0 5.0
LBV36 S030S-92 72 30 9 232 43 4.0 5.0
Collets for 5.0 mm capacity head LBV11, LBV25 S032 – (-30, -90, -90Z) and
LBV36 (-30, -90)
Collets for 5.0 mm (Thread BSF 9/32 -40)
Capacity Capacity Capacity
mm Ordering No. mm Ordering No. in Ordering No.
BSF 9/32-40
1.0 4110 0438 01 3.4 4110 0438 33 1/16 4110 0438 19 Ø 6.2
1.5 4110 0438 02 3.5 4110 0438 13 3/32 4110 0438 20 Ø 4.8
1.8 4110 0438 28 3.6 4110 0438 24 1/8 4110 0438 21
2.0 4110 0438 03 3.7 4110 0438 34 5/32 4110 0438 22 15o
2.1 4110 0438 29 3.8 4110 0438 14 3/16 4110 0438 23
2.2 4110 0438 04 3.9 4110 0438 35
2.3 4110 0438 30 4.0 4110 0438 15
2.4 4110 0438 05 4.1 4110 0438 25
2.5 4110 0438 06 4.2 4110 0438 26
2.6 4110 0438 07 4.3 4110 0438 36
1.5 4
7.3
8.5
2.7 4110 0438 31 4.4 4110 0438 37

10.5
2.8 4110 0438 32 4.5 4110 0438 16

2.9 4110 0438 08 4.6 4110 0438 38
3.0 4110 0438 09 4.7 4110 0438 39
3.1 4110 0438 10 4.8 4110 0438 18 15o
3.2 4110 0438 11 4.9 4110 0438 40
0.3
3.3 4110 0438 12 5.0 4110 0438 27 Ø0
204
ANGLE DRILLS
Collets for 6.6 mm capacity head LBV25 (-91) and LBV36 (-91) Collets for 6.6 mm
Capacity Capacity ØD
mm Ordering No. mm Ordering No.
1.6 4110 1411 01 4.2 4110 1411 14

1.8 4110 1411 02 4.4 4110 1411 15
2.0 4110 1411 03 4.6 4110 1411 16 15o
2.2 4110 1411 04 4.8 4110 1411 17
9
2.4 4110 1411 05 5.0 4110 1411 18
1.2
2.6 4110 1411 06 5.2 4110 1411 19
2.8 4110 1411 07 5.4 4110 1411 20
1.8
1.5
3.0 4110 1411 08 5.6 4110 1411 21
3.2 4110 1411 09 5.8 4110 1411 22 Ø 6.4
3.4 4110 1411 10 6.0 4110 1411 23
Ø 7.9
3.6 4110 1411 11 6.2 4110 1411 24
3.8 4110 1411 12 6.4 4110 1411 25 Ø 10.2
4.0 4110 1411 13 6.6 4110 1411 26
Collet nut 4110 1410 00, to be ordered separately.
Push button set

Push button set
LBB24 S 4110 1427 90

LBV25 EA 4110 1427 90
LBB34 S 4110 1427 91
LBV34 S 4110 1427 91
Safety levers Safety lever

LBB24 S Rear exhaust 4210 2306 80
LBB34 S 4150 1035 90
LBV25 EA 4210 2306 81
LBV34 S 4150 1035 90
LBV36 4150 1594 97
Short levers Short lever
LBV25 4210 2306 04

LBV36 4110 1581 01
SERVICE KITS
LBB/LGB/LBV24 4081 0005 90
LBV25 4081 0272 90
LBB/LGB/LBV34 4081 0035 90
LBV36 (30, 90/92) 4081 0263 90
LBV36 (91/93) 4081 0251 90
205
TAPPERS
Atlas Copco tappers are designed for

tapping and thread cleaning operations
with thread taps. As standard, the tools
are fitted with a tap chuck.
● Comfortable and effective – The er-
LGB36
gonomic design of the handle gives
you a comfortable grip and maximum
performance.
● Higher productivity – Thanks to the
double speed when you withdraw the

machine. LGB34 Q
● Low noise level – Rearward-directed
exhaust gives a lower noise level.
● Lubrication-free.
● Quick change system – Equip your
old tool or order a new one with this sys-
tem. Various tap holders can be used to LGB24
change a broken tap or to change to a
different tap size.
● Lower cost – The efficient air motor
together with interchangeable compo-
nents from our standard drills cut your
costs.
Free speed Hose Air Air con-

Tapping Weight dimension inlet sumption With chuck Without chuck
Forward Reverse capacity thread
Model r/min r/min mm kg lb mm in BSP l/s cfm Ordering No. Model Ordering No.
Pistol-grip tappers with air supply through handle

LGB24 H007 700 1400 6 1.1 2.4 6.3 1/4 1/4 5.5 11.5 8421 0210 67* -U 8421 0210 69
LGB24 H007Qa 700 1400 6 1.1 2.4 6.3 1/4 1/4 5.5 11.5 8421 0210 75* – –
LGB34 H007 700 1400 10 1.8 4.0 10.0 3/8 1/4 7.5 15.9 8421 0311 66* -U 8421 0311 68*
LGB34 H007Qa 700 1400 10 1.8 4.0 10.0 3/8 1/4 7.5 15.9 8421 0311 76* – –
LGB36 H007Qa 700 1400 12 2.0 4.4 10.0 3/8 3/8 16.5 34.9 8421 0411 00* – –
Pistol-grip tappers with air supply on top

LGB24 HF007 700 1400 6 1.2 2.6 6.3 1/4 1/4 6.0 12.7 8421 0210 80 – –
LGB24 HF007Qa 700 1400 10 1.2 2.6 6.3 1/4 1/4 6.0 12.7 8421 0210 82 – –
Straight tappers
LGB24 S007 700 1400 6 1.1 2.4 6.3 1/4 1/4 5.5 11.6 8421 0210 71 -U 8421 0210 73
LGB34 S007 700 1400 10 1.8 4.0 10.0 3/8 1/4 7.5 15.9 8421 0311 72 -U 8421 0311 74
a
Quick change system. * Available directly from stock.
Taper: Jacob 1
DIMENSIONS LGB (mm)

Model L H C
L
LGB24 H007 260 154 18
LGB34 H007 300 156 20
C
LGB24 HF007 235 200 20
LGB24 S007 253 38 19
LGB34 S007 293 43 21
LGB36 H007 335 157 20
H
Non Quick change system
LGB24 Chuck complete with collet
4.5-6.5 mm 4021 0410 00
LGB34 Chuck complete with collet
6.4-10 mm 4021 0469 00
Quick change system

Chuck plus one tap holder with collet for M6
shank Ø 6.3 mm.
206
TAPPERS
Collets for non Quick change system Collets for Quick change system
Capacity Collets for tap size Shank dia
Model mm Ordering No. mm mm Ordering No.
LGB24 2.5- 4.5 4021 0412 00 M2.2/M2.5 2.8 4021 0414 01

4.5- 6.5 4021 0413 00 M3 3.15 4021 0414 02
LGB34 3.5- 6.5 4021 0337 00 M3.5 3.5 4021 0414 03
4.5- 8.0 4021 0336 00 M4 4.0 4021 0414 04
6.4-10.0 4021 0456 00
M4.5 4.5 4021 0414 05
M5 5.0 4021 0414 06
M5.5 5.6 4021 0414 07
M6 6.3 4021 0414 08
M6 (DIN) 6.0 4021 0414 13
M7 7.1 4021 0414 09
M8/M11 8.0 4021 0414 10
M9/M12 9.0 4021 0414 11
M10 10.0 4021 0414 12
Completing existing equipment with

Quick change system
SERVICE KITS Length
LGB24 4081 0005 90 Accessories mm Ordering No.
LGB34 4081 0035 90 Quick change chuck 47 4021 0406 90
LGB36 4081 0194 90 Tap holder 58 4021 0408 00
207
SCREW-FEED DRILLS
Atlas Copco screw-feed drills are ideal

for heavy-duty drilling operations requiring
high feed forces. You can also use these
drills for reaming and tube-rolling. RAB12
● Reliable – They have a simple and re-
liable design.
● Constant speed – The speed gover-
nor keeps the drilling speed constant

and reduces air consumption as power RAB9
is reduced.
● Safer – The safety catch prevents ac-
cidental starting. The throttle is also

self-closing.
Model Forward Reverse
RAB9 0.85 kW (1.14 hp) 0.55 kW (0.74 hp)

RAB12 1.5 kW (2.0 hp) 1.1 kW (1.5 hp)
Capacity Air con- Distance

Hose sumption centre Air
Free Drill- Ream- Tapp- Morse Length Height Weight dimension max output to inlet
speed ing ing ing taper feed side thread
Model r/min mm mm mm No. mm mm in kg lb mm in l/s cfm mm BSP Ordering No.
Reversible screw-feed drills

RAB9 VR006 600 23 23 12 2 75 265 10.4 9.5 20.9 13 1/2 23 49 40 1/2 8421 5109 45*
RAB9 VR003 300 23 23 16 2 75 265 10.4 9.5 20.9 13 1/2 22 47 40 1/2 8421 5109 37*
RAB12 L450 475 32 32 24 3 90 340 13.4 12.9 28.4 16 5/8 32 68 50 1/2 8421 5112 24*
RAB12 L250 240 51 40 30 4 90 385 13.2 14.9 32.8 16 5/8 33 70 50 1/2 8421 5112 16*
RAB12 L150 140 51 40 32 4 90 385 15.2 14.9 32.8 16 5/8 30 64 50 1/2 8421 5112 08*
Hose nipple
Breast plate Square drive adapter
Morse Square
taper drive
Model Ordering No. No. in Ordering No.
RAB9 4110 0974 82 3 1 4021 0394 00

RAB12 4110 0974 83 4 1 4021 0395 00
208
Automatic
drilling and
tapping units
More mechanization in your

drilling operations
Simple, cost effective. Atlas Copco automatic
drilling and tapping units cut costs by reducing
machining time in ancillary equipment, or in highly
automated special machines. Modular designs
allow the units to be easily replaced, transferred
to other machines, or combined to form new
special-purpose machines.
Contents Page
Automatic drilling and tapping units ..............210
Dimension sketches .....................................214
209
AUTOMATIC DRILLING AND TAPPING UNITS
These units are available in three sizes,

LBL25, LBL35 and LBL45, each size
covering a specific diameter range, to-
tally up to 20 mm in steel.
The basic units can be fitted with dif-
ferent chucks, twin heads for simultane- LBL25
ous drilling of two holes and attachments
for chip removal and tapping.
● Highly dependable – LBL drilling and
tapping units feature quick and precise

clamping, making them highly depend-
able.
● Easy to build together – Several LBL35
holes can be drilled in a single opera-
tion since several of these compact
units can easily be built together.
● Low noise level – The units have a
low noise level as the exhaust air is

discharged through silencers inside
the protective casing. LBL45
Capacity
Max Air consumption
Alumi- Feed output Feed Free Weight
Steel nium force stroke speed Max output Free speed
Model mm mm N kW hp mm r/min kg lb l/s cfm l/s cfm Ordering No.
Automatic drilling and tapping units

LBL25E 220 1.2 2.0 350 0.22 0.3 80 21000 3 6.6 5.2 11 5.8 12 8421 9208 47
LBL25E 049 3.2 5.0 350 0.22 0.3 80 4600 3 6.6 5.2 11 5.8 12 8421 9208 55
LBL25E 022 5.0 6.5 350 0.22 0.3 80 2100 3 6.6 5.2 11 5.8 12 8421 9208 63
LBL25E 011 8.0 10.0 350 0.22 0.3 80 1100 3 6.6 5.2 11 5.8 12 8421 9208 71
LBL35E 190 – 2.0 1050 0.33 0.5 80 19000 7 15.0 9.5 21 10.6 22 8421 9308 53
LBL35E 054 3.0 5.0 1050 0.33 0.5 80 5400 7 15.0 9.5 21 10.6 22 8421 9308 46
LBL35E 030 5.0 7.0 1050 0.33 0.5 80 3000 7 15.0 9.5 21 10.6 22 8421 9308 38
LBL35E 014 8.0a 10.0b 1050 0.33 0.5 80 1400 7 15.0 9.5 21 10.6 22 8421 9308 12
LBL35E 007 11.0c 13.0d 1050 0.33 0.5 80 700 16 15.0 9.5 21 10.6 22 8421 9308 04
LBL45E 025 – 10.0 2500 0.80 1.1 120 2500 16 35.0 20.0 44 9.0 19 8421 9408 52
LBL45E 015 7.0 14.0 2500 0.80 1.1 120 1500 16 35.0 20.0 44 9.0 19 8421 9408 45
LBL45E 010 10.0 16.0 2500 0.80 1.1 120 1000 16 35.0 20.0 44 9.0 19 8421 9408 37
LBL45E 007 14.0c 22.0d 2500 0.80 1.1 120 700 16 35.0 20.0 44 9.0 19 8421 9408 29
LBL45E 005 16.0d 22.0e 2500 0.80 1.1 120 550 16 35.0 20.0 44 9.0 19 8421 9408 11
LBL45E 003 20.0e 32.0f 2500 0.80 1.1 120 320 16 35.0 20.0 44 9.0 19 8421 9408 03
Recommended max tappping size: a M4 b
M5 c
M8 d
M10 e
M12 f
M16
210
Selection guide
LBL35
Steel Aluminium 190 054 030 014 007
— 3.0 5.0 8.0 (M4) 11.0 (M8)
LBL45
025 015 010 007 005 003
— 7.0 10.0 14.0 (M8) 16.0 (M10) 20.0 (M12)
2.0 5.0 7.0 10.0 (M5) 13.0 (M10)
LBL25
220 049 022 011
1.2 3.2 5.0 8.0
10.0 14.0 16.0 22.0 (M12) 32.0 (M16) 2.0 5.0 6.5 10.0
211
Chip removal attachments Programmed damping device
Hydraulic damper
Key chuck
LBL35 4130 1950 81 LBL35, -45 4130 1961 80
LBL45 4130 1950 82 To be used together with the hydraulic damper.
LBL25
Designation Ordering No. Sleeve chuck
Hydraulic damper 4130 1844 80

(feed stroke 65 mm)
Key chuck (0-6.5 mm) 4021 0283 00
Key chuck (2-10 mm) 4021 0416 00
LBL35 LBL45 Morse taper socket

Designation Ordering No. Designation Ordering No.
Hydraulic damper 4130 1844 80 Hydraulic damper 4130 1895 80

(feed stroke 65 mm) (feed stroke 110 mm)
Key chuck (2.0-13.0 mm) 4021 0452 00 Key chuck (3.2-16.0 mm) 4021 0423 00
Sleeve chuck (2.0-9.5 mm) 4021 0459 00 Sleeve chuck (2.0-9.5 mm) 4021 0458 00
Twin spindle head, speed ratio 1:1, No. 2 Morse taper socket 4130 1080 00
centre to centre adjustment No. 3 Morse taper socket 4130 1079 00
range 12.7-63.5 mm 4130 1363 84
Twin spindle head, speed ratio 1:1, Tapping unit
Other multiple heads on request centre to centre adjustment
range 19-95 mm 4130 1364 82
Tapping unit, M2-M7
SPD3, Taper socket J33 4130 1938 00 Other multiple heads on request
Holder for tapping unit SPD3 4130 1787 00
Collet 2.5-5 mm 4021 0412 00 Tapping unit, M15-M18
Collet 5-6.3 mm 4021 0413 00 SPD7, Taper socket, J3 4130 1940 00
Tapping unit, M3-M12
Collet 6-10 mm 4023 1059 00
SPD5, Tapping Socket J33 4130 1939 00
Collet 3.3-6.8 mm 4021 0337 00
Collet 4.5-8.7 mm 4021 0336 00
Twin spindle head
Collet 6-10 mm 4021 0456 00
212
Accessories
Collets for Twin head LBL35
Size Size Size Size Size
mm Ordering No. mm Ordering No. mm Ordering No. mm Ordering No. mm Ordering No.
1.0 4130 1367 00 2.2 12 3.4 24 4.6 36 5.8 48

1.1 01 2.3 13 3.5 25 4.7 37 5.9 49
1.2 02 2.4 14 3.6 26 4.8 38
1.3 03 2.5 15 3.7 27 4.9 39 6.0 4130 1367 50
1.4 04 2.6 16 3.8 28 6.1 51
1.5 05 2.7 17 3.9 29 5.0 4130 1367 40 6.2 52
1.6 06 2.8 18 5.1 41 6.3 53
1.7 07 2.9 19 4.0 4130 1367 30 5.2 42 6.4 54
1.8 08 4.1 31 5.3 43 6.5 55
1.9 09 3.0 4130 1367 20 4.2 32 5.4 44
3.1 21 4.3 33 5.5 45
2.0 4130 1367 10 3.2 22 4.4 34 5.6 46
2.1 11 3.3 23 4.5 35 5.7 47
Collets for Sleeve chuck LBL35/45 Twin head LBL45

Size Size Size Size Size
mm Ordering No. mm Ordering No. mm Ordering No. mm Ordering No. mm Ordering No.
2.0 4130 1561 00 3.6 16 5.1 31 6.7 47 8.2 62

2.1 01 3.7 17 5.2 32 6.8 48 8.3 63
2.2 02 3.8 18 5.3 33 6.9 49 8.4 64
2.3 03 3.9 19 5.4 34 8.5 65
2.4 04 5.5 35 7.0 4130 1561 50 8.6 66
2.5 05 4.0 4130 1561 20 5.6 36 7.1 51 8.7 67
2.6 06 4.1 21 5.7 37 7.2 52 8.8 68
2.7 07 4.2 22 5.8 38 7.3 53 8.9 69
2.8 08 4.3 23 5.9 39 7.4 54
2.9 09 4.4 24 7.5 55 9.0 4130 1561 70
4.5 25 6.0 4130 1561 40 7.6 56 9.1 71
3.0 4130 1561 10 4.6 26 6.1 41 7.7 57 9.2 72
3.1 11 4.7 27 6.2 42 7.8 58 9.3 73
3.2 12 4.8 28 6.3 43 7.9 59 9.4 74
3.3 13 4.9 29 6.4 44 9.5 75
3.4 14 6.5 45 8.0 4130 1561 60
3.5 15 5.0 4130 1561 30 6.6 46 8.1 61
TIP MOUNT
Dimensions, mm
Max
M ØD Model stroke L D M Ordering No.
LBL35 73 159 60 M56x1.5L 4140 0090 80

L
LBL45 110 215 80 M56x1.5L 4140 0092 80
DRILL GUIDE (Screw mount)

A B C D E F G H I Ordering No.
E F
4a, 5, 6, M56x 60 39 25 6.2 4140 0044 04,
7, 8, 10, 1.5L (2.36) (1.54) (0.98) (0.24) -05, -06, -07,
C D 12, -08, -10, -12,
B A 18, 22, -18, -22,
26 -26
a
Dimensions mentioned under A refer to the outside diameter for drill guide bushings.
DRILL GUIDE (Bayonet mount)

I
A B C D E F G H I Ordering No.
D C B A H 4a, 5, 6, M56x 60 30 37 40h8 6.2 4140 0058 04,

7, 8, 10, 1.5L (2.36) (1.18) (1.46) (1.57) (0.31) -05, -06, -07
12, -08, -10, -12,
E 18, 22, 26 -18, -22, -26
A
56 36 15 6.5 67 40F8 4140 0059 80
(2.20) (1.50) (0.59) (0.26) (2.64) (1.57)
G D
H
F
E D
C
a
Dimensions mentioned under A refer to the outside diameter for drill guide bushings.
AA
213
Dimension sketches
MOUNTINGS
Ordering No.
Ref. No. Designation LBL25, LBL35 LBL45

2
1 Base plate 4140 0077 80 4140 0081 80
5
2 Base plate 4140 0080 80 4140 0084 80
3 Column mount 4140 0050 00
4 Side mount 4140 0047 80 4140 0018 80 4
5 Crossmount 4140 0048 80 4140 0029 80

6 Column socket 7
500 mm long 4140 0051 01
250 mm long 4140 0051 02
600 mm long 4140 0019 02
300 mm long 4140 0019 01 5
7 Column
500 mm long 4140 0052 01 3
600 mm long 4140 0020 02
300 mm long 4140 0020 01
8 Locking bar 4140 0078 00a 4140 0082 00a
9 Locking bar 4140 0079 00a 4140 0083 00a
a
Two per unit. 6
DIMENSION SKETCH – LBL25

55
Ø 45H10
M5
UNF 3/8" -24-2A
137.5
121.5
Ø 30
Ø 37
20
50+0,02
Max stroke 80
5.5
20
M5
8
14.1 2.6 14H9

8
30.1 159.2 39
50
280
57.6 322
1/8" BSP 1/4" BSP 1/8" BSP
347 min. 50
Dimensions available on Auto-Cad diskette. Please contact Atlas Copco.
214
Dimension sketches
63 Spanner 20
Spanner 19 Hydraulic damper
Ø 26 70
39
80 ~82 M6 M6
25
5
145
25
∅ 46
±0.02
∅ 55H10
0
55
8
10
0
Max stroke 80 7
Tapered 14
4 2.5 14H9
H
159.2 M
M6 40
0
mount
44 347.5 50 M
M6
kona
33JT
Max 63.5
82.8
82.8
∅ 12.5
14
~188 Min. 50
Sleeve chuck
23.6 mm ∅
Ø 52.5
SPD 5 SPD 3
Ø 27
77 mm
Ø 69
43.6 mm
18.6 mm ∅
~3 39
~5 48 ~124
~163 7 mm
DIMENSION SKETCH – Mountings for LBL25E and -35E

3.8 10
1 2 3 3
Ø6.5
3.8 Ø6H6
Ø11
Ø6.5
40
Ø6P9 Ø11
Ø59.7H9
13 13
100
100
80
70
Ø12.5
Ø6.5
Ø6P9
40
10 js10 10 80
10
21 100 10 js10 13 13 9
10 13 13
21 60 15
100 120
8 9 4 68
5.5
5.5
M6
11
11
Ø59.7
14 H9 58 ± 0.2 14 H9 6H6
58 ± 0.02
44.8
58 ± 0.2 98
69 69
4
14
Ø6.5
13 13 M6 10 80
100
6 5
Ø59.7H11
40
Ø 120
42
Ø59.7
40
61
-01 = 500
13 13 10 -02 = 250
85
7
42
Ø59.7H11
Ø59.7
70
100
500
215
Dimension sketches
95
Hydraulic damper
~101
72.5 M6
185
35
Ø 59
Ø 65
Max stroke 120
70±
7
30
Tapered
10
mount 1/8" BSP
3.7 14H9
H
Ø
kona 58.5 225 60

JT3 69
508
A-A
-
1/8" BSP 3/8" BSP 1/8" BSP
18.7
124
Max 95
Min 19
124
24 Min 70
247
Sleeve chuck
26.8 mm ∅
55 MK 2 ~146
MK 3 ~166
SPD 7
Ø 75.5
Ø 37
83.5 mm
MK 2 ~117
~5 64 MK 3 ~137
200 18.6 mm ∅
7 mm
DIMENSION SKETCH – Mountings for LBL45E

70 70
6
1 80 30 2 6
35 35 35
Ø8.5
Ø6P9 Ø8.5
Ø14
Ø14
Ø14
40
40
35 35
100
95
40
40
15 js10 15 js10 15 js10 Ø6P9

29 29 29 140 140
98 98
8 9 4
5.5
5.5
59
M6 M6
14
14
Ø89.5
14 H9
54.7
14 H9 102±0.02 80 ± 0.02
6H9
80 ± 0.02 138
4
14
94.5 94.5
35 35 10 80
100
6 5
Ø89.5H11
Ø 140
59
118
Ø89.5
+0.1
91-0
Ø8.5 12 -01 = 300

-02 = 600
7
Ø89.5H11
Ø 89.5
100 100
-01 = 300
-02 = 600
216
Airline
accessories
Get the best from

your air tools Direct lubrication units ................................. 229
Quick couplings ........................................... 231
Atlas Copco airline accessories mean correct air
pressure, whatever the conditions. Atlas Copco Claw couplings ............................................ 242
quick couplings ensure low pressure drop. Atlas Fittings ......................................................... 243
Copco balancers take the weight off the opera- Blow protector ............................................. 245
tor and our high-performance hose is up to 50%
Hoses .......................................................... 246
lighter than conventional hoses.
Spiral hoses ................................................. 249
Contents Page Balancers .................................................... 251
Installation guide ......................................... 218 Hose reels ................................................... 253
Guidelines on improving safety ................... 220 Blow guns .................................................... 255
Ball valves ................................................... 221 Installation proposals ................................... 256
Air preparation units .................................... 222 Test equipment ............................................ 264
217
AIRLINE ACCESSORIES
Installation guide
AIR PREPARATION UNITS, MINI 1/4", MIDI 1/2" and MAXI 1" REGULATOR
The most common way to choose between these three types The regulator (REG) is designed to ensure the right working
is to select MIDI wherever possible (this will cover approxi- pressure to the tool. A regulator is needed when high accuracy
mately 90% of all the applications). MIDI is suitable for all kinds is required on the tools working pressure, this is normally the
of assembly tools, percussive tools, drills, nibblers and saws. case when using torque controlled tools, i.e. assembly tools.
MIDI can also be used for small grinders. Too high working pressure also means unnecessarily high air
MAXI can be used as an alternative when necessary. If the consumption.
tools are major air consumers, large grinders for instance, 80% OIL-FOG LUBRICATOR
require MAXI units, and it might be a good idea to install MAXI The oil fog lubricator (DIM) is used
on all work sites. to lubricate air tools which have a
MINI can be used as an alternative to the MIDI when using normal operation time and is the
tools with low air consumption. MINI is also the usual system standard method of lubricating air
chosen for use with pneumatic components. tools. (It is not needed with lubrica-
tion-free tools.)
FILTER / REGULATOR
F/R units are recommended in every case where both filters
and regulators are needed. Combined units work as well as
separate units, filtering and regulating properties are almost
the same as for individual units.
BALL VALVES
Ball valves are required when servicing air
preparation units. When claw couplings are
used, ball valves are the only way to shut off
the air flow. There are two types available:
BAL and BAL-1A.
Both are lubricated with silicone-free
grease, which is important when spray- METAL BOWL GUARD
painting. BAL type valves can be used in The metal bowl guard is recommended for extra safety when
any position from fully open to fully closed. a polycarbonate bowl is used (MINI and MIDI only). The guard
BAL-1A is designed to operate either fully helps avoid accidents if the polycarbonate bowl is damaged
open or fully closed. under pressure. MAXI units have a metal bowl as standard.
218
AIRLINE ACCESSORIES
Installation guide
DIRECT LUBRICATOR QUICK AND CLAW COUPLINGS
If the operation time is very short, direct lubrication at the tool Six different types exist: ErgoQIC 08, ErgoQIC 10, QIC 08, QIC
is recommended. The direct lubrication unit (DOS) is connect- 10, QIC 15 and CLAW.
ed to the air tool by a nylon tube which is placed inside the air The ErgoQIC system is a ball valve coupling system offering
hose. This makes it possible to supply oil at the precise point a higher air flow than ordinary coupling systems. The QIC sys-
of operation. tem is a normal quick coupling system with high air flows. The
CLAW system is a large bore claw coupling system offering a
BLOW PROTECTOR
very high air flow.
When a fitting comes loose from a pressurised For assembly tools, riveting hammers and drills it is recom-
hose, the hose starts to blow compressed air in mended that a smaller sized coupling such as QIC 10 and Er-
an uncontrolled way, whipping around. This can goQIC 08 is used, but for assembly tools and drills with higher
injure people, damage the work-piece and de- air consumption than 20 l/s it is recommended that QIC 15 or
stroy the environment. A way to ensure this ErgoQIC 10 are used.
does not happen is to use blow protector For grinders and percussive tools it is recommended that the
BLOCK. bigger sized couplings such as QIC 15, ErgoQIC 10 and CLAW
are used. For smaller grinders with air consumption below 10
l/s ErgoQIC 08 and QIC 10 can be used.
HOSES
Choose hoses depending on the working environment. When it
is hot, dirty and the hoses are laying on the floor, choose rubber
hoses. For bench operations and a clean environment, use the
CABLAIR. For all general operations, light grinding to heavy
assembly, ordinary PVC or the POLUR hoses will do fine.
WHIP HOSES
Whip hoses are recommended for use on percussive tools,
such as impact wrenches, chipping hammers and on grinders
with high vibration levels. Couplings which are connected di-
rectly to a percussive tool will need replacement sooner if a
whip hose is not used.
FILTER
PRESSURE CLAMPS
The filter (FIL) is used to remove water and dirt from the com-
A single lugged medium pressure clamp is recommended for
pressed air. Clean air prevents corrosion damage and wear of
use on CABLAIR. A medium pressure clamp with screw locking
the air tools.
is recommended for PVC and POLUR hoses and smaller rub-
The usual type of drainage on filters is semi-automatic. All
ber hoses up to 16 mm. Heavy duty clamp is recommended for
filters are accompanied by a kit enabling them to be converted
rubber hoses above 16 mm.
from semi-automatic to manual drainage.
By manual drainage we mean drainage by hand when the
filter bowl is full. Semi-automatic drainage takes place when
the pressure in the bowl drops below 0.2 bar (providing the air
supply is switched off regularly).
219
AIRLINE ACCESSORIES
Guidelines on improving safety
Do not use oil. Water and soap will dry
Please read the separate instruc-
up. Remove leaking hoses. A small leak-
tions regarding safety which are
supplied with all products in order age can quickly become a big hole.
to improve your own safety!
BLOW PROTECTOR
A dangerous situation can arise with a
BALL VALVE hose that is accidently blowing com-
pressed air in an uncontrolled way,
● Switch off the compressed air with the causing it to whip.
ball valve when you are not working.
● Open all ball valves gently in order to
discover improperly tightened devices.

● Run the tool so the air ventilates out.
AIR PREPARATION UNITS

● Please check for solvents which change
the structure of polycarbonatea bowls.

These solvents make the polycarbonate
brittle so it can break. Normally polycar-
bonate is not easy to break. If you need
to use aggressive solvents, please con-
tact us and we will help you in choosing
the right equipment.
● Release the claw coupling.
● Use bowl guard.
An easy way to eliminate this type of How to close a claw coupling:
accident is to use a bowl guard on MINI
and MIDI units. The MAXI unit has a
metal bowl as standard.
Check that the bowls are properly
tightened and that all units are fit togeth- ● This dangerous situation can be avoid-
er before switching on the compressed
ed by using a blow protector.
air with the ball valve.
QUICK COUPLINGS ● BLOCK blow protector shuts off the air

● Use safety nipples if the hose is longer flow so the risk of personal injuries is
than 3 metres. ● Make sure that the two claw couplings minimized.
Quick couplings are normally very safe are mounted together.
devices. The only time you need to im- Use claw couplings with lock nut (LNH)
prove the safety is when you are work- or use a lock spring for safer locking.
ing with hoses from 16 mm diameter and
upwards or if the hose is longer than 3
metres. In such cases we recommend
that you use the safety nipples in order to
ventilate the air from the hose in a con-
trolled way.
Never open a quick coupling with a
screwdriver in order to ventilate the air. ● We strongly recommend the use of
blow protector BLOCK when using
CLAW COUPLINGS claw couplings.
● Be very careful. ● When the hose has been repaired
and the compressed air is switched on
Are always open and must be used very ● Open the ball valve gently. again the BLOCK is automatically re-
carefully. Follow this order when working
set.
with claw couplings.
CLAMPS AND CONNECTIONS
● Avoid screwdrivers when tightening. BLOW GUNS
● Use the safety version. It eliminates
Check that they are properly tightened.
How to open a claw coupling: Avoid screwdrivers when tightening, the risk of high pressure coming into
they can easily slip and damage your direct contact with skin.
hand. Use a wrench. If you need to use
a screwdriver then mount the clamp in a
vice.
a
Polycarbonate has good chemical resistance to
HOSES all solvents except chemicals containing acetone,
When mounting hoses on hose nipples, benzol, glycerine, some hydraulic and synthetic
use water and soap in order to make the oils, chloroform, methyl alcohol, carbon tetrachlo-
ride (and similar solvents), carbon disulphide, per-
hose slip on to the nipple. chloroethylene, toluene, trichloroethylene, xylene
(nitrocellulose, thinner), acetic acid.
● Close the ball valve.
220
BALL VALVES
VALVES – BAL AND BAL-1A

The Atlas Copco valves BAL and BAL-1A
are both suitable for air, water and many
other liquids and gases due to the choice
of material.
● Silicone-free grease – Both are lubri-
cated with silicone-free grease which
is important when spray-painting.
● Maximum through flow – Full bore
valve to DIN standards.
● Housing and ball made of chrome-
plated hot-stamped brass MS 58.
● Handle of enamelled aluminium.
BAL – VALVES WITH NITRILE RUBBER SEALS

The BAL valves can be used in all settings between fully open and fully closed.
The balls and the seals can be replaced without the body being removed from the
piping.
H
Maximum working pressure: 16 bar. Working temperature range: –20oC to +90oC.
Connection Bore
thread D L H
D Model in BSP mm mm mm Ordering No.
BAL 08 1/4 9.5 50 41 8202 0301 05*
BAL 10 3/8 9.5 50 41 8202 0302 04*
L BAL 15 1/2 12.5 60 43 8202 0303 03*
BAL 20 3/4 19 75 55 8202 0304 02*
BAL 25 1 24.5 90 64 8202 0305 01*

BAL-1A – VALVES WITH TEFLON SEALS
I
Intended for operating either fully open or fully closed.
Maximum working pressure 16 bar (BAL-1A 40 and 50: max. 16 bar up to +100oC).
Working temperature range: –30oC to +200oC. (BAL-1A 40 and 50: at +200oC max.
H working pressure is reduced to 8 bar).
Connection Bore
thread D L H I
Model in BSP mm mm mm mm Ordering No.
D
BAL-1A 08 1/4 8 43 44 73 8202 0306 03*
BAL-1A 10 3/8 10 50 47 73 8202 0306 11*
L BAL-1A 15 1/2 15 61 53 94 8202 0306 29*
BAL-1A 20 3/4 20 70 57 94 8202 0306 37*
BAL-1A 25 1 25 83 67.5 122 8202 0306 45*
BAL-1A 32 1 1/4 32 100 83 150 8202 0306 52*
BAL-1A 40 1 1/2 38 107 87 150 8202 0306 60*
BAL-1A 50 2 50 129 103 193 8202 0306 78*
DOUBLE CONNECTION BUSHING GASKETS
Male taper thread – male taper thread Male thread – female thread
From To Male Female Fibre gasket
thread thread thread thread For coupling between material
in in Ordering No. in in Ordering No. with thread and nipple
1/8 BSPT 1/8 BSPT 9090 0100 00* 1/4 BSP 1/8 BSP 9090 0799 00* in/mm Ordering No.
1/8 BSPT 1/4 BSPT 9090 0110 00* 3/8 BSP 1/4 BSP 9090 0798 00*
1/4 BSPT 1/4 BSPT 9090 0120 00* M5 0657 5710 00
1/2 BSP 1/4 BSP 9090 1469 00*
1/4 BSPT 3/8 BSPT 9090 0130 00* 1/8 BSP 0657 5742 00*
1/2 BSP 3/8 BSP 9090 0797 00*
3/8 BSPT 3/8 BSPT 9090 0140 00* 3/4 BSP 1/2 BSP 9090 0796 00* 1/4 BSP 0657 5764 00*
3/8 BSPT 1/2 BSPT 9090 0150 00* 1 BSP 3/4 BSP 9090 0795 00* 3/8 BSP 0657 5785 00*
1/2 BSPT 1/2 BSPT 9090 0160 00* 1/2 BSP 0653 0500 01*
1/2 BSPT 3/4 BSPT 9090 0170 00 3/4 BSP 0657 5823 00*
3/4 BSPT 3/4 BSPT 9090 0180 00 1 BSP 0657 5830 00*
3/4 BSPT 1 BSPT 9090 0190 00
1 BSPT 1 BSPT 9090 0200 00* * Available directly from stock.
For more fittings see page 243-244.

221
A correct air treatment guarantees a good total economy
The only way to ensure maximum capac- Catalogue symbols

ity and increased service life for your
compressed air equipment is to make
sure that the air used is correctly proc-
essed. This is where Atlas Copco's MINI, M
MIDI and MAXI air preparation units
come in. They are designed to correctly Manual drainage Pressure gauge 0-10 bar Metal bowl
process the air for all types of pneumatic
equipment used in industry today. And a
correct air treatment guarantees a good
total economy of the system.
To guarantee that the machine at the
SA
end of the airline delivers its optimum
power, each unit is designed to allow the Semi-automatic Polycarbonate bowl Oil free outlet
smallest possible pressure drop. drainage
● Easy to install – a modern compact
design with small installation dimen-

sions. A +
● Direct assembly – which eliminates
bulky couplings.
Automatic drainage Polycarbonate bowl and bowl guard
● Easy to handle – simple installation
and simple dismantling.
Important standards for air preparation units
European standard EN 983 Safety of machinery

Atlas Copco fulfils all of these demands regarding air preparation units MINI-K,
MINI-B, MIDI-C and MAXI.
International standard ISO 4414
The contents of ISO 4414 are the same regarding air preparation units as those
of EN 983, which Atlas Copco fulfils for the air preparation units MINI-K, MINI-B,
MIDI-C and MAXI.
222
FILTER – FIL REGULATOR – REG LUBRICATOR – DIM

Water and dirt in your compressed air Atlas Copco regulators reduce a variable Atlas Copco oil-fog lubricators ensure
system will cause extensive corrosion primary pressure to a practically constant a long, efficient and trouble-free life for
damage and wear. secondary pressure. your pneumatic tools and components.
● Cleaner air – Atlas Copco filters are ● Good operation economy – By in- ● Correct proportion oil to air flow
designed to give clean air with minimal stalling a pressure regulator you can – Oil fog lubrication is recommended
pressure loss and a very high degree be assured of maintaining a good op- for tools in continuous operation. The
of water separation. erating economy. lubricator automatically delivers oil to
● Longer life for your tool – Using air ● No unnecessary air consumption the working pneumatic unit in correct
filters will result in a noticeable de- – Many pneumatic applications do not proportion to the air consumption.
crease in maintenance costs for the require full airline pressure to operate
pneumatic equipment used. efficiently.
Water separation Secondary pressure Primary pressure

% bar bar
100 6 8-6
MIDI FIL
90 5 6
8-4
4
80 4
3 6-4
90 8-2
2 2
80
1 Air flow l/s
50 Air flow l/s
Air flow l/s 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5
40 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
5 10 15 20 25 30 35
Fig. 1. MIDI FIL 15C – Water separation Fig. 3. MIDI REG 15C-S – Secondary Fig. 4. MIDI DIM 15C – Oil delivery
pressure versus flow
The MIDI FIL 15C removes 97% of the Flow characteristics, if the regulator is The MIDI DIM 15C begins delivering oil
water present in the air line at 6 bar and set for a secondary pressure of 6 bar at when the air flow is as low as 0.3 l/s at
33 l/s with a minimum pressure drop (see a constant air line pressure of 8 bar with 6 bar. Competitors fall within the shaded
fig. 1 and 2). Competitors fall within the no air flow, the secondary pressure will field (see fig. 4).
shaded field. drop when air consumption starts. At a The figure shows that MIDI DIM 15C has
flow rate of 10 l/s for instance, the sec- the advantage of a very low pressure
ondary pressure will be 5.5 bar and will drop. Competitors fall within the shaded
remain the same even if the air flow in- field (see fig. 5).
creases up to 50 l/s (see fig. 3).
Pressure drop
Pressure drop
bar
bar
0.4
0.4 The combination units MINI
0.3
0.3 F/R, MIDI F/R and MAXI F/
R have the same function 0.2
0.2
MIDI FIL as FIL and REG together. 0.1
0.1
Air flow l/s Air flow l/s
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
Fig. 2. MIDI FIL 15C – Pressure drop Combined air preparation Fig. 5. MIDI DIM 15C – Pressure drop
units.
223
MINI-K – 1/4" BSP
Air preparation unit MINI-K main applica-
tion is to prepare the air for pneumatic
components. MINI-K has a 1/4" BSP
connection thread and the housing is of
plastic.
All separate units, mounting brackets,
assembly kits and pressure gauges need
to be ordered separately. Please refer to
page 228 for accessories. Combination
units are delivered complete.
MINI-K Max Pressure MINI-K Max Pressure

1/4" BSP recommended Filter Type of gauge 1/4" BSP recommended Filter Type of gauge
Model air flow drainage bowl (thread) Model air flow drainage bowl (thread)
40
12 l/s M 12 l/s M 1/8" BSP
BSP 1/4"
BSP 1/4"
MINI FIL 08K-Ba

MINI F/R 08Ka
BSP 1/4"
BSP 1/4"
FILTER/REGULATOR
~175
Ordering No. 9092 0000 01 Ordering No. 9092 0001 21*

FILTER
40
43
M30x1.5
~115
~104
~104
10 l/s 1/8" BSP 43 ~32

BSP 1/4"
BSP 1/4"
MINI REG 08K a

~88
M
REGULATOR
Ordering No. 9092 0000 61* 9 l/s

40
MINI F/RD 08K b
M30x1.5
Ordering No. 9092 0001 51*
FILTER/REGULATOR+LUBRICATOR
17
BSP 1/4"
BSP 1/4"
~175
43 ~32
80
40 9 l/s M30x1.5
MINI DIM 08Ka

BSP 1/4"

BSP 1/4"
LUBRICATOR
~104
10 43 ~32
145
~94
a
Accessories page 228. * Available directly from stock.
b
Mounting bracket, assembly kit and gauge are included.
224
MINI-B – 1/4" BSP
Air preparation unit MINI-B main appli-
cation is to prepare the air for pneumatic
components and can also be used as a
complement for pneumatic tools with low
air consumption, i.e. smaller screwdriv-
ers. MINI-B has a 1/4" BSP connection
thread and the housing is of metal.
assembly kits and pressure gauges need
to be ordered separately. Please refer to
MINI-B Max Pressure MINI-B Max Pressure

50
12 l/s SA 12 l/s
50
BSP 1/4"
BSP 1/4"
MINI FIL 08B-Ba MINI DIM 08Ba
LUBRICATOR
Ordering No. 9093 0032 11* Ordering No. 9093 0033 31*
BSP 1/4"
BSP 1/4"
12 l/s 50
M 12 l/s
FILTER
50 MINI FIL 08B-Ca MINI DIM 08B-Da

136
Ordering No. 9093 0032 41*
~97
Ordering No. 9093 0033 61*
13 l/s
~140
~115
M
9 l/s SA 1/8" BSP
MINI FIL 08B-Da
~185
BSP 1/4"
Ordering No. 9093 0032 71* MINI F/R 08B-Ba

FILTER/REGULATOR
Ordering No. 9093 0033 91*

50
9 l/s M 1/8" BSP
9 l/s 1/8" BSP 35.5
MINI F/R 08B-Ca

MINI REG 08Ba
BSP 1/4"
Ordering No. 9093 0034 21*

Ordering No. 9093 0033 01*
BSP 1/4"
~115
~92
REGULATOR
50
9 l/s 1/8" BSP 50 ~32
9 l/s SA
35.5 Regulator with lock pin
BSP 1/4"
MINI F/RD 08B-Bb

22.5
MINI REG 08B-LPa

BSP 1/4"
~185
Ordering No. 9093 0034 51*

Ordering No. 9093 0073 21*
50 ~32
95
Ø 35.5 9 l/s M
29
MINI F/RD 08B-Cb

Ordering No. 9093 0034 81*
8 l/s 1/8" BSP
~115
BSP 1/4"
BSP 1/4"
Regulator, panel mounted

79
50 ~32
40
MINI REG 08Pa
Ordering No. 9093 0000 31* SA
9 l/s
FILTER+REGULATOR+LUBRICATOR
REGULATOR
BSP 1/4"
~185
Max. 30x1.5
BSP 1/4"
MINI FRD 08B-Bb

Ordering No. 9093 0062 11*
145
9 l/s M
Ø 35.5
40 ~32 29
MINI FRD 08B-Cb
Ordering No. 9093 0062 41*
~115
50 ~32
a
Accessories page 228. b
Mounting bracket, assembly kit and gauge are included. * Available directly from stock.
225
MIDI-C – 1/2" BSP
Air preparation unit MIDI-C main applica-
tion is to prepare the air for pneumatic
tools. MIDI-C is suitable for all kinds of
assembly tools, percussive tools, drills,
nibblers and saws. MIDI-C can also be
used for small grinders.
MIDI-C has a 1/2" BSP connection
thread and the metal housing.
assembly kits and pressure gauges must
be ordered separately. Please refer to
MIDI-C Max Pressure MIDI-C Max Pressure

38 l/s A 30 l/s A 1/4" BSP

MIDI FIL 15C-A a
MIDI F/R 15C-ASa
65
~253
BSP 1/2"
BSP 1/2"
30 l/s SA 1/4" BSP

38 l/s SA BSP 1/2"
MIDI FIL 15C-B a MIDI F/R 15C-BSa
65 FILTER/REGULATOR
62 30 l/s M 1/4" BSP
FILTER
38 l/s M
48 MIDI F/R 15C-DSa
MIDI FIL 15C-D a
Ordering No. 9093 0012 61*
~185
~165
Ordering No. 9093 0009 31*

30 l/s A + 1/4" BSP
38 l/s A +
~165
MIDI F/R 15C-AESa

MIDI FIL 15C-AE a
Ordering No. 9093 0011 41*
Ordering No. 9093 0008 41*
62 ~32 SA
SA 30 l/s + 1/4" BSP
38 l/s +
MIDI F/R 15C-BESa
MIDI FIL 15C-BE a
Ordering No. 9093 0012 01*
Ordering No. 9093 0009 01*
32 l/s 1/4" BSP

BSP 1/2"
BSP 1/2"
MIDI REG 15C-S a

REGULATOR
Ordering No. 9093 0009 91*

65
25 l/s A
32 l/s 1/4" BSP
48
MIDI F/RD 15C-ASb
BSP 1/2"
Regulator with lock pin Ordering No. 9093 0012 91*

~253
27 88
MIDI REG 15C-LPa SA

25 l/s
62 ~32 Ordering No. 9093 0073 51 127
MIDI F/RD 15C-BSb
32 l/s 1/8" BSP Ordering No. 9093 0013 51*
62
BSP 1/2"
Regulator, servo controlled

REGULATOR
and mounting bracket SA

87.5
25 l/s +
MIDI REG 15Ac
MIDI F/RD 15C-BESb
Ordering No. 9093 0009 61*
~165
62 ~ 32 Ordering No. 9093 0013 21*

Pressure gauge 0-10 bar
Ordering No. 9090 1172 00c
67.5
62 ~32
Assembly kit
Ordering No. 9090 2058 90c
SA
65
43 l/s 35 l/s +
MIDI FD 15C-BEb
BSP 1/2"
MIDI DIM 15C

BSP 1/2"
a
FILTER+LUBRICATOR
Ordering No. 9093 0014 11*

BSP 1/2"
BSP 1/2"
Ordering No. 9093 0010 51*

LUBRICATOR
43 l/s 127
35 l/s SA
MIDI DIM 15C-D a
MIDI FD 15C-Bb
62
~207
~165
43 l/s +
177
~135
MIDI DIM 15C-E a

62
Ordering No. 9093 0011 11* 25
a
Mounting bracket, assembly kit and gauge are included. * Available directly from stock.
226 c
Accessories for MIDI REG 15A and to connect MIDI REG 15A with MIDI-C units.
MIDI-C – 1/2" BSP / MAXI – 1" BSP
MIDI-C Pressure MIDI-C Pressure

1/2" BSP Max rec Filter Type of gauge 1/2" BSP Max rec Filter Type of gauge
FILTER+REGULATOR
FILTER+REGULATOR
43 l/s A Ø 48 43 l/s A +
25
+LUBRICATOR
+LUBRICATOR
MIDI FRD 15C-ASb MIDI FRD 15C-AESb
BSP 1/2"
~253
BSP 1/2"
~165
43 l/s SA 43 l/s SA +
189 MIDI FRD 15C-BSb MIDI FRD 15C-BESb
Ordering No. 9093 0015 31* 62 ~32 Ordering No. 9093 0015 01*
MAXI – 1" BSP

Air preparation unit MAXI main application
is to prepare the air for pneumatic tools
which are large air consumers. MAXI can
be used for large air consumers, i.e. big
grinders. MAXI has a 1" BSP connection
thread and metal housing.
assembly kits and pressure gauges must
be ordered separately. Please refer to
MAXI Max Pressure MAXI Max Pressure

1" BSP recommended Filter Type of gauge 1" BSP recommended Filter Type of gauge
90
105 l/s SA 80 l/s SA 1/4" BSP
~450
BSP 1"
BSP 1"
BSP 1"
MAXI FIL 25A-Ba MAXI F/R 25A-Ba

FILTER
REGULATOR
FILTER/
90 62
~315
~345
~313
85 l/s 1/4" BSP

90 ~32
BSP 1"
MAXI REG 25A a

BSP 1"
67 l/s
~180
SA
FILTER/REGULATOR+
REGULATOR
Ordering No. 9093 0018 91*

MAXI F/RD 25A-Bb
LUBRICATOR
90
Ordering No. 9093 0019 81*
BSP 1"
BSP 1"
~450
62 85 l/s 1/4" BSP

42.5
Regulator with lock pin

40 180 40
MAXI REG 25A-LPa
90 ~32
Ordering No. 9093 0073 81*
90
45 l/s 67 l/s SA
FILTER+REGULATOR+
MAXI DIM 25Aa MAXI FRD 25A-Bb

BSP 1"
BSP 1"
Ordering No. 9093 0019 21*

LUBRICATOR
BSP 1"
~450
LUBRICATOR
Ordering No. 9093 0020 11*

BSP 1"
90
40 270 40
255
~190
a
Mounting bracket, assembly kit and gauge are included. * Available directly from stock. 227
Accessories
MINI-K MINI-B MIDI-C MAXI
COMMON ACCESSORIES Are included in combination units (FD, FTD, F/RD and FRD).
Common accessories have to be ordered separately for separate units.
Mounting Mounting Mounting Mounting

bracket kit bracket kit bracket kit bracket kit
9090 1902 00* 9092 0063 01* 9090 1655 80* 9090 1852 90*
Assembly kit Assembly kit Assembly kit Assembly kit

9090 1901 90* 9092 0062 71* 9090 1654 00* 9090 1849 90*
FILTER (FIL) ACCESSORIES 30 µm filter element is included with all filters.
30 µm filter 30 µm filter 30 µm filter

element element element
9092 0063 31 9090 2064 00* 9090 1841 00*(FIL)
9092 0025 81*(F/R)
30 µm filter 5 µm filter 5 µm filter 5 µm filter
element element element element
9090 1898 00 9092 0063 61 9090 2065 00* 9090 1846 00*(FIL)
9092 0026 11*(F/R)
Bowl guard Bowl guard

9092 0063 91* 9090 1717 00*
REGULATOR (REG) ACCESSORIES Pressure gauge 0-10 bar is included in the combination units (F/RD and FRD).
Pressure gauge has to be ordered separately for separate units.
Pressure gauge:
0-10 bar Ø 40 mm
9090 1907 00* Pressure gauge: Pressure gauge:
0-10 bar Ø 50 mm 0-10 bar Ø 50 mm 0-10 bar Ø 63 mm
Pressure gauge: 9090 1172 00* 9090 2052 00* 9090 0238 00*
0-10 bar Ø 40 mm 0-16 bar Ø 50 mm 0-16 bar Ø 50 mm 0-16 bar Ø 63 mm
9090 1907 00* 9090 1657 00* 9090 2053 00* 9090 0239 00*
Panel mounting Panel mounting Panel mounting

pressure gauge: pressure gauge: pressure gauge:
0-10 bar 0-10 bar 0-10 bar
9090 1173 00* 9090 1173 00* 9090 1173 00*
For regulator -LP For regulator -LP For regulator -LP

Key lock Key lock Key lock
9092 0074 11* 9092 0074 11* 9092 0074 11*
LUBRICATOR (DIM) ACCESSORIES
Air distribution Air distribution Air distribution Air distribution

block kit block kit block kit block kit
9090 1900 90 9092 0064 51* 9090 1719 00* 9090 1851 90*
Bowl guard Bowl guard

9092 0063 91* 9090 1717 00*
Glass sight dome Glass sight dome Glass sight dome

9090 1121 00* 9090 1121 00* 9090 1873 00
FIL/REG (F/R) ACCESSORIES Please see filter (FIL) and regulator (REG) accessories for appropriate accessories.
228
DIRECT LUBRICATION UNITS
SINGLE-POINT LUBRICATOR DOSOL

Accurate lubrication for tools in intermit-
tent service.
The Atlas Copco DOSOL system for
direct lubrication is based on an injector
pump which meters out the oil in exact
doses, actuated by pulses of compressed
air. The oil dosage can be regulated from
a fraction of a drop to a full drop.
● Exact amount – Precision injector ad-
justable for exact amount of oil.
● Adjustable dosing – Counter allows
lubrication every first, fifth or tenth
start.
● Oil directly at the tool – The oil is
conveyed through a capillary tube di-
rectly to the lubrication point.
For supplying lubricant to a single tool.
Counter included as standard.
A single-point lubricator (SPL) consists
of an injector pump fitted to a valve body,
converting interruptions in compressed tuned to inject from 1 to 1/10 th of a drop tive stop at both maximum and minimum
air flow into pulses. In the majority of of oil in 40 steps (30 to 3 mm 3 ). This settings which means that a zero setting
cases, an oil bowl is fitted on each lubri- helps to minimize the oil dose. Every is not possible.
cator. A possible arrangement also con- DOSOL SPL unit includes as standard The preset quantity of oil is supplied to
sists of a shared oil container for several a counter with a switch that allows the the tool through a smallbore nylon tube
lubricators, each of which supplies oil to lubricator to operate every first, fifth or inside the air hose. 7.5 m of oil-filled ny-
one tool, for example on an assembly line. tenth tool cycles. lon tubing is included as standard.
Every DOSOL SPL-unit can be finely The adjusting knob features a posi-
DOUBLE CONNECTION Single-point lubricator, DOS

Connection Working Temperature
thread Air flow l/s pressure bar range oC
BSP
Model in min maxa min max min max Ordering No.
DOS 15B-C b
1/2 2.3 45 3.2 10 –30o
+60 o
8202 4201 73*
Male taper thread – male taper thread
DOS 15B-CRc 1/2 2.3 45 3.2 10 –30o +60o 8202 4202 72*
From To DOS 20B-Cb 3/4 2.3 53 3.2 10 –30o +60o 8202 4201 81*
thread thread DOS 20B-CRc 3/4 2.3 53 3.2 10 –30o +60o 8202 4202 80*
in in Ordering No.
a
At 6 bar and DP = 0.2 bar. * Available directly from stock.
1/2 BSPT 1/2 BSPT 9090 0160 00* b
With counter and 7.5 m oil-filled nylon tubing.
1/2 BSPT 3/4 BSPT 9090 0170 00* c
With 0.3 l oil container counter and 7.5 m oil-filled nylon tubing.
For more fittings see page 243-244.
Nylon tubing 3.2 mm

outside diameter
–7.5 m, oil-filled 9090 1418 00*
–7.5 m, without oil 9090 1419 00*
–100 m, with oil 9090 1420 00*
Barbed nipple for joining of
3.2 mm tubes 9090 1423 00*
Check valve for outer end of
nylon tubing dia ext. 3.2 mm 9090 2050 00
229
DIRECT LUBRICATION UNITS
MULTIPLE-POINT LUBRICATOR DOSOL ● The lubricant is conveyed through

For supplying lubricant to an unlimited small-bore nylon tubing which should
number of lubrication points on a ma- be ended with check valves.
chine or in a pneumatic system. ● With the TEN counter the lubricator
The DOSOL multiple-point lubrica- can be actuated every first, fifth or
tor (MPL) consists of a number of JECT tenth tool cycle.
01 oil metering pumps assembled into a
“package” with a common BASE base- Every DOSOL MPL unit can be finely
1 plate. A stack may contain up to ten tuned to inject from 1 to 1/10 drop of oil
JECT 01 units. Several such assemblies in 40 steps (30 to 3 mm3). This helps to
may be used together. minimize the oil dose. The adjusting knob
features a positive stop at both maximum
● All oil pumps are supplied with oil via
and minimum settings, which means that
the BASE from an oil container or cen- zero setting is not possible.
tral oil reservoir. A line for pneumatic
signals from the equipment to be lubri-
cated is also connected to the BASE.
11 13
2 3 4
12 5 6 7 8
NOTE: When the

counter TEN 15 9
is used in MPL 3
installations an
intermediate,
black plastic
5
part is used 2 3
(supplied with all 4 3 13
TEN counters)
between BASE 10
and TEN.
14 11
12
Multiple-point lubricator, BASE, JECT 01

12 16
Connection thread
Designation BSP in Ordering No. 22
BASE baseplate Plate 8202 4205 04*
– Oil port 1/4
– Air port 1/4
Clamp
– Oil port 1/4 19
– Air port 1/4 63.5
Dimensions in mm 115
JECT 01 oil pump Oil delivery port 1/8 8202 4203 10* Dimensions in mm
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES

Ref No. Designation Ordering No.
in figure Designation Ordering No. TEN-counter 8202 4206 03*
When lubricating equipment
1 Oil container 0.3 l for direct mounting 9090 1415 00*
with a very low air consump-
1 Oil container 0.95 l for wall mounting (1/4" BSP female) 9090 1416 00*
tion or very short time in oper-
1 Oil container 1.9 l for wall mounting (1/4" BSP female) 9090 1417 00*
ation it may be difficult to set a
2 Check valve 1/8" BSPT 90o elbow male x 1/8" BSP female 9090 1427 00* sufficiently small dose of oil. In
2 Check valve 1/8" BSPT, straight male x 1/8" BSP female 9090 1426 00* such cases a counter is con-
3 Male adapter 1/8" BSPT, straight for tube outer diameter 3.2 mm 9090 1425 00* nected underneath the base
4 7.5 m capillary tubing outer diameter 3.2 mm prefilled with oil 9090 1418 00* plate BASE. The oil pumps
4 7.5 m capillary tubing outer diameter 3.2 mm without oil 9090 1419 00* will then be actuated only
4 100 m capillary tubing outer diameter 3.2 mm with oil 9090 1420 00* on each, every fifth or every
tenth air pulse. The air signal
5 JECT 01 kita 8202 4203 10*
is connected to the clamp
6 Side-ported air block kit 9090 1424 00* underneath the counter.
7 Fibre packing for 1/8" BSP 0657 5742 00*
Side-ported air block kit 9090 1424 00*
8 Male adapter 1/8" BSP, straight for tube outer diameter 5 mm 9090 0714 00*
If all pumps are not to be actu-
9 Nylon tube outer diameter 5 mm (sold by the metre) 9030 0059 00* ated simultaneously, a signal
10 Counter TEN kit 8202 4206 03* block is installed between the
11 Fibre packing for 1/4" BSP 0657 5764 00* oil pumps in the stack. The
12 Male adapter 1/4" BSP, straight for tube outer diameter 8 mm 9090 0715 00* pumps below the signal block
will then be actuated via the
13 BASE kit 8202 4205 04* base plate BASE and those
14 Nylon tube, outer diameter 8 mm (sold by the metre) 9030 0060 00* above it from a separate signal
15 Barbed nipple for joining of nylon tubes outer diameter 3.2 mm 9090 1423 00* via the signal block.
a
With high temperature Viton seals 8202 4203 15. * Available directly from stock.
230
QUICK COUPLINGS
ERGOQIC and QIC

Quick couplings are the simple and defi-
nite answer whenever tools have to be
changed or for making quick connections
of hoses to an air outlet. Atlas Copco
quick couplings are the outstanding al-
ternative.
The valve in each individual coupling
is tested for leakage prior to delivery.
Carefully selected material is used in
the couplings. This permits the use of
thin material which ensures maximum
flow and slim outside dimensions.
Atlas Copco ErgoQIC full flow cou-
plings are available in two different sizes
and the QIC type in three, depending on
the air flow rate.
All couplings are available in a safety
version to comply with ISO 4414 and EN
983. These couplings have type name
ErgoQIC, QIC S and QIC SE.
For adaption to a broader market the
range of safety couplings is interchange-
able with other makes. Interchangeability
as mentioned below. The couplings are
made of steel and nipples of hardened
and zincchromated steel.
● Built for heavy duty applications. ● Many end connections.
All types and sizes feature ● Compact dimension and low weight. ● Safety feature – Means no bang or re-
● Exceptionally high air flow with mini-
● Long service life. coil when disconnecting according to
mum pressure drop, a guarantee for EN 983 and ISO 4414.
high productivity.
● One-hand operation for fast and easy
tool changing.
ErgoNIP 10
ErgoNIP 08 NIP 15/15E
NIP 10/10E NIP 08
ErgoQIC 10 ErgoQIC 08 QIC 15/15S/15SE QIC 10/10S/10SE QIC 08/08S
QIC 15 QIC 10
QIC 15S QIC 10S QIC 08
ErgoQIC 10 ErgoQIC 08 QIC 15SE QIC 10SE QIC 08S
Valve body steel hardened X X X X X

One hand operation X X X X X
Single shut off X X X X X
Ergonomic design X X
Full flow – no restrictions X X
Extremely high air flow X
231
QUICK COUPLINGS
ERGOQIC
The ErgoQIC is a totally new approach Four easy steps to connect and disconnect
to quick couplings. Upgrading any air
system with ErgoQIC will give the benefit
of more power. This leads to higher pro-
CONNECTION DISCONNECTION
ductivity and energy savings.
ErgoQIC is effective in operation and
easy to handle. Flipping the air flow on or
off is literally a pushover. The ball valve
swivels through 75o for quick connection/
disconnection and safe operation.
Safety feature according to EN 983
and ISO 4414. 1 Slot in 3 Press together
2 Straighten out 4 Bend back
ErgoQIC 08 and ErgoNIP 08
ErgoQIC 08 and ErgoNIP 08, 18 l/s (recommended air flow at 6 bar pressure)
Size Size
Connection Coupling Connection Nipple
type ErgoQIC 08 Ordering No. mm in type ErgoNIP 08 Ordering No. mm in
H – Hose H06 8202 1110 04* 6.3 1/4 H – Hose H06 8202 1210 37* 6.3 1/4
H08 8202 1110 12* 8 5/16 H08 8202 1210 45* 8 5/16
H10 8202 1110 38* 10 3/8 H10 8202 1210 52* 10 3/8
H13 8202 1110 40* 12.5 1/2 H13 8202 1210 54* 12.5 1/2
SH – Safety Hosea SH06 8202 1210 39* 6.3 1/4

SH08 8202 1210 47* 8 5/16
SH10 8202 1210 50* 10 3/8
SH13 8202 1210 55* 12.5 1/2
M – Male M08 8202 1110 61* 1/4 BSP M – Male M06 8202 1210 03* 1/8 BSP
M10 8202 1110 79* 3/8 BSP M08 8202 1210 11* 1/4 BSP
M15 8202 1110 87* 1/2 BSP M10 8202 1210 29* 3/8 BSP
M15 8202 1210 31* 1/2 BSP
F – Female F08 8202 1110 90* 1/4 BSP F – Female F08 8202 1210 60* 1/4 BSP
F10 8202 1110 95* 3/8 BSP F10 8202 1210 62* 3/8 BSP
Protective cover 9090 1940 00*
a
For joining hoses longer than 3 metres. * Available directly from stock.
232
QUICK COUPLINGS
ERGOQIC also feature FLOW CHART. ErgoQIC 08 M15 and ErgoNIP 08 M10
● Full flow with no restrictions in the coup- ∆ bar
ling, which saves energy. 0.6
● Ergonomic design, minimized connec- 0.5
tion force. 0.4
● Automatic venting as a tool connector.
0.3
● Safety nipple for automatic venting
0.2
when disconnecting hoses.
● Protective cover as optional accessory 0.1
12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 l/s
to avoid scratches.
Air flow at an inlet pressure of 6 bar.
FLOW CHART. ErgoQIC 10 M15 and ErgoNIP 10 M15

∆ bar
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
TECHNICAL DATA 0.2

ErgoQIC 08 and ErgoQIC 10 0.1
30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 l/s
Temperature rangeoC
Max. working Air flow at an inlet pressure of 6 bar.
min max pressure bar
–10 +70 16
ErgoQIC 10 and ErgoNIP 10, 47 l/s (recommended air flow at 6 bar pressure)
Size Size
type ErgoQIC 10 Ordering No. mm in type ErgoNIP 10 Ordering No. mm in
H – Hose H06 8202 1120 30* 6.3 1/4 H – Hose H06 8202 1220 35* 6.3 1/4
H08 8202 1120 40* 8 5/16 H08 8202 1220 43* 8 5/16
H10 8202 1120 02* 10 3/8 H10 8202 1220 50* 10 3/8
H13 8202 1120 10* 12.5 1/2 H13 8202 1220 68* 12.5 1/2
H16 8202 1120 50* 16 5/8 H16 8202 1220 76* 16 5/8
H20 8202 1120 60* 19 3/4 H20 8202 1220 77* 19 3/4

SH08 8202 1220 45* 8 5/16
SH10 8202 1220 52* 10 3/8
SH13 8202 1220 70* 12.5 1/2
SH16 8202 1220 74* 16 5/8
SH20 8202 1220 75* 19 3/4
M – Male M08 8202 1120 85* 1/4 BSP M – Male M08 8202 1220 01* 1/4 BSP
M10 8202 1120 93* 3/8 BSP M10 8202 1220 19* 3/8 BSP
M15 8202 1120 97* 1/2 BSP M15 8202 1220 27* 1/2 BSP
F10 8202 1121 05* 3/8 BSP F10 8202 1220 86* 3/8 BSP
F15 8202 1220 88* 1/2 BSP
Protective cover 9090 1931 00*
a
For joining hoses longer than 3 metres. * Available directly from stock.
233
QUICK COUPLINGS
QIC 08 FLOW CHART. QIC 08 M08 and NIP 08 F08

QIC couplings are the traditional but sure
∆P
answer when hoses have to be changed bar
from one air tool to another or for mak- 0.5
ing fast connections to an air outlet. The
0.4
small size of the QIC couplings makes
them easy and convenient to work with 0.3
in combination with air tools. 0.2
Interchangeability: 0.1
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 l/s
QIC 08 standard according to American Air flow at an inlet pressure of 6 bar.
Military Standard MIL-C 4109C, inter-
changeable with CEJN 310. TEMA 1400,
Rectus 23/24. Prevost IRM ISC IRC,
JSC 06, Legris 23/24, Hansen 3000 &
Auto flo 22, Foster 3000, ARO 23-23902,
(US Military Standard 5.3).
TECHNICAL DATA
Temperature rangeoC
Max. working
QIC 08 and NIP 08
–20 +80 16
QIC 08 and NIP 08, 11 l/s (recommended air flow at 6 bar pressure)
Size Size
type QIC 08 Ordering No. mm in type NIP 08 Ordering No. mm in
H – Hose H06 8202 1300 04* 6.3 1/4 H – Hose H06 8202 1205 18* 6.3 1/4
H08 8202 1300 12* 8 5/16 H08 8202 1205 26* 8 5/16
H10 8202 1300 20* 10 3/8 H10 8202 1205 34* 10 3/8
M – Male thread M08 8202 1300 38* 1/4 BSP M – Male thread M06 8202 1205 42* 1/8 BSP
M10 8202 1300 46* 3/8 BSP M08 8202 1205 59* 1/4 BSP
M10 8202 1205 67* 3/8 BSP
F – Female thread F08 8202 1300 53* 1/4 BSP F – Female thread F08 8202 1205 83* 1/4 BSP
F10 8202 1300 61* 3/8 BSP F10 8202 1205 91* 3/8 BSP
234
QUICK COUPLINGS
QIC 08S (Safety coupling)

With the new QIC 08S coupling you can Five easy steps to connect and disconnect
be assured that you are ready to meet
the toughest challenges of tomorrow.
QIC 08S is made of hardened steel an is
capable of withstanding rough treatment.
Each coupling is tested for leakage prior
to delivery.
Features: 1 Slot in 3 Pull locking sleeve back
● Safety mechanism that fully complies
with ISO 4414 and EN 983.

● Hose whip safety function.
● One-hand operation for fast and easy 2 Press together 4 Press gently together again
tool changing.
● Exceptionally high air flow even at low
pressure drop.
● Compact dimensions and low weight.
5 Disconnect gently
● Solid steel coupling.
● Total interchangeability with existing
QIC 08 couplings. FLOW CHART. QIC 08S M08 and NIP 08 F08
∆P
bar
Interchangeable with other makes:
0.5
CEJN 310, TEMA 1400, Rectus 23/24.
Prevost IRM ISC IRC, JSC 06, Legris 0.4
23/24, Hansen 3000 & 0.3
Auto flo 22, Foster 3000,
ARO 23-23902, (US Mili- 0.2
tary Standard 5.3). 0.1
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 l/s
TECHNICAL DATA
QIC 08S has a yellow
locking sleeve. Temperature rangeoC
Max. working
–20 +80 16
QIC 08S and NIP 08, 11 l/s (recommended air flow at 6 bar pressure)
Size Size
type QIC 08S Ordering No. mm in type NIP 08 Ordering No. mm in
H – Hose Two package H06-2 8202 1300 07* 6.3 1/4 H – Hose H06 8202 1205 18* 6.3 1/4
H08-2 8202 1300 16* 8 5/16 H08 8202 1205 26* 8 5/16
H10-2 8202 1300 26* 10 3/8 H10 8202 1205 34* 10 3/8
Ten package H06-10 8202 1300 08* 6.3 1/4
H08-10 8202 1300 17* 8 5/16
H10-10 8202 1300 27* 10 3/8
M – Male Two package M08-2 8202 1300 41* 1/4 BSP M – Male thread M06 8202 1205 42* 1/8 BSP
thread M10-2 8202 1300 51* 3/8 BSP M08 8202 1205 59* 1/4 BSP
Ten package M08-10 8202 1300 42* 1/4 BSP M10 8202 1205 67* 3/8 BSP
M10-10 8202 1300 52* 3/8 BSP
F – Female Two package F08-2 8202 1300 56* 1/4 BSP F – Female thread F08 8202 1205 83* 1/4 BSP
thread F10-2 8202 1300 66* 3/8 BSP F10 8202 1205 91* 3/8 BSP
Ten package F08-10 8202 1300 57* 1/4 BSP
F10-10 8202 1300 67* 3/8 BSP
235
QUICK COUPLINGS
QIC 10 FLOW CHART. QIC 10 M10 and NIP 10 M10

QIC couplings are the traditional but sure ∆P
answer when hoses have to be changed bar
from one air tool to another or for mak- 0.5
ing fast connections to an air outlet. The 0.4
small size of the QIC couplings makes
0.3
them easy and convenient to work with in
combination with air tools. 0.2
0.1
Interchangeability: 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 l/s
QIC 10 is interchangeable with TEMA se- Air flow at an inlet pressure of 6 bar.
ries 1650 and Rectus series 33.
QIC 10 and NIP 10 TECHNICAL DATA
Temperature rangeoC
Max. working
–20 +80 16
Size Size
H – Hose H06 8202 1302 02* 6.3 1/4 H – Hose H06 8202 1202 11* 6.3 1/4
H08 8202 1302 10* 8 5/16 H08 8202 1202 94* 8 5/16
H10 8202 1302 28* 10 3/8 H10 8202 1202 29* 10 3/8
H13 8202 1302 34* 12.5 1/2 H13 8202 1202 34* 12.5 1/2

SH08 8202 1203 36* 8 5/16
SH10 8202 1203 28* 10 3/8
M10 8202 1302 44* 3/8 BSP M08 8202 1202 45* 1/4 BSP
M10 8202 1202 52* 3/8 BSP
MT – Male taper thread MT15 8202 1302 51* 1/2 BSPT MT – Male taper thread MT08 8202 1202 60* 1/4 BSPT
MT10 8202 1202 78* 3/8 BSPT
MT15 8202 1203 02* 1/2 BSPT
a
For hoses longer than 3 metres. * Available directly from stock.
236
QUICK COUPLINGS
QIC 10S (Safety coupling) Five easy steps to connect and disconnect
With the new QIC 10S coupling you can
to delivery. 1 Slot in 3 Pull locking sleeve back
Features:
with ISO 4414 and EN 983. 2 Press together 4 Press gently together again
tool changing.
● Exceptionally high air flow even at low 5 Disconnect gently
pressure drop.
● Compact dimensions and low weight. FLOW CHART. QIC 10S M10 and NIP 10 M10
● Solid steel coupling. ∆P
bar
● Total interchangeability with existing 0.5
QIC 10 couplings.
0.4
0.3
Interchangeable with
other makes: 0.2
Tema series 1650 and 0.1
Rectus series 33. 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 l/s
QIC 10S has a yellow

locking sleeve. TECHNICAL DATA
Temperature rangeoC
Max. working
–20 +80 16
Connection Coupling Size Connection Nipple Size
H – Hose Two package H06-2 8202 1302 06 6.3 1/4 H – Hose H06 8202 1202 11* 6.3 1/4
H08-2 8202 1302 16 8 5/16 H08 8202 1202 94* 8 5/16
H10-2 8202 1302 31 10 3/8 H10 8202 1202 29* 10 3/8
H13-2 8202 1302 37 12.5 1/2 H13 8202 1202 34* 12.5 1/2
Ten package H06-10 8202 1302 07 6.3 1/4
H08-10 8202 1302 17 8 5/16
H10-10 8202 1302 32 10 3/8
H13-10 8202 1302 38 12.5 1/2
M – Male Two package M08-2 8202 1302 41 1/4 BSP M – Male thread M06 8202 1202 37* 1/8 BSP
thread M10-2 8202 1302 52 3/8 BSP M08 8202 1202 45* 1/4 BSP
Ten package M08-10 8202 1302 42 1/4 BSP M10 8202 1202 52* 3/8 BSP
M10-10 8202 1302 53 3/8 BSP
MT – Male Two package MT15-2 8202 1302 56 1/2 BSPT MT – Male taper thread MT08 8202 1202 60* 1/4 BSPT
taper thread Ten package MT15-10 8202 1302 57 1/2 BSPT MT10 8202 1202 78* 3/8 BSPT
MT15 8202 1203 02* 1/2 BSPT
F – Female Two package F08-2 8202 1302 76 1/4 BSP F – Female F08 8202 1202 86* 1/4 BSP
Ten package F08-10 8202 1302 77 1/4 BSP
237
QUICK COUPLINGS
QIC 10SE (Safety coupling)

Five easy steps to connect and disconnect
With the new QIC 10SE coupling you
can be assured that you are ready to CONNECTION DISCONNECTION
meet the toughest challenges of tomor-
row. QIC 10SE is made of hardened
steel an is capable of withstanding rough
treatment. Each coupling is tested for
leakage prior to delivery. 1 Slot in 3 Pull locking sleeve back
Features:

● Hose whip safety function. 2 Press together 4 Press gently together again
tool changing.
pressure drop. 5 Disconnect gently
FLOW CHART. QIC 10SE M10 and NIP 10E M10
∆P
bar
0.5
Interchangeable with other
makes: 0.4
CEJN 320, TEMA 1600, 0.3
Hansen Auto Flo 24,
Legris 25-26, Parker In- 0.2
tercheck 35, Prevost ESC 0.1
07, Rectus 25-26, JWL 520, 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 l/s
(Eurostandard 7.4). Air flow at an inlet pressure of 6 bar.
TECHNICAL DATA
QIC 10SE has a black Temperature rangeoC
Max. working
locking sleeve. min max pressure bar
–20 +80 16
QIC 10SE and NIP 10E, 20 l/s (recommended air flow at 6 bar pressure)
type QIC 10SE Ordering No. mm in type NIP 10E Ordering No. mm in
H – Hose Two package H06-2 8202 1303 02* 6.3 1/4 H – Hose Two package H05-2 8202 1204 01* 5 3/16
H08-2 8202 1303 04* 8 5/16 H06-2 8202 1204 06* 6.3 1/4
H10-2 8202 1303 06* 10 3/8 H08-2 8202 1204 11* 8 5/16
H13-2 8202 1303 08* 12.5 1/2 H10-2 8202 1204 16* 10 3/8
Ten package H06-10 8202 1303 03* 6.3 1/4 H13-2 8202 1204 21* 12.5 1/2
H08-10 8202 1303 05* 8 5/16 Ten package H05-10 8202 1204 02* 5 3/16
H10-10 8202 1303 07* 10 3/8 H06-10 8202 1204 07* 6.3 1/4
H13-10 8202 1303 09* 12.5 1/2 H08-10 8202 1204 12* 8 5/16
H10-10 8202 1204 17* 10 3/8
H13-10 8202 1204 22* 12.5 1/2
M – Male Two package M08-2 8202 1303 10* 1/4 BSP M – Male Two package M06-2 8202 1204 26* 1/8 BSP
thread M10-2 8202 1303 12* 3/8 BSP thread M08-2 8202 1204 31* 1/4 BSP
Ten package M08-10 8202 1303 11* 1/4 BSP M10-2 8202 1204 36* 3/8 BSP
M10-10 8202 1303 13* 3/8 BSP Ten package M06-10 8202 1204 27* 1/8 BSP
M08-10 8202 1204 32* 1/4 BSP
M10-10 8202 1204 37* 3/8 BSP
MT – Male taper Two package MT15-2 8202 1303 14* 1/2 BSPT MT – Male Two package MT08-2 8202 1204 41* 1/4 BSPT
thread Ten package MT15-10 8202 1303 15* 1/2 BSPT taper thread MT10-2 8202 1204 46* 3/8 BSPT
MT15-2 8202 1204 51* 1/2 BSPT
Ten package MT08-10 8202 1204 42* 1/4 BSPT
MT10-10 8202 1204 47* 3/8 BSPT
MT15-10 8202 1204 52* 1/2 BSPT
F – Female Two package F08-2 8202 1303 16 1/4 BSP F – Female Two package F08-2 8202 1204 56* 1/4 BSP
F10-2 8202 1303 31 3/4 BSP Ten package F08-10 8202 1303 17 1/4 BSP
F15-2 8202 1303 34 1/2 BSP
Ten package F08-10 8202 1204 57* 1/4 BSP
F10-10 8202 1303 32 3/8 BSP
F15-10 8202 1303 35 1/2 BSP
238
QUICK COUPLINGS
QIC 15 FLOW CHART. QIC 15 M15 and NIP 15 F15

QIC couplings are the traditional but sure ∆P
bar
answer when hoses have to be changed
0.5
from one air tool to another or for mak-
ing fast connections to an air outlet. The 0.4
small size of the QIC couplings makes 0.3
them easy and convenient to work with
in combination with air tools. 0.2
0.1
Interchangeability: 30 33 36 39 42 45 48 51 54 57 l/s
Interchangeable with TEMA series 1750 Air flow at an inlet pressure of 6 bar.
and Rectus series 34.
OIC 15 and NIP 15
TECHNICAL DATA
Temperature rangeoC
Max. working
–20 +80 10

H – Hose H10 8202 1304 00* 10 3/8 H – Hose H06 8202 1251 03* 6.3 1/4
H13 8202 1304 18* 12.5 1/2 H08 8202 1252 28* 8 5/16
H16 8202 1304 26* 16 5/8 H10 8202 1251 11* 10 3/8
H13 8202 1251 29* 12.5 1/2
H16 8202 1251 37* 16 5/8
SH – Safety Hosea SH10 8202 1203 44* 10 3/8

SH13 8202 1203 51* 12.5 1/2
SH16 8202 1203 69* 16 5/8
M10 8202 1304 42* 3/8 BSP M15 8202 1251 52* 1/2 BSP
M15 8202 1304 59* 1/2 BSP
MT – Male taper thread MT08 8202 1251 60* 1/4 BSPT

MT10 8202 1251 78* 3/8 BSPT
MT15 8202 1251 86* 1/2 BSPT
F – Female thread F15 8202 1304 67* 1/2 BSP F – Female thread F08 8202 1251 94* 1/4 BSP
F10 8202 1252 02* 3/8 BSP
F15 8202 1252 10* 1/2 BSP
a
For hoses longer than 3 metres. * Available directly from stock.
239
QUICK COUPLINGS
QIC 15S (Safety coupling) Five easy steps to connect and disconnect
With the new QIC 15S coupling you can CONNECTION DISCONNECTION
to delivery. 1 Slot in 3 Pull locking sleeve back
Features:
2 Press together 4 Press gently together again
tool changing.
FLOW CHART. QIC 15S M15 and NIP 15 F15
● Solid steel coupling. ∆P
● Total interchangeability with existing bar
QIC 15 couplings. 0.5
0.4
Interchangeable with 0.3

other makes:
0.2
TEMA series 1750 and R
Rectus series 34. 0.1
30 33 36 39 42 45 48 51 54 57 l/s
QIC 15S has a yellow TECHNICAL DATA

locking sleeve.
Temperature rangeoC
Max. working
–20 +80 10

H – Hose Two package H10-2 8202 1304 06* 10 3/8 H – Hose H06 8202 1251 03* 6.3 1/4
H13-2 8202 1304 21* 12.5 1/2 H08 8202 1252 28* 8 5/16
H16-2 8202 1304 31* 16 5/8 H10 8202 1251 11* 10 3/8
Ten package H10-10 8202 1304 07* 10 3/8 H13 8202 1251 29* 12.5 1/2
H13-10 8202 1304 22* 12.5 1/2 H16 8202 1251 37* 16 5/8
H16-10 8202 1304 32* 16 5/8
M – Male Two package M08-2 8202 1304 36* 1/4 BSP M – Male thread M10 8202 1251 45* 3/8 BSP
thread M10-2 8202 1304 46* 3/8 BSP M15 8202 1251 52* 1/2 BSP
M15-2 8202 1304 66* 1/2 BSP
Ten package M08-10 8202 1304 37* 1/4 BSP
M10-10 8202 1304 47* 3/8 BSP
M15-10 8202 1304 69* 1/2 BSP
MT – Male taper thread MT08 8202 1251 60* 1/4 BSPT

MT10 8202 1251 78* 3/8 BSPT
MT15 8202 1251 86* 1/2 BSPT
F – Female Two package F15-2 8202 1304 71* 1/2 BSP F – Female thread F08 8202 1251 94* 1/4 BSP
thread Ten package F15-10 8202 1304 72* 1/2 BSP F10 8202 1252 02* 3/8 BSP
F15 8202 1252 10* 1/2 BSP
240
QUICK COUPLINGS
QIC 15SE (Safety coupling) Five easy steps to connect and disconnect
With the new QIC 15SE coupling you can
QIC 15SE is made of hardened steel an
is capable of withstanding rough treat-
ment. Each coupling is tested for leak-
age prior to delivery. 1 Slot in 3 Pull locking sleeve back
Features:
● Hose whip safety function. 2 Press together 4 Press gently together again
tool changing.
FLOW CHART. QIC 15SE M15 and NIP 15E F15
∆P
bar
0.5
Interchangeable with
other makes: 0.4
CEJN 410, TEMA 1700, 0.3
Legris 27, Parker Inter-
check 55, Rectus 27, 0.2
(Euro standard 10.4). 0.1
30 33 36 39 42 45 48 51 54 57 l/s
TECHNICAL DATA
QIC 15SE has a black
Temperature rangeoC
locking sleeve. Max. working
–20 +80 10
QIC 15SE and NIP 15E, 37 l/s (recommended air flow at 6 bar pressure)
type QIC 15SE Ordering No. mm in type NIP 15E Ordering No. mm in
H – Hose Two package H10-2 8202 1305 02* 10 3/8 H – Hose Two package H06-2 8202 1253 01* 6.3 1/4
H13-2 8202 1305 04* 12.5 1/2 H08-2 8202 1253 06* 8 5/16
H16-2 8202 1305 06* 16 5/8 H10-2 8202 1253 11* 10 3/8
Ten package H10-10 8202 1305 03* 10 3/8 H13-2 8202 1253 16* 12.5 1/2
H13-10 8202 1305 05* 12.5 1/2 H16-2 8202 1253 21* 16 5/8
H16-10 8202 1305 07* 16 5/8 Ten package H06-10 8202 1253 02* 6.3 1/4
H08-10 8202 1253 07* 8 5/16
H10-10 8202 1253 12* 10 3/8
H13-10 8202 1253 17* 12.5 1/2
H16-10 8202 1253 22* 16 5/8
M – Male Two package M08-2 8202 1305 08* 1/4 BSP M – Male Two package M10-2 8202 1253 26* 3/8 BSP
thread M10-2 8202 1305 10* 3/8 BSP thread M15-2 8202 1253 31* 1/2 BSP
M15-2 8202 1305 12* 1/2 BSP Ten package M10-10 8202 1253 27* 3/8 BSP
Ten package M08-10 8202 1305 09* 1/4 BSP M15-10 8202 1253 32* 1/2 BSP
M10-10 8202 1305 11* 3/8 BSP
M15-10 8202 1305 13* 1/2 BSP
MT – Male Two package MT08-2 8202 1253 36* 1/4 BSPT

taper thread MT10-2 8202 1253 41* 3/8 BSPT
MT15-2 8202 1253 46* 1/2 BSPT
Ten package MT08-10 8202 1253 37* 1/4 BSPT
MT10-10 8202 1253 42* 3/8 BSPT
MT15-10 8202 1253 47* 1/2 BSPT
F – Female Two package F15-2 8202 1305 14* 1/2 BSP F – Female Two package F08-2 8202 1253 51* 1/4 BSP
thread Ten package F15-10 8202 1305 15* 1/2 BSP thread F10-2 8202 1253 56* 3/8 BSP
F15-2 8202 1253 61* 1/2 BSP
T Ten package F08-10 8202 1253 52* 1/4 BSP
F10-10 8202 1253 57* 3/8 BSP
F15-10 8202 1253 62* 1/2 BSP

241
CLAW COUPLINGS
CLAW couplings made of dropforged, hardened steel which FLOW CHART. For 2 pieces of CLAW
can withstand rough treatment and ensures a long life even
under difficult conditions. The coupling head is the same for all ∆P
bar
sizes, which can therefore be freely combined. 0.20
The recommended maximum working pressure is 10 bar. 0.15
● Large bore – machined surfaces give low air resistance and 0.10
minimum pressure drop. 0.05
● Robust claws – withstand rough handling without deforma- 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
tion. Air flow at an inlet pressure of 6 bar.
l/s
● Locking lugs – precision-made to provide a reliable lock.
● Special rubber packings – resistant to oil and temperature
changes. Max temperature 80oC (176oF).

● Packing seats – lathe-turned grooves ensure a leak-proof
seal.
● Couplings are zinc-plated and thus effectively treated against
corrosion. ORDERING INFORMATION

The coupling head is the same for all sizes, which can there-
fore be freely combined. One packing is required for each
coupling.
Improved working safety
1. The LNH-type (CLAW coupling with lock nut) will always
give a safe locking. Use one LNH coupling with either H,
M or F type of coupling
OR
2. Use safety lock spring for safe locking of H, M and F type.
For each pair of couplings one safe lock spring is required.
CLAW
Size
Connection Coupling Bore
type CLAW Ordering No. mm in B, mm
H – Hose H06 9000 0308 00* 6.3 1/4 5.0

H10 9000 0309 00* 10 3/8 8.0
H13 9000 0310 00* 12.5 1/2 10.5
H16 9000 0311 00* 16 5/8 13.5
H20 9000 0312 00* 19 3/4 17.0
H25 9000 0313 00* 25 1 22.0
LNH – Lock nut, Hose LNH10 9000 0260 00* 10 3/8 8.0
LNH13 9000 0261 00* 12.5 1/2 10.5
LNH16 9000 0262 00* 16 5/8 13.5
LNH20 9000 0263 00* 19 3/4 17.2
LNH25 9000 0264 00* 25 1 22.0
M – Male thread M10 9000 0300 00* 3/8 BSP 11.2

M15 9000 0301 00* 1/2 BSP 14.8
M20 9000 0302 00* 3/4 BSP 19.0
M25 9000 0303 00* 1 BSP 25.5
F – Female thread F10 9000 0304 00* 3/8 BSP 15.0

F15 9000 0305 00* 1/2 BSP 18.6
F20 9000 0306 00* 3/4 BSP 24.0
F25 9000 0307 00* 1 BSP 25.0
Extra packing for For type H, M and F 9000 0000 00* (+80oC), 9000 0000 01* (+200oC)a
CLAW couplings For LNH10, -13 and -16 9000 0015 00*
For LNH20 and -25 9000 0268 00* (+80oC), 9000 0319 00 (+200oC)a
Safety lock spring 3176 8640 90 25 pieces
a
Viton-green. * Available directly from stock.
242
FITTINGS
SIMPLE PRESSURE CLAMPS FOR PVC HOSES MEDIUM PRESSURE CLAMPS FOR PVC HOSES
One-lugged Medium clamp

For For steel clamp For For worm drive
CABLAIR PVC mm Ordering No. CABLAIR PVC, POLUR mm Ordering No.
– – 5.2- 6.2 0347 0122 18* – – 8.0-14.0 0347 6102 00*
– – 5.9- 7.0 0347 0122 19* – 08 11.0-17.0 0347 6103 00*
– 03 7.0- 8.5 0347 0122 05* – 10 11.0-17.0 0347 6103 00*
06 05 8.5-10.0 0347 0122 06* – – 13.0-20.0 0347 6104 00*
08 06 9.8-11.8 0347 0122 07* 16 13 15.0-24.0 0347 6105 00*
– 08 11.3-13.3 0347 0122 08* 20 16 19.0-28.0 0347 6106 00*
10 – 12.8-14.8 0347 0122 09* – 20 22.0-32.0 0347 6107 00*
– 10 14.6-16.8 0347 0122 10* 25 25 26.0-38.0 0347 6109 00*
13 – 16.5-18.8 0347 0122 11* – – 32.0-44.0 0347 6111 00*
– 13 18.0-20.3 0347 0122 12* – – 38.0-50.0 0347 6112 00
16 – 20.2-22.8 0347 0122 13* – – 50.0-65.0 0347 6113 00*
– – 22.0-24.8 0347 0122 14*
20 – 23.3-26.3 0347 0122 15*
– – 26.5-30.0 0347 0122 16*
25 – 29.8-33.1 0347 0122 22*
MEDIUM PRESSURE CLAMPS FOR RUBBER HOSES HEAVY-DUTY PRESSURE CLAMPS FOR RUBBER HOSES
Medium clamp Heavy-duty

For For worm drive For For clamp
TURBO RUBAIR mm Ordering No. TURBO RUBAIR mm Ordering No.
– 06 11.0-17.0 0347 6103 00* – – 22.0-25.0 9000 0194 00*
13 10 13.0-20.0 0347 6104 00* 20 16 25.0-28.0 9000 0195 00*
16 13 15.0-24.0 0347 6105 00* – 20 29.0-32.0 9000 0196 00*
– 16 19.0-28.0 0347 6106 00* – 25 34.0-38.0 9000 0197 00*
20 – 22.0-32.0 0347 6107 00*
– 20 26.0-38.0 0347 6109 00*
HOSE CONNECTION GASKETS
Male thread – hose nipple
Hose size
Thread For couplings Fibre gasket between
in mm in Ordering No. with parallel material and nipple
thread Ordering No.
1/8 BSP 3.2 1/8 9000 0523 00*
1/8 BSPT 5 3/16 4010 0031 00*
M5 0657 5710 00*
1/8 BSPT 6.3 1/4 9000 0240 00*
1/8" BSP 0657 5742 00*
1/4 BSP 3.2 1/8 9000 0524 00*
1/4" BSP 0657 5764 00*
1/4 BSPT 6.3 1/4 9000 0241 00*
3/8" BSP 0657 5785 00*
1/4 BSPT 8 5/16 9090 1715 00*
1/2" BSP 0653 0500 01*
1/4 BSPT 10 3/8 9000 0247 00*
3/4" BSP 0657 5823 00*
3/8 BSPT 10 3/8 9000 0242 00*
1" BSP 0657 5830 00*
3/8 BSPT 12.5 1/2 9000 0248 00*
1/2 BSPT 12.5 1/2 9000 0243 00* * Available directly from stock.
1/2 BSPT 16 5/8 9000 0244 00*
1/2 BSPT 20 3/4 4150 0429 00*
3/4 BSPT 20 3/4 9000 0245 00*
1 BSPT 25 1 9000 0246 00*
243
FITTINGS
REDUCING NIPPLE BUSHING
In brass Male thread – female thread

Female thread Male thread Male Female
thread thread
in in Ordering No.
in in Ordering No.
1/4 BSP 1/8 BSP 9721 4000 94* 1/4 BSP 1/8 BSP 9090 0799 00*
3/8 BSP 1/4 BSP 9721 4000 92* 3/8 BSP 1/4 BSP 9090 0798 00*
1/2 BSP 3/8 BSP 9721 4000 93* 1/2 BSP 1/4 BSP 9090 1469 00*
1/2 BSP 3/8 BSP 9090 0797 00*
3/4 BSP 1/2 BSP 9090 0796 00*
1 BSPT 3/4 BSP 9090 0795 00*
SWIVELS HOSE CONNECTION WITH CLAMP NUT fig. 1

AND SPRING GUARD
fig. 1
fig. 2
Recommended flow max 10 l/s
Air outlet Max Swivel
Air Male bend from Clamp nut, brass. See fig. 1
inlet BSP centre line Ordering No. Hose diameter
Outside/Inside Male thread
1/4 BSPa 1/4 45° 4210 3135 00* mm in Ordering No.
5/16" hose 1/4 30° 4210 3134 80*
10/8a 1/4 BSP 9721 4002 89*
a
Female thread. * Available directly from stock. 10/8a 3/8 BSP 9721 4002 90*
12/9 1/4 BSP 9721 4000 86
12/10b 3/8 BSP 9721 4000 88
15/12.5c 1/2 BSP 9721 4000 89*
DOUBLE CONNECTION Male threaded hose nipple with clamp nut should be used with female threaded
quick couplings.
Male taper thread – male taper thread Spring guard in steel. See fig. 2
From To Hose diameter
thread thread Outside/Inside
in in Ordering No. mm Ordering No.
1/8 BSPT 1/8 BSPT 9090 0100 00* 10/8a 9721 4002 88*
1/8 BSPT 1/4 BSPT 9090 0110 00* 12/10b 9721 4000 91
1/4 BSPT 1/4 BSPT 9090 0120 00* 15/12c 9721 4002 85*
1/4 BSPT 3/8 BSPT 9090 0130 00*
3/8 BSPT 3/8 BSPT 9090 0140 00* The spring guard should be used with the clamp nut above.
3/8 BSPT 1/2 BSPT 9090 0150 00* a
CABLAIR 08 b
CABLAIR 10 c
CABLAIR 13
1/2 BSPT 1/2 BSPT 9090 0160 00*
1/2 BSPT 3/4 BSPT 9090 0170 00*
3/4 BSPT 3/4 BSPT 9090 0180 00*
3/4 BSPT 1 BSPT 9090 0190 00*
1 BSPT 1 BSPT 9090 0200 00*
DOUBLE ADJUSTABLE CONNECTION SEALING RINGS
Male thread – male thread

From To Rubber spare
thread thread For coupling sealing ring for
in in Ordering No. with thread adjustable connections
in Ordering No.
1/2 BSP 1/2 BSP 9090 0806 00* 1/2 BSP 9090 0884 00*
1 BSP 9090 0886 00*
244
BLOW PROTECTOR
BLOCK
When a fitting comes loose from a pres- of air flow under full load must
surized hose, the hose starts blowing be increased by 50% when se-
compressed air in an uncontrolled way. lecting blow protector of impact
The blow protector shuts off the airflow wrenches and pulse tools as
and thus minimizes the risk of personal there will otherwise be a risk for
injuries and any damage of the work- shut-off at free running.
piece and surrounding. BLOCK has automatic reset.
The selection parameters are the air When the air is switched on again
pressure and the air flow. For proper the valve in BLOCK opens and is
function the air pressure should be set automatically reset.
on 7 bar in order to reach 6 bar at the Selection from the tables; There
air tool. The air flow is determined by the are two tables below, the first is for
air consumption of the tool and the hose choosing a blow protector for standard
length. hoses, the other for choosing a blow
When working with impact wrenches protector for spiral hoses and hose
and pulse tools care must be taken in balancers.
the choice of blow protector. The value
BLOCK
First hose Second hose
Selecting table using standard hoses Female

First hose Second hose
The air flow, hose length and hose siz- Air flow Shut off thread
air tool length size length size air flow BSP
es must all be within the recommended
l/s m mm m mm l/s Product in Ordering No.
range in order to choose the right model
of blow protector. The second hose is
only used when hoses longer than 20 m 0- 5 1- 5 6.3 0 – 7.8 BLOCK 08L 1/4 8202 0100 50*
0- 5 6-10 8 0 – 13 BLOCK 08H 1/4 8202 0100 52*
are used. The second hose will always
0- 8 1- 5 8 0 – 13 BLOCK 08H 1/4 8202 0100 52*
be 20 m and the first hose will be cut to 0- 8 6-10 10 0 – 13 BLOCK 08H 1/4 8202 0100 52*
the right length. 0-10 1-10 10 0 – 13 BLOCK 08H 1/4 8202 0100 52*
Use couplings in your installation with 0-10 11-20 12.5 0 – 13 BLOCK 08H 1/4 8202 0100 52*
high air flow capacity such as QIC 10, 0-14 1- 5 10 0 – 18 BLOCK 10L 3/8 8202 0100 54*
QIC 15, ErgoQIC 08, ErgoQIC 10 and 0-14 6-10 13 0 – 18 BLOCK 10L 3/8 8202 0100 54*
0-15 11-20 16 0 – 32 BLOCK 10H 3/8 8202 0100 56*
CLAW or simular couplings to ensure
0-25 1- 5 12.5 0 – 32 BLOCK 10H 3/8 8202 0100 56*
proper use of the blow protector. 0-25 6-10 16 0 – 32 BLOCK 10H 3/8 8202 0100 56*
0-35 1- 5 12.5 0 – 45 BLOCK 15H 1/2 8202 0100 58*
0-35 6-10 16 0 – 45 BLOCK 15H 1/2 8202 0100 58*
0-35 11-20 19 0 – 45 BLOCK 15H 1/2 8202 0100 58*
0-60 1-10 19 0 – 75 BLOCK 20H 3/4 8202 0100 60*
0-60 1-10 19 20 25 75 BLOCK 20H 3/4 8202 0100 60*
0-70 1- 7 19 0 25 86 BLOCK 25H 1 8202 0100 62*
0-70 8-20 25 0 25 86 BLOCK 25H 1 8202 0100 62*
0-70 1-20 25 20 25 86 BLOCK 25H 1 8202 0100 62*
BLOCK
Spiral hose 16 mm hose
Selection table when using spiral

Spiral hose or balancer
hoses and hose balancers Female
The airflow, spiral hose and hose bal- Air flow Hose Hose Shut off thread
ancer must all be within recommended air tool length size air flow BSP
l/s Model m mm l/s Product in Ordering No.
range in order to choose the right model
of the blow protector BLOCK. 0- 4 SPI 06-3 2.5 6 8.3 BLOCK 08L 1/4 8202 0100 50*
The second hose, only used when 0- 6 HRIL 3 1.4 – 8.3 BLOCK 08L 1/4 8202 0100 50*
needed, is a 16 mm normal hose with a 0- 6 SPI 1S 2.0 6 8.3 BLOCK 08L 1/4 8202 0100 50*
maximum length of 5 metre. The second 0- 6 SPI 2L 6.0 8 8.3 BLOCK 08L 1/4 8202 0100 50*
hose shall be placed between BLOCK 0- 8 HRIL 4 1.1 – 14 BLOCK 08H 1/4 8202 0100 52*
0- 8 SPI 09-3 2.5 9 14 BLOCK 08H 1/4 8202 0100 52*
and FRl, unit.
0- 8 SPI 2M 4.0 8 14 BLOCK 08H 1/4 8202 0100 52*
0-11 SPI 2S 3.0 8 14 BLOCK 08H 1/4 8202 0100 52*
0-11 SPI 2L 6.0 11 14 BLOCK 08H 1/4 8202 0100 52*
0-15 SPI 3M 4.0 11 19 BLOCK 10L 3/8 8202 0100 54*
0-20 SPI 3S 3.0 11 32 BLOCK 10H 3/8 8202 0100 56*
245
HOSES
PVC HOSES
Strong for heavy-duty applications
The PVC hose has high resistance to
abrasion, which makes it the ideal hose
for tough working conditions such as
workshops, factories, garages, etc. It is
mainly recommended for indoor use.
The PVC hose is available in 9 diam-
eters ranging from 3 mm to 25 mm (1/8"
to 1" inside diameter) to suit a wide vari-
ety of fittings.
● Transparent – facilitates inspection.
● Pliable – easily follows working move-
ments.
● Long service life.
● Inside diameter according to ISO
4397.
● Working temperature between –25oC
PVC hose
and +60oC.
Max Weight
● Easy to handle – supplied in 30 me-
Inside dia Outside working Max rec per
tre coils. dia pressurea air flowb 30 m coil
● Blue colour – The international identi- Model mm in mm bar l/s kg Ordering No.
fication colour for compressed air. PVC 03 3.2 1/8 7 20 0.7 1.4 9093 0037 21
PVC 05c 5 3/16 9 18 2.1 1.9 9093 0037 51
The PVC hose can also be used in many PVC 06d 6.3 1/4 11 18 4 2.5 9093 0037 81*
other fields to carry fluids. PVC 08 8 5/16 12 18 7.5 2.9 9093 0038 11*
Complete hose sets, see installation pro- PVC 10 10 3/8 14 14 13 3.7 9093 0038 41*
PVC 13 12.5 1/2 18 13 21 5.9 9093 0038 71*
posals page 256-264. PVC 16 16 5/8 22 12 43 7.2 9093 0039 01*
PVC 20 19 3/4 25 12 75 8.3 9093 0039 31
PVC 25 25 1 32 11 125 12.5 9093 0039 61
CABLAIR HOSES
Superlight flexible PVC-hose
CABLAIR is made of high-strength, high-
performance PVC-material in combina-
tion with optimum braid angle polyester-
reinforced fibres. CABLAIR can withstand
the same pressures and temperatures
as standard hoses. CABLAIR is recom-
mended for indoor use.
● Low weight – Extremely low weight,
30-50% less than conventional hoses

– in combination with low-weight tools
this makes an ideal ergonomic solu-
tion.
● Soft and flexible – Extremely flexible
– softer than ordinary PVC-hoses.

● Easy to handle – supplied in 30 metre
coils wrapped in shrink film. CABLAIR hose

● Working temperature –25 o C to Max Weight
+60oC.
dia pressurea air flowb 30 m coil
● Inside diameter according to ISO Model mm in mm bar l/s kg Ordering No.
4397. CABLAIR 06 6.3 1/4 9 18 4 1.2 9093 0035 11*
● Patents pending.
CABLAIR 08 8 5/16 10.5 18 7.5 1.7 9093 0035 41*
CABLAIR 10 10 3/8 13 14 13 2.1 9093 0035 71*
● Blue colour – The international iden- CABLAIR 13 12.5 1/2 16.5 13 21 3.0 9093 0036 01*
tification colour for compressed air. CABLAIR 16 16 5/8 21 11 43 5.4 9093 0036 31
CABLAIR 20 19 3/4 24 11 75 5.8 9093 0036 61
Complete hose sets, see installation pro- CABLAIR 25 25 1 31 10 125 10.4 9093 0036 91
posals page 256-264.
a
Working temperature range: –25oC to +60oC. With a c
PVC 05 – 100 m, Ordering No. 8202 0501 05.
safety factor of 3 at 20oC (at the max temp of +60oC d
PVC 06 – ESD, (Antistatic hose, see page 75)
the working pressure should be reduced by 50%).
Ordering No. 8202 0501 06.
b
The pressure drop will be 0.2 bar on a hose length of 5 m,
including 2 nipples and at an inlet pressure of 7 bar.
246
HOSES
RUBAIR – RUBBER HOSE

A double reinforced strong hose
RUBAIR is a special developed rubber
hose for compressed hand-held air tools.
The hose fulfils all general heavy duty
demands. RUBAIR is recommended for
indoor and outdoor applications e.g. in
foundries, shipyards, engineering work-
shops as well as on construction sites.
The wall thickness is thin which makes
RUBAIR light and flexible to work with.
● Double-reinforced makes it extra
strong and tough.
● Durable – for rugged environmental
conditions.
● The hose is antistatic.
● Supplied in 20 metre coils wrapped
in shrink film.
● Long service life. RUBAIR rubber hose
● Working temperature between –40oC Max Weight
and +90oC. Inside dia Outside working Max rec per
● Inside diameter according to
Model mm in mm bar l/s kg Ordering No.
ISO 4397.
RUBAIR 06 6.3 1/4 11.3 16 4 2.0 8202 0401 06*
RUBAIR 10 10 3/8 16.0 16 13 3.6 8202 0402 10*
RUBAIR 13 12.5 1/2 19.1 16 21 4.7 8202 0403 13*
RUBAIR 16 16 5/8 23.0 16 43 6.1 8202 0404 16*
RUBAIR 20 20 3/4 26.6 16 75 7.8 8202 0405 20*
RUBAIR 25 25 1 34.0 16 125 11.8 8202 0406 25*
a
Working temperature range: –40oC to +90oC. With a * Available directly from stock.
safety factor of 5 at 20°C.
b
TURBO – RUBBER HOSE

Super-light flexible rubber hose
TURBO is recommended for indoor and
outdoor use.
● The ideal hose for a wide variety
of applications, such as foundries,

shipyards, engineering workshops
as well as on construction sites.
● Supplied in 20 metre coils wrapped
in shrink film.
● Extremely low weight, 30-40% less
than conventional rubber hoses.

● Soft and flexible – Extremely flexible,
softer than ordinary rubber hoses.

● The hose is antistatic.
TURBO rubber hose

Max Weight
Model mm in mm bar l/s kg Ordering No.
TURBO 13 12.5 1/2 18.6 16 21 3.9 9093 0057 91*

TURBO 16 16.5 5/8 22.5 16 43 4.8 9093 0057 31*
TURBO 20 20.1 3/4 26.1 16 75 5.4 9093 0057 61*
a
Working temperature range: –40oC to +90oC. With a * Available directly from stock.
safety factor of 4 at 20°C.
b
247
HOSES
POLUR – POLYURETHANE, the most

environmental friendly solution
POLUR has high resistance to abrasion.
The hose is oil-resistant. POLUR has
a much longer lifetime compared with
PVC hoses. The polyurethane hose is
an ideal hose in tough working condi-
tions such as workshops, factories, ga-
rages, shipyards and construction sites.
The POLUR is recommended for indoor
and outdoor applications. The POLUR
is very flexible and it keeps its flexibility
even when working at minus degrees.
The hose will, when stressed, always re-
tract to its normal shape and keeps its
performance during its entire life.
● Working temperature between –30o C
to +80o C.
● Easy to handle – supplied in 25 m coils.
● Hardness – 68/90 Shore A.
● Tested according to ISO 1402.
POLUR polyurethane hose
Recom-
Hose diameter mended Weight
Working Burst air flow for per
inside outside pressure pressure 5 m hosea 25 m coil
Model mm in mm bar bar l/s kg Ordering No.
POLUR 08 8 5/16 12 20 60 7.5 2.2 8202 0601 08*

POLUR 10 10 3/8 14 16 50 13 2.5 8202 0602 10*
POLUR 13 13 1/2 18 13 40 21 4.0 8202 0603 13*
a
The pressure drop will be 0.2 bar on a hose length of 5 m, * Available directly from stock.
248
SPIRAL HOSES
SPIRAL HOSES – SPI

The elastic hose for vertical and hori-
zontal applications
The SPI elastic spiral hose is ideal for air
tools used at varying distances from a
fixed air outlet. It is easily stretched and
retracts immediately when released. As
the hose is flexible, the two smallest siz-
es can be connected directly to the tool.
When used with hand tools, self-stor-
age principle ensures that the hose is
kept off the floor and out of the way of
the operator. This boosts productivity
and reduces the accident hazard. The
SPI is the ideal hose in combination with
a balancer.
● Self-retractable.
● Safer – Makes the worksite safer and
congenial.
● Easy to install – SPI hose is supplied
complete with connections and is thus

very easy to install. Materials performance guide
Keeps Direct Temperature rangeoC Max.working
measurements Spiral connected pressure
Material in length size to tool min. max. bar
Soft Polyurethanea Good Small Yes –30 +60 10

SOFT POLYURETHANE
Hard Polyurethane Better Small Yes –40 +80 10
PEBAX Better Medium Yes –30 +50 10
Nylon Best Big No –30 +70 15
a
Soft Polyurethane is not recommended for water applications.
Max. Max.
Hose Hose rec. Working range spiral Male threads
inside outside Air dia. in BSP
dia. dia. flowa rec. Max D
Description Model mm mm l/s m m mm 1 2 Ordering No.
SOFT POLYURETHANE SPI 1SP-S 6.5 10 7 < 2.0 2.5 45 1/4 1/4 8202 0508 70*
SPI 1SP-M 6.5 10 5 < 4.0 4.5 45 1/4 1/4 8202 0508 72*
SPI 2SP-S 8 12 13 < 2.0 2.5 50 3/8 3/8 8202 0508 74*
SPI 2SP-M 8 12 10 < 4.0 4.5 50 3/8 3/8 8202 0508 76*
SPI 2SP-L 8 12 9 < 6.0 7.0 50 3/8 3/8 8202 0508 78*
1 2 SPI 2SP-XL 8 12 6 < 8.0 9.0 50 3/8 3/8 8202 0508 80*
SPI 3SP-S 11 16 25 < 2.0 2.5 80 3/8 3/8 8202 0508 82*
SPI 3SP-M 11 16 22 < 4.0 4.5 80 3/8 3/8 8202 0508 84*
0.5 m D 0.1 m b SPI 3SP-L 11 16 17 < 6.0 7.0 80 3/8 3/8 8202 0508 86*
SPI 3SP-XL 11 16 13 < 8.0 9.0 80 3/8 3/8 8202 0508 88*
SPI 4SP-XXL 13 19 25 <10.0 11.0 85 3/8 3/8 8202 0508 90*
a
At inlet pressure 6 bar and pressure drop 0.5 bar.
b
0.5 m for SPI 4SP-XXL.
Extra fittings
Description Ordering No.
Spring guard and fittings for SPI 1SP 9090 2083 00*
Spring guard and fittings for SPI 2SP 9090 2084 00
Fittings for SPI 4SP 9090 2086 00
249
SPIRAL HOSES
HARD POLYURETHANE
Hard polyurethane is supplied with
scratching protection.
Max. Max.
Hose Hose rec. Working range spiral Male threads
inside outside Air dia. in BSP
dia. dia. flow a rec. Max D
Description Model mm mm l/s m m mm 1 2 Ordering No.
HARD POLYURETHANE SPI 1 HP-S 6.5 10 6 1.5-2.0 2.5 48 1/4 1/4 8202 0508 50*
SPI 2 HP-S 8 12 11 1.5-3.0 4.0 65 1/4 1/4 8202 0508 52*
SPI 2 HP-M 8 12 9 2.0-4.0 6.0 65 1/4 1/4 8202 0508 54*
SPI 2 HP-L 8 12 6 3.0-6.0 8.0 65 1/4 1/4 8202 0508 56*
SPI 3 HP-S 11 16 20 1.5-3.0 5.5 90 3/8 3/8 8202 0508 58*
1 2
SPI 3 HP-M 11 16 15 2.5-4.0 6.0 90 3/8 3/8 8202 0508 60*
0.7 m 0.1 m
SPI 3 HP-L 11 16 11 4.0-6.0 10.0 90 3/8 3/8 8202 0508 62*
D
a
At inlet pressure 6 bar and pressure drop 0.5 bar.
PEBAX NYLON
Max. Max. Max.

Hose Hose rec. spiral working Male threads
inside outside Air dia. range in BSP
dia. dia. flowb D A
Description Model mm mm l/s mm m 1 2 Ordering No.
PEBAX
A
PEBAX
SPI 06-3 6 8 4 75 3 1/8 1/4 8202 0508 06*
SPI 09-3 9 12 11 120 3 1/4 1/4 8202 0508 14*
1 2
0.7 m D 0.1 m
NYLON A NYLON
SPI 12-3 12 16 18 190 3 1/4 3/8 8202 0508 22*
SPI 12-6 12 16 14 190 6 1/4 3/8 8202 0508 30*
1 SPI 19-6 19 25 50 295 6 3/4 3/4 8202 0508 48*
2
0.1 m
D
b
At inlet pressure 6 bar ∆P = 0.4 bar.
REDUCING NIPPLE BUSHING
In brass Male thread – female thread

Female thread Male thread Male thread Female thread
in in Ordering No. in in Ordering No.
1/4 BSP 1/8 BSP 9721 4000 94* 1/4 BSP 1/8 BSP 9090 0799 00*
3/8 BSP 1/4 BSP 9721 4000 92* 3/8 BSP 1/4 BSP 9090 0798 00*
1/2 BSP 3/8 BSP 9721 4000 93* 1/2 BSP 1/4 BSP 9090 1469 00*
1/2 BSP 3/8 BSP 9090 0797 00*
For more fittings see page 243-244. * Available directly from stock.
3/4 BSP 1/2 BSP 9090 0796 00*
1 BSPT 3/4 BSP 9090 0795 00*
250
BALANCERS
COLIBRI BALANCERS
The Colibri range – COL 1, 2, 3 and 4
– provides weightless suspension for
loads from 0.7 up to 55 kg.
Colibri is a unique range of balanc-
ers. Colibri holds the load weightless
throughout the entire cable length – at
all levels, thanks to the unique coun-
terpoised cones in the balancer which
provide constant tension throughout the
entire cable length.
The load is not pulled back when re-
leased and the environment is protected
from accidental hoisting of the load.
Safety aspects are underscored
through several built-in functions
● The cable locks in the event of spring
failure (downward braking power).

See also COL 2/3 S below.
● The cable locks if the load drops or if the
cable breaks (upward braking power).
● In all models the braking function can
be activated upwards by using the
“bow and arrow” principle if you need to
slacken the cable to change the load.
● For the large COL 4 balancers a sepa-
rate activation Cable-Pullout mecha- Colibri standard
nism is available, making it easy to hook Dimensions
on the load or to unload the balancer. Capacity range Cable Weight
● The spring tension can easily be pre- length A B C
Model kg lb m kg lb mm mm mm Ordering No.
set for COL 1, 2 and 3 by turning the
adjustment wheel. Nothing more than COL 1 01 0.7- 1.3 1.5- 2.9 1.7 0.5 1.1 108 72 245 8202 0750 01*
an ordinary wrench is required for the COL 1 01R 0.7- 1.3 1.5- 2.9 1.7 0.5 1.1 108 84 245 8202 0773 12
large COL 4 balancers. COL 1 02 1.0- 2.0 2.2- 4.4 1.7 0.5 1.1 108 72 245 8202 0750 19*
COL 1 02R 1.0- 2.0 2.2- 4.4 1.7 0.5 1.1 108 84 245 8202 0773 20
COL 2 03 1.7- 3.5 3.7- 7.7 2.4 2.3 5.1 155 116 427 8202 0750 27*
COL 2 04 3.0- 6.0 6.6- 13.2 2.4 2.3 5.1 155 116 427 8202 0750 35*
DIMENSIONS COL 2 05 4.7- 7.0 10.4- 15.4 2.4 2.5 5.5 155 116 427 8202 0750 43*
B A COL 3 07 5.5- 9.0 12.1- 19.8 2.4 3.3 7.3 196 116 427 8202 0750 50*
COL 3 10 8.0-13.0 17.6- 28.7 2.4 3.4 7.5 196 116 427 8202 0750 68*
COL 3 15 12.5-17.0 27.6- 37.5 2.4 3.8 8.4 196 116 427 8202 0750 76*
COL 4 18 14.0-22.0 30.9- 48.5 2.4 13.2 29.1 244 193 620 8202 0774 11*
COL 4 18P 14.0-22.0 30.9- 48.5 2.4 14.1 31.1 244 193 620 8202 0774 29
COL 4 22 17.0-28.0 37.4- 61.7 2.4 13.9 30.6 244 193 620 8202 0750 84*
COL 4 22P 17.0-28.0 37.4- 61.7 2.4 14.8 32.6 244 193 620 8202 0751 26
COL 4 30 24.0-38.0 52.9- 83.8 2.4 14.5 32.0 244 193 620 8202 0750 92*
COL 4 30P 24.0-38.0 52.9- 83.8 2.4 15.4 34.0 244 193 620 8202 0751 34
C
COL 4 42 36.0-49.0 79.4-107.8 2.4 14.9 32.8 244 193 620 8202 0751 00*
COL 4 42P 36.0-49.0 79.4-107.8 2.4 15.8 34.8 244 193 620 8202 0751 42
COL 4 50 43.0-55.0 98.4-121.3 2.4 15.3 33.7 244 193 620 8202 0751 18*
COL 4 50P 43.0-55.0 98.4-121.3 2.4 16.2 35.7 244 193 620 8202 0751 59
R = With indicator for fast weight adjustment. P = With pull-out mechanism.
MANDATORY ACCESSORIES
Safety chain for Ordering No. Colibri with built-in extra safety brake
COL 1 4391 4045 90 Capacity range Cable Weight
COL 2 and 3 4391 4046 90 length
COL 4 4391 4047 90 Model kg lb m kg lb Ordering No.
COL 2 03S 1.7- 3.5 3.7- 7.7 2.4 2.3 5.1 8202 0775 93*
COLIBRI WITH BUILT-IN COL 2 04S 3.0- 6.0 6.6-13.2 2.4 2.3 5.1 8202 0776 01*
EXTRA SAFETY BRAKE COL 2 05S 4.7- 7.0 10.4-15.4 2.4 2.5 5.3 8202 0776 19*
The Colibri balancer is available in a mod- COL 3 07S 5.5- 9.0 12.1-19.8 2.4 3.3 7.3 8202 0776 27*
COL 3 10S 8.0-13.0 17.6-28.7 2.4 3.4 7.5 8202 0776 35*
el with built-in extra safety brake mecha-
COL 3 15S 12.5-17.0 27.6-37.5 2.4 3.8 8.4 8202 0776 43*
nism for applications with extremely high
safety requirements. * Available directly from stock.
251
BALANCERS
BALANCER – RIL
RIL balancers always keep the tool in
place, handy and easily accessible.
There are also many other advantages:
● Flexible with a wide range for loads
from 0.0 kg to 107 kg.

● Rugged and very strongly made to
withstand rough treatment.

● Adjustable wire stop helps to obtain
the most convenient height of the tool.

● Required torque easily set, by only
one standard tool.

Types RIL 1C, 2C, 4C, 5C, 5, 10C, 15C
and 22C are the small to medium-size
balancers intended for small tools.
Types RIL 20, 30, 40, 50A, 60A, JA,
KA and LA are larger heavy duty sizes
intended for medium-size and large
tools. They have a compact and sturdy
design with high-tensile aluminium alloy
casing. Worm gear adjustment provides
the torque required. An automatic safety
lock prevents load dropping in the event
of a main spring failure. The wire rope
drum can be locked at any position for
ease and safety when changing tools or
cable. Forged safety hooks at top and RIL – Standard design
bottom.
Dimensions
Capacity range Cable Weight
length A B C
RIL 1C 0.0- 0.5 0.0- 1.7 1.5 0.6 1.3 51 106 238 8202 0700 02*
RIL 2C 0.4- 1.0 0.9- 2.2 1.5 0.6 1.3 51 106 238 8202 0701 19*
RIL 4C 1.0- 2.0 2.2- 4.4 1.5 0.6 1.3 51 106 238 8202 0702 18*
RIL 5C 1.4- 2.3 3.1- 5.1 1.5 0.6 1.3 51 106 238 8202 0703 25*
RIL 5 0.4- 2.3 0.9- 5.1 2.4 2.0 4.4 70 157 308 8202 0703 09*
RIL 5LR 0.4- 2.3 0.9- 5.1 2.4 2.0 4.4 70 157 308 8202 0703 15
RIL 10C 2.0- 5.0 4.4-11.0 2.4 2.7 6.0 84 190 369 8202 0704 16*
RIL 15C 5.0- 7.0 11.0-15.4 2.4 3.2 7.1 84 190 369 8202 0705 15*
RIL 20a 5.0- 9.0 15.4-19.8 1.8 7.2 15.9 178 203 495 8202 0707 05*
RIL 22C 6.0-10.0 13.2-22.0 2.4 3.2 7.1 84 190 369 8202 0706 14*
RIL 30a 9.0-14.0 19.8-30.9 1.8 7.2 15.9 178 203 495 8202 0708 04*
DIMENSIONS RIL 40a 13.0-18.0 28.7-39.7 1.8 7.2 15.9 178 203 495 8202 0709 03*
RIL 50Aa 18.0-23.0 39.7-50.7 1.8 7.5 16.5 178 203 495 8202 0728 00*
RIL 60Aa 23.0-30.0 50.7-56.7 1.8 7.5 16.5 178 203 495 8202 0729 09*
RIL – Extra robust design

Dimensions
Capacity range Cable Weight
C length A B C
RIL 50JAa 18- 25 40- 55 2.1 15 33 191 305 711 8202 0713 07
RIL 60JAa 24- 29 53- 64 2.1 15 33 191 305 711 8202 0714 06
RIL 70JAa 24- 32 53- 71 2.1 15 33 191 305 711 8202 0715 05
RIL 80JAa 31- 39 68- 86 2.1 15 33 191 305 711 8202 0716 04
RIL 90JAa 36- 41 79- 90 2.1 15 33 191 305 711 8202 0717 03
RIL 100JAa 40- 45 88- 99 2.1 15 33 191 305 711 8202 0718 02
A B RIL 110KAa 38- 52 84-115 2.1 24 53 260 305 711 8202 0719 01
RIL 120KAa 52- 57 115-126 2.1 24 53 260 305 711 8202 0720 08
RIL 130KAa 56- 61 123-135 2.1 24 53 260 305 711 8202 0721 07
RIL 140KAa 61- 66 135-146 2.1 24 53 260 305 711 8202 0722 06
MANDATORY ACCESSORIES
RIL 150KAa 65- 70 143-154 2.1 24 53 260 305 711 8202 0723 05
Safety chain for Ordering No. RIL 160KAa 70- 75 153-165 2.1 24 53 260 305 711 8202 0724 04
RIL 170KAa 72- 79 159-171 2.1 24 53 260 305 711 8202 0725 03
1C, 2C, 4C and 5C 4391 4045 90
RIL 190KAa 79- 88 174-194 2.1 24 53 260 305 711 8202 0726 02
10Ca, 15Ca and 22Ca 4391 4156 00
RIL 200KAa 86- 91 190-201 2.1 24 53 260 305 711 8202 0727 01
5, 20, 30, 40 4391 4046 90
RIL 230LAa 95-107 209-236 2.1 37 82 359 292 711 8202 0731 05
50A and 60A 4391 4047 90
JA, KA and LA 4390 1543 00 a
Balancer equipped with automatic safety drum lock in case of spring failure. * Available directly from stock.
a
Safety chain included.
252
HOSE REELS
HOSE REEL BALANCER – HRIL

The HRIL range of hose reel balancers
are specifically designed for use with
small pneumatic hand tools.
The integrated air hose and support
cable ensures the work area is kept tidy
and the tool is easy to control.
● Ergonomics – The retraction force
over hose travel remains almost con-
stant which minimizes load on the op-
erator and ensures smooth operation.
● An easily adjusted rubber stop is fitted
on the hose which allows the tool to be
set at the optimum position.
● The retraction force is easily adjustable
by means of a hand wheel on the rear
casing (this can be removed if desired,
once the retraction force is set).
● Long service life – The design fea-
tures a rugged casing, self lubricating
spindle bearing bushes and a 360 de-
grees rotary inlet connector.
● A durable hose is fitted with additional
protection to prevent excessive bend-
ing around air connectors.
Recom- Max Dimensions
● Low pressure drop – The HRIL bal- Capacity range mended Hose Weight working
ancers have very good flow character- air flow a travel pressure A B C
istics. Model kg lb l/s m kg lb bar mm mm mm Ordering No.
HRIL 1 0.2-0.5 0.4-1.1 3.5 1.2 1.2 2.6 10 92 132 173 8202 0600 03*
HRIL 3 0.5-1.4 1.1-3.1 5.5 1.0 1.2 2.6 10 92 132 173 8202 0600 11*
HRIL 4 0.7-2.0 1.5-4.4 6.5 1.0 1.4 3.1 10 92 132 173 8202 0600 29*
a
At inlet pressure of 6 bar pressure drop is 0.4 bar.
Airline fittings
All models have a BSP 1/4" inlet fitting.
HRIL 1 supplied with M5 and BSP 1/8" outlet fittings.
HRIL 3 supplied with BSP 1/8" and BSP 1/4" outlet fittings.
HRIL 4 supplied with BSP 1/4" outlet fitting.
DIMENSIONS
C Conversion kit for air inlet from below. Air inlet from above.
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES MANDATORY ACCESSORIES

Designation Ordering No. Designation Ordering No.
Conversion kit for air inlet 4390 1687 90* Safety chain 4391 4045 90*
A from below, - HRIL 3, HRIL 4
253
HOSE REELS
HOSE REEL – HM
The HoseMaster hose reel has a high
quality compound hose (externally PVC,
internally Polyurethane) for handling of
air and water. Movable brackets give a
choice between wall, floor and ceiling
mounting.
Other advantages are:

● Safer, smooth and kink-free reeling.
● Reduces hose wear.
● Improves the working environment.
● Max working pressure is 15 bar.
● Working temperature: –10oC – +60oC.
DIMENSIONS (mm) Hose reel

Hose dimensions Max
220
Inside dia recommended Weight
Length air flowa
Model mm in m l/s kg lb Ordering No.
HM 10 10 3/8 10 12 17 37 8202 1181 40*

HM 13 12.5 1/2 8 22 16 35 8202 1181 57*
490
a
Air flow at an inlet pressure of 6 bar and a pressure drop of 0.5 bar.
195 470 Pivoting wall bracket, 120o 4390 1676 90*
Spring for max 15 m 3/8" hose or 10 m 1/2" hose 4390 1751 00
Do you need more information?

Ask your Atlas Copco representative
for a copy of our
Airline Accessories Catalogue.
254
BLOW GUNS
BLOW GUN – GUN BLOW GUN – B2602

For safer and more efficient cleaning The combined safety/silencer nozzle ●Ultra-slim “star-tip” design that reduces
The Atlas Copco blow gun GUN is also greatly reduces the noise caused by noise level.
available in different models. the air current. ● The “Star-tip” nozzle reduces the dan-
● GUN F06A – the bare blow gun. ● For cleaning operations. ger of high pressure air coming into
● GUN F06A-S – with a safety nozzle. ● Sturdy design with a light ergonomic direct contact with the skin. In this way
and convenient pistol-grip. The trigger B2602 meets the U.S. OSHA standard
● GUN F06A-SS – with a combined
mechanism allows you to vary the air which specifies a maximum of 2 bar in
safety/silencer nozzle.
flow to suit the job you are doing. case of direct contact.
The safety nozzle reduces the danger of ● Max working pressure 10 bar.
● Bent tube reaches extremely tight areas.
high pressure air coming into direct
● Max working temperature +50oC.
● Adjustable trigger regulates flow.
contact with the skin.
The safety nozzles deflect the air side- ● Internal connecting thread 1/4" BSP.
● Handy, built-in hook for hanging.
ways if the forward air flow is blocked. ● Ribbed handle for better grip.
In this way they meet the U.S. OSHA ● Brass button and inlet insert for added
standard which specifies a maximum of strength at key stress points.
2 bar in case of direct contact.
● Internal connecting thread 1/4" BSP.
Blow guns – GUN, B2602

Back pressure Sound
at 6 bar when Blow level Air
the nozzle is blocked force at 6 bar flow Weight
Model bar N dB(A) l/s kg Ordering No.
GUN F06A-SS with safety/silencer nozzle 0.8 2 82 3.8 0.16 8202 1005 69*
GUN F06A-S with safety nozzle 0.8 4 90 7.0 0.15 8202 1005 51*
GUN F06A without nozzle 6 4 90 7.0 0.14 8202 1005 28*
B2602 0.0 1.8 79 2.9 0.13 8202 1006 01*
Transparent guard Holder for suspension Star-tip nozzle – B2602 ACCESSORIES FOR GUN
Transparent guard 9090 1886 90*

Holder for suspension 9090 1808 80*
Hose nipple 9000 0241 00*
Safety/Silencer nozzle 9090 1809 81*
Safety nozzle 9090 1809 80*
255
INSTALLATION PROPOSALS
Saving you time and trouble
Choosing the correct couplings, hose and clamps can be a maximum air flow for the installation. When you have found
troublesome digging into details. To save your time and to en- the installation proposal for your tool, there is only an order-
sure correct capacity of the airline installation, from the tap- ing number for the air preparation units, hose kit and whip
ping point to the tool, we offer you installation proposals for hose kit required. The air preparation units are easily as-
each tool. sembled from supplied parts. Ordering airline accessories for
The installation proposals, IP, are divided into material re- your tools has never been easier.
moval tools and assembly tools and they are marked with the
This allows you to order all the parts needed for an efficient installation of the actual
IP1 Installation proposals tool, using two or three ordering numbers.
Material removal tools

Installation proposal for LSO / LST / LBB16 / LBB24 / LBS24 / LBB34 / LBB45 / LGB24 / LGB34 / LBV25 / LBV34.
IP1
Filtered and regulated air for a maximum air flow of 10 l/s.
Nipple
ErgoNIP 10 5 m PVC 10 ErgoQIC 10 ERGONIP 10 0.7 m CABLAIR 10 Male 1/4" BSPT
BALL VALVE + + ErgoNIP 10 M08
MIDI F/R 15 + 8202 1180 18* 8202 1180 19*
ERGOQIC 10
Optional for LSO and LST.
8202 0845 48
Installation proposal for LSF17 / LSV17 / RVM07B / RRC22 / RP1 / RP3.

IP2 Filtered, regulated and oil fog lubricated air for a maximum air flow of 10 l/s.
ErgoNIP 10 5 m PVC 10 ErgoQIC 10 ErgoNIP 10 0.7 m CABLAIR 10 Nipple

BALL VALVE + 5 m RUBAIR 10 + ErgoNIP 10 M08 0.7 m RUBAIR 10 Male 1/4" BSPT
MIDI F/RD 15 +
ERGOQIC 10 8202 1180 18* / 8202 1180 43* 8202 1180 19* / 8202 1180 42*
8202 0829 11
Installation proposal for LSV27 / LSF27 / LSR27 / RRF21/31 / RRC13 / RRC13B / RRC13N /
IP3 RRC22 / RP1 / RP3. Filtered, regulated and oil fog lubricated air for a maximum air flow of 15 l/s.
Nipple
BALL VALVE +
ErgoNIP 10 5 m RUBAIR 10 ErgoQIC 10 ErgoNIP 10 0.7 m RUBAIR 10 Male 3/8" BSPT
MIDI F/RD 15 + + ErgoNIP 10 M10
ERGOQIC 10
8202 0829 11 8202 1180 20* 8202 1180 44*
Whip hose included in the 27 series.
256
Installation proposal for RRC34 / RRC65 / RRC75 / RRD37 / RRD57.

IP4 Filtered, regulated and oil fog lubricated air for a maximum air flow of 15 l/s (1/2" tool nipple).
BALL VALVE + Nipple is included

ErgoNIP 10 5 m RUBAIR 13 ErgoQIC 10 ErgoNIP 10 0.7 m RUBAIR 13 with the tool.
MIDI F/RD 15 +
ERGOQIC 10
8202 0829 11 8202 1180 21*
Installation proposal for LSS53 / LSR53 / LBB36 / LSV38 / LSF38 / LSR38 / LSR43 / RAB9 / RAB12.
ErgoQIC 10 Nipple
BALL VALVE + ErgoNIP 10 5 m RUBAIR 13 + ErgoNIP 10 M15 ErgoNIP 10 0.7 m RUBAIR 13 Male 1/2" BSPT
MIDI F/RD 15 +
ERGOQIC 10 8202 1180 22* 8202 1180 23*
8202 0829 11
Whip hose for LSS53, LSR53 and LSR43.
Whip hose included in LSV38 SA.
Installation proposal for GTG40 / GTR40 – When the inlet pressure to the F/R unit is below 6 bar.
IP6 Filtered and regulated air for a maximum air flow of 60 l/s.
CLAW 5 m TURBO 16 ErgoQIC 10 ErgoNIP 10

BALL VALVE +
Male 1/2" BSP
MAXI F/R 25 +
CLAW 8202 1181 80*
8202 0845 55
Installation proposal for GTG40 / GTR40 – When the inlet pressure to the F/R unit is below 6 bar.
CLAW 20 m TURBO 20 ErgoQIC 10

BALL VALVE +
MAXI F/R 25 +
CLAW 8202 1181 75*
8202 0845 55
257
IP8 Installation proposal for GTG40 / GTR40 – When the inlet pressure to the F/R unit is below 6 bar.
CLAW 5 m TURBO 16 Nipple

BALL VALVE + Male 1/2" BSPT
MAXI F/R 25 +
CLAW 8202 1181 95*
8202 0845 55
Installation proposal for LSS64 / LSR64.

IP9 Filtered regulated and oil fog lubricated air for a maximum air flow of 60 l/s.
Nipple
CLAW 5 m RUBAIR 20 ErgoQIC 10 ErgoNIP 10 0.5 m RUBAIR 16 Male 1/2" BSPT
BALL VALVE +
MAXI F/RD 25 +
CLAW 8202 1180 24* 8202 1180 28*
8202 0845 58
Installation proposal for LSS84.

Nipple
CLAW 5 m RUBAIR 20 CLAW CLAW 0.5 m RUBAIR 16 Male 1/2" BSPT
BALL VALVE +
MAXI F/RD 25 +
CLAW 8202 1180 29* 8202 1180 37*
8202 0845 58
Installation proposal for GTG21.

BALL VALVE + ErgoNIP 10 10 m TURBO 16 ErgoQIC 10

MIDI F/R 15 +
ERGOQIC 10
8202 0845 48
8202 1180 46*
258
Installation proposal for GTG21 / LSV38.

BALL VALVE + ErgoQIC 10

ErgoNIP 10 5 m RUBAIR 13
MIDI F/R 15 + + ErgoNIP 10 M15
ERGOQIC 10
8202 0845 48 8202 1180 22*
Installation proposal for LSS53 / LSR53 / LBB36 / LSF38 / LSV38 / LSR38 / LSR43 / RAB9 / RAB12.
Nipple
BALL VALVE + ErgoNIP 10 10 m TURBO 16 ErgoQIC 10 ErgoNIP 10 0.7 m RUBAIR 13 Male 1/2" BSPT
MIDI F/RD 15 +
ERGOQIC 10
8202 1180 46* 8202 1180 23*
8202 0829 11
Whip hose for LSS53, LSV50, LSR53 and LSR43.
Whip hose included in LSV27 series.
Installation proposal for LSF07.

IP14
Filtered and regulated and lubricated air for a maximum air flow of 14 l/s.
ErgoNIP 10 5 m PVC 10 ErgoQIC 08 ErgoNIP 08

BALL VALVE + Male 1/8" BSP
MIDI F/RD 15 + 8202 1180 30*
ERGOQIC 10
8202 0829 11
Assembly tools
Installation proposal for LUM10 / LUM12 / LUM21 / LUF10 / LUF20 / LTV08 / LBV11 / LBV25 / LGB24.
ErgoNIP 10 5 m CABLAIR 06 ErgoQIC 08 ErgoNIP 08

MIDI F/R 15 +
ERGOQIC 10 8202 1180 67*
8202 0845 48 * Available directly from stock.
259
Assembly tools
Installation proposal for LUM10 / LUM12 / LUM21 / LUF10 / LUF20 / LTV08 / LBV11 / LBV25 / LGB24.
IP21A
ErgoNIP 08
Male 1/8" BSP
ErgoNIP 08
Male 1/4" BSP
ErgoNIP 08 5 m CABLAIR 06 ErgoQIC 08
BALL VALVE +
MIDI F/R 15 +
ERGOQIC 08 8202 1182 01*
8202 0845 49
Installation proposal for EP5 / EP6 / EP8 / EP10 / LUM25 / TWIST / LMS06 / LTV08 /
IP22 LTV18 / LBB16 / LBB24 / LBS24 / LGB34.
ErgoNIP 08
BALL VALVE + ErgoNIP 10 5 m CABLAIR 08 ErgoQIC 08
Male 1/4" BSP
MIDI F/R 15 +
ERGOQIC 10 8202 1180 77*
8202 0845 48
Installation proposal for EP5 / EP6 / EP8 / EP10 / LUM25 / TWIST / LMS06 / LTV08 / LTV18 /
IP22A LBB16 / LBB24 / LBS24 / LGB34.

MIDI F/R 15 +
ERGOQIC 08 8202 1182 02*
8202 0845 49
IP23 Installation proposal for EP7 / EP8 / EP10 / EP12 PT / EP12 XS / LUF34 / LMP24 / LBB34 / COMBI34.
BALL VALVE + ErgoNIP 10 5 m PVC 10 ErgoQIC 08 ErgoNIP 08

MIDI F/R 15 + Male 1/4" BSP
ERGOQIC 10 8202 1180 30*
8202 0845 48
260
Assembly tools
Installation proposal for EP7 / EP8 / EP10 / EP12 PT / EP12 XS / LUF34 / LMP24 / LBB34 / COMBI34.
IP23A Filtered and regulated air for a maximum air flow of 14 l/s.

ERGOQIC 08 8202 1182 03*
8202 0845 49
Installation proposal for EP14 XS.

ErgoNIP 10 5 m PVC 10 ErgoQIC 08 ErgoNIP 08

BALL VALVE +
Male 3/8" BSP
MIDI F/R 15 +
ERGOQIC 10 8202 1180 31*
8202 0845 48
IP24A Installation proposal for EP14 XS.


ERGOQIC 08 8202 1182 04*
8202 0845 49
Installation proposal for EP10 / EP12.

ErgoNIP 10 5 m PVC 10 ErgoQIC 08 ErgoNIP 08 0.7 m PVC 10 Nipple

BALL VALVE +
+ ErgoNIP 08 M08 Male 1/4" BSPT
MIDI F/RD 15 +
ERGOQIC 10 8202 1180 30* 8202 1180 47*
8202 0829 11
261
Assembly tools
Installation proposal for EP10 / EP12.

IP25A Filtered, regulated and oil fog lubricated air for a maximum air flow of 14 l/s.
BALL VALVE + ErgoNIP 08 5 m PVC 10 ErgoQIC 08 ErgoNIP 08 0.7 m PVC 10 Nipple

MIDI F/RD 15 + + ErgoNIP 08 M08 Male 1/4" BSPT
ERGOQIC 08 8202 1180 47*
8202 1182 03*
8202 0829 13
Installation proposal for LMS17 / LMS27 / LMS37 / LTS17 / LTS27 / LTS37 / LTS57.

ERGOQIC 10 8202 1180 30* 8202 1180 50*
8202 0829 11
Installation proposal for LMS17 / LMS27 / LMS37 / LTS17 / LTS27 / LTS37 / LTS57.
IP26A Filtered, regulated and oil fog lubricated air for a maximum air flow of 14 l/s.

ERGOQIC 08 8202 1182 03* 8202 1180 50*
8202 0829 13
Installation proposal for LMS37 / LMS47 / LMS57 / LMS61 / LMS64.

IP27
Filtered, regulated and oil fog lubricated air for a maximum air flow of 22 l/s.
ErgoNIP 10 5 m RUBAIR 13 ErgoQIC 10 ErgoNIP 10 0.7 m RUBAIR 13 Nipple is

BALL VALVE + included with
MIDI F/RD 15 + the tool
ERGOQIC 10 8202 1180 21*
8202 0829 11
Installation proposal for LMS86.

IP28
Filtered, regulated and oil fog lubricated air for a maximum air flow of 30 l/s.
Nipple is
BALL VALVE + ErgoNIP 10 5 m RUBAIR 16 ErgoQIC 10 ErgoNIP 10 0.7 m RUBAIR 16 included with
MIDI F/RD 15 + the tool
ERGOQIC 10
8202 1180 32*
8202 0829 11
262
Assembly tools
Installation proposal for LMP24 / LTV28.

IP 29 Filtered, regulated and injection lubricated air for a maximum air flow of 10 l/s.
BALL VALVE + Nipple 3/8" BSPT+ 7.6 m CABLAIR 10 Nipple 1/4" BSPT
MIDI F/R 15 + Bushing 1/2" – 3/8"
DOS 15B
8202 1180 38
8202 0845 66
Installation proposal for LMP51 / LTV38.

IP 30 Filtered, regulated and injection lubricated air for a maximum air flow of 19 l/s.
Nipple 1/2" BSPT 7.6 m CABLAIR 13 Nipple male 3/8" BSPT+

BALL VALVE +
MIDI F/R 15 + Reduction 3/8" – 1/4" BSP
DOS 15B 8202 1180 39*
8202 0845 66
Installation proposal for LTV46 / LTV48.

IP31 Filtered, regulated and injection lubricated air for a maximum air flow of 30 l/s.
BALL VALVE + Nipple 1/2" BSPT 7.6 m CABLAIR 16 Nipple male

MIDI F/R 15 + 1/2" BSPT
DOS 15B 8202 1180 40
8202 0845 66
IP33 Installation proposal for EP7 / EP8 / EP10 / EP12 / LUF34.


MIDI F/R 15 +
ERGOQIC 10 8202 1180 78*
8202 0845 48
IP34 Installation proposal for EP12 PTS / EP14 / EP16 / EP20.


MIDI F/R 15 +
ERGOQIC 10 8202 1180 79*
8202 0845 48 * Available directly from stock.
263
TEST EQUIPMENT
PRESSURE CONTROL UNIT AIR TOOL SIMULATOR

The unit consists of a quality pressure gauge and the neces- In order to check whether the pressure or the flow is sufficient
sary couplings for checking the air pressure at the air inlet of the air tool simulator can be connected instead of the tool. The
the machine. simulator is delivered with different connections.
Ordering No. 4145 0699 81*. Ordering No. 4145 0698 81*.
AIR LEAKAGE DETECTOR

The Air Leakage Detector is used to find leaks (e.g. in com-
pressed air installations, vacuum installations, etc.) It works
by ”listening” in a frequency band normally containing no in-
terference and non-audible for humans (>20kHz). Leaking
compressed air or electrical flashover (sparks) generates e.g.
ultrasonic sound.
The equipment is delivered in a suitcase and consists of: De-
tecting device, head phone set and directional probe.
Ordering No. 8202 9002 00*. * Available directly from stock.
264
Air motors
The right choice for

demanding applications
Since Atlas Copco air motors are unaffected by,

and generate no electrical interference, they are
ideal for hazardous environments. Lubrication-
free and stainless steel versions are available
for applications where hygiene is crucial or the
environment is corrosive.
Contents Page
Vane air motors ............................................266
LZB vane air motors .....................................267
LZL vane air motors ......................................267
Air motor support ..........................................268
VANE AIR MOTORS
Air motors from Atlas Copco – the reli-

able, cost-effective solution when apply-
ing power to rotating machines. Consider
the air motor features and characteristics
giving large benefits to the designer.
● Power-to-weight performance that is
superior to most other motors, in fact,
75% lighter and 85% smaller than an
asynchronous electric motor with the
same output.
● Can be held stalled at full torque indef-
initely, and accepts repeated starting
and stopping without limitation.
● Torque, speed and direction of rotation
can be changed easily using simple
control methods.
● Output that automatically adjusts to
match the applied load.
● Controllable over a wide speed range.
● Ideal for many applications in hazard-
ous or hostile environments.
● Smooth start-up to minimize “shock”
loading on transmission components.
● Unaffected by, and will not generate,
electrical interference.
Unique features for LZB motors
Lubrication-free air motors for sensi- Stainless steel air motors for harsh High torque air motors when a real
tive processes where hygienic opera- and aggressive environments workhorse is needed
tion is crucial The stainless steel air motors are ideal Fitted with extra strong planetary gears
Equipped with low friction vanes and for harsh or even aggressive environ- the high torque air motors provide tor-
sealed bearings the lubrication-free mo- ments where hygiene is essential. They ques up to 680 Nm. The gears are di-
tors release no lubricants into the air. have a “clean” design with no pockets mensioned to stand being loaded at full
They offer a viable drive solution for sen- where dirt can collect. They are fitted stall torque indefinitely. Despite their
sitive processes and hygienic environ- with double shaft seals to prevent water strength the high torque air motors are
ments where oil contamination would be from entering the gears. Lubrication-free compact compared to solutions with heli-
at best a problem and, at worst, a catas- versions are also available. cal or worm gears. Lubrication-free ver-
trophe. sions are also available.
Explosion proof certified versions

Our air motors are available in explosion proof certified versions, in compliance with the European Union's
ATEX Directive on equipment for potentially explosive environments.
Customized air motors to your individual specifications

Whatever the requirement, Atlas Copco is always happy to help customers find solutions to their special needs.
For OEMs, for instance, a customized air motor can be the most efficient solution when integrating an air motor
into a machine or a tool. Special motors may have unique casings or mounting arrangements. They may utilize
non-standard materials or surface coatings and be designed to achieve a specific output.
266
VANE AIR MOTORS
LZB and LZL
LZB
0.1 – 1.2 kW
The LZB vane air motors are compact in
design, light in weight and available in
a host of different gear ratios to meet a
variety of speed requirements. They are
particularly suited to be built into hand
held machines and also many different
types of industrial equipment.
Speed at Free No. of Motor

Max output Torque at max output Min start torque diameter
max output speed gear
Model kW hp r/min Nm ft lb Nm ft lb r/min ratios mm in
Non-reversible
LZB14 0.16 0.22 330 - 9100 0.17 - 4.7 0.12 - 3.4 0.26 - 7 0.19 - 5.1 690 - 19500 5 27 1.1
LZB22 0.25 0.34 235 - 9600 0.25 - 9.9 0.18 - 7.3 0.45 - 17 0.33 - 12.5 510 - 21500 7 36 1.4
LZB33 0.39 0.52 10 - 9400 0.40 - 340 0.30 - 251 0.76 - 680 0.56 - 501 21 - 20000 17 42 1.6
LZB42 0.65 0.87 25 - 10500 0.59 - 236 0.44 - 174 1.10 - 430 0.80 - 315 50 - 21000 12 46 1.8
LZB46 0.84 1.13 25 - 10800 0.74 - 300 0.55 - 220 1.20 - 490 0.88 - 360 50 - 21000 12 46 1.8
LZB54 1.20 1.60 65 - 9300 1.20 - 175 0.88 - 129 1.80 - 250 1.30 - 180 125 - 18000 10 60 2.4
Reversible
LZB14 0.10 0.14 230 - 6500 0.15 - 4.1 0.11 - 3.0 0.19 - 5 0.14 - 3.7 460 - 13000 5 27 1.1
LZB22 0.16 0.22 5- 6500 0.24 - 10.8 0.18 - 8 0.35 - 13.4 0.26 - 9.9 5- 13800 9 36 1.4
LZB33 0.24 0.32 7- 7000 0.34 - 305 0.25 - 225 0.46 - 412 0.34 - 304 5- 14000 21 42 1.6
LZB42 0.53 0.71 19 - 8100 0.62 - 250 0.46 - 184 0.70 - 270 0.52 - 200 37 - 16000 12 46 1.8
LZB46 0.62 0.83 20 - 8600 0.68 - 275 0.50 - 200 0.75 - 300 0.55 - 220 40 - 17000 12 46 1.8
LZB54 0.82 1.10 45 - 6800 1.20 - 165 0.88 - 122 1.20 - 165 0.88 - 122 90 - 13000 10 60 2.4
The LZB14, LZB22 and LZB33 models are available in lubrication-free versions. LZB14, LZB22 and LZB33 can be obtained in a stainless steel
version. The standard non-reversible motors have clockwise rotation but can also be obtained with anti-clockwise rotation.
LZL
1.3 – 5.2 kW
The LZL vane motors are reversible air
motors which have been designed to of-
fer outstanding starting and low speed
performance. These general purpose
motors are powerful, durable and offer
long service life.
Max output Speed at Torque at max output Min start torque Free No. of
max output speed gear
Model kW hp r/min Nm ft lb Nm ft lb r/min ratios
Motor only
LZL05 1.3 1.7 4200 3.0 2.2 4.8 3.5 9000 –
LZL15 2.3 3.1 3380 6.5 4.8 10.9 8.0 7000 –
LZL25 3.4 4.5 2800 11.6 8.5 18.0 13.3 5800 –
LZL35 5.2 7.0 2500 20.0 14.7 32.0 23.6 5000 –
With helical gear unit
LZL05 1.3 1.7 17 - 462 26 - 688 19 - 507 42 - 1112 31 - 820 37 - 990 11
LZL15 2.3 3.1 17 - 371 58 - 1259 43 - 929 96 - 2134 71 - 1573 35 - 770 11
LZL25 3.4 4.5 14 - 306 103 - 2244 76 - 1655 159 - 3471 117 - 2560 29 - 635 11
LZL35 5.2 7.0 19 - 496 98 - 2459 72 - 1814 156 - 3935 115 - 2902 39 - 992 9
With worm gear unit
LZL05 0.9 1.2 67 - 525 19 - 117 15 - 88 – – 130 - 1030 7
LZL15 1.8 2.4 58 - 422 46 - 279 34 - 206 – – 115 - 840 7
LZL25 2.8 3.8 44 - 361 82 - 571 60 - 421 – – 90 - 740 7
For more information on Atlas Copco vane motors see our air motor catalogue, Ordering No. 9833 8998 01.
267
AIR MOTOR SUPPORT
Customized air motors to your individual specifications

Whatever the requirement, Atlas Copco is always happy to help
customers find solutions to their special needs. For OEMs, for
instance, a customized air motor can be the most efficient solu-
tion when integrating an air motor into a machine or tool.
Special motors may have unique casings or mounting ar-
rangements. They may utilize non-standard materials or surface
coatings and be designed to achieve a specific output.
Select your air motor in 30 seconds!

Designed for Windows-based PCs, Atlas Copco has developed
an Air Motor Selection Guide. It stores data on all of Atlas Cop-
co's air motors.
The designer specifies the required torques and speed of the
motor and within seconds the program chooses the optimum
motor. It also supplies complete documentation with perform-
ance curves and motor data.
Air motor drawing library

CAD-drawings of any of the hundreds of different Atlas Copco air
motors are available to designers on CD or to download from In-
ternet (in both .DXF and .IGS formats) from the Atlas Copco Air
Motor Draw Library. These CAD-drawings can then be quickly
and easily inserted into the designer's machine drawing.
When more information is required

For further information on Atlas Copco vane motors please ask
for a copy of our Air Motor catalogue,
Ordering No. 9833 8998 01.
268
Hoists and
trolleys
Treat ’em rough,

they can stand it!
Atlas Copco air hoists will not overheat, even
during intensive operations at maximum load.
Outstanding inching characteristics give precise
load control. Complementing the hoists, Atlas
Copco trolleys are supplied as manual or motor-
driven units. Both products are certified for use
in hazardous environments.
Contents Page
Air hoists .......................................................270
Trolleys .........................................................271
Accessories ..................................................272
269
AIR HOISTS
Explosion proof for safe operation

Our air hoists and trolleys are ideal for lift
applications in hazardous environments,
where sparks or high outer temperatures
could ignite explosive gases, vapour or
dust. All are certified Explosion-proof, to
stringent European standards, in compli-
ance with the EU ATEX Directive. Avail-
able in six sizes, they offer lift capacities
from 200 kg to 5 tons. All hoists and trol-
leys are certified to level Ex II 2G T5 II B
D100°C. The SR types are even certified
to Ex II 2G T5 IIC D100°C.
● Precise and stepless speed control
– Through effective stepless control with

excellent creep characteristics the LLA
air hoists are fast to use over the entire
speed range.
● Heavy duty performance – These air
hoists can continually operate at maxi-

mum load with frequent start and stop
cycles without risk of damage.
● Elimination of load sink – The patent-
ed brake mechanism eliminates loadsink

when starting lifting, and automatically
holds the load if the air supply fails.
● Compact size – The small dimensions
make the LLA hoists easy to install, even

in the most restricted space. Also the
low weight means the hoists can easily
be moved for maintenance or relocation
purposes.
Max lifting Lifting speed Weight Chain Air con- Hose

capacity at full load Chain excl chain weight Required Sound sumption Hose dia fitting
strands chain-length level thread
Model kg ton m/min ft/min qty kg lb kg/m lb/ft metre dB(A) l/s cfm mm in BSP Ordering No.
LLA200 EX 200 0.2 20.2 66.3 1 12.7 28.0 0.9 0.6 Lifting height + 0.5 84 38 81 12.5 1/2 1/2 8451 1540 02*
LLA1000 U EXa 1000 1.0 6.3 20.7 2 14.5 32.0 0.9 0.6 2 x lifting height + 0.5 83 38 81 12.5 1/2 1/2 8451 1540 69*
LLA1000 EXb 1000 1.0 6.3 20.7 2 14.5 32.0 0.9 0.6 2 x lifting height + 0.5 83 38 81 12.5 1/2 1/2 8451 1540 36*
LLA2500 EXb 2500 2.5 3.2 10.5 1 42.5 93.7 2.9 1.9 Lifting height + 0.6 79 40 85 20.0 3/4 1/2 8451 1540 44*
LLA5000 EXb 5000 5.0 1.6 5.2 2 65.5 144.4 2.9 1.9 2 x lifting height + 0.9 79 40 85 20.0 3/4 1/2 8451 1540 51*
Spark-resistant model
LLA250-SR 250 0.25 17.0 55.8 1 12.7 28.0 0.9 0.6 Lifting height + 0.5 83 45 95 12.5 1/2 1/2 8451 1510 08
LLA500-SR 500 0.5 8.5 27.9 2 14.5 32.0 0.9 0.6 2 x lifting height + 0.5 83 45 95 12.5 1/2 1/2 8451 1510 16
LLA1250-SR 1250 1.25 5.0 16.4 1 42.5 93.7 2.9 1.9 Lifting height + 0.6 79 50 106 20.0 3/4 1/2 8451 1510 24
a
Without overload protection device, not to be used within the European Community. * Available directly from stock.
b
Overload protection device included as standard.
NOTE: The load chain and pull chain must be ordered separately.
DIMENSIONS
A B C D
Model mm in mm in mm in mm in
LLA200 / 250 EX 377 14.8 122 4.8 390 15.4 29 1.1
LLA500 EX / 250-SR 377 14.8 122 4.8 390 15.4 29 1.1
LLA1000 U EX / 500-SR 445 17.5 122 4.8 390 15.4 29 1.1
LLA1000 EX 495 19.4 122 4.8 390 15.4 29 1.1
LLA2500 EX / 1250-SR 575 22.6 212 8.3 546 21.5 50 2.0
LLA5000 EX 785 30.9 249 9.8 546 21.5 60 2.4

Wooden handle for pull chain hose nipple Page 272
BSP 1/2"
Suspension hook and load hook
270
TROLLEYS
Atlas Copco trolleys are available in 3

sizes, for maximum loads of 1, 2.5 and 5
tonnes. All models can be offered with air
motor drive. The 1 tonne trolley includes
motor without pedant control. The 2.5
and 5 tonne includes handle for control
chain (control chain must be ordered
separately). The 1 and 2.5 tonne trolleys
are also available in manual versions.
Simple installation
The trolleys are easy to install. The wheels
are designed so that the trolley is equally
suitable on both parallel and tapered
I-beam section beams. The distance be-
tween the wheels is easily adjusted to
suit the beam width by turning the sus-
pension yoke.
Max Max speed Air Beam width Beam width Curve

capacity with full load consumption standard optional radius min Weight
Model kg ton m/min ft/min l/s cfm mm in mm in mm in kg lb Ordering No.
Manual
TLT1000 1000 1 – – – – 50-165 2 - 6.5 134-265 5.3-10.4 1250 50 9.4 21 8451 1520 06
TLT2500 2500 2.5 – – – – 136-334 5.2-13.1 60-172 2.3- 6.7 2200 88 32.0 70 8451 1520 55
LLT1000-SR 1000 1 – – – – 54-173 2.1- 6.8 140-273 5.5-10.7 1200 47 9.5 21 8451 1500 00
LLT2500-SR 2500 2.5 – – – – 133-332 5.2-13.1 58-170 2.3- 6.7 1400 55 24.5 54 8451 1500 26
Motor-driven
TLT1000Ma 1000 1 14.0 45.9 4.0 8.5 50-155 2 - 6.1 134-255 5.3-10.0 1250 50 11.0 24 8451 1520 14
LLT2500Mb 2500 2.5 17.8 58.4 42.0 89.0 133-306 5.2-12.0 58-144 2.4- 5.7 1400 55 41.0 90 8451 1491 19
LLT5000Mb 5000 5 16.2 53.1 42.0 89.0 145-300 5.7-11.8 70-148 2.8- 5.8 1800 71 91.0 200 8451 1491 27
LLT1000(M)-SRa 1000 1 14.0 45.9 4.5 9.5 54-153 2.1- 6.0 140-253 5.5-10.0 1200 47 11.0 24 8451 1500 42
LLT2500M-SR b 2500 2.5 17.8 58.4 42.0 89.0 133-306 5.2-12.0 58-144 2.3- 5.7 1400 55 41.0 90 8451 1500 34
a
Pendant control must be ordered separately. Sound level: TLT1000M and LLT1000(M) = 85 dB NOTE: Suspension yoke for optional beam width
b
Includes handle for control chain. Control chain LLT2500M and LLT5000M = 81 dB must be ordered separately. See page 272.
must be ordered separately. Performance figures are at 6 bar working pressure.
Motor-driven trolleys have 1/2" BSP air connection.
12.5 mm (1/2") hose size recommended for
LLT1000M, 20 mm for LLT2500M and 5000M.
DIMENSIONS
C C
A B standard (opt) D E F A D
Model mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in
Manual
TLT1000 22.0 0.9 52 2.0 212 8.3 312 12.2 – – 264 10.4 – –
TLT2500 37.0 1.5 75 2.9 400 15.7 238 9.4 – – 370 12.8 – –
LLT1000-SR 23.5 0.9 55 2.2 212 8.3 312 12.3 – – 250 9.8 – – B
TLT2500-SR 37.0 1.5 57 2.2 400 15.7 238 9.4 – – 364 14.3 – –
Motor-driven
TLT1000M 22.0 0.9 52 2.0 212 8.3 312 12.2 224 8.8 264 10.4 – – C
LLT1000(M)/-SR 23.5 0.9 55 2.2 212 8.3 312 12.3 225 8.9 250 9.8 – –
LLT2500M/-SR 39.0 1.5 82 3.2 400 15.7 238 9.4 161 6.3 364 12.8 126 5.0
LLT5000M 61.0 2.4 118 4.6 424 16.7 282 11.1 181 7.1 422 16.6 79 3.1 F E

LLT2500M/5000M Page 272
Wooden handle for pull chain
271
HOISTS AND TROLLEYS
Accessories
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES. Hoists
Ordering No. Ordering No. Ordering No. Ordering No.
Designation LLA200/250/500/1000 EX LLA2500/5000 EX LLA250/500-SR LLA1250-SR
Load chain, zinc plated, per m 4310 2293 00 4310 2296 00

Load chain, stainless steel, per m 4310 2211 00 4310 2219 00
Control chain, zinc plated, per m 4310 0748 00 4310 0748 00
Control chain, stainless steel, per m 4310 2221 00 4310 2221 00
2 button pendant control

Handle and actuators only 4310 2261 90 4310 2300 90 4310 2261 90 4310 2300 90
Hose set per m 4380 0576 91 4380 0576 91 4380 0576 91 4380 0576 91

Handle and actuators only 4310 2263 90 4310 2264 90 4310 2263 90 4310 2264 90
Hose set per m 4380 0576 94 4380 0576 93 4380 0576 94 4380 0576 93
Twist rod control

Complete (1.1-2.0 m) 4310 0774 91 4310 0774 91 4310 0774 91 4310 0774 91
Extension set (1.1-1.9 m) 4310 0780 91 4310 0780 91 4310 0780 91 4310 0780 91
Articulating link 4310 0876 91 4310 0876 91 4310 0876 91 4310 0876 91
Chain collectors PVC for length of chain – 4m 4310 0742 04 4310 0742 04
– 7m 4310 0742 07 4310 2291 07 4310 0742 07 4310 2291 07
–12 m 4310 0742 12 4310 0742 12
–18 m 4310 0742 18 4310 0742 18
–25 m 4310 0742 25 4310 0742 25
Chain collectors Steel for length of chain –12 m 4310 2102 80 4310 2102 80
–18 m 4310 2109 80 4310 2109 80
Overload protection device

LLA200 EX / 250 EX / 250-SR 4310 0812 83 4310 2233 90
LLA500 EX / 500-SR 4310 0812 84 4310 2233 91
LLA1000 U EX 4310 0812 85
LLA1000 EX / 1250-SR / 2500 EX / 5000 EX incl as standard incl as standard incl as standard
Safety hooks, zinc plated 4310 0739 01

Chain stop, zinc plated 4310 0740 91 4310 2097 91
Chain stop, stainless steel 4310 2231 90 4310 2232 90
NOTE: For items specified per metre, the required length should be indicated by multiplying the Ordering No. by the required length, ie. to order 12 m of chain for an
LLA250-SR the order should be 12 x 4310 2211 00.
When ordering load chain, follow the recommendations on chain given in the technical data for LLA hoists.
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES. Trolleys

Ordering No. Ordering No. Ordering No. Ordering No. Ordering No.
Designation TLT1000/LLT1000-SR LLT2500/-SR TLT1000M/LLT1000(M)-SR LLT2500M/M-SR LLT5000M
Suspension yoke 4380 0640 02 4380 0608 00 4380 0640 02 4380 0608 00 4380 0628 00
Zinc plated control chain per m 4310 0748 00 4310 0748 00
Stainless steel control chain per m 4310 2221 00
Handle and actuator only 4310 0835 91 4310 2300 90 4310 2300 90
Hose kit per m 4380 0576 92 4380 0576 91 4380 0576 91
EXAMPLE: To order a 500 kg hoist with motor driven trolley, four button
Air hoist selection program five-metre long pendant control and a load chain for
The fastest way to choose correct a ten-metre lift, send the following:
hoists and accessories is by using the Order to be sent Comments
Windows based computer program
available on CD-rom. 1 x 8451 1540 28 LLA500 EX Hoist block
Ordering No. 9833 1087 00 11 x 4310 2293 00 Load chain for hoist = Required height of lift
+ 0.5 m, (see technical data for LLA Hoists)
To order your hoist or trolley with accessories factory fitted, 1 x 8451 1520 14 TLT1000M Motor driven trolley
simply list all items required and add the 1 x 4310 2263 90 4 button handle + hoist actuator
Ordering No. 8990 0001 00, to order. 5 x 4380 0576 94 Hose set for 4 button pendant control
1 x 8990 0001 00 Instruction to assemble above items
272
DECLARATION OF NOISE AND VIBRATION EMISSION
Assembly tools
Noise Vibration Noise Vibration
(according to PN8NTC1.2) (according to (according to PN8NTC1.2) (according to
(* according to ISO 15744) ISO 8662) (* according to ISO 15744) ISO 8662)
(** according to EN 50144) (** according to (** according to EN 50144) (** according to
EN 50144) EN 50144)
Spread Spread
Measured Determi- Spread in Measured Determi- Spread in
sound ned sound in method Measured method sound ned sound in method Measured method
pressure power and pro- vibration and pro- pressure power and pro- vibration and pro-
level level duction value duction level level duction value duction
dB(A) dB(A) dB(A) m/s2 m/s2 dB(A) dB(A) dB(A) m/s2 m/s2
Impact Wrenches ErgoPulse PTX-HR AutoTrim pistol grip

LMS06 SR 86 99 3 3.0 0.7 EP4PTX9 HR-AT 74 3 <2.5
LMS06 HR 88 101 3 <2.5 EP5PTX HR-AT 74 3 <2.5
LMS17 HR 86 99 3 2.5 0.5 EP6PTX HR-AT 74 3 <2.5
LMS27 HR 87 100 3 <2.5 EP7PTX55 HR10-AT 77 3 <2.5
LMS37 HR 88 101 3 2.8 1.0 EP8PTX70 HR10-AT 77 3 <2.5
LMS47 HR 88 101 3 4.5 1.0 EP9PTX80 HR13-AT 83 3 <2.5
LMS57 HR 88 101 3 4.0 1.5
LMS61 HR 93 106 3 7.8 1.9 ErgoPulse PTS-HR pistol grip models
LMS64 GR 94 107 3 7.5 2.0 EP5PTS HR-RE 74 3 <2.5
LMS64 S GR 96 109 3 8.8 2.3 EP6PTS HR-RE 74 3 <2.5
LMS64 HR 94 107 3 8.5 2.5 EP10PTS90 HR13-RE 83 3 3.5 1.1
LMS86 GOR / GIR 99 112 3 9.0 2.5 EP12PTS150 HR13-RE 83 3 6.2 2.3
EP14PTS250 HR20-RE 82 3 8.6 1.6
Impact Wrenches with torque control EP18PTS450 HR20-RE 85 3 9.8 1.6
LTS17 HR 80 3 2.5 0.5
LTS27 HR 82 3 <2.5 ErgoPulse PT-HR pistol grip models
LTS37 HR 85 3 <2.5 EP5PT HR 74 3 <2.5
LTS57 HR 85 3 5.4 1.2 EP6PT HR 74 3 <2.5
Screwdrivers with slip clutch – pistol grip models ErgoPulse SR straight models
TWIST12 HRX 76 3 <2.5 - 5* 1.5 EP4C SR42 70 <2.5
TWIST22 HR 74 3 <2.5 - 5.3* 1.5 EP5C SR42 75 <2.5
TWIST22 HRX 74 3 <2.5 - 5* 1.5 EP6C SR42 75 <2.5
LUF34 HR 79 3 <2.5 - 5.5* 1.5 EP6XS SR 75 <2.5
TWIST HRF 74 3 <2.5 - 5.5* 1.5 EP7XS SR 75 <2.5
EP8XS SR 78 <2.5
Screwdrivers with slip clutch – straight models
TWIST12 SR 76 3 <2.5 - 15* ErgoPulse HR pistol grip models
TWIST22 SR 76 3 <2.5 - 15* EP5C HR42 70 <2.5
* Only when ratcheing at max torque setting. EP5XS HR42 75 <2.5
Ratcheing at a lower torque setting implies a EP5CS HR42 70 <2.5
lower vibration value. EP6C HR42 70 <2.5
During run-down the vibration value is below 2.5 m/s2. EP6XS HR 75 <2.5
EP7XS HR 75 <2.5
Screwdrivers with direct drive – pistol grip models EP8XS HRX 80 <2.5
LUD12 HRX 73 3 <2.5 EP10C HR13 79 <2.5
LUD22 HR 73 3 <2.5 EP10XS HR13 78 <2.5
LUF34 HRD 79 3 <2.5 EP12XS HR13 79 3 0.7
EP14XS HR13 79 3 0.7
Screwdrivers with air shut-off control – straight models EP16XS HR20 81 5.5 1
LUM10 PR 66 3 <2.5 EP20XS HR20 80 5.8 3.2
LUM12 PR 76 3 <2.5
LUM22 PR 76 3 <2.5 Angle nutrunners
LUM12 SR 76 3 <2.5 LTV08 R 69 3 <2.5
LUM22 SR 74 3 <2.5 LTV18 R 71 3 <2.5
LTV28 R 76 3 <2.5
Screwdrivers with air shut-off control – pistol grip models LTV28XX 80 3 <2.5
LUM12 HRX 73 3 <2.5 LTV29 R 77 3 <2.5
LUM12 HRF 73 3 <2.5 LTV38 R 80 3 <2.5
LUM25 HRF-U 73 3 <2.5 LTV39 R 78 3 <2.5
LUM22 HRX 73 3 <2.5 LTV48 R 82 3 <2.5
LUM22 HR 73 3 <2.5 LTV46 N 81 3 <2.5
LTV58 R/N 79 3 <2.5
Screwdrivers with air shut-off control – angle head models
LTV009 R 76 3 <2.5
LTV08 R 69 3 <2.5
LTV18 R 71 3 <2.5
TWIST VR 72 3 <2.5
273
Material removal tools – Grinders
EN 50144) EN 50144)
Spread Spread
Electric Grinder – Brazor Angle Grinders – for depressed centre,

ESVG71 F085-18 81** 3 2.8** 0.2** cut-off and cup wheels
LSV17 S170-08 HD 75 3 <2.5
Turbine Grinders LSV27 ST12-10 75 3 <2.5
GTG21 F085-18 74* 3 <2.5 LSV38 ST12-125 83 3 2.6* (4.4**) 0.4*
GTG21 F120-13 74* 3 <2.5 * Measured on the throttle handle.
GTG40 F085-18 85 3 <2.5 ** Measured on the support handle.
GTG40 F066-23 85 3 <2.5
GTG40 S060-C15 85 3 <2.5 Vertical Sanders – for sanding and polishing
GTG40 S060 85 3 <2.5 LSV17 S200-1/B 74 3 <2.5
GTR40 S085-15 85 3 <2.5 LSV17 S200-M/B 74 3 <2.5
GTR40 S072-13 85 3 <2.5 LSV17 S120-1/B 74 3 <2.5
GTR40 S060 85 3 <2.5 LSV17 S120-M/B 74 3 <2.5
LSV17 S080-1/B 70 3 <2.5
Die Grinders – straight models LSV17 S080-M/B 70 3 <2.5
LSF07 S850 79 3 <2.5 LSV27 S060 73 3 <2.5
LSF17 S430 75 3 <2.5 LSV27 S060-M14 73 3 <2.5
LSF17 S300 73 3 <2.5 LSV27 S040 72 3 <2.5
LSF17 S200 64 3 <2.5 LSV27 ST034 77 3 <2.5
LSF17 S430E 75 3 <2.5 LSV27 S021 71 3 <2.5
LSF17 S300E 73 3 <2.5 LSV27 S021-M14 71 3 <2.5
LSF17 S200E 64 3 <2.5 LSV27 ST018 78 3 <2.5
LSF27 S250 75 3 <2.5 LSV27 ST018-01 78 3 <2.5
LSF27 S180 69 3 <2.5 LSV27 ST018-01-M14 78 3 <2.5
LSF27 S150 66 3 <2.5 LSV27 S010-00 67 3 <2.5
LSF27 S250E 75 3 <2.5 LSV27 S060-01 73 3 <2.5
LSF27 S180E 69 3 <2.5 LSV27 S060-01-M14 73 3 <2.5
LSF27 S150E 66 3 <2.5 LSV27 S040-01-M14 72 3 <2.5
LSV27 ST013-LF 74 3 <2.5
Angle Die Grinders LSV27 ST013-M14-LF 74 3 <2.5
LSV17 S200 HD 75 3 <2.5 LSV27 ST008-01-LF 74 3 <2.5
LSV27 S150 78 3 <2.5
Orbital Sanders – LSO
Die Grinders for polishing LSO30 S070-3 80 3 <2.5
LSF27 ST070 75 3 <2.5 LSO30 H070-3 81 3 <2.5
LSF27 ST070E 75 3 4 0.5 LSO31 S070-3 82 3 <2.5
LSF27 ST030-LF 73 3 <2.5 LSO31 H070-3 81 3 <2.5
LSO32 S070-3 78 3 <2.5
Straight Grinders – for cone wheels and plugs
LSO32 H070-3 79 3 <2.5
LSR43 S150-30 87 100 3 <2.5
LSR43 S090-30 81 3 2.6 0.7
Random Orbital Sanders – LST
LSR43 S072-30 80 3 2.9 0.8
LST30 H090-11 81 3 <2.5
LST30 H090-15 81 3 <2.5
Straight Grinders – for straight wheels
LST30 S090-15 80 3 <2.5
LSR27 S180-05 76 3 3.7 0.9
LST31 H090-15 84 3 <2.5
LSR27 S150-10 67 3 <2.5
LST31 S090-15 82 3 <2.5
LSR43 S150-10 87 100 3 5.6 1.3
LST32 H090-15 82 3 <2.5
LSR43 S120-08 84 3 3.9 0.9
LST32 S090-15 82 3 <2.5
LSR43 S090-10 81 3 3.6 0.9
LST20 R350 76 3 <2.5
LSR53 S120-13 86 99 3 4.9 1.2
LST20 R550 76 3 <2.5
LSR53 S090-10 87 100 3 2.6 0.7
LST20 R650 76 3 <2.5
LSR53 S072-13 82 3 2.8 0.7
LST20 R325 76 3 <2.5
LSR64 S100-15 88 101 3 5.5 1.3
LST20 R525 76 3 <2.5
LSR64 S072-13 84 3 2.9 0.8
LST20 R625 76 3 <2.5
LSR64 S060-15 82 3 3.0 0.8
LST21 R350 85 3 <2.5
LST21 R550 85 3 <2.5
Vertical Grinders – for depressed centre,
LST21 R650 85 3 <2.5
cut-off and cup wheels
LST21 R325 85 3 <2.5
LSS53 S120-13 80 3 3.4 0.8
LST21 R525 85 3 <2.5
LSS53 S085-18 79 3 3.2 0.8
LST21 R625 85 3 <2.5
LSS53 S072-C13 77 3 3.2 0.8
LST22 R350 78 3 <2.5
LSS64 S085-18 86 99 3 5.2 1.2
LST22 R550 78 3 <2.5
LSS64 S060-C15 82 3 4.2 1.0
LST22 R650 78 3 <2.5
LSS84 S060-23 88 101 3 4.4 1.2
LST22 R325 78 3 <2.5
* The sound pressure level for LSR43/52/64 can LST22 R525 78 3 <2.5
be reduced by 8-12 dB(A), using a silencer (optional).
LST22 R625 78 3 <2.5
274
Material removal tools – Percussive tools
(** according to EN 50144) (** according to EN 50144) (** according to EN 50144) (** according to EN 50144)
Mea- Deter- Mea- Deter-

sured mined Spread Mea- Spread sured mined Spread Mea- Spread
sound sound in method sured in method Optimal sound sound in method sured in method Optimal
pressure power and pro- vibration and pro- feed pressure power and pro- vibration and pro- feed
level level duction value duction force level level duction value duction force
dB(A) dB(A) dB(A) m/s2 m/s2 N dB(A) dB(A) dB(A) m/s 2
m/s2
N
Chipping Hammers – vibration damped Rust and Weld Scalers

RRF21-01 93 106 3 2.5 0.5 80-140 RP1 90 103 3 11 3
RRF31-01 94 107 3 3.5 2.0 80-160 RP3 98 111 3 11 3
RRD37-11 89 102 3 <2.5 120-220
Riveting Hammers – vibration damped
RRD37-12 89 102 3 <2.5 120-220
RRH04P-01 93 106 3 <2.5 80-160
RRD57-11 91 104 3 <2.5 160-240
RRH04P-02 93 106 3 <2.5 80-160
RRD57-12 91 104 3 <2.5 160-240
RRH04P-12 93 106 3 <2.5 80-160
Chipping Hammers – conventional type RRH06P 91 104 3 <2.5 100-180
RRC22F-01 98 111 3 4.0 0.9 RRH08P 91 104 3 <2.5 120-200
RRC22F-02 98 111 3 4.0 0.9 RRH10P 89 102 3 <2.5 120-220
RRC34B-01 98 111 3 7.0 1.7 RRH12P 89 102 3 <2.5 120-240
RRC34B-02 98 111 3 7.0 1.7
Riveting Hammers – conventional type
Scalers RRN11P-01 98 111 3 7.8 2.1
RVM07 72 3 <2.5 RRN11P-02 98 111 3 7.8 2.1
Chipping Hammer / Scaler Rammers
RRC13 95 108 3 4.6 0.4 RAM06 92 105 3 22 6
RRC13B 95 108 3 4.6 0.4 RAM12 85 3 45 15
Needle scaler – conventional type RAM20A 99 112 3 37 11
RRC13N 91 104 3 4.9 0.6
Material removal tools – Drills

EN 50144) EN 50144)
Spread Spread
Pistol grip Drills Pistol grip Drills

LBB16 EP-200 75 3 <2.5 LBB45 H017* 85* 3 <2.5
LBB16 EPX-200 78 3 <2.5 LBB45 H006* 85* 3 <2.5
LBB16 EP-060 75 3 <2.5 LBB45 H004* 85* 3 <2.5
LBB16 EPX-060 78 3 <2.5 COMBI24 HR36 75 3 <2.5
LBB16 EP-045 75 3 <2.5 COMBI24 HR16 75 3 <2.5
LBB16 EPX-045 78 3 <2.5 COMBI24 HR08 75 3 <2.5
LBB16 EP-033 75 3 <2.5 COMBI34 HR16 79 3 <2.5
LBB16 EPX-033 78 3 <2.5 COMBI34 HR08 79 3 <2.5
LBB16 EP-024 75 3 <2.5 COMBI34 HR04 79 3 <2.5
LBB16 EPX-024 78 3 <2.5
LBB16 EP-010 75 3 <2.5 Micro Stop Drills
LBB16 EPX-010 78 3 <2.5 LBS24 H045-40M 74 3 <2.5
LBB16 EP-005 75 3 <2.5 LBS24 H045-40 74 3 <2.5
LBB16 EPX-005 78 3 <2.5 LBS24 H010-40M 73 3 <2.5
LBB16 EP-003 75 3 <2.5 LBS24 H010-40 73 3 <2.5
LBB34 H060 77 3 <2.5 LBS36 H033-40 81 3 <2.5
LBB34 H033 77 3 <2.5 LBS36 H013-40 81 3 <2.5
LBB34 H026 77 3 <2.5
LBB34 H013 77 3 <2.5 Straight Drills
LBB34 H007 77 3 <2.5 LBB24 S200B 75 3 <2.5
LBB36 H200 81 3 <2.5 LBB24 S060B 75 3 <2.5
LBB36 H060 81 3 <2.5 LBB24 S045B 75 3 <2.5
LBB36 H033 81 3 <2.5 LBB24 S033B 75 3 <2.5
LBB36 H026 81 3 <2.5 LBB24 S020B 75 3 <2.5
LBB36 H013 81 3 <2.5 LBB34 S060 88 101 3 <2.5
LBB36 H007 81 3 <2.5 LBB34 S026 88 101 3 <2.5
LBB36 H005 81 3 <2.5 LBB34 S013 87 100 3 <2.5
* The sound pressure level for LBB45 can be reduced by 6 dB(A), using a
silencer (optional).
275
Material removal tools – Drills
EN 50144) EN 50144)
Spread Spread
Angle Drills LBV25 EA010-93 71 3 <2.5

LBV11 S027-S30 73 3 <2.5 LBV25 EA005-91 73 3 <2.5
LBV25 EA032-S30 70 3 <2.5 LBV25 EA005-93 73 3 <2.5
LBV25 EA032-30 70 3 <2.5 LBV36 S030-91 82 3 <2.5
LBV25 EA032-S32 70 3 <2.5 LBV36 S060-91 82 3 <2.5
LBV25 EA032-32 70 3 <2.5 LBV36 S030-93 82 3 <2.5
LBV36 S030-30 82 3 <2.5 LBV36 S060-93 82 3 <2.5
LBV36 S030-S30 82 3 <2.5 LBV25 EA020-11 73 3 <2.5
LBV36 S045-30 82 3 <2.5 LBV34 S040 88 101 3 <2.5
LBV36 S045-S30 82 3 <2.5 LBV34 S010 88 101 3 <2.5
LBV11 S025-S90 73 3 <2.5 LBV34 S005 87 100 3 <2.5
LBV25 EA032-S90 70 3 <2.5
LBV25 EA032-90 70 3 <2.5 Screw-feed Drills
LBV25 EA032-S92 70 3 <2.5 RAB9 VR006 92 105 3 <2.5
LBV25 EA032-92 70 3 <2.5 RAB9 VR003 94 107 3 <2.5
LBV36 S030-90 82 3 <2.5 RAB12 L450 103 116 3 <2.5
LBV36 S030-S90 82 3 <2.5 RAB12 L250 105 118 3 <2.5
LBV36 S045-90 82 3 <2.5 RAB12 L150 99 112 3 <2.5
LBV36 S045-S90 82 3 <2.5
LBV36 S030-92 82 3 <2.5 Tappers
LBV36 S030-S92 82 3 <2.5 LGB24 H007 75 3 <2.5
LBV36 S045-92 82 3 <2.5 LGB24 H007Q 75 3 <2.5
LBV36 S045-S92 82 3 <2.5 LGB24 HF007 75 3 <2.5
LBV25 EA032-90Z 70 3 <2.5 LGB24 HF007Q 75 3 <2.5
LBV25 EA032-92Z 70 3 <2.5 LGB24 S007 80 3 <2.5
LBV25 EA045-91 73 3 <2.5 LGB34 H007 77 3 <2.5
LBV25 EA020-91 72 3 <2.5 LGB34 H007Q 77 3 <2.5
LBV25 EA010-91 71 3 <2.5 LGB34 S007 87 100 3 <2.5
LBV25 EA045-93 73 3 <2.5 LGB36 H007Q 83 3 <2.5
LBV25 EA020-93 72 3 <2.5
276
NOTES
277
NOTES
278
NOTES
279
NOTES
280
9837 3000 01 Recyclable paper. Printed in Sweden. Strokirk-Landströms, Lidköping 2005:1 Subject to alteration without prior notice.
www.atlascopco.com

Atlas Copco Catalogue 2005-2006

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Atlas Copco Catalogue 2005-2006

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Atlas Copco Catalogue 2005-2006

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Industrial Power Tools

Customer centers Wherever you are After your purchase

With 3,000 models to choose from,

Atlas Copco Service Products

Quality, every step of the way

Proof of company excellence

Get it together fast!

0.1 0.5 1 5 10 50 100 500 1000 5000

Shut-off 22 LTS 650 15

PULSE TOOLS 4 ErgoPulse 450 18

Slip clutch 1 TWIST/LUF 17 34

Shut-off control 0.1 LUM 12 28

Shut-off control, 2 BTV 28 78

Pulse tools 5 EPA 13 78

IMPACT WRENCHES (LMS, LTS) Shut-off control (LUM, ETB)

Basic tightening technique

Reversible or non reversible

Hydraulic impulse nutrunners

Pulse tool Tool size Max torque HR = Pistol grip, reversible

EP 8 PTS 55 HR 10 RE Signal port

C = Single bladed pulse unit Square drive size

L = Pneumatic Motor size R, SR = Reversible

Square drive size

LTS LTS17 LTS17 LTS27 LTS27 LTS37 LTS57 LTS57 LTS57

LTS LTS17 LTS17 LTS27 LTS37 LTS57 LTS57 LTS57

LTS LTS17 LTS17 LTS27 LTS37 LTS57 LTS57

ACCESSORIES INCLUDED OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES SELECTED SERVICE KITS

ACCESSORIES INCLUDED OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES SELECTED SERVICE KITS

● Adjustable torque settings (22-165 Nm).

LTS17 and LTS27 are lubrication-free.

LTS Adjustment Range

The tightening time should not exceed

Air con- Recom- Dis

02 60 4250 1230 82 orange

Dimensions Dimensions Drive

LMS06 HR – – 4210 0243 00

Protective covers Power regulators Exhaust kit

Model Ordering No. Model Ordering No. Model Ordering No.

SELECTED SERVICE KITS

The successful combination of high productivity

The ErgoPulse principle A complete range

PT/PTS/PTX torque sensing shut-off

A pulse mechanism with pistons for

Twin chamber motor

● Minimum operator fatigue.

● Independence of operator inﬂuence.

Dis- Air con- Recom-

AUTOTRIM valves for ErgoPulse PTS/PTX-RE

● Low weight and small dimensions.

The extremely wide

Twin chamber motor

Pulse mechanisms with one, two or

1/4" quick 1/4" quick 3/4" square

* For tools with quick change chuck, see technical data.

Dis- Air con- Recom-

Air on top models

Pistol grip models

SELECTED SERVICE KITS O-ring kit O-ring kit

Oil ﬁlling kit (150 ml oil, syringe) 4081 0121 90

● Lower sound level reduces fatigue.